Autonomous 3rd and 4th Sem Scheme and Syllabus 2016 17

DAYANANDA SAGAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(An Autonomous Institution affiliated to Visvesvaraya Technological University, Belagavi)
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)

SCHEME OF TEACHING AND EXAMINATION 2016-2017
B.E. Aeronautical Engineering

III SEMESTER
Sl. Subject
No. Code
1
2
Subject
MAT31 Engineering Mathematics-III

Elements of Aeronautical
AE32 Engineering
4
5
Mechanical Measurement and

Metrology
ME34 Mechanics of Materials
AE35 Aero Thermodynamics
AE36 Aircraft Production Technology
7
8
IM33
AEL37 Machine shop

Mechanical Measurement and
AEL38
Metrology Lab
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
P
0
CIE
50
AE
50
50
100
Aero. Engg.
AE
50
50
100
Aero. Engg.
Aero. Engg.
AE
AE
4
4
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
4
4
Aero. Engg.
AE
50
50
100
Aero. Engg.
AE
50
50
100
Aero. Engg.
AE
50
Teaching
Department
Board
Maths
Maths
Aero. Engg.
Total
Examination
SEE Total
50
100
50
100
Credits
4
2
25
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a
programme in a said discipline of
2a. Foundation Course: The courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement.
2b. Foundation Elective: Elective Foundation courses are value-based and are aimed at man-making education
3. Elective: This c the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended
scope/Enabling an Exposure to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
Subject Code:
Number of Lecture Hours/Week:
Total Number of Lecture Hours:
Credits: 04
MAT31
04
52
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course Objectives:
1. Generalize a periodic function as a sum of series of trigonometric functions using
Fourier series.
2. Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time
varying signals (continuous).
3. Finding solutions of equations and also evaluating approximate areas and volume
using numerical methods.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Periodic functions, Dirichlets conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2
and with arbitrary period 2, Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series, Practical Harmonic
Analysis.
Self Study: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive terms (pseries Ratio test, Comparison test).
12 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Inverse Fourier
transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without
proof) and problems.
Self Study: Properties of Fourier transforms (without proof).
10 hours
MODULE 3
Curve fitting: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, Fitting of the curves of the
form =
+ , = 2+
+ , = , = .
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations,
Regula-Falsi method, Newton-Raphson method.
Self Study: Fixed point iteration method.
10 hours
MODULE 4
FINITE DIFFERENCES: Forward and Backward differences, Newtons forward and

Backward interpolation formulae. Newtons divided difference formula, Lagranges
interpolation formula and inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddles rule (all formulae/rules
without proof).
Self Study: Trapezoidal rule.
10 hours
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial value and final
value theorems (without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve
difference equations.
Self Study: Region of convergence.
Note: NO questions from Self Study Component.
10 hours
Course outcomes:
On completion of the course student will be able to:
1. Explain Fourier series, reproduce Fourier transforms & Z- transform and list
numerical methods for various analytical problem.
2. Expand a function using Fourier series, operate Fourier transform, Z-transform and
practice numerical methods.
3. Rewrite a function using Fourier series, summarize Fourier and Z-transforms and
compare numerical solution with analytical solution.
Scheme of SEE:
The question paper will have ten questions and each full question carries 20 marks.
There will be 2 full questions (with a maximum of four sub questions) from each
module.
Each full question will have sub questions covering all the topics under a module.
The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full
question from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition,

2014 June, ISBN: 9788174091955.
2) Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9th
Edition, 2007, ISBN: 9788126531356.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006,
2) ISBN: 9780070634190.
3) M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
Engineering Computation, New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012,
ISBN: 9788122433234.
4) Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
Scientists McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
5) Steven C. Chapra and Raymond Canale, Numerical methods for Engineers,
McGraw-Hill Education, 7th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Subject Code:
Credits: 03
AE32
03
40
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course Objectives:
To teach:
1. Developments in aircraft structure and materials.
2. Standard atmosphere, types of atmosphere and principles of atmospheric flight.
3. Components of the aircraft and their functions in detail.
4. Different types of flight vehicles and their configurations in detail.
5. Principles of operation of rocket and typical applications
6. Different aircraft systems and their components like H&N, ECS, FCS, NS, CS, etc.,
MODULE 1
Introduction to Aircrafts
Atmosphere and its properties; Classification of aircrafts;Basic components of an aircraft;
structural members; aircraft axis system; aircraft motions; control surfaces and high lift
devices; classification of aircraft; conventional design configurations; principle of operation
of each major part; Helicopters- Major parts and functions.
Self-Study: History of aviation, Introduction and classification of rockets and missiles
08 hours
MODULE 2
Basic principles of flight significance of speed of sound; airspeed and groundspeed;
standard atmosphere; Bernoullis theorem and its application for generation of lift and
measurement of airspeed; forces over wing section, airfoil nomenclature, pressure distribution
over a wing section. Lift and drag components generation of lift and drag.
Self Study: Aerodynamic center, Center of Pressure, Lift and drag changes with angle of
attack
08 hours
MODULE 3
Aircraft Propulsion:
Aircraft power plants, classification based on power plant location and principle of operation.
Turboprop, turbojet, turbofan and turboshaft engines; ramjets and scramjets; performance
characteristics. Aircraft power plants basic principles of piston, turboprop and jet engines,
use of propellers and jets for production of thrust; comparative merits and limitations of
different types of propulsion engines.
Self-Study: principle of thrust augmentation. Methods to measure the aerodynamic
parameters like speed, pressures, temperatures, blade growth and mass flow rate.
08 hours
MODULE 4
Aircraft Structures and Materials:
Introduction; general types of construction; monocoque, semi-monocoque and geodesic
structures; typical wing and fuselage structure; metallic and non-metallic materials for aircraft
application.
Aircraft Stability and control :
Forces on an aircraft in flight; static and dynamic stability; longitudinal, lateral and roll
stability; necessary conditions for longitudinal stability; basics of aircraft control systems.
Self Study: Performance of aircraft power curves, maximum and minimum speeds for
horizontal flight at a given altitude; effect of changes in engine power and altitude on
performance
08 hours
MODULE 5
Aircraft Systems:
Introduction to: Mechanical systems and their components; hydraulic and pneumatic systems;
Oxygen System; Environmental Control System; Fuel system. Electrical systems, Flight deck
and Cockpit systems; Navigation system, Communication system.
08 hours
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, the students can:
1. Understand historical developments in aeronautical activities.
2. Understand the basic concepts of each component with governing equations to design
different components of aircrafts to meet the requirements.
3. Understand the elements of major components and their functions in different
configuration of the power plants used in aircrafts.
4. Understand the measurement techniques of various aerodynamic parameters
5. Understand the function of all sub systems required for flight.
Scheme of SEE:
module.
The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full question
from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) John D. Anderson, Introduction to Flight, McGraw-Hill Education, 2011. ISBN
9780071108059.
2) Lalit Gupta and Dr. O. P. Sharma: Fundamentals of Flight Vol. I to Vol. IV Himalayan
Books, 2008
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) A.C.Kermode, Flight without formulae, Pearson Education India, 1989. ISBN 9788131713891
2) Sutton G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, New York, 8th Ed., 2011;
ISBH:1118174210, 9781118174203.
3) Nelson R.C., Flight stability and automatic control, McGraw-Hill International
Editions, 1998. ISBN 9780071158381.
4) Ian Moir, Allan Seabridge, Aircraft Systems: Mechanical, Electrical and Avionics
Subsystems Integration, John Wiley & Sons, 2011. ISBN 978111965008.
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY

Subject Code:
Credits: 03
IM33
03
40
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1) To impart the knowledge of standards importance and conversion
2) To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature measurements
3) To identify, analyze the concept and the principle advantages and applications of the
above measurements.
MODULE 1
Standards of measurement:
Definition and Objectives of metrology, Standards of length - International prototype
meter, Imperial standard yard, Wave length standard, subdivision of standards, line and
end standard, Wringing phenomena, Numerical problems on building of slip gauges.
Problems on calibration of end bars.
Comparators: Introduction to Comparator, Characteristics, classification of
comparators, mechanical comparators -Johnson Mikrokator, Sigma Comparators, dial
indicator, LVDT.
Self-Study : Slip gauges, Indian Standards (M-81, M-112), Optical Comparators
principles.
08 hours
MODULE 2
Angular measurements: Bevel Protractor, Sine Principle and use of Sine bars, Sine
center, use of angle gauges, numerical on building of angles.
Screw thread and gear measurement: Terminology of screw threads, measurement of
major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of screw threads by
2-wire and 3-wire methods, Best size wire, Tool makers microscope, vernier calliper and
micrometer.
Self-Study: Clinometers, gear tooth terminology.
08 hours
MODULE 3
System of limits, Fits, Tolerances and gauging:
Definition of tolerance, Specification in assembly, Principle of inter changeability and
selective assembly limits of size, Indian standards, concept of limits of size and
tolerances, geometrical tolerance, positional - tolerances, hole basis system, shaft basis of
system, definition of fits, types of fits and their designation (IS 919 -1963). Classification
of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), Wear allowance on
gauges, Types of gauges -plain plug gauge, ring Gauge, snap gauge, limit gauge.
Self-Study: compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances, gauge materials.
08 hours
MODULE 4
Measurements and measurement systems: Definition, significance of measurement,
generalized measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision,
calibration, threshold, sensitivity, hysterisis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect,
system response-times delay. Errors in measurement, classification of errors.
Transducers, transfer efficiency, primary and secondary transducers, electrical,
mechanical, electronic transducers, advantages and limitations of each type of
transducers.
08 hours
SELF STUDY: Eddy current and inductive proximity sensors.
MODULE 5
Measurement of force, torque and pressure: Measurement of force-Proving ring.
Torque measurement - Prony brake, hydraulic dynamometer. Pressure measurementsBridgeman gauge, Pirani gauge.
Temperature and strain measurement: Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of
thermocouple, pyrometer, optical pyrometer. Strain measurements, strain gauge,
preparation and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement.
08 Hours
Self-study: Analytical balance, platform balance, McLeod gauge, materials used for
construction of thermocouples.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard Mechanical measurements, Pearson Education
6th Edition, 2006.
2) R. K. Jain Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, 1994.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) I.C. Gupta Engineering Metrology Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi, 2013
2) Alsutko, Jerry. D.Faulk Industrial Instrumentation, Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd.2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
By the end of the course
1) Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the
standards and their conclusion.
2) Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the
fundamental concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data
and interpret the results

3) Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature.
Scheme of SEE:
module.
from each module.
MECHANICS OF MATERIALS
Subject Code:
Credits: 04
ME34
04
52
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course Objectives:
1. To understand and convey knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain,
Youngs modulus, etc. and to understand the above concepts by solving problems of
practical interest.
2. Understand stress analysis, materials behavior, 2D stress systems and Mohrs circle.
3. Understand shear force and bending moment diagrams and stresses in beams.
4. Learn the concepts of deflection of beams and elastic stability of columns.
MODULE 1:
Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Stress, strain, mechanical properties of
materials, Linear elasticity, Hooke's Law and Poisson's ratio, Stress-Strain
relationships: behaviour in tension for mild steel, cast iron and nonferrous metals.
Extension / Shortening of a bar, bars with cross sections varying in steps, bars with
continuously varying cross sections (Circular), Elongation due to self-weight, Principle
of super position, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain, elastic constants,
simple shear stress, shear strain.
Self-Study: Extension / Shortening of rectangular bar
10 hours
MODULE 2:
Compound bars: Stress in compound bars, temperature stresses in simple bars and
compound bars.
Compound Stress: Uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state, Definition of Plane
stress and Plane strain states, Stresses on inclined sections, Principal stresses, Principal
planes, Principal axes, Maximum shear stress, Mohr's circle, Numerical examples.
Self-Study: Derivation on uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state.
10 hours
MODULE 3
Bending Moment and Shear Force diagrams: Types of beams, loads and reactions.
Definition of shear force and bending moment, sign conventions. Relationship between
shear force, bending moment and rate of loading, Shear force and bending moment
diagrams for different beams, Numerical examples involving beams subjected to
concentrated loads, uniformly distributed load (UDL), uniformly varying load (UVL)
and couple.
Thick and Thin cylinders: Stresses in thin cylinders, Thick cylinders, Lames
equation. (Compound cylinders not included).
Self-Study: Thin cylinders: Derivation and Numericals on change in volume.
11 hours
MODULE 4
Bending stresses in Beams: Introduction, Theory of simple bending, Bending stress
equation, Moment carrying capacity of a section. (Composite / notched beams not
included).
Shear stresses in beams: Shear stress across rectangular, symmetrical I sections.
Numerical examples.
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Introduction. Pure torsion, assumptions, derivation of
torsional equations, polar modulus, Power transmitted by solid and hollow circular
shafts, Numerical examples.
Self-Study: Shear stresses in beams- derivation and Numericals on circular and T
sections.
11 hours
MODULE 5
Deflection of Beams: Introduction, Differential equation for deflection. Equations for
deflection, slope and bending moment. Double integration method for cantilever and
simply supported beams, for point load, UDL, UVL and Couple. Macaulay's method.
Elastic Stability of Columns: Euler's theory for axially loaded elastic long columns.
Euler's load for various end conditions (Both ends hinged and one end fixed other free)
limitations of Euler's theory, Rankine's formula.
Self-Study:
Deflection of Beams: Derivation of Differential equation for deflection. Elastic
Stability of Columns: Derivation of Eulers load for different end conditions (Both ends
fixed, one end fixed other hinged).
10 hours
Course outcomes:
1) The student will be able to gain the basic engineering knowledge that how a material
behaves when an external load or pressure is applied on it.
2) Student will be able to understand, interpret and analyze the effect of 2D stress state
condition on the behavior of materials.
3) Student will be able to Analyze and evaluate stresses and deflection in beams of
different cross sections subjected to various loading conditions.
4) Develop a solution for the complex structural engineering problems.
Scheme of SEE:
module.
from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1)
S.S.Bhavikatti, Strength of Materials, Vikas publications House Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed.,
2008.
2) R K Bansal, A Textbook Of Strength Of Materials, Laxmi Publications-New Delhi,
5th Edition.
3) S Ramamrutham, Strength of Materials, Dhanpatrai Publishing company(p) Ltd,
New Delhi 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johston, Mechanics of materials, in SI MODULEs,
5th Ed., TATA McGraw Hill- 2003.
2) R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall. Pearson Edu., 2005
3) James. M. Gere, Mechanics of materials, Thomson, Fifth edition 2004.
AERO THERMODYNAMICS
Subject Code:
Credits: 04
AE35
04
52
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To teach the students, fundamental concepts of thermodynamics.

To teach the students, various governing laws of thermodynamics and their applications.
To provide the students, perfect gas laws, derivations and to understand the gas mixtures.
To introduce the students, various types of air cycles and performance calculations.
To teach the students, principles of air conditioning
MODULE 1
Fundamental Concepts & Definitions:
Thermodynamics definition and scope, Microscopic and Macroscopic approaches.
Characteristics of system boundary and control surface with examples. Thermodynamic
properties; definition and MODULEs, intensive and extensive properties. Thermodynamic
state, state point, state diagram, path and process, quasi-static process, cyclic and non-cyclic
processes, Thermodynamic equilibrium. Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Temperature;
concepts, scales.
Work and Heat: Mechanics-definition of work and its limitations. Thermodynamic definition
of work; Expressions for displacement work in various processes through p-v diagrams. Shaft
work, Heat-sign convention and thermodynamic definition.
Self-study: Other forms of work- surface tension, spring, electrical, magnetic work
10 hours
MODULE 2
First Law of Thermodynamics:
Joules experiments, equivalence of heat and work. Statement of the First law of
thermodynamics, extension of the First law to non - cyclic processes, energy, energy as a
property, modes of energy, pure substance; definition, two-property rule, Specific heat at
constant volume, enthalpy, specific heat at constant pressure. Extension of the First law to
control volume; steady state-steady flow energy equation, important applications -nozzle,
compressor, turbine, pump, blower.
10 hours
MODULE 3
Second Law of Thermodynamics:
Devices converting heat to work; (a) in a thermodynamic cycle, (b) in a mechanical cycle.
Thermal reservoir. Direct heat engine; schematic representation and efficiency. Devices
converting work to heat in a thermodynamic cycle; reversed heat engine, schematic
representation, coefficients of performance. Kelvin - Planck statement of the Second law of
Thermodynamics; PMM I and PMM II, Clausius statement of Second law of Thermodynamics,
Equivalence of the two statements; Reversible and Irreversible processes; factors that make a
process irreversible, reversible heat engines, Carnot cycle, Carnot principles.
11 hours
MODULE 4
Entropy:Clasius inequality; Statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle. Entropy;
definition, a property, change of entropy, principle of increase in entropy, entropy as a
quantitative test for irreversibility, calculation of entropy using Tds relations, entropy as a
coordinate.
Psychometry: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties. Construction and use of
psychrometric chart .Analysis of various processes; heating, cooling, dehumidifying and
humidifying. Adiabatic mixing of moist air. Summer and winter air conditioning.
Pure Substances: Enthalpy of change of phase (Latent heat). Dryness fraction (quality), T-S
and H-S diagrams, representation of various processes on these diagrams. Steam tables and its
use.
Self-Study: Available and unavailable energy
11 hours
MODULE 5
Air Cycles & IC engine Testing:
Otto, Diesel, Dual combustion Expression of work done and Air standard efficiency -Mean
effective pressure-Performance parameters of IC engines(BHP, IHP, FP, SFC) heat balance
sheet.- Numericals.
Self Study: Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and four stroke IC engines.
10 hours
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, the students are expected to:
1. Understand the basic laws of thermodynamics.
2. Able to appreciate the importance of thermodynamic properties.
3. Understand the principle of energy, Heat and Work and their transfer phenomenon
4. Understand the behavior of gases and gas mixture
5. Carry out the thermodynamic analysis of a various heat engines operating under
various air standard cycles
Scheme of SEE:
module.
The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full
question from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) Nag. P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hills Co., Ltd.,

Seventh Edition., 1993
2) R. K. Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Lakhsmi Publications,8th edition,2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) YunusA.Cengal. Thermodynamics an Engineering Approach, Tata McGrawHill Co.Ltd.,3rd Edition, 2002.
2) E.H. Hirschel, Basics of Aerothermodynamics, Springer; 2005 Edition
3) Mayhew, A. and Rogers, B., Engineering Thermodynamics, Longman Green
&Co.Ltd., London, E.L.B.S. Edition, 1990.
4) Saad, M.A., Thermodynamics for Engineers, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
1989.
5) S B Venkhanna, Basic and Applied thermodynamics ,PHI,2013
Aircraft Production Technology

Subject Code:
Credits: 03
AE36
03
40
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To teach the students, various methods of casting process.

To teach the students, moulding machines and process.
To teach the students, theory of metal cutting and cutting tool materials.
To provide the students, knowledge on Turret and capstan lathe, Shaping and Planing
Machines and Broaching process.
5. To teach students, Finishing and other processes and Non-traditional machining process.
MODULE - 1
Casting process:
Introduction, concept of manufacturing process and classification. Introduction to Casting
process and steps involved and limitations of Casting process..Patterns: Definition,
various pattern allowances and their importance. classification of patterns. Definition,
types & properties of Binders and additives. Sand Moulding : Types of base sand,
moulding sand mixture ingredients for different sand mixtures. Cores : Definition, need
and types , concept of gating and risering , principle and types. Moulding Machines :
Jolt type, squeeze type , Jolt and squeeze type and sand slingers
Self-Study: Function & materials used for pattern, Methods used for sand moulding,
requirement of base sand.
08 hours
MODULE 2
Welding, Soldering & Brazing operations:
Definition, Principles, Classification, Application, Advantages & limitations of welding, Gas
Welding: Principle, Oxy - Acetylene welding, Reaction in Gas welding, Flame
characteristics, Gas torch construction & working. Forward and backward welding, Arc
Welding: Principle, Metal Arc welding (MAW), Flux Shielded Metal Arc Welding
(FSMAW), Inert Gas Welding (TIG & MIG). Parameters, Mechanism, principle and types
of brazing & soldering process.
Self Study: Resistance welding - principles, Seam welding, Butt welding, Spot welding
and projection welding.
08 hours
MODULE - 3
Theory of metal cutting :
Single point cutting tool, nomenclature, Geometry , Mechanics of chip formation, Types of
chips. Merchants circle diagram and analysis. Ernst Merchant solution, Shear angle
relationship, Problems on Merchants analysis. Effects of cutting parameters on tool life,
tool failure criteria. Taylors tool life Equation , problems on tool life evaluation. Cutting
tool materials: Heat generation in metal cutting factors affecting heat generation. Heat
distribution in tool and work piece and chip measurement of tool tip temperature.
Self Study: Tool life, tool wear and failure. Desired properties and types of cutting tool
materials HSS, carbides coated carbides, ceramics. Cutting fluids. Desired properties,
types and selection.
08 hours
MODULE - 4
Lathe and grinding machine:
Classification, construction and special features of Turret and capstan lathe. Different
operations on Lathes. Simple problems on machining time calculations. Grinding
Machines Types of abrasives, Grain size, bonding process, grade and structure of
grinding wheels, grinding wheel types. Classification, constructional features of grinding
machines (Centerless, cylindrical and surface grinding).
Self Study: Grinding process parameters. Dressing and truing of grinding wheels.
08 hours
MODULE - 5
Shaping and Sheet Metal operations:
Press Tool operations, Shearing action, shearing operations, drawing, draw die design
spinning, bending stretch forming, punch press operations, Power Brake operations, rubber
press forming. Shaping and Planing Machines: Construction and special features of
Shapers and Planers. Different operations on Shapers and Planers.
Self Study: super plastic forming, diffusion bonding,
08 hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic principle of manufacturing technique.
2. Achieve the knowledge of casting, welding, brazing, cutting tool material and non
traditional machining process.
3. Effectively utilize the technique for various processes.
4. Understand the basic concepts of various machines.
5. Apply appropriate part manufacturing processes when provided a set of
functional requirements and product development constraints.
Scheme of SEE:
module.
from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) R.K. Jain, Production Technology Khanna Publications, 2003.

2) HajraChoudhry Vol I and II, Workshop Technology, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) P.C. Sharma, A Text Book on Manufacturing Technology -I and II, S.Chand&

Company publications.
2) Serope Kalpak Jain and Steun R Sechmid, Manufacturing Technology,
Pearson Education Asia, 5th Edition .2008
3) Roy .A . Lindberg Process and Materials of Manufacturing by, 4th Edition.
Pearson Education 2008.
4) AmithabhaGhosh and Mallik,Manufacturing Science, by Affiliated East
west press 2003.
5) G.BhoothRoyd, Fundamentals of metal machining and machine Tools ,McGraw
Hill- 2000.
MACHINE SHOP LABORATORY

Subject Code:
Number of Theory +Practical
hours/week
Credits: 02
AEL37
1+2
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To make use of lathe, shaping and milling machine to prepare the various types of
models.
2. To make use of lathe and learn various types of operations like turning, taper
turning, step turning, knurling and other operations performed on lathe.
3. To make use of shaping machine and learn various operations like V groove,
dovetail and rectangular groove.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Group-A
1) Lathe Operations involving Plain turning & Facing.
2) Lathe Operations involving Step turning & knurling operations.
3) Taper turning operations using swivelling compound rest method
4) Taper turning operations using tailstock set over method.
5) Internal and external thread cutting operations using lathe.
6) Eccentric turning using lathe.
Group-B
7) Drilling & tapping operations.
8) Shaping operations (V Groove & dovetail)
9) Rectangular groove using a shaper.
10) Cutting of Gear Teeth using Milling Machine.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On the completion of the course the students will be able to:
1) Utilize the operations of the lathe, shaping and milling machine for making models.
2) Set the gear box for different turning and threading operations
3) List the different methods which may be used to turn a taper on a part in a lathe
4) Identify required tools for various operations.
Scheme of Examination:
CIE=50 Marks
SEE= 50 Marks
ONE question from part -A: 25 Marks
ONE question from part -B: 15 Marks
Viva -Voice: 10Marks

LABORATORY
Subject Code:
Number of Theory +Practical
hours/week
Credits: 02
AEL38
1+2
CIE:
SEE:
Exam Hours:
50
50
03
Course objectives:
1. To choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure,
temperature,linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique.
2. To identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth tester
3. To identify screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine.
Part A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Calibration of Pressure Gauge

Calibration of Thermocouple
Calibration of LVDT
Calibration of Load cell
Calibration of Micrometer using slip gauges
Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges
Part B
7. Measurements using Optical Projector / Toolmaker Microscope.
8. Measurement of angle using Sine Center / Sine bar / bevel protractor
9. Measurement of alignment using Autocollimator / Roller set
10. Measurement of cutting tool forces using
a) Lathe tool Dynamometer
b) Drill tool Dynamometer.
11. Measurement of Screw thread Parameters using two wire or Three-wiremethod.

12. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/MechanicalComparator
13. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier /Gear toothmicrometer
14. Measurement using Optical Flats
Course outcomes:
1. Students will be able to select the proper measuring instruments for the
measurement ofpressure, temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc.,
using calibration technique
2. Students will be able to identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth
tester
3. Students will be able to demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature,
thread components, angular components
CIE=50 Marks
SEE= 50 Marks
Viva -Voice:
10 Marks
---------------------------------------------------Total :
50 Marks

B.E. Aeronautical Engineering

IV SEMESTER
Sl.
Subject Code
No.
Subject
MAT41 Engineering Maths-IV
2
3
AE 42
AE 43
4
5
6
AE 44
AE 45
AE 46
7
8
Teaching
Departm
ent
Teaching
Hours/Week
Examination
Board
Credits
L
CIE
SEE
Total
MATHS
MATHS
50
50
100
AE
AE
AE
AE
AE
AE
AE
3
4
0
0
0
0
4
0
3
0
1
0
0
3
[1+2]
0
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
400
400
Aircraft Propulsion-I
Mechanics of Fluids
Mechanism and Machine theory
Computer Aided Aircraft Drawing
Aircraft Material Science
AE
AE
AE
AE L47 Material Testing and Metallography

Lab
AE L48 Fluid Mechanics Lab
Total
AE
AE
IM/AE
AE
800
4
3
4
4
3
3
2
2
25
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a
programme in a said discipline of study.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended
scope/Enabling an Exposure to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-IV
Subject Code:
Number of Lecture
Hours/Week:
Total Number of Lecture
Hours:
Credits: 04
MAT41
04
CIE:
SEE:
50
50
52
Exam Hours:
03
Course Objectives:
1. Apply Numerical techniques to solve ordinary and partial differential equations.
2. Explain the concepts of function of complex variable, analytic functions and complex
integration.
3. Applications of Probability theory.
MODULE 1
NUMERICAL METHODS-1:
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first order and first degree: Picards
method, Taylors series method, Modified Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order,
Predictor and Corrector method: Milnes Method (No derivations of formulae).
Self Study: AdamsBashforth Method (No derivations of formula).
12 hours
MODULE 2
Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference approximations to
derivatives, Numerical solution of one-dimensional heat equation by Schmidt method and by
Crank-Nicholson Method, Numerical solution of one-dimensional wave equation.
Self Study: Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplaces equation.
10 hours
MODULE 3
COMPLEX VARIABLES-I:
Complex Variables-I: Functions of complex variables, Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann
Equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations,
Construction of analytic functions.
Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2, w = ez
and = +
(z 0), Bilinear transformations. `
Self Study: Transformation = .
10 hours
MODULE 4
COMPLEX VARIABLES-II:
Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula. Taylor & Laurent series
(statements only). Cauchy residue theorem (statement only).
Self Study Component: Singularities, Poles and Residues.
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:
Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and continuous), Probability mass
function, Probability density function, Cumulative density function, Probability distributions:
Geometric and Poisson distributions, Exponential and Normal distributions.
Sampling distribution: Samples, Central limit theorem (statement only), Hypothesis testing for
means, confidence limits for means, Students t-distribution-illustrative examples.
Self Study Component: Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit.
10 hours
Note: NO questions from illustrative examples and from Self Study Component.
Course outcomes:
On completion of the course student will be able to
1. List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical functions and
reproduce concepts of Probability distribution.
2. Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability distribution
for real life problem.
3. Evaluate differential equation using Numerical methods and predict solutions using
probability distribution.
Scheme of SEE:
1. The question paper will have ten questions and each full question carries 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 full questions (with a maximum of four sub questions) from each module.
3. Each full question will have sub questions covering all the topics under a module.
4. The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full question from
each module.
TEXT BOOKS
1) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition, 2014 June,
ISBN: 9788174091956.
2) Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9th Edition, 2007,
ISBN: 9788126531356.
REFERENCES
1) B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2) M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
Engineering Computation, New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012, ISBN:
9788122433234.
3) Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists
McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4) Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education (India)
Private Limited (1 September 2005); ISBN-13: 978-0070605015.
AIRCRAFT PROPULSION I
Subject Code
Number of Lecture Hours/Week
Total Number of Lecture Hours
Credits 03
AE42
03
40
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
Course Objectives
1. To teach the students, basic principles and operation of Reciprocating
engines and Gas Turbine Engines
2. To teach the students, propeller theories, types of propellers, types of jet
engines and performance characteristics.
3. To familiarize the students, different types of aircraft inlets and nozzles
and their functions.
4. To teach the students, gas turbine engine centrifugal compressors operation
and performance characteristics.
5. To provide the students, classifications of combustion chambers, design
aspects and performance characteristics.
6. To familiarize the students, on the staging and performance aspects of axial
and radial flow turbines.
MODULE - 1
Fundamentals of rotating Machines:
General Fluid Dynamics Analysis, The Physical Meaning of the Energy Equation,
Classification of Machines, General Thermodynamic Analysis, Efficiency of Rotating
Machines, Dimensional Analysis of Rotating Machines
Cycle Arrangements: Open-Cycle Arrangements, The Closed-Cycle Basic Requirements
of the Working Medium,Properties of Various Working Media,Applications,
Self Study : Comparison of Gas Turbines with Reciprocating Engines, Open cycle and
closed cycle gas turbine engine comparison
08 Hours
MODULE - 2
Ideal Cycles and their Analysis:
Assumptions in Ideal Cycle Analysis,The Simple Gas Turbine Cycle, The Heat Exchange
Cycle The Reheat Cycle, The Reheat and Heat Exchange Cycle, The Intercooled Cycle,
The Intercooled Cycle with Heat Exchanger, The Intercooled and Reheat Cycle,
Intercooled Cycle with Heat Exchange and Reheat, Comparison of Various Cycles,
Ericsson Cycle, Numericals
08 Hours
MODULE - 3
Jet Propulsion Cycles and Their Analysis:
Reciprocating or Propeller Engines, Gas Turbine Engines,The Ramiet Engine,The Pulse
Jet Engine, The Turboprop Engine, The Turbojet Engine, Thrust and Thrust Equation,
Specific Thrust of the Turbojet Engine, Parameters Affecting Flight Performance
Self Study:Thrust Augmentation techniques and performance.
08 Hours
MODULE - 4
Centrifugal compressors: Introduction, Centrifugal Compressor Stage Dynamics The
Inducer and Impeller, The Diffuser Performance Characteristics, Centrifugal Compressor
Stage, Design Problems
Combustion chambers:
Classification of combustion chambers, important factors affecting combustion chamber
design, Combustion process, Combustion chamber performance.
Self Study : Effect of operating variables on performance Flame tube cooling Flame
stabilization Use of flame holders
08 Hours
MODULE - 5
Inlets & Nozzles:
Internal flow and Stall in Subsonic inlets, Boundary layer separation. Major features of
external flow near a subsonic inlet. Diffuser performance.
Supersonic inlets: Supersonic inlets, starting problem in supersonic inlets, Shock
swallowing by area variation, External deceleration. Nozzles: Theory of flow in isentropic
nozzles, Convergent nozzles and nozzle choking, Nozzle throat conditions. Nozzle
efficiency, Losses in nozzles. Over-expanded and under-expanded nozzles.
Self Study: Modes of inlet operation, Relation between minimum area ratio and external
deceleration ratio, Ejector and variable area nozzles, Thrust reversal.
08 Hours
Course Outcomes
1) Achieve the Knowledge of basics of Aircraft Propulsion and classification, working
principle of Aircraft Engines.
2) Understand the basic principles, fundamentals of different types of Gas Turbine
Engines and their performance characteristics.
3) Analyze the working of each component of a gas turbine engine.
4) Understand the technologies used in aircraft propulsion.
Scheme of SEE:
2. There will be 2 full questions (with a maximum of four sub questions) from each
module.
4. The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full question
from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) V. Ganesan , Gas Turbines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010, New Delhi, India.
2) Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R., Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion Addison
Wesley Longman INC, 1999.
1)
2)
3)
4)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Cohen, H. Rogers, G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H., Gas Turbine Theory,
Longman, 1989.
Irwin E. Treager, Gas Turbine Engine Technology , GLENCOE Aviation Technology
Series, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd. Print 200
S. M. Yahya(2010), Fundamentals of Compressible Flow with Aircraft and Rocket
propulsion, 4th Edition, New Age International Publications, New Delhi.
Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket
Propulsion, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.
MECHANICS OF FLUID
Subject Code
CREDITS 04
AE43
04
52
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
Course Objectives
1. To teach the students, fluid properties and fluid statics concepts.
2. To teach the students, derivation of governing equations of fluid flow.
3. To teach the students, flow measurements and measuring equipments.
4. To provide the students, knowledge of Dimensional Analysis and Flow through pipes.
5. To teach the students, concept of boundary layer, types of boundary layers
MODULE - 1
Fluid Properties and fluid statics :
Density, Specific weight, Specific gravity, viscosity, Vapour pressure, compressibility,
Surface tension Pressure at a point, Pascals law, pressure variation with temperature, density
and altitude. Hydro static law, Piezometer, Simple and differential manometers, pressure
gauges, total pressure and center of pressure of plane, vertical and inclined surfaces.
Self Study: Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies.
10 Hours
MODULE - 2
Kinematics :
Types of fluid flow, continuity equation in 2D and 3D in Cartesian Co-ordinate, velocity and
acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function. Numericals.
Self Study: continuity equation in 2D and 3D in cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems.
10 Hours
MODULE - 3
Fluid Dynamics & Flow Measurements:
Introduction equation of motion, Eulers equation of motion, Bernoullis equation from first
principles and also from Eulers equation, limitations of Bernoullis equation. Venturimeter,
orifice meter, Pitot-tube, vertical orifice, Numericals.
Self Study: V-Notch and rectangular notches.
10 Hours
MODULE - 4
Dimensional Analysis & Flow through pipes:
Introduction, derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities, dimensional homogeneity,
Rayleighs method, Buckingham-pi-theorem, dimensionless numbers, similitude, types of
similitudes, Numericals
Flow through pipes : Minor losses through pipes. Dareys and Chezys equation for loss of
head due to friction in pipes.
Self Study: Hydraulic Grade Line (HGL) and Total Energy Line (TEL.).
11 Hours
MODULE 5
Viscous flow:
Newtons law of viscosity, Boundary Layer, Boundary layer flows, boundary layer thicknessdisplacement, momentum and energy thickness. Flow past immersed bodies : Drag, Lift,
expression for lift and drag.
Self Study: Laminar flow between parallel plates - Laminar flow through circular tubes
(Hagen poiseulle's)
11 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1.
Understand the basic fluid flow properties.
2.
Apply the basic laws and governing equations of fluid statics and dynamics.
3.
Understand the basics of Dimensional analysis and non-dimensional numbers.
4.
Understand the application of Bernoullis principle in flow measuring devices.
5.
Understand the nature of viscous flows and the boundary layers and boundary layer
equations.
Course Outcomes:
1) Understand the basic fluid flow properties.
2) Apply the basic laws and governing equations of fluid statics and dynamics.
3) Understand the basics of Dimensional analysis and non-dimensional numbers.
4) Understand the application of Bernoullis principle in flow measuring devices.
5) Understand the nature of viscous flows and the boundary layers and boundary layer
equations.
Scheme of SEE:
each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Oijush.K.Kundu, IRAM COCHEN , Fluid Mechanics, ELSEVIER, 3rd Edition.
2005.
2. R. K. Bansal , A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 10th
edition, Laxmi Publications, 2011, New Delhi, India.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Anderson, J.D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw -Hill Book Co., New
York, 1985
2. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, 7th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011, New
Delhi, India.
3. John F. Dauglas, Fluid Mechanics, 5th edition, Pearson Education Limited,
2005 New Delhi, India.
4. Yunus A. Cengel John M.Oimbala , Fluid Mechanics (SI Units), ,2nd Ed., Tata
McGraw Hill, 2008
MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY

Subject Code
CREDITS 04
AE44
04
52
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
Course Objectives
1. To impart students with the knowledge about motion, fundamentals of mechanics to
machines which include engines, linkages etc.,
2. Familiarize the students with common mechanisms used in machines and ability to
calculate mobility and enumerate rigid links and types of joints within mechanisms.
3. Ability to conduct a complete mechanism position analysis, velocity analysis and
acceleration analysis using graphical methods. Students will have an understanding
of static force relationships and inertia forces and their effect that exist in machines
4. To facilitate students to understand the function of flywheels, the concept of
balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses and to give awareness to students on
the phenomenon of vibration and its effects
5. This course will also introduce the students to know about effect of gyroscopic
couple on ship, aeroplane and four wheelers.
MODULE 1
Mechanisms: Link and its types, joints and its types, kinematic pair and its types, degrees
of freedom, Grublers criterion, Types of kinematic chains and inversions, Inversions of
Four bar chain, Inversions of Single Slider Crank Chain- Pendulum pump, Oscillating
cylinder engine, Crank and slotted lever quick return motion mechanism, Whitworth quick
return motion mechanism. Inversions of Double Slider Crank Chain, Straight line motion
mechanisms: Peaucelliers mechanism and Roberts mechanism. Intermittent Motion
mechanisms: Ackerman steering gear mechanism.
Self-study: Types of constrained motion, Intermittent Motion mechanisms: Geneva wheel
mechanism and Ratchet and Pawl mechanism.
10 Hours
MODULE 2
Velocity and Acceleration analysis of Mechanisms (Graphical Methods):
Velocity and acceleration analysis of Four Bar mechanism, slider crank mechanism and
Simple Mechanisms by vector polygons.
Static force analysis:
Static equilibrium, Equilibrium of two and three force members. Members with two forces
and torque. Free body diagrams, Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slidercrank mechanism without friction.
Self-study: Relative velocity and accelerations of coincident Particles on separate links.
Static force analysis: Principle of virtual work. Static force analysis of four bar mechanism
with friction.
11 Hours
MODULE 3
Spur Gears:
Gear terminology, law of gearing, Path of contact, Arc of contact, Contact ratio of spur gear,
velocity of sliding of spur gears, Minimum number of teeth to avoid interference.
Gear Trains:
Epicyclic gear trains, Analysis of epicyclic gear train (Algebraic and tabular methods),
torques in epicyclic trains.
Self-study: Spur Gears: Interference in involute gears, Methods of avoiding interference.
Gear Trains: Simple gear trains, Compound gear trains, Reverted gear trains.
11 Hours
MODULE 4
Balancing of Rotating Masses:
Balancing of Several Masses Rotating in the Same Plane, Balancing of Several Masses
Rotating in Different Planes (only Graphical Methods).
Balancing of Reciprocating Masses:
Balancing of Primary and secondary Forces of Multi-cylinder In-line Engines, Balancing of
Radial Engines (only Graphical Methods)
Self-study: Balancing of Reciprocating Masses: Primary and Secondary Unbalanced Forces
of Reciprocating Masses, Partial Balancing of Unbalanced Primary Force in a Reciprocating
Engine.
10 Hours
MODULE 5
Governors: Force analysis of Porter and Hartnell governors, Controlling force, stability,
sensitiveness, isochronism, effort and power of Porter and Hartnell governors.
Gyroscope: Gyroscopic couple, effect of gyroscopic couple on plane disc and aeroplane,
stability of four wheelers.
Self-study: Governors: Types of governors, working principle. Gyroscope: Vectorial
representation of angular motion, stability of two wheelers.
10 Hours
Course Outcomes
1. Have general mathematical and computer skills to enable high-fidelity kinematics and
dynamics analysis of machine elements including linkages, cams, and gears, within the
general machine design context.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Determine the static and motion characteristics of a machine.

Apply kinematic theories to practical mechanisms.
Understand mechanism design and selection.
Use position, velocity, and acceleration to analysis a mechanism.
Scheme of SEE:
2. There will be 2 full questions (with a maximum of four sub questions) from each
module.
4. The students will have to answer 5 full questions, selecting at least one full question
from each module.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rattan S.S Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, and 3rd edition -2009.
2. R. S. Khurmi, J.K. Gupta Theory of Machines, , Eurasia Publishing House, 01Jan-2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. .J. Uicker, , G.R. Pennock, J.E. Shigley. Theory of Machines & Mechanisms, JOXFORD 3rd Ed.
2009.
2. Robert L Norton, Design of Machinery , McGraw Hill, 2001.

Ambekar, Mechanism and Machine theory, PHI, 2007
COMPUTER AIDED AIRCRAFT DRAWING
Subject Code
Credits 03
AE45
03
40
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Train students to use a commercial solid modelling package.
2. Acquaint students with various structural phenomena that govern the design of aerospace
systems.
3. Introduce the students to draw the views of some aircraft components and other
mechanical elements.
4. To learn the basic concepts and to draw the views of section of solids, orthographic
projections and threaded fasteners.
5. This course will give the insight into the design, creation of assembly and get the detailed
drawing of few aircraft components.
6. This course will also introduce students to draw riveted joints, threaded fasteners and
couplings.
MODULE 1
Sections of Solids:
Sections of Pyramids, Prisms, Cubes, Tetrahedrons, Cones and Cylinders resting only on
their bases (No problems on, axis inclinations, spheres and hollow solids) and True shape of
sections.
Orthographic Projections:
Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic projections of simple machine parts and
aircraft components with and without section. (Bureau of Indian Standards conventions are to
be followed for the drawings)
Self-study: Screw Threads: Screw thread terminology, standard forms of V-threads, BSW,
Sellers, ISO threads, Basic and standard forms of square threads, Acme, Buttress, knuckle
threads.
10 Hours
MODULE 2
Threaded Fasteners:
Hexagonal headed bolt and nut assembly, square headed bolt and nut assembly, simple
assembly using stud bolts with nut and lock nut.
Riveted Joints:
Single and double riveted lap joints, Single and double riveted butt joints with single/double
cover straps (Chain and Zigzag, using snap head rivets).
Self-study: Couplings: Split Muff coupling, protected type flanged coupling, Bush type
flexible coupling, Oldhams coupling
10 Hours
MODULE 3
Assembly Drawings
1) Plummer block (Pedestal Bearing)
2) I.C. Engine connecting rod
3) Landing gear (Dual Type) without tires
4) Helicopter drive/rotor shaft
5) Fixed Pitch 3-bladed propeller
Self-study:
Assembly of 3D Wing with ribs and spars.
Universal coupling or Hookes Joint
20 Hours
Course Outcomes
1. Ability to use standard software tools to create part assemblies and check for clearances.
2. Ability to create fully constrained solid models that can be quickly modified using
standard software tools.
3. Ability to use, identify and explain standard features in solid modeling including
protrusions, revolutions, cut-outs, and patterns
4. Ability to use standard software tools to create engineering drawings, or other documents,
to fully describe the geometries and dimensions of parts, as well as to document
assemblies according to standard practice.
5. Demonstrate standards of part and assembly creation allowing an adaptable design of a
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Two questions to be set from each MODULE. Student has to answer any one question from each
MODULE. Each question of MODULE-1 and MODULE-2 carries 20 marks. One question from
MODULE-3 carries 60 marks.
i.e.
PART-A:
1 x 20 = 20 Marks
PART-B:
1 x 20 = 20 Marks
PART-C:
1 x 60 = 60 Marks
Total = 100 Marks
TEXT BOOKS:
1) A Primer on Computer Aided Machine Drawing-2007, Published by VTU,
Belgaum.
2) Machine Drawing, K R Gopalakrishna, Subhash Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) Machine Drawing, N.D.Bhat & V.M.Panchal
2) A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing, S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
3) Machine Drawing, N. Siddeshwar, P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri, published by Tata
McGraw Hill,2008
4) Machine Drawing, K. L. Narayana, New Age International
5) Fundamentals of machine drawing, Sadhu singh, p. L. Sah, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 18-Nov-2012
AIRCRAFT MATERIALS
Subject Code
Credits 03
Course Objectives:
AE46
03
40
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
1. To introduce the students, various materials used in aircraft production and their
behaviours.
2. To teach the students, Super alloys and Composite materials properties, manufacturing
process and applications.
3. To introduce the students, Polymers, Polymeric Materials, Plastics, Ceramics and Glass
on the aspects physical properties and applications.
4. To teach the students, the topics on Ablative, Super Conducting Materials and Aircraft
Woods.
5. To introduce the students, various methods used for removal of corrosion from common
aircraft metals and methods employed to prevent corrosion and materials used for rockets
and missiles and their properties.
MODULE 1
Introduction to Aircraft Materials:
Definition of terms, Requirements of aircraft materials, Binary phase diagrams, Phase Rule,
Solidification, Nucleation and Grain Growth. Iron Carbon Equilibrium Diagram, Heat
Treatment and Micro-structural Changes TTT diagram, Aircraft Metal Alloys Aluminum
alloys, Magnesium alloys, Titanium alloys, Plain carbon and Low carbon Steels, Corrosion
and Heat resistant steels
Self-Study: Lever Rule, Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering, Carburizing,
Nitriding. , Maraging steels, Copper alloys
8 Hours
MODULE 2
Super Alloys and Composite Materials:
General introduction to super alloys, Nickel based super alloys, Cobalt based super alloys
Composite Materials:
Definition, Reinforcing fibers and Matrix materials, various types of composites fabrication,
ceramic matrix, metal matrix composites based on aluminum, magnesium, titanium, Nickel
based composites for engines.
Self-Studies: Iron based super alloys, manufacturing processes associated with super alloys.
Comparison of composites with conventional monolithic materials
8 Hours
MODULE 3
Polymers, Polymeric Materials, testing & inspection methods:
Knowledge and identification of physical characteristics of commonly used polymeric
material: properties and applications, glass and transparent plastics, properties and
applications, adhesives and sealants and their applications in aircraft. Testing of aircraft
materials, Inspection methods, Application and trends in usage in aircraft structures and
engines
Self-Studies : commonly used ceramic ,plastics and its categories , Selection of materials for
use in aircraft.
8 Hours
MODULE 4
Ablative, Super Conducting Materials and Aircraft woods:
Ablation process, ablative materials and applications in aerospace; Phenomenon of super
conduction, super conducting materials and applications in aerospace.
Aircraft Wood, Rubber, Fabrics & Dope And Paint: Classification and properties of wood,
Aircraft woods, their properties and applications Characteristics and definition of
terminologies pertaining to aircraft fabrics and their applications, Purpose of doping and
commonly used dopes; Types of aircraft paints, Aircraft painting process.
Self-Study : Seasoning of wood, Joining processes for wood, Plywood; Purpose of painting,
8 Hours
MODULE 5
Corrosion, prevention and High Energy materials:
Knowledge of the various methods used for removal of corrosion from common aircraft
metals and methods employed to prevent corrosion.
High Energy Materials:

Materials for rockets and missiles. Types of propellants and its general and desirable
properties Types of solid propellants: Mechanical characterization of solid propellants using
uni-axial,
Self-Study: Insulating materials for cryogenic engines. strip-biaxial and tubular tests.
8 Hours
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the use of various materials in aircraft production and their behaviours.
2. Understand Super alloys and Composite materials properties, manufacturing process and
applications.
3. Appreciate the use of Polymers, Polymeric Materials , Plastics, Ceramics and Glass on
the aspects physical properties and applications.
4. Understand the application of Ablative and Super Conducting Materials Aircraft Wood,
Rubber, Fabrics and Dope.
5. Understand the various methods used for removal of corrosion from common aircraft
metals and methods employed to prevent corrosion.
6. Understand the various types of propellants used in rockets and missiles.
Scheme of SEE:
each module.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Titterton G F , Aircraft Material and Processes, English Book Store, New Delhi, 1998.
2. H Buhl, Advanced Aerospace Material, Spring Berlin 1992.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. C G Krishnadas Nair, Handbook of Aircraft materials Interline publishers, Bangalore,
1993.
2. Balram Gupta, S, Aerospace material Vol. 1,2,3 ARDB, Chand & Co 1996.
3. Parker E R, Materials for Missiles and Space, John Wiley.
4. Hill E T, The Materials of Aircraft Construction, Pitman London.
METALLOGRAPHY & MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

Subject Code
Number of Theory +Practical hours/week
Credits 02
AEL47
1+2
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
Course Objectives
1. Introduce the students to different destructive testing machines.
2. Introduce the students to different methods of data acquisition systems.
3. To learn the basic concepts and interpret the results of destructive testing.
4. To introduce the students to different Non-destructive testing techniques and machines.
5. This course will give the insight into the determination of elastic and plastic properties of
different types of materials.
6. Further the course elaborates on certain different types of heat treatment techniques.
7. This course will also introduce students to wear testing and hardness testing of different
types of materials.
EXPERIMENTS
GROUP-A
1. Preparation of Specimen for Metallographic Examination of Different Engineering
Materials and Identification of Microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I,
SG iron, brass, bronze and composites.
2. Heat treatment: Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and Tempering of steel. Hardness
studies of heat-treated samples.
3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for
different parameters.
4. Non-destructive test experiments like,
(a) Ultrasonic flaw detection
(b) Magnetic crack detection
(c) Dye penetration testing. To study the defects of Cast and Welded
specimens
GROUP-B
5. Tensile, Shear and Compression tests of metallic and non-metallic specimens using a
Universal Testing Machine.
6. Torsion Test
7. Bending Test on Metallic and Non Metallic Specimens
8. Izod and Charpy Test on M S Specimens.
9. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers hardness test
10. Fatigue test
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the student will be able to
1. Understand the basic physics of different types of materials used in engineering practice as of
todays technology.
2. Identify the structure of materials by microscopic inspection; and describe material structure
by sketches.
3. Conduct testing and Quantify elastic and plastic behaviours of different materials.
CIE=50 Marks
SEE= 50 Marks
Viva -Voice:
10 Marks
FLUID MECHANICS LAB

Subject Code
Credits 02
AEL48
-1+2
CIE
SEE
Exam Hours
50
50
03
Course Objectives
1. To teach the students, determination of coefficient of friction and losses of flow through
pipes.
2. To teach the students, determination of force developed by impact of jet vanes.
3. To teach the students, determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice
Venturimeter and V-notch.
4. To familiarize the students, to determine the performance of two stage Reciprocating Air
Compressor.
5. To teach the students, to determine the viscosity of fluid, measurement of force and
centre of pressure on a plane surface.
6. To teach the students, verification of Bernoullis theorem- pressure measurement using
Pitot-static tube.
EXPERIMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PART A
Study of potential flows.
Performance test on air blower
Performance test of a two stage Reciprocating Air Compressor
Reynolds apparatus
Verification of Bernoullis theorem- Pressure measurement with Pitot-static tube.
PART B
6. Measurement of force and centre of pressure on a plane surface.
7. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in pipes.

8. Determination of minor losses in flow through pipes.
9. Determination of force developed by impact of jets on vanes
10. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a variable
head method
11. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a Venturimeter by a variable
head
method.
12. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for V-notch by a variable head method
Course Outcomes
1. Understand the physics of fluid flow through pipes and various losses associated with it.
2. Use various fluid flow measuring devices and calculate the rate of discharge by applying
Bernoullis principle.
3. Analyze and understand the impact forces of jet issuing at high velocity
4. Analyze the performance of pumps and turbine and calculate efficiency based on turbo
machinery relations.
5. Use the pitot static tube and understand the concepts of total pressure and static pressure
and calculate dynamic pressure of the flow.
CIE=50 Marks
SEE= 50 Marks
Viva -Voice: 10Marks
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE, DSCE

(Autonomous Institution Affiliated to VTU, Belgaum)
I SEMESTER B.Arch
Sl.
No
Subject
Code
AT1AD
AT1BCM
AT1GRA
AT1HOA
AT1STR
6
7
AT1CS
AT1BDV
AT1ADP
Subject
Architectural DesignIntroductory Course
Building Construction
and MaterialsMasonry and
Foundations
Introduction to
Architectural Graphics
History of ArchitectureEarly Civilization
Introduction to
Structures
Communication Skills
Basic Design & Visual
Aesthetics
Architectural drawing
& presentation
Credit Hours/
Duration
Examination
Contact
Week
of Exam Credits
Hours/Week
S
T
P
CIE SEE Total (Hrs)
7
1
0
8
50
50 100
7
Evaluation Teaching
Type
Dept
Board
SEE - VIVA
Arch
Arch
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
CIE
SEE-CIE
Arch
Arch
Arch
Arch
0
6
0
0
2
0
2
6
50
50
---
50
50
---
M
2
CIE
Arch
Arch
50
50
--
Total
35
400 250 650
CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination S: Studio, T: Theory0 And P: Practical
25
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Introductory Course

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1AD
: 08
: 128
CIE
: 50
SEE : 50
Credits: 7
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To develop the ability to translate abstract principles of design into architectural solutions for simple
problems
MODULE I
What architectural education entails? What being an architect involves? A nd Architecture s
connection with other forms of knowledge: Science, Mathematics, Philosophy, Religion, etc.
Local stories on Architecture.
Listing of important local buildings and explain why they are important. Listing and Drawing
silhouettes of favorite buildings or places.
Observing the built environment around and experiencing enclosures (field trips)
MODULE II
Learning basics of architectural representation.
Scaled and measured drawing exercise of familiar objects & spaces - a table (object), a
classroom and a staircase (static/transition spaces), pavilion, open/ enclosed spaces etc.
Collection and documentation of all building materials within 5 km radius
MODULE III
Introduction to basic development of forms: additive form, deductive form, rhythm, contrast,
balance and symmetry.
Concepts of volume and scale, width to height ratio
Study models to explore the design principles. Multiple sectional drawings of study models
Introduction to anthropometry; relationship of architecture with human body
MODULE IV
Human functions and their implications for space requirements. Minimum and optimum areas for
mono functions. User s data, movement and circulation diagrams. Spatial interpretations various
activities and their relationship with spaces
MODULE V
Introduction to furniture; relationship of objects with human body. Portfolio of study and design
through drawing/representation
Design of functional furniture layout, circulation, lighting and ventilation for spaces such as
living/dining, bedrooms, Architects office, Doctors clinic etc
Note:
The portfolio covering all the assignments shall be presented for evaluation.
REFERENCES:
1. Time Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data by John Hanock
2. Architectural Graphic Standards by Ramsay and Sleeper
3. Indian Anthropometric Dimensions for Ergonomic Design Practice by Debkumar
Chakrabarti
BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Masonry and Foundations

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1BCM CIE
: 50
: 06
SEE : 50
: 96
Credits: 5
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To introduce building materials and building elements and their intrinsic relationship to basic
Building Systems
MODULE I
1. Making Buildings 1: Materials, Building Systems Overview (know-how of building materials and
construction)
2. Making Buildings 2: Various conventions used for drawing plan, sections and elevations.
3. Introduction to Brick Masonry Construction: Brick as a building material: Types, properties,
uses and manufacturing methods.
MODULE II
4. Brick masonry load bearing wall construction: Types of brick masonry walls and bonds,
foundations, mortar type, plasters, buttresses, arches and lintels.
5. Field visit: Brick kiln, Sawmill, stone quarry, etc Report on site visit.
6. Stone Masonry Construction: Stone as a building material: Types, properties and uses,
quarrying
7. Stone masonry load bearing wall construction: Types of walls, bonds, arches and lintels.
MODULE III
8. Wall construction: Introduction to wall construction and detailing with building materials:
Hollow and solid Concrete Blocks, Hollow and solid clay Blocks, Fly ash Blocks, Aerated
Concrete Block, stabilized mud blocks, Glass Blocks, etc. Properties, uses and manufacturing
methods.
MODULE IV
9. Masonry Foundation: Simple load bearing foundations in brick and stone
10. Introduction to Wood as a Building Material: Types Natural, hard and softwood. Quality of
timber used in buildings, defects, seasoning and preservation of timber.
MODULE V
11. Wooden door assembly and production: Types of wooden Doors, i.e., Battened, ledged,
braced, paneled, flush and glazed doors. Study of joinery details.
12. Wooden windows assembly and production: Types of wooden glazed windows, study of
joinery details.
Note:
Minimum one plate on each topic, site visits to be arranged by studio teacher. Study of material
application in the form of portfolio. Material Pallette mandatory. All the plates on construction and
portfolio on material application shall be assessed for progressive marks.
REFERENCES:
1. Building Construction by W.B. Mackay
2. Construction Technology by Chudley
3. Construction of Buildings by Barry
4. Building Construction by Francis D K Ching
ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS: Introductory Course

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1GRA CIE
: 50
: 04
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To introduce students to the fundamental concepts and techniques of graphical drawings, and multiangle representations of built elements and built forms with applicable renderings
MODULE I
1. Introduction to visual representation and scales: The basic principles of drawing and
sign conventions; the concept of scales and application in architecture.
2. Practice in lettering: Lettering used in architectural drawings, including different fonts.
3. Introduction to Euclidian Geometry: Exercises in lines and angles, construction of triangles,
quadrilaterals and regular polygons. Introduction to the development of simple surfaces cubes,
cuboids and pyramids.
MODULE II
4. Introduction to curves: Construction of plane curves, ellipse, parabola, hyperbola and ovals.
Exercise in physical modeling for parabola and hyperbola.
5. Arches: Typical arch forms and methods of drawing them.
MODULE III
6. Orthographic projection (first angle projection): Principles of orthographic projection;
projections of points, lines, planes explore all combinations.
7. Orthographic projection of solids
8. Orthographic projection of architectural built elements and built forms: (Simple to complex)
MODULE IV
9. 3D Projections: 3D representation in isometric projection of solids.
10. 3D Projections: 3D representation in isometric projection of built elements and built forms
(simple to complex).
MODULE V
11. 3D Projections: 3D representation in axonometric projection of solids.
12. 3D Projections: 3D representation in axonometric projection of built elements and built forms.
13. Introduction to rendering: Simple rendering of the 3D drawings of built elements and built
forms free- hand pencil rendering with shading and textures.
Note: A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above modules to be
presented for Internal Assessment.
REFERENCES:
1. Geometrical Drawing for Arts Students by IH Morris
2. Perspective by SH Mullik
3. Architectural Graphics by D.K Ching.
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE: Early Civilization

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1HOA CIE
: 50
:4
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To provide an introduction to the culture and architecture of early civilizations
MODULE I
1. Introduction What History education entails? Architectures connection with History
2. Introduction to Pre-Historic Civilization: Primitive man - shelters, settlements, religious and
burial systems E.g.: Oval hut, Nice, Dolmen tomb, gallery grave, passage grave, Houses at Catal
Huyuk, Henge Monuments, StoneHenge
3. Introduction to River valley cultures: generic forces shaping settlements and habitats
MODULE II
4. Indus Valley Civilization: Forces shaping settlements and habitats: Layout of Mohenjodaro,
House plan, Community well, Great Bath, Granary
5. River valley cultures, Tigris and Euphrates: Ziggurats at Warka, Ur and Tchoga Zanbil,
Palace of Sargon.
MODULE III
6. River valley culture, Nile: Mastaba Tombs, Pyramid of Cheops, Temple of Khons, Karnak
7. Introduction to Chinese Architecture: Forces shaping settlements and habitats
8. Introduction to Mayan and Japanese Architecture: Forces shaping settlements and habitats.
MODULE IV
9. Introduction to Desert and Mountainous cultures: Forces shaping settlements and habitats
with examples
10. Introduction to Pre-Classical Civilization: Mycenea, Persia, Etruscan. Pre-classical Civilization.
Examples: Tiryns, the Temple of Juno Sospita, the Palace of Persepolis.
MODULE V
11. Pre-classical Aryan & Mauryan : Vedic and Epic Age Salient features Vedic Village
12. Introduction to contemporary Tribal Cultures: Forces shaping settlements and habitats in
tribal cultures with examples
REFERENCES:
1. History of Architecture in India by Christopher Tadgell
2. Indian Architecture, Buddhist and Hindu period by Percy Brown
3. Architecture of India, Buddhist and Hindu by Satish Grover
BUILDING STRUCTURES: Introductory Course

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1STR CIE
: 50
: 03
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Introduction to principles of loads, structural materials and transmissibility of force with examples
MODULE I
1. Evolution of Structures: Historical perspective and definition of structure as a device for
channeling loads that result from the use or presence of the building in relation to ground.
2. Structural systems overview: Vertical/lateral systems: wall, cantilever, moment frame, braced
frame, horizontal one-way and two-way systems: truss, arch, vault, dome, shell, cable stayed,
suspended, membrane.
3. Experiment with Structures:
a. Example-1: Build a structure to house an un-boiled egg to be thrown from a building without
breaking (avoid foam boxes and bulky structures).
b. Example-2: Build a Structure of dimension 150x150x150mm using A4 size paper to withstand
a load of 1 kilogram.
c. Example-3: Build a beam or a truss using matchsticks to span a distance of 150mm, and test
the maximum mid-span load the truss could carry.
d. Example-4: Build a geodesic dome of 150mm dia using straws, ice cream sticks or matchsticks
to span a distance of 150mm.
MODULE II
4. Structural Materials: Mechanical properties of Structural materials: wood, masonry, steel,
concrete, fabric; energy use and rupture length. Advantages and disadvantages of Structural
Materials and choice of Structural Material for domestic buildings, Industrial buildings, Tall
buildings and Long Span buildings.
5. Loads on Structures: Dead load (DL), live load (LL), static, dynamic, impact, and thermal loads.
MODULE III
6. Principle of transmissibility of forces: Understanding load flow by tributary load and load path
(slab, beam, and girder) and vertical members (post, wall, and footing); load path.
7. Equilibrium of Forces: Force, Reaction, Moment and Principle of Support conditions and their
significance in resistance to forces and to maintain equilibrium.
8. Basic principles of mechanics: Tension, compression, shear, bending, torsion; symbols and
notations; force and stress.
MODULE IV
9. Stress/strain relations (Hooke's Law): Modulus of Elasticity, linear and non-linear materials,
elastic, plastic, and elastic-plastic materials; Poisson's Ratio; Thermal stress and strain.
10. Graphic vector analysis: Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar, concurrent and nonconcurrent force systems. Parallelogram, force polygon, resultant, equilibrant, components;
numeric method
MODULE V
11. Truss: Truss concept of triangulation, common truss configurations.
12. Truss loads and reactions: For a given configuration of the trusses and center to center
spacing, calculations of the dead weight of the truss and the dead weight of the roof cover and
support reaction loads.
REFERENCES:
1. Structures - Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek, and PHI Learning Private limited
2. Structure in Architecture: the building of buildings, by Mario Salvadori
3. Structure and Design by G. G. Schierle
4. Engg Mechanics by R K Bansal & Sanjay Bansal, 3rd ed
5. Engg Mechanics by Ferdinand L Singer, 3rd ed
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1CS
: 02
: 48
CIE
: 50
SEE : Nil
Credits: M
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop skills in effective communication both written and verbal and to explore the potential of
media technology and the Internet to enhance communication
MODULE I
1. Introduction: Introduction to course objective and framework of assignments and
assessment. Discussion on exploratory topics.
2. Reading and listening comprehension: Reading of a passage from famous books (e.g.
Samskara). Students to draw an image on A4 paper based on the read passage.
3. Verbal presentations: Understanding the differences among seminars, conferences, convention,
congress, debates, extempore speeches, panel discussions etc. Students to write a brief
synopsis on seminar topic to be submitted to seminar committee for acceptance.
MODULE II
4. ARCHITECTURAL LANGUAGE: Basics of art and architecture terminology; Verbal expression of
ideas and design description.
5. INFOGRAPHICS: Various techniques of representation of information in visuals
MODULE III
6. Notes taking: From spoken and written English.
7. Comprehension of lectures and speeches to locate key points
8. Analytical Writing: To develop the ability to write concisely and correctly and present ideas in a
logical manner.
MODULE IV
9. Introduction and discussion on exploratory topic for a letter: Understanding the difference
between formal and informal letters etc. Students to Write /draw a letter to fellow
architects, clients, public authorities, contractors, enquiries to industries, dealers.
10. Article writing: on a Design or a Building, Introduction to Design Basis Report
11. Writing a term paper: term paper is a research paper written by students over an academic term
MODULE V
12. Introduction and discussion on exploratory topic for a brief essay: Observation based
writing. Topic for assignment: PATTERNS (in nature, Architecture, art, mathematics, language,
infrastructure, social systems etc.) and student to write and illustrate a 300 word essay on
patterns.
13. Using the Internet to enhance communication
REFERENCES:
1. Working in English: Teachers Book by Jones Leo.
2. Communicative English for Professional Courses by Mudambadithaya G.S.
3. English Conversation Practice by Taylor, Grant
BASIC DESIGN AND VISUAL ARTS

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1BDV
: 06
: 96
CIE
: 50
SEE : Nil
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To encourage a critical orientation to design thinking and action
MODULE I
1. Observation & Study 1: Selection of two outdoor objects/systems and observation of their
natural occurrence, relationships with context, form & structure, colors & textures, and function.
2. Sketching & visual representation in various media.
MODULE II
3. Observation & Study 2: Selection of two indoor objects/systems and observation of their
situation, relationships with context, form & structure, colors & textures, and functions.
4. 3 dimensional modeling in appropriate medium (Clay/paper/wire/plaster/wax etc.).
MODULE III
5. Patterns-1: Study of pattern-making in nature, (Such as trees, leaves, crystals, shells etc.)
Observation & representation of 2-dimensional patterns in various visual media.eg.
Charcoal/pencil/crayon/oils etc.
6. Patterns-2: Use of patterns to synthesize and create form. Use of Both physical and material
patterns as well as patterns of transformation and Integration. Appreciation of the difference
between architecture and pattern.
MODULE IV
7. Material Study-1: Selection of two materials used in everyday life (textiles, Earthenware,
terracotta, metals, stone, plastic, glass etc.) Study of properties, Strength, examples of use.
8. Material Study-2: Sketching & visual representation of material in various media, like Paper,
clay, plaster, wood, wire, wax, photography
9. Material Study-3: Hands-on making of object/joint/structure of own choice with one of the
materials studied.
MODULE V
10. Design of a free standing object using the materials studied. E.g. park, Seat, bollard, push-cart,
etc.
11. Design of a semi-enclosed object/space using the materials studied. E.g. gazebo, kiosk, bus
stop, stage set, etc.
REFERENCES:
1. The Art of Color and Design by Maitland Graves
2. Ways of Seeing by John Berger
3. Design of Everyday Things by Donald Norman
4. Rendering with Pen and Ink by Robert Gill
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND PRESENTATION

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT1ADP CIE
: 50
: 03
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To train the students in methods of Architectural Representation including drawing, sketching and
model making
MODULE I
Sketching: Learning to See
1. Introduction to architectural sketching using various mediums such as graphite pencil, charcoal, pens,
markers etc.
2. Sketching the line -Principles of free hand sketching such as proportions, light and shade;
3. Sketching an Object -with primary thrust on sketching of building elements and built environment.
Figure drawing and human proportion
MODULE II
Technical Drawing
4. Introduction to various drawing instruments and methods of employing them for technical drawing
5. Lettering - Fonts, spacing, hierarchy in sizes and thickness
6. Line weights - Strokes in lines, bold and thin line representation, line types, arrowheads and basic symbols
7. Subjective representation Plan, Section, Elevation, Composite representation
MODULE III
Measured Drawing/ Scale Drawing
8. Measured drawing/ Scale Drawing: Plan/s Section/s Elevation/s and isometric/ axonometric view drawn
to appropriate scale, of simple two storeyed building including a stairway and/or toilet.
MODULE IV
Model Making: Basic Shapes
9. Introduction to various materials (such as paper, mount board, thermocol, foam board, etc.) tools and
techniques of architectural model making
10. construction of simple three dimensional objects
MODULE V
MODEL MAKING: Architectural models.
11. Introduction to materials such as balsa wood, plastics, cork and the techniques to make Architectural
Models
12. Scaled building models - Exercises preferably co-ordinated with subjects like Design , Building Technology
and Materials History of Architecture etc.
REFERENCES:
1. The Art of Color and Design by Maitland Graves
2. Landscape Graphics
3. Rendering with Pen and Ink by Robert Gill

II SEMESTER B.Arch
Sl. Subject
No
Code
Subject
AT2AD
AT2BCM Building Construction and

Materials- Roof, Foundation
and Staircase
AT2GRA Architectural GraphicsProjection & Perspective
Drawing
AT2HOA History of Indian
Architecture- Buddhist and
Hindu Periods
AT2STR Structures- Basic Structural
Systems
AT2 TOA Theory of ArchitecturePrinciples of Aesthetics &
Composition
AT2SSA Site Surveying and Analysis
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
50
--
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
AT1BDS Basic Design - Self and

Space
AT2KK KANNADA Kali (Non Credit
Mandatory Course)
CIE
Arch
Arch
50
50
--
CIE
Language
50
50
--
5
6
7
8
9
Architectural DesignMono functional Spaces
Credit
Duration
Examination
Evaluation Teaching
Contact
Board Hours/ Week
of Exam Credits
Type
Hours/Week
Dept
S
T P
CIE SEE Total (Hrs)
SEE - VIVA Arch
Arch
7
2
0
9
50
50 100
7
Total
39
400 400 800
CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination S: Studio, T: Theory And P:
0 Practical
29
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Monofunctional Spaces

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2AD
: 09
: 144
CIE
: 50
SEE : 50
Credits: 7
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To expose the students to the grammar of creating architectural space and form, including the study
of variables like light, movement, transformation, scale, structure & skin
MODULE I
Nature of Space; PLACE: A boundary , a center and a spirit PATH: A way and a goal
DOMAIN: A conglomeration of paths and goals that forms a whole with its own identity
Materials Eg. Masonry (brick & stone), Steel/Glass with cladding infill, exposed Concrete
MODULE II
Enclosure, Ambiguity, Transparency in Plan, Section and Elevation, with concept sketches and
diagrams so that presentation is self-explanatory ex. 1:50 plans, sections, and elevations.
Emphasis on work in studio by hand drawing and study model with lift off roof. The One Room House
Lecture cum discussion on the Poetics of Space like light, movement, transformation, scale, structure
and skin (case study based): keywords for discussion: contemplative / severe / dramatic /
minimalist / natural / organic / contemporary / traditional.
MODULE III
Understanding the role of physical (terrain, climate, materials, etc.) and cultural factors (open,
closed, transition spaces) that inform architecture.
Projects shall be explored with the help of models and sketches.
Any One Room enclosure could be taken to explore the implication of light, movement,
transformation, scale, structure and skin. Emphasis on freeing the expression of the poetic self, rather
than on meeting external standards, and student development of self-explanatory presentations
MODULE IV
Case study assignment (done in groups of four students per group): One from library/internet
research and one from actual experience.
Project presented in the form of a portfolio. Emphasis on studio work/participation and Hand
drawings.
MODULE V
Formulate a process of testing the various elements of space making learnt earlier in the semester
through a project on an actual site. The project examples could be: A House for myself, Guest House,
Farm house, Villa, Container house, Courtyard house, Tree house, etc.
Note:
The portfolio covering all the assignments shall be presented for term work.
REFERENCES:
1. Time Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data by John Hanock
2. Architectural Graphic Standards by Ramsay and Sleeper
3. Indian Anthropometric Dimensions for Ergonomic Design Practice by Debkumar
Chakrabarti
BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Roof, Foundation and Staircase

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2BCM CIE
: 50
: 06
SEE : 50
: 96
Credits: 5
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To introduce Building materials especially RCC and building elements, and their intrinsic relationship
to basic Building systems, which includes roofing for medium spans, Concrete columns, Concrete
foundations and staircases
MODULE I
1. Introduction to Timber : Timber, various parts, their purposes and method of construction. Use
of tiling for roofing.
2. Timber Roof Lean to roof, Collared Roof, King post roof, Queen Post Roof; Detailed Drawing of
one roof system
3. Introduction to Steel Roof Steel trussed roof, their purposes and method of construction. Use
of GI sheets and aluminum sheets for roofing.
MODULE II
4. Introduction to Cement and Steel as a Building material: Cement Types of cement, their
applications, laboratory and field tests. Properties and architectural uses of reinforced steel.
Reinforced Cement Concrete as a building material: Concrete Ingredients, grades of concrete,
admixtures, properties of concrete, production of concrete, mix, proportioning (Site visit to a
Ready-mix concrete (RMC) batching plant)
MODULE III
5. Reinforced Cement Concrete as a building material: Form work, placing, and compaction,
curing of concrete, sampling and testing of concrete. Construction joints, expansion joints, finishes
in concrete, chemical admixtures. (Site visit to concreting construction site)
6. RCC Foundations (Isolated footing) and Columns (Square and Round) Raft foundations,
Grillage foundations and combined footing.
MODULE IV
7. Introduction to Staircase: Anthropometry of stairs, types of Staircases and construction
methods of staircase in Masonry, timber, RCC, Steel and Composite.
8. Timber Stairs: Single and Double Stringer stairs: Means and methods of Construction
9. RCC Stairs: Waist slab, folded plate, Stringer stairs, precast stairs: Means and methods of
Construction.
MODULE V
10. Steel Stairs: Stringer stairs, Folded Type, Spiral stairs, Fire escape stairs: Means and
methods of Construction
11. Composite Stairs: Brick/stone, Steel/Timber, Concrete/wood, steel/ glass: Means and
methods of Construction
Note: Minimum one plate on each topic, site visits to be arranged by studio teacher. All the plates on
construction and portfolio on material application shall be presented for progressive marks.
REFERENCES:
1. Building Construction by W.B. Mackay
2. Construction Technology by Chudley
3. Construction of Buildings by Barry
4. Building Construction by Francis D K Ching
ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS: Projection and Perspective Drawing

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2GRA CIE
: 50
: 04
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Development of visual representation and conceptual communication in the field of spatial design
through 3D drawing techniques with applicable renderings that include shades and shadows
MODULE I
1. 3D Projections: 3D representation in exploded axonometric projection of built elements and
built forms.
2. Development of surfaces: Advanced topics with application to built forms, Suggested examples:
Domes, curved roofs, etc.
MODULE II
3. Section of solids, true shapes of section.
4. Inter-penetration of geometric solids: Combination of different forms. Examples: Cylinder with
cube or regular polygons, dome with a cube, etc.
MODULE III
5. Perspective drawings: History of perspective drawings with examples from international and
Indian context. Principles of perspective drawings and examples of the visual effects of three
dimensional objects when seen in perspective.
6. Studies in perspective drawing: Picture plane, station point, vanishing point, eye level, ground
level, their variation and their resultant effects. Examples of simple geometric objects.
MODULE IV
7. One-point perspective drawings: Perspective drawings of simple built form with simple built
elements Suggested example: Interior view of a single room and built elements in
incremental steps. Technical steps with the object falling within the cone of vision, object going
out of the cone of vision, and objects and elements closer. Analysis of the differences with
previous technical images. Perspective drawings of everyday objects like chair and table
without many design features. Generate multiple perspective drawings by altering the VP and
PP, and by keeping SP fixed for the same examples.
8. 2-point perspective drawings: Perspective drawings of simple geometrical objects and
their combinations. Examples: Perspective drawings of built forms with built elements.
Perspective drawings of simple everyday objects. Generate multiple views of the same objects.
MODULE V
9. Principles of shade and shadows: Principles of drawing shade and shadow.
Exercises exploring the principles of drawing shade and shadow in perspective drawings
drafting shade and shadows to examples from the perspective drawings.
10. Free-hand perspectives: Exercises in free-hand techniques for generating perspective
drawings with multiple views on site with simple rendering. Introduce simple street elements
and simple trees for the buildings generated in the perspective drawing classes.
REFERENCES:
1. Geometrical Drawing for Arts Students by IH Morris
2. Perspective by SH Mullik
3. Architectural Graphics by Francis D.K Ching
4. Rendering With Pen And Ink by Robert Gill
HISTORY OF INDIAN ARCHITECTURE: Buddhist and Hindu Periods

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2HOA CIE
: 50
:4
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To provide an understanding of the evolution of Hindu Architecture in India in its various stylistic
modes, characterized by technology, ornamentation and planning practices
OUTLINE:
MODULE I
1. Introduction to Classical (Buddhist): Mahayana phase, stupa and rock cut cave Architecture.
2. Buddhist Examples: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of three
kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental; Great Stupa at Sanchi, Chaitya at Karli, Viharas at Ajanta,
and Toranas at Sanchi b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space
3. Introduction to Jain Architecture: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of
three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental; b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space.
MODULE II
4. Evolution of Hindu temple: Indo Aryan and Dravidian Early temples at Udaigiri, Tigawa and
Sanchi.
5. Evolution of Hindu temple: Dravidian Experiments at Aihole (Durga temple and LadKhan
temple), Deogarh, Bhitargaon and Badami.
6. Beginnings of Dravidian architecture: Pallavas, rathas at Mamallapuram, Shore temple,
Kailsanatha and Vaikuntaperumal temples at Kancheepuram.
MODULE III
7. The Cholas contribution: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of three kinds
of Architecture: a) Monumental; Brihadeshwara temple at Thanjavur and Gangaikonda
Cholapuram b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space
8. The Pandyan & Madurai Dynasties contribution: Study of principles of design of buildings
through study of three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental; Gopurams Madurai (Meenakshi
temple) and Srirangam. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space;
MODULE IV
9. The Hoysala contribution: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of three
kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental; Eg: Channakesava temple, Belur, Hoysalesvara temple,
Halebid, Kesava temple, Somnathpur b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space;
10. Indo Aryan Mode: the beginnings in Orissa the Lingaraja at Bhubaneshwar.
MODULE V
11. Hindu architecture at Rajputana & Khajuraho group: (Temple of Surya, Orisa, Marwar) and
Gujarat (Temple of Surya, Modhera). The Khajuraho group: Khandariya Mahadev, Jain
temples Chaumukh temple at Ranpur
12. Later Dravidian period: the Vijayanagar and Noted temples at Hampi (Vitthala temple and
Hazara Rama temple)
Note: Site visit &documentation of a Temple may be part assessment of the progressive marks.
REFERENCES:
1. History of Architecture in India by Christopher Tadgell
2. Indian Architecture, Buddhist and Hindu period by Percy Brown
3. Architecture of India, Buddhist and Hindu by Satish Grover
BUILDING STRUCTURES: Basic Structural Systems

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2STR CIE
:50
: 03
SEE
:50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Introduction to transmissibility of forces & reactions and to basic structural system of beams and
columns
OUTLINE:
MODULE I
1. Geometric properties: Centroid, Centroidal axes and Moments of Inertia for regular sections by
Parallel Axis Theorem.
2. Beams and support reactions: Beams and supporting conditions - Types of supports
Implications for computational and structural performance.
3. Bending and Shear force in beams: Method of balancing moments and free-body diagrams.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
MODULE II
Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams: Concept of Shear force and Bending Moment
diagrams. BMD and SFD for simple beams subjected to loads.
BMD and SFD for intermediate beams 2span, 3span and 4span beams (bending moment
diagrams to be provided).
Bending and Shear Stress in beams: Theory of simple bending - Concept of bending and
shear stress distribution at a cross section due to bending moment and shear for Rectangular, I
and T sections.
MODULE III
General formula: Moment of Inertia, Section Modulus, Bending and Shear Stress.
Deflection: Determination of deflection for simply supported, fixed, continuous and
Cantilever beams subjected to loads using standard formulas.
MODULE IV
9. Columns and Struts: Introduction to Short and long columns.
10. Theory of Columns: Buckling; effective length, critical load, slenderness ratio; Euler formula;
"Kern" and rule of inner third.
MODULE V
11. Steel Columns: Axial stress and combined axial and bending stress design and analysis of steel
columns.
12. RCC columns: Definition of short column as per IS 456 and design of short RCC columns
(composite action, load taken by steel and load taken by concrete respectively).
REFERENCES:
1. Structures - Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek, and PHI Learning Private limited
2. Structure in Architecture: the building of buildings, by Mario Salvadori
3. Structure and Design by G. G. Schierle
4. Engg Mechanics by R K Bansal & Sanjay Bansal, 3rd ed
5. Applied Mechanics & Strength of Materials by I B Prasad
THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE: Principles of Aesthetics & Composition

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2TOA CIE
: 50
: 03
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with the basic aesthetic principles involved in architectural design and the
grammar of architectural aesthetics.
MODULE I
1. Definition of Art and role of Art in Society: Role and meaning of art, various types of artsfine arts, performing arts, commercial arts, industrial arts, folk arts, abstract art, visual arts,
spatial arts, temporal arts, pop art etc., relationship of architecture with art.
2. Principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition -1 Unity, Balance, Proportion, Scale
in Architectural composition. Illustrations and its application to the practice of design with
historical as well as contemporary buildings
MODULE II
3. Principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition -2: Contrast, harmony, accentuation,
restraint in Architectural composition. Illustrations and its application to the practice of design in
historical as well as contemporary building.
4. Principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition -3: Repose, vitality, strength in
Architectural composition. Illustrations and its application to the practice of design in historical as
well as contemporary building.
MODULE III
5. Organizing principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition -1: Symmetry,
asymmetry, hierarchy, datum, axis, rhythm in Aesthetics and Architectural Composition and its
application to the practice of design.
6. Spatial organizations of Masses in Architecture -1: Centralized and clustered; Illustrations of
centralized and clustered massing in spatial organizations of masses in Architecture and its
application to the practice of design with both historical as well as contemporary buildings.
MODULE IV
7. Spatial organizations of Masses in Architecture -2: linear, radial, grid organization.
Illustrations of linear, radial, grid organization in spatial organizations of masses in Architecture
and its application to the practice of design with both historical as well as contemporary
buildings.
8. Ornamentation in Architecture: Historical perspective of the use of ornament in buildings and
use of ornament as a decoration to embellish parts of a building. Use and need of ornament in
architectural design different types of ornamentation in buildings.
9. Ornamentation in Architecture CriticismArgument against ornamentation. Ideas of architect
Adolf Loos (Ornament and Crime); Ornaments as economically inefficient and morally
degenerate, reduction of ornament or lack of decoration as the sign of an advanced society.
MODULE V
10. Materials, Materiality and Tectonics: Aesthetic and structural potentials in Architecture of
materials like brick, timber, stone, concrete, glass.
11. Style in Architecture: Basis for classification of styles including chronology of styles
arrangement according to order that changes over time. Evolution of styles; reflecting the
emergence of new ideas as reaction to earlier styles as a result of changing of fashions, beliefs,
technology etc.
12. Perceptions in Architecture: Experience of architecture in basic psychological and

physiological terms. Way in which human minds and bodies respond to space, light, texture, color,
and other architectural elements.
REFERENCES:
1. Architecture: Form, Space and Order by Francis DK Ching
2. Design Fundamentals in Architecture by Parmar VS
3. Theory of Architecture by Paul Alan Johnson
4. Creating Architectural Theory by John Lang
SITE SURVEYING & ANALYSIS

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2SSA CIE
: 50
: 04
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop the knowledge and skills related to surveying and levelling principles and practice and
carrying out surveys of land of medium complexity and preparation of survey plans.
MODULE I
1. Introduction to Surveying Definition, classification, principles of surveying, character of work,
shrunk scale.
2. Survey Theory-1: Chain Survey: Instruments used, Types of chain, Instruments for ranging.
MODULE II
3. Survey Theory-2: Chain Survey: Setting out angles, erecting perpendiculars. Plane table
survey Plane table and accessories.
4. Survey Theory-3: Introduction to Levelling; Definition, classification, booking and reduction of
levels, longer levelling, errors.
MODULE III
5. Contouring: Characteristics of contours, direct and indirect methods of contouring, interpolation,
and uses of contours.
6. Introduction to contemporary survey Instruments (Theodolite and Total station):
Theodolite; instrument for measuring angles in the horizontal and vertical planes. Total station;
electronic theodolite integrated with an electronic distance measurement to measure slope
distances.
MODULE IV
7. Observations of a Site (Up to 1 acre): Survey without instruments using geometry and one's
own body. To learn to read the terrain by intuition and by measure, including photography as a
surveying method.
8. Analysis of a Site (Up to 1 acre): On site factors; Analysis of natural factors, topography,
hydrology, soils, landforms, vegetation, climate, microclimate.; influence of water bodies
MODULE V
9. Studying survey drawings: Learning to read a land survey drawing; type of land survey drawing,
Scale and North direction in drawing, legend or list of the symbols used on drawings, counter
indications on a drawing, grid references for measurements etc.
10. Field Work-1: Setting out works such as center lines of a building (working drawings of a
small residence to be provided)
REFERENCES:
1. Surveying Vol I by DR PC Punmia
2. Surveying and Levelling Part 1 by Kanetkar TP and Kulkarni SV
BASIC DESIGN: Self and Space

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT2BDS CIE
: 50
: 03
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To explore the relationship between materiality & space, between building, the environment and
culture and to initiate an understanding of abstraction and analysis of space and form
MODULE I
1. Mapping-1: Conceiving one s own map from home to studio/of the campus/of a Neighborhood.
Explore issues of movement, navigation, circulation, direction and discovery through exercises.
2. Mapping-2: Drawing and Reading of maps Explore issues of representation, scale, starting
point, orientation, landmarks, and imagery. Use of different methods of rendering.
MODULE II
3. Structure-1: Understanding gravity, and the different ways we resist it. Study of Material &
structure in nature, and how design brings them together. Sketch analysis of Structure and form in
an example taken from Patterns-1.
4. Structure-2: Hands-on Design exercise creation of a simple design in which form is distinct
from structure. Eg. Portal frames, tensile structures
5. Structure-3: Hands-on Design exercise creation of a simple design in which form is integral
with structure. Eg. Shells, massive forms, pneumatics
MODULE III
6. Scale-1: Dimensional understanding of the human body; in static and dynamic modes. Measured
drawing of space needed for basic postures & movements.
7. Scale-2: Study of the relationship between human body and the built environment
understanding usage and comfort. Eg. Bazaar, doctors clinic, train carriage etc.
MODULE IV
8. Orientation & Climate: Understanding of the significance of the Cardinal directions, and the
role played by Sunlight, Wind and Rain in determining design response.
9. Culture & Design: Understanding social attitudes to Built-form: extroverted/introverted,
formal/informal, typical/individual, simple/labyrinthine, contiguous/isolated etc.
MODULE V
10. Documentation: Sketch/photographic documentation of a street pattern, house form &
community spaces
11. Analysis-1: Sketched analysis of built form in terms of patterns, structure and scale
12. Analysis-2: Sketched analysis of built form in terms of orientation & climate
13. Analysis-3: Sketched analysis of built form in terms of culture & society
REFERENCES:
1. Architecture: Form, Space & Order by Francis Ching
2. Cradle To Cradle: Remaking The Way We Make Things by Michael Braungart, William
McDonaugh

III SEMESTER B.Arch
Sl.
No
Subject
Code
AT3AD
AT3BCM
AT3CLI
AT3HOA
AT3STR
AT3 TOA
AT3CAD
AT3ELEC Elective-I
Subject
Architectural Design
Multifunctional Spaces
Building Construction RCC Roofs and Buildings
finishes
Climatology
Credit
Duration
Examination
Evaluation Teaching
Contact
Board Hours/ Week
of Exam Credits
Type
Hours/Week
Dept
S
T P
CIE SEE Total
(Hrs)
SEE - VIVA Arch
Arch
7
2
0
9
50
50
100
7
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
History of Indian
SEE - EXAM Arch
Architectural
-Islamic and Colonial
Structures -Concrete Buildings SEE - VIVA Arch
Arch
50
50
100
Arch
50
50
100
Theory of Architecture: Design SEE - EXAM Arch

Theories
Basic Computer Applications
CIE
Arch
Arch
50
50
100
Arch
50
50
--
Arch
0
2
2
50 50
Total
34
400 300 700
CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination S: Studio, T: Theory And P: Practical
--
CIE
Arch
28
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Multi Functional Spaces

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3AD CIE
: 50
: 09
SEE : 50
: 144
Credits: 7
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To enable students to understand the processes involved in the transformation of space into place.
OUTLINE:
The student after having familiarized with aspects like space, light, movement, scale and structure
involved in formulating and articulation of spaces relating to health (Clinic), food (Restaurant),
services (Bank, Post Office) and education (Primary / Nursery School) in the 2nd semester, needs to
move on to tackle larger issues in 3rd Semester. The third Semester work relates to transforming
Space into Place . The factors influencing this process like context, site, surroundings etc will have
to be considered. Further, techniques of reading cultural and physical meaning leading to the built
environment assume importance.
COURSE OF STUDY Placemaking as an architectural goal
KEYWORDS Need, function, activity and place

Mode of study: Place (i) Permanent (full time), (ii) Temporary (seasonal/periodic) (iii)Transient (few
hours, days) Elements promoting sense of place colors, textures, shapes and forms, materials (e.g.:
tents), enclosures (fences, walls, roofs, etc.), nodes (trees/platforms etc.), anthropometry and role of
sensory aspects like sound, light, smell, texture etc. in creating memory of space
FIRST ASSIGNMENT 3 weeks

Public spaces (bus shelter/station, streets etc.) Semi-public spaces college campus, institutional
(hospital) etc. Private spaces Apartments, common spaces, lobby etc. Any one of the above to be the
assignment to study any one set of factors promoting the idea/sense of space
NOTE: Nature of work and its mode to be explained before commencement
COURSE OF STUDY To identify factors (contextual) influencing the design of built environment.
KEYWORDS Physical, functional and social factors, streetscape, old areas, conflicting aspects,
zoning, scale, hierarchy, compatibility, contrast.
Mode of study: (i) Physical factors (location, access, slope etc.) (ii) Functional (Dynamic, static, single/
multiple) etc. (iii) Social (traditional, end users, age group etc.) (iv) Streetscape (v) zoning (based on
activity, levels etc.) (vi) Scale/hierarchy/contrast (in terms of functions, structure etc.)
SECOND ASSIGNMENT 3 weeks
Contextual configuration of above factors affecting DESIGN one of the following:
Exhibition pavilions (Open, partially covered)
Museums (open air, partially covered)
Yatri Niwas/Youth camp/youth hostel etc.
Rural/urban weekly shandy /market (part open, partly enclosed) etc.
COURSE OF STUDY To explore the meaning of built environment through physical and cultural
contexts and techniques to read them.
KEYWORDS Techniques, layered, comparative, historical, location, size, networks, visual layer,
perception (scale, forms etc.), functional.

Mode of study:
Techniques layered, comparative, historical
Physical layer location, networks, size, hierarchy, temporal functions
Perception: Density, volume, crowding, conflicting/conforming aspects
Visual layer: scale, contrast, forms and spaces and their hierarchy
Functional: core and auxiliary, formal/informal, incidental/intentional
THIRD ASSIGNMENT 6 weeks
A small/medium size resort/hotel in a given context e.g.: Nandi hills, Srirangapatna, Hampi etc
Residential facility cum training center in a slum
Museum (enclosed) in Belur, Banavasi, Udupi, Pattadakkal, Gokarna etc
Nature cure/Health resort in Coorg/Chikamagalur, Dandeli etc
Application of one particular technique (preferably layered technique for its comprehensiveness)
Analysis and ensuing strategy for the CONTEXT to be an outcome of physical and cultural
parameters through the chosen technique. Any ONE of the suggested topics to be attempted
COURSE OUTCOME
At the end of the third semester, the student through EXPOSURE and ANALYSIS is capable of
converting SPACE into PLACE through functions and elements, converting and extending place into
built environment through organizational factors contextually and finally enhance and carry to end
the idea contextualise , culturally and physically to enable one to READ the context.
SHAPE OF THINGS TO COME 4th Semester

This exposure would help the student in the next semester to create a context e.g.: Housing /
neighbourhood etc. using the MULTILAYERED and SCALED UP approach to tackle several
parameters simultaneously.
REFERENCES:
1. De Chiara and Callender, Times Saver Standards for Building Types, McGraw-Hill Company, 1980
2. Neufert Architects Data, Rudolf Herg, Crosby Lockwood and sons Ltd, 1970
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS: RCC Roofs and Building Finishes

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3BCM CIE
: 50
: 06
SEE : 50
: 96
Credits: 5
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with construction practices pertaining to RCC, floors, roofs and flooring
alternatives, masonry plastering and paint finishes.
OUTLINE:
MODULE 1
Introduction to RCC Slabs: one way, two-way slabs, cantilever slabs, sloping RCC roof, one way
continuous, and two ways continuous.
1. RCC one way slab and one-way continuous slabs: Principles and methods of construction.
2. RCC two way slab and two-way continuous slabs: Principles and methods of construction.
3. RCC cantilever slabs and sloping slab: Principles and methods of construction.
MODULE 2
4. Vaults & domes I: Principles and methods of construction including techniques and details of
form-work. Construction of Masonry Vaults and Domes Concepts of Reinforced Concrete Domes
and Vaults.
5. Vaults & domes II: Concepts and construction of Reinforced concrete domes and vaults with
formwork design.
MODULE 3
6. Introduction to Floor finishes including Toilet flooring: Mud flooring, Murrum flooring, and
Stone flooring in marble, granite, tandur/kota stone, other flooring in mosaic, terrazzo, ceramic
tiles, wooden flooring and polished concrete: Laying, Fixing and Finishes.
7. Introduction to Paving: Cast in situ concrete including vacuum dewatered flooring, concrete tiles,
interlocking blocks, clay tiles, brick and stone.
MODULE 4
8. Introduction to Internal and External masonry plastering and paint finishes: Materials
Paints, varnishes and distempers, emulsions, cement based paints. Constituents of oil paints,
characteristics of good paints, types of paints and process of painting different surfaces. Types of
varnish, methods of applying varnish and French polish and melamine finish.
MODULE 5
9. Method of plastering (Internal and External): smooth, rough, textured, grit plaster etc. Use of
various finishes viz., lime, cement, plaster of Paris, buffing etc.
10. Introduction to wet Cladding: wet cladding in stone, marble, etc. including toilet cladding.
11. Alternative roofing: Jack Arch, Madras terrace, and stone slab roof.
Note: Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by studio teachers.
Study of material applications in the form of portfolio. This is for progressive marks.
REFERENCES:
1. Chudley , Construction Technology, ELBS, 1993
2. Barry, Construction of Buildings, East West Press, 1999
CLIMATOLOGY
Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3CLI CIE
: 50
: 03
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop the knowledge required for understanding the influence of Climate on architecture
including the environmental processes which affect buildings, such as thermal, lighting, etc.
OUTLINE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
MODULE 1
Introduction to Climate-1: The Climate-built form interaction; some examples. Elements of
climate, measurement and representations of climatic data. Classifications and Characteristics of
tropical climates.
Introduction to Climate-2: Major climatic zones of India (TERI Classification). Site Climate: Effect
of landscape on site/ micro climate.
Thermal comfort: Thermal balance of the human body, Thermal Comfort Indices (Effective
temperature, corrected effective temperature, bioclimatic chart, tropical summer index by CBRI
Roorkee). Measuring indoor air movement: Kata thermometer, and measuring indoor radiation:
Globe thermometer.
MODULE 2
Thermal performance of building elements: Heat exchange in buildings, Effect of thermophysical properties of building materials and elements on indoor thermal environment.
Convection, Radiation, concept of Sol-air temperature and Solar Gain factor.
Thermal Heat gain or loss: Steady state and periodic heat flow concepts, Conductivity, resistivity,
diffusivity, thermal capacity, time lag and 'U' value. Calculation of U value for multilayered walls
and Roof, Temperature Gradient, Inference of time lags from Graphs for walls and Roof.
Construction techniques for improving thermal performance of walls and roofs. (Effect of density,
Insulation, and Cavity). Introduction to simulation software.
MODULE 3
6. Sun-path diagram: Solar geometry & design for orientation and use of solar charts in climatic
design.
7. Shading devices: Optimizing Design of Shading devices effective for overheated periods while
allowing solar radiation for under heated periods for different wall orientations.
MODULE 4
8. Natural ventilation: Functions of natural ventilation, Stack effect due to thermal force and wind
velocity. Air movements around buildings, Design considerations and effects of openings and
external features on internal air flow and Wind shadows
9. Day Lighting: Nature of natural light, its transmission, reflection, diffusion, glares. Advantages and
limitations in different climatic zones, North light, Daylight factor, components of Daylight devices.
MODULE 5
10. Climatic Design considerations-1: Design considerations for buildings in tropical climates with
special reference to hot-dry, warm-humid and composite climates, with two Indian examples and
one international for each of the above mentioned climatic zone.
REFERENCES:
1. Koenigsberger, Manual of Tropical Housing & Buildings (Part-II), Orient Longman, Bombay,
1996.
2. Arvind Kishan, Baker & Szokolay, Climate Responsive Architecture, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
HISTORY OF INDIAN ARCHITECTURE: Islamic and Colonial

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3HOA CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To provide an introduction to the culture and architecture of Islamic and Colonial periods in India and
to provide an understanding of their evolution in various stylistic modes, characterized by technology,
ornamentation, and planning practices.
OUTLINE
MODULE 1
1. Islamic Architecture: Early phase; It s emergence in
th century AD in India. General
characteristics of Indian Islamic Style.
2. Early Phase I: Slave and Khilji phase: Quawat.Ul.Islam, mosque and tomb of Iltumish , Qutb Minar ,
Alai Minar, Enlargement of Quwaat Ul Islam Complex and Alai Darwaza.
3. Early Phase II: Tugluq, Sayyid & Lodi dynasties: Tomb of Ghiyas uddin Tugluq, Tomb of Firoz
shah Tugluq, Shish Gumbad, Mubarak shah Sayyid s tomb, Khirkhi masjid Delhi and Hauz Khas
complex
MODULE 2
4. Provincial style I- Jaunpur and Bengal: Jaunpur: Atala and Jami masjid, Bengal: Adina masjid &
EkLakhi tomb, Pandua, Dakhil Darwaza, Gaur
5. Provincial style II Ahmedabad and Bijapur: Ahmedabad: Vavs of Gujarat, Sarkhej complex,
Jami Masjid, Bijapur: Golgumbaz, Ibhrahim Rauza, Bauli (Water tank).
MODULE 3
6. Moghul Architecture I: Introduction to Mughal Architecture, Characteristics and Typologies.
Humayun s tomb
7. Moghul Architecture II: Fatehpursikri layout and Jami masjid, Diwan-I-Am, Diwan-I-khas, Tomb
of Salim chisti, Buland darwaza, Birbal s house, Jodhabai s palace
MODULE 4
8. Mughal Architecture III: Akbar s tomb, Taj mahal, Itmaud Daula, Meena Bazaar Agra
9. Colonial Architecture I: Early phase-Establishment of forts, warehouses etc- Building typologies
and general architectural character of Colonial Indian Architecture.
MODULE 5
10. Colonial Architecture II: Calcutta: St. Paul s Cathedral, Victoria Memorial, Bombay: Town hall,
Victoria Terminus(Chhatrapati Shivaji Station), Mysore Palace
11. Colonial Architecture III: Design of New Capital of Delhi- Contributions of Edward Lutyens,
Herbert Baker, Layout of New Delhi, Parliament House, North Block and South Block at Secretariat,
Rashtrapathi Bhavan. Rajpath, India Gate etc.
NOTE: The following are for progressive marks
1) A Portfolio containing analysis of spaces, functions, and forms (Individual submission).
2) Group studies through Photographic documentation of local/ regional examples or study models of
the examples.
REFERENCES:
1. Tadgel, C. History of Architecture in India, Phaidon Press, 1990
2. Brown, Percy. Indian Architecture, Islamic Period, Taraporavala and sons, 1987.
STRUCTURES: Concrete Buildings

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3STR CIE
: 50
:4
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To understand the fundamental principles and st ructural behaviour of concrete buildings in
withstanding gravity, lateral (seismic and wind), and other environmental forces and To understand
the mechanics of reinforced concrete, and the ability to design and, proportion structural concrete
members including slabs, beams, and columns.
OUTLINE:
1. RCC Materials: Basic Characteristics of Concrete & Reinforcing Steel Materials including
specifications and testing. Basics of mix design, water-cement ratio, strength, durability,
workability requirements and formwork.
2. Mechanics of Reinforced Concrete: Concept of Concrete as a brittle, composite material that is
strong in compression and weak in tension. Structural behavior under load and the need for
reinforcement
3. Structural Analysis and Design to satisfy Building Codes and Standards; Introduction to
National Building Code and IS456: Calculation of dead weight and live loads on structure as per
IS875 (Part1&2). Determination of the general loads to be considered in the design of the structure
based on the type of occupancy specified for each area. Introduction to safety factor and design
philosophy
4. Concrete Structural System design: Introduction to the Project: Design of two story RCC frame
office building with dimension of 15m X 30m and 3 m storey height using different Concrete
Structural Systems including a framing plan, column, beam and slab arrangements and dimensions
for all the different Concrete Structural systems already introduced(Indicative).
5. One way Concrete slab system: General framing arrangement of beams, columns and slabs for
15m X 30m building by One-way concrete slab system and design of singly reinforced beams using
SP 16: Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:1978.
6. One way Concrete slab Joist System: General framing arrangement of beams, columns and slabs
for 15m X 30m building by One-way Joist System and design of singly reinforced slabs using SP 16:
Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:1978.
7. Two-way Concrete Floor and Roof Systems: General framing arrangement of beams, columns
and slabs for 15m X 30m building by Two-way Slab-Beam, and design of short columns using SP
16: Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:1978.
8. Two-way Concrete Flat Plate System: General framing arrangement of beams, columns and slabs
for 15m X 30m building by Two-way solid Flat Plate system design, and design of Isolated footings
using SP 16: Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:1978.
9. Two-way Concrete Flat Slab System: General framing arrangement of beams, columns and slabs
for 15m X 30m building by two-way solid Flat slab system, and formwork design and detailing.
10. Two-way Concrete Waffle slab Systems: General framing arrangement of beams, columns and
slabs for the 15m X 30m building by two-way (waffle) slab design.
11. Reinforcement Design: Approximate calculation of Column, Beam and Slab reinforcement.
12. Reinforcement detailing and placement: Preparation of working drawings showing the type,
size and location of the reinforcement in a concrete structure.
13. Design Review: Review of design of Column, Beam and Slab, total concrete volume, reinforcement
tonnage and costing.
Note: Class work on loading calculation of each Concrete Structural System including structural
system elements, slab, beam, column and footing, will be assessed during the Viva examination.
REFERENCES:
1. STRUCTURES - Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek, PHI Learning Private limited.
2. IS 456-2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice
THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE: Design Theories

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3TOA CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with architectural theory from antiquity to the present and to identify issues
which shaped the approach to architectural design in a particular context and age?
OUTLINE:
MODULE 1
Introduction to Theory in Antiquity: Marcus Vitruvius and his multi-volume work entitled De
Architectura. Mayamata: Indian Treatise on Housing & Architecture.
Introduction to Theory in Renaissance: Leon Alberti, Andrea Palladio Jacques Francois Blondel
and Claude Perrault of French Academic Tradition.
1. 18th Century Theory: Ideas of Laugier, Boullee, Ledoux
2. 19th Century Theory: Concepts of Viollet Le Duc, John Ruskin, Quatramere de Quincy and
Gottfried Semper
MODULE 2
3. Modern Movement Theory: Ideas of Adolf Loos, Eero Saarinen, Erich Mendelsohn, Richard
Neutra, Otto Wagner, Kenzo Tange.
4. Post Modern Theory 1: Ideas on Post-Modern Classicism by Robert Venturi and Charles Jencks.
Deconstruction: Fundamental beliefs and philosophy and ideas of Peter Eisenman.
MODULE 3
5. Post Modern Theory 2: Contribution to architectural thought: Ideas of Kenneth Frampton and
Christopher Alexander
6. Post Modern Theory 3: Contribution to architectural thought: Ideas of Amos Rapoport, Geoffrey
Broadbent-his design generation theories.
MODULE 4
7. Architectural Criticism: Definition & Sources, to examine fundamental questions of what
Architectural criticism actually is its role and function in architecture and the relationship between
criticism and judgment. Specifically in terms of, thinking, discussing, and writing on architecture,
social or aesthetic issues. Positive and Normative theories of Jon Lang
8. Architectural Criticism types: Definition, Sources, Types of Criticism according to Wayne Attoe.
MODULE 5
9. Design Logic: Design generation process: Role of logic and intuition in concept generation. Step by
step development of design from problem definition, site analysis to post occupancy evaluation as
the last stage of design.
10. Contemporary Significant Theory: Ideas of Hassan Fathy who pioneered the use of appropriate
technology for building in Egypt, especially by working to re- establish the use of mud brick (or
adobe) and tradition as opposed to western building designs and layouts and Paolo Soleri's
concept of "Arcology", architecture coherent with ecology. Shape of built environment to come.
Floating, walking, plugin, satellite settlements, earth sheltered etc. Works of Archigram, Paolo
Soleri, Kenzo Tange, Moshe Safdie etc.
REFERENCES:
1. Broadbent, Geoffrey. Design in Architecture, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1977
2. Lang, Jon , Creating Architectural Theory, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co, New York 1987
3. A moment in Architecture and Other Books by Gautam Bhatia.
BASIC COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3CAD CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop and train students to use computers and digital media as tools to explore, develop,
evaluate and present architectural ideas. To equip the student with a range of digital tools and
techniques in 2D drafting, 3D modelling, and vector graphics.
OUTLINE:
1. Introduction to 2D drafting software: Using latest version of relevant CAD software:
a. 2D commands, viewports, dimensions, annotations. Time problem introduction; Classroom
exercises such as measured drawing of studio (windows, doors and staircases included),
architecture School (windows, doors and staircases included) etc.
b. Understanding layers, paper space Vs model space, line weights, print set up and Modelling of
Walls, Doors, Windows, Stairs etc.
2. 2D drafting: Presentation of time problem; plan, sections, elevations of a floor of a single storied
building of II / III semester architectural design studio project.
3. Introduction to 3D modelling: Latest version of relevant 3D modelling software software
interface, demonstration of 3D modelling commands required to convert 2D project (of 2D
drafting) into 3D as a time problem.
4. Simple 3D modelling: Presentation of time problem; drawing quickly with basic shapes in 3D,
viewing models in 3D, adding detail to Models in 3D space, use of cameras, material applications.
Presenting models.
5. Rendering & Visualization: Presentation of time problem, generating 3d Model and introduction
to concepts of visualization using rendering engines such as VRay. Flamingo,3D studio Max, or any
other appropriate software.
6. Introduction to concepts of Building Information Modelling (BIM) using REVIT or other relevant
BIM software.
7. Introduction to graphics editing tools:
a. Introduction to appropriate techniques to model walls, insert fenestration, curtain walls &
staircases.
b. Lecture and Classroom exercise to convert into BIM project, relationship of other Industry
standard file types (.dwg for AutoCAD or Trimble Sketchup input files or from any other
relevant software.).
c. Lecture and Classroom exercise to further utilize rendering and visualization.
8. a. Concepts of image scanning, image editing, effects and filters.
b. Classroom exercise to demonstrate use of Image editing for simple architecture design project
projects. For e.g., rendering of 2D drawings, adding nature to 3D visualizations.
9. Graphics editing tools: Presentation of any simple project to illustrate skills attained in 2D
drafting, 3D modeling, graphics editing tool.
NOTE: A portfolio of exercises and assignments done in the class to be submitted for progressive
marks.
REFERENCES:
1. Website and training material of relevant Image/Graphics editing software
2. Learning resources on Building Information Management (BIM).
3. Vast amount of CAD learning resources available on the Internet.
4. Vast amount of learning resources for Graphics editing tools available on the Internet.
ELECTIVE I
Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT3ELEC CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 3
a) VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To inculcate an appreciation of vernacular architecture; as an expression of local identity and
indigenous traditions of the culture
OUTLINE:
The course would be conducted through seminars and field work.
1. Introduction to the approaches and concepts to the study of vernacular architecture, history and
organisation of vernacular buildings of different regions in the Indian context; with an
understanding of forms, spatial planning, cultural aspects, symbolism, colour, art, materials of
construction and construction techniques. Study of factors that shape the architectural character
and render the regional variations of vernacular architecture - geographic, climatic, social,
economic, political and religious aspects, local materials and skills available in the region etc.
2. Methods of observation, recording, documenting and representing vernacular architecture with
examples.
3. Study and documentation of vernacular architecture of selected building typologies. Rigorous
documentation, accuracy in measuring, collating the recorded information and drawing them up in
specified formats and scales are part of this module.
4. A critical review of the relevance and application of vernacular ideas in contemporary times. An
appraisal of architects who have creatively innovated and negotiated the boundaries of tradition
while dynamically responding to the changing aspirations and lifestyles of the world around.
REFERENCES:
1. Carter, T., & Cromley, E. C. Invitation to Vernacular Architecture: A Guide to the Study of Ordinary
Buildings and Landscapes. Knoxville: The Unversity of Tennessee Press. 2005
2. Cooper, I. Traditional buildings of India. Thames and Hudson Ltd, London, 1998
3. Oliver, P. Encyclopaedia of Vernacular Architecture of the World, Cambridge University Press, 1997
b) VISUAL COMMUNICATION
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To impart the techniques of visual communication
OUTLINE:
1. Visual communication used in day to day life, print, electronic media, advertisement and in art /
architecture context - differences and similarities.
2. Understanding meaning generation process in visual language.
3. Devices of visual language - space, context, scale, associate, transform, crop, frame, distort,
abstract, fragment, exaggerate, and subvert, irony.
4. Pictograms and ideograms.
5. Understanding the differences between logo and symbol. Process of logo creation.
6. Hierarchy in visual content being presented.
7. Relationship between text and images and their interrelationships.
8. Cultural context of meaning generation and aesthetic principles involved.
REFERENCES:
1. Barnes, Susan B. An Introduction to Visual Communication: From Cave Art to Second Life, Peter
Lang Publishing Inc, 2011
2. Bergstrm, Bo. Essentials of Visual Communication, Laurence King Publishing, 2009
c) IMPORTANCE OF HERITAGE & BASIC DOCUMENTATION

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To understand the character of a settlement, street, building, spaces, materials through a process of
measured drawings and photographic documentation.
OUTLINE:
1. Introduction to Documentation: Need for Documentation undertaken? Tools for Documentation
available, Methodology, Importance of Archival research, Old Photographs, Maps etc
2. Site work
Secondary information on the /street/heritage
Reconnaissance survey of the /street/heritage building;
Mapping of the street
Identification of selected typology of structures for detailed measured drawing
3. Preparation of Drawings
Developing drawings from the field data Plans at various levels, Building floor plans,
Reflected ceiling plans, roof plans, all elevations, relevant sections.
Drawings of details such as openings, ornamental details, joineries
REFERENCES:
1. RSP Program Monographs CEPT University
2. Building Craft Lab- DICRC, CEPT University

IV SEMESTER B.Arch
Sl.
No
Subject
Code
AT4AD
Architectural Design:
Housing Studio
AT4BCM
AT4BS
Building Construction &

Materials: RCC, Structural
steel & Aluminum
Building Services: Water
Supply & Sanitation
AT4HOA
AT4STR
AT4SQC
7
8
Subject
Credit
Duration
Examination
Evaluation Teaching
Contact
Board Hours/ Week
of Exam Credits
Type
Hours/Week
Dept
S
T P
CIE SEE Total
(Hrs)
SEE - VIVA Arch
Arch
7
2
0
9
50
50
100
7
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
History of ArchitectureSEE - EXAM Arch

Classical & Medieval Europe
Structures -Steel, Rigid Frames SEE - VIVA Arch
and Composite Flooring
Arch
50
50
100
Arch
50
50
100
SEE - EXAM Arch
Arch
50
50
100
CIE
Arch
Arch
50
50
--
CIE
Arch
Arch
50
50
--
Specification, Quantity and

Costing Of Buildings
AT4CAD Advanced Computer
Applications
AT4ELEC Elective-II
Total
34
400 300 700
CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination S: Studio, T: Theory And P: Practical
28
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Housing Studio

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4AD CIE
: 50
: 09
SEE : 50
: 144
Credits: 7
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To understand the difference between housing as a process and a product and the role of an
architect in creating the product and facilitating the process
2. To understand the needs of privacy, communal spaces, efficiency of open spaces and ideas of
extended living areas
3. To differentiate and understand the nature of organic and planned communities.
OUTLINE:
To understand the hierarchies of different types present in spaces relating to group living(Housing)
and the complexities of integrating them into an architecturally meaningful whole.
Mode of Study: Three component approach to the Design Studio:
A) TRAVEL FOR SITE VISITS: Learning from visiting various settings: urban and rural, traditional,
contemporary, permanent and temporary, to introduce them first hand to students.
B) SEMINARS: Seminars are intended to expose the students to a gamut of real issues that are
integral to their understanding of housing. They are expected to lead students to explore different
approaches to housing.
C) PROJECTS: Studio projects will structure and model design thinking in order to reveal to students
the knowledge to be learnt and various strategies for unearthing, integrating and constructing
knowledge and ideas in a project. Emphasis in teaching and learning is placed on bridging the gap
between the imaginative and conceptual, the material and formal. Projects should involve
activities that encourage students to develop techniques for identifying and negotiating competing
demands and prioritizing and ordering variables. An essential part of the studio process should be
peer reviews and reviews by practicing architects.
FIRST ASSIGNMENT: SITE VISITS
1. Two short site visits to observe, discuss and document existing residential settlements, housing
projects in the vicinity of colleges.
2. The emphasis should be on conceptual understanding rather than on accurate measured drawing.
3. Attention should be given to community spaces/common areas and the emergent grouping of
individual dwellings.
4. Sketches and documentation should show observations and inferences from the studies.
SECOND ASSIGNMENT: SEMINARS
Introduction to Contemporary Indian Issues Related to Housing:
Indigenous building technologies
Contemporary Building Science and Technologies for Developing Countries
The architect as the facilitator: DISCUSSION
THIRD ASSIGNMENT: PROJECTS

One major project and one minor/time assignment to be tackled in the semester. Project work could
be done in the following four stages of activity interspersed with seminars.
1. Introduction to the initial design parameters which include choice of:
a. Geography/situation (context),
b. User Group/development model, and
c. Development guidelines (bylaws).
2. Approaches and strategies to address issues of community, public and private realms, edge
conditions, communication and connectivity. This could result in the generation of
diagrams/models, exploring attitudes to site, allocation of built and unbuilt volumes and
communication and connectivity.
3. Approaches and strategies to address issues of personal and family/user group needs, comfort and
security, convenience and utility and health.
4. Negotiation of the large scale (communal) and intimate (personal) approaches to the design of
housing and their integration. Certainly this could also happen during the earlier stages and
alternative strategies should still be explored. The solution/ submission to integrate spaces
through visual and functional hierarchies.
It is recommended that site sizes should not be larger than 2000 sqm to allow for intensive study
rather than repetition of typical configuration. However the Design studio faculty shall determine the
extent of the site size.
Mode of study:
Housing projects can be attempted with added complexities for example, dense context, occupation
based, traditional urban fabric, social status and prevalent social strata. Details from the dwelling cell
to immediate shared space to communal space shall be emphasized and worked out. Socio cultural
layer of the occupants shall form a strong fabric in the ultimate weave of the design. Projects shall aim
at developing a sensitive attitude towards micro level human habitation and role of architecture in
enhancing or curbing the quality of living.
a. Apartments for IT employees, Govt. servants, teaching faculty, Textile weavers, Luxury flats in the
center of the city etc. One of these as the major project
b. Housing for the deprived or marginalized or disaster relief shelter or temporary housing. One of
these as a minor project at reduced scale.
The design shall be sensitive to the needs of disabled, aged people and children. The context for
the design problems could be both rural and urban.
One major project and one minor/ time problem to be tackled in the semester.
Detailing of architectural features of the major project like entrance lobby, skylights and
staircases has to be attempted
SHAPE OF THINGS TO COME 5TH SEMESTER
This studio should equip a student to tackle the 5th Semester projects of urban scale, complexity, and
multiple functions.
REFERENCES:
1. De Chiara and Callender, Times Saver Standards for Building Types, McGraw-Hill Company,
1980
2. Neufert Architects Data, Rudolf Herg, Crosby Lockwood and sons Ltd, 1970
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS: RCC, Structural steel & Aluminium

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4BCM CIE
: 50
: 06
SEE : 50
: 96
Credits: 5
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with construction practices pertaining to RCC framing systems, and other
building elements such as metal doors and windows (In Steel and Aluminium)
OUTLINE:
MODULE 1
1. Introduction to Advanced RCC roofs: Moment framed, Flat slab & Flat plate, Filler slabs, Waffle
slab.
2. RCC Moment framed: Principles & methods of construction including detailing of Reinforcement.
3. RCC Flat Plate & Slab: Principles &methods of construction including detailing of Reinforcement.
MODULE 2
4. RCC filler slabs: Principles and methods of construction. Introduction to different filler materials,
Mangalore tiles, Burnt Clay Bricks, Hollow Concrete blocks, Stabilized Hollow Mud blocks, Clay
pots, Coconut shells etc
5. RCC Waffle slabs: Principles and methods of construction.
MODULE 3
6. Structural steel as a building material: Types, properties, uses and manufacturing methods.
7. Steel construction: Steel columns/beam construction; Principles and methods of construction.
MODULE 4
8. Steel doors and windows: Study of joinery details.
9. Steel doors for garages and workshops: uses and manufacturing methods.
10. Collapsible gate and rolling shutters: uses and manufacturing methods.
MODULE 5
11. Aluminum as a building material: Types, properties, uses and manufacturing methods. Detailing
of aluminum partitions
12. Aluminum doors and windows: Casement, Pivot, Sliding type: Study of joinery details.
Note Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by studio teachers.
Study of material application in the form of portfolio.
REFERENCES:
1. Chudley , Construction Technology, ELBS, 1993
2. Barry, Construction of Buildings, East West Press, 1999
BUILDING SERVICES: Water Supply & Sanitation

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4BS
:3
: 48
CIE
: 50
SEE : 50
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To impart the knowledge and skills required for understanding the role of essential services of water
supply and sanitation and their integration with architectural design.
OUTLINE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
MODULE 1
Introduction to Environment and Health Aspects: Brief introduction on history of Sanitation
with respect to human civilization, Importance of Health, Hygiene Cleanliness, Waterborne, Waterrelated, Water based, Epidemic diseases, Conservancy to water carriage system, Urban and Rural
sanitation.
Water Supply: Introduction on source of Water supply Municipal, bore well, river, etc, Quantity
of water for different usages like Domestic, Hot water, Flushing, Gardening, Commercial, Industrial
Applications, Assessment of requirement for different uses, Quality of supply for different uses as
per national and international standards, Definition of processes involved in treatment of water
for different uses, filtration, softening, disinfection, Storage and pumping gravity system, hydropneumatic system.
MODULE 2
Sewerage System: Assessment of sewage generated, Collection of sewage / wastewater from all
sources, schematic diagram, Conveyance of sewage gully trap, chamber, manhole, intercepting
trap, grease traps, backflow preventer, Materials of construction of sewerage network PVC,
uPVC, HDPE, corrugated PP pipes, Objective of Sewage treatment, type of treatment, aerobic,
anaerobic, Ventilation of STP, Space requirements
Storm water Management: Assessment, quantification of rainfall, flood control measures,
Drainage system piped drains, open drains, Recharging of storm water, Harvesting of roof top
water, first flush, pretreatment, Drainage of basements, podium, paved areas, Collection, Reuse of
water within the project, reduction of the load on municipal system, landscape drainages and
Rainwater harvesting.
MODULE 3
5. Plumbing: Water supply piping hot, cold, flushing water, Piping in sunken areas, false ceiling
areas, shaft sizes, Drainage floor traps, drains, P-trap, bottle traps, Single stack, two stack, cross
venting, fixture venting, Material of construction like GI, PPR, PB, CPVC, Composite pipes, Copper,
Flow control Valves Gate valve, Globe valves, butterfly valves, Pressure Reducing valves &
station, Pipe supports, hangers, fixing, plumbing of small houses.
MODULE 4
6. Sanitary Fixtures, Fittings & Wellness: Soil appliances Water closets, Bidet, urinals, Cisterns,
Flush valve, Waste appliances wash basin, sink, dishwasher, washing machine, Hot water system
Geysers, boilers, heat pump, Bath & water fixtures Taps, mixers, single lever, quarter turn,
bathtub, multi-jet bath, rain showers, health faucets, Wellness products : Sauna bath, steam bath,
Jacuzzi, single and double stack system. Distribution of water to fixture and fittings, schematic
diagrams, Swimming pool, water bodies, efficient usage of water.
7. Solid Waste Management: Assessment of waste, Waste to wealth concept. Collection,
segregation, treatment, disposal, Organic waste- Biomethanation, Vermicomposting, Organic waste
converter.
MODULE 5
8. Introduction to Fire and Life safety: Fire water storage requirements, Fire rating and Hydrants.
Sprinkler system.
9. Special requirements: Solar Hot Water Generation, Central LPG Supply System, Medical Gases
Supply, Storage of High Speed Diesel, Central Vacuum and Waste Collection.
Site Visits:
i. Water Treatment Plants, Sewage Treatment Plants, LPG & HSD Yards.
ii. High Rise Residential Building Plumbing (water supply, drainage)
iii. Commercial Buildings like IT Campus, Hotel & Hospital for acquaintance of installation & space
requirements.
NOTE: For Progressive Marks, individual submission of the following:
a. Layout of Water supply and Sanitation with all fixtures in Kitchen, Bath and Utility for a small
Residence i.e. Plan and Section, Terrace plan with Rainwater down take pipes, Sump and OHT
calculation design.
b. Schematic diagram of similar study for a Basement floor.
c. Portfolio on
i) Solid waste management and
ii) Firefighting schematic plans
REFERENCES:
1. Deshpande, RS. A Text Book of Sanitary Engineering, Vol:1, United Books, Pune, 1959.
2. Birdie, G. S. and Birdie J. S. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE: Classical & Medieval Europe

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4HOA CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop the appropriate skills of reading, discussion and writing as well as understanding of the
physical and aesthetic experience of buildings in order to appreciate the complexity of the influences
bearing on architecture, as reflected in the major historical periods.
OUTLINE:
MODULE 1
1. Classical Greece Architecture-1: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of
architectural characteristic features from the Greek early periods.
2. Classical Greece Architecture-2: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of
architectural characteristic features from the Greek later periods, Doric, ionic and Corinthian
orders and optical correction
3. Greek architecture Typologies: Study of principles of design of Greek buildings through study of
three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental (Built to impress and Last) ex. Parthenon, Theatre at
Epidauros. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit): House of Colline, House of Masks, etc. and c) Civic space:
The Agora and Acropolis.
MODULE 2
4. Introduction to Roman Architecture: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of
architectural characteristic features from the Roman periods. Study of Tuscan and composite
orders.
5. Roman architecture Typologies-1: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through
study of proportion, composition, visual effects etc. in Monumental ( Built to impress and last)
Pantheon, Colosseum, Thermae of Caracalla, Pont du Gard, Nimes, Basilica of Trajan.
MODULE 3
study of Domestic (Built to inhabit)-House, villa and apartments.
study of Civic space with elements like triumphal arch, Column of Trajan(Septimius Severus),
Roman Forum.
8. Early Christian: Evolution of architecture parallel to the evolution of religious practices. Study of
principles of design of buildings through study of three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental b)
Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space
MODULE 4
9. Byzantine: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Hagia Sophia b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space-St.Marks Venice.
10. Medieval: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Pisa Cathedral, the Campanile and Baptistery, Angouleme Cathedral b) Domestic
(Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space; Pisa.
MODULE 5
11. Gothic: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Notre Dame, Paris. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space;
12. Gothic: Study of Gothic Architecture, typical characteristics including the pointed arch, the ribbed
vault and the flying buttress, aesthetic elements with examples like Chartres Cathedral: French
High Gothic style.
NOTE: Progressive marks to include Submission of a Portfolio of sketches, study models relating to
structure, aesthetics and building typology resulting from different functions.
REFERENCES:
) Sir Bannister Fletcher , History of Architecture CBS Publishers, 99
) Henri Stierlin , Architecture of the world - Greece , Benedict Taschen, 1993
) Henri Stierlin, Architecture of the world - The Roman Empire , Benedict Taschen, 99
) Henri Stierlin , Architecture of the world - Romanesque , Benedict Taschen, 99
STRUCTURES: Steel, Rigid Frames and Composite Flooring

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4STR CIE
: 50
:4
SEE : 50
: 64
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To Gain understanding of Steel Structural Systems including composite construction and
fundamental principles and structural behavior of steel buildings in withstanding gravity, lateral
(seismic and wind), and other environmental forces.
2. To understand the process of the design of structural steel systems and the design of simple steel
structures.
OUTLINE:
1. Structural Steel: Different kinds of Steel, their Basic characteristics of Steel & Light Gauge Steel
materials.
2. Concepts of design of Steel Structures: Introduction to the concept of Working Stress Design and
Load and Resistance Factor Design.
3. Steel Structural Systems: Introduction to Rigid Portal Frames design of a one story industrial
building 18M X 48m with two-bay mezzanine office floor. Project work to include a framing plan
for both the industrial building and the mezzanine, an approximate design of structural frame
elements, columns and beams. Introduction to available sections in structural steel used in the
design of frame elements(Indicative).
4. Introduction to National Building Code: IS 800: Criteria & Design to satisfy Building Codes and
Standards, Dead and Live load calculations as per IS875 (Part1&2). Determine the general loads to
be considered in the design of the structure, based on the type of occupancy for each area
specified.
5. Rigid Frames design-1: Properties of Indian standard rolled steel section and general framing
arrangement of beams and columns for the one story 18M X 48m industrial building.
6. Rigid Frames design-2: Design of Rigid frame including selection of frames according to the span,
spacing and frame configuration using steel manuals.
7. Composite Flooring Systems: Discussion on steel-concrete composite construction using steel
beams, metal decking and concrete, including the role of shear connectors attachment to the beam
for composite action.
8. Composite flooring systems design for mezzanine: Loading and Analysis (Moment diagram to
be provided) and design of composite steel decking with concrete topping.
9. Rigid frame elements design-1: Steel Structural Column design using IS special publication for
the design of steel structures [SP-6 (1)]
10. Rigid frame elements design-2: Steel Structural Beams and trusses design using IS special
publication for the design of steel structures [SP-6 (1)]
11. Drawings and Specifications for the Rigid frame design: Structural design criteria, including
loads used, calculations, drawings and detailing, and steel tonnage calculation.
12. Field Inspection of Steel Construction Site: The project work to include documentation and a
report about the observations, learning and findings at Site
Note: Minimum one plate on loading calculation on each Structural steel topic.
REFERENCE:
1) Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek, STRUCTURES - PHI Learning Private limited.
SPECIFICATION, QUANTITY AND COSTING OF BUILDINGS

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4SQC CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : 50
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop the necessary skills for establishing and writing specifications based on proposed
materials for the preparation of Bill of Quantities leading to cost estimation of proposed architectural
works.
OUTLINE:
MODULE 1
1. Introduction to Estimation: Need for estimation, relationship between choice of materials, their
specifications, Bill of Quantities (BOQ), project costing, project quality/cost/ time management.
2. Specifications: How to arrive at abstract and detailed specifications for various materials leading
to items of work used in construction?. Including influence and impact of local and national
building codes on specifications.
MODULE 2
3. Bill of Quantities (BOQ): Why and how to build flexibility, resilience and redundancy in BOQ.
4. Mandatory tests & Safety Measures in Specifications: Procedures, frequency and submission of
results as part of specifications and their inclusion in the BOQ for different materials document.
Integrating workers safety and material security into specifications.
MODULE 3
5. Introduction to Costing: Why do rates vary? - Study of government rates (CPWD/ Karnataka
PWD Schedule of Rates) and market rates. Concept of inflation and its effect on costing.eg.
escalation clause, extra items, variations
6. Detailed rate analysis of building: Basic knowledge of items as per current schedule of rates
(CSR) of local PWD. Percentages (based on thumb rule calculations) of various bulk materials used
in construction like cement, steel, rubble, metal, sand, brick, tiles etc.
MODULE 4
7. Introduction to sequence of construction activity: Project time/ labor /materials costing and
impact of delay in project on costing.
8. Term project 1: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for an
RCC framed house with an attached temporary shed.
9. Term project 2: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for an
office interior work.
MODULE 5
10. Term project 3: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for
Water supply and sanitary works including overhead tanks and Sump tanks.
11. Term project 4: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for a
typical residential layout plan with roads, culverts, pavements, etc.
12. Billing requirements: Role of the architect in monitoring the specifications follow-up for quality
control, the measurement book (MB), RA bills, interim and final checking and certification of
works on site based on the BOQ and terms of contracts.
REFERENCES:
1. Dutta B.N ,Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering- Theory and Practice, UBS Publishers, 1993.
2. Rangwala, Estimating, Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing House.
ADVANCED COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4CAD CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To develop awareness and familiarity with Advanced Computer applications in Architecture and to
equip students with skills required in using digital tools to conceive, develop and present architectural
ideas.
OUTLINE:
1. Introduction to advanced popular 3D modelling software e.g. 3DStudio Max, Maya,
Rhinoceros and other appropriate software. Introduction to online resources, blogs, tutorials.
2. Concepts of NURBS modelling:(curves and surfaces), curve / surface editing, solid modelling,
layer management, etc.
3. Classroom exercise to demonstrate 3D modelling of transformed/ modified/complex 3D
objects: for e.g. Twisted tower, deformed cube, sliced cylinder. Introduction to file conversions
and interdependencies between 3D modelling software and 2D drafting software, e.g. Rhinoceros
to AutoCAD, or any other relevant CAD software. Conversion of 3D model(of
transformed/modified objects) to 2D drawings (e.g. plan, section, elevation)
4. Conversion of Architecture/interior design project into NURBS modelling project: For e.g.
measured drawing of classroom, Architecture School, computer room etc.
5. Working on 3D modelling & Visualisation software with rendering: such as 3DS Max OR Maya
or any other appropriate software.
Concepts of solid modelling: polygonal modelling, modifier, application of materials, simple timeline
animations.
Techniques of 3D visualisations Introduction to tool settings in 3D rendering engines for photorealistic rendering. Application of materials and Simple Timeline animations, For e.g. using VRay,
Maxwell, Flamingo, Mental Ray or any other appropriate software, Classroom demonstration of
objects, of simple Architecture design projects.
6. Working on Graphics/Vector/Image editing software: To present Architecture design studio
projects Introduction to publishing tools for creating presentations and portfolios.
Project 1: Classroom exercise to convert architecture design project 2D drawings (of semester 3 / 4
OR any simple one to three-storeyed building) into 3D model using relevant software. Project to be
rendered using appropriate 3D visualisation software
Project 2: Classroom demonstration/exercise of image rendering/collage using Graphics/Image
editing software (for e.g., adding context to visualisations), foreground, backgrounds etc.
Project to include presentation of final outcomes in the form of drawing panels, booklets, posters.
REFERENCES:
1. Internet resources, blogs, and learning resources on the web of popular 3D modelling software
and NURBS modelling,
2. Vector/Graphics/Image editing software
ELECTIVE II
Sub Code
Hrs/ Week
Total Hrs
: AT4ELEC CIE
: 50
:3
SEE : Nil
: 48
Credits: 3
a) ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIVE ARCHITECTURE

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop awareness and familiarity with green design and its integration with Architectural design.
OUTLINE:
1. Introduction to Green Buildings: Why make Buildings Green? Concept and necessity.
2. Green Building Rating System: The seven categories in the rating system : Sustainable Sites,
Water Efficiency, Energy & Atmosphere, Materials & Resources, Indoor Environmental Quality,
Innovation in Design and Regional Priority
3. Introduction to a design exercise (Project application): Design of a small building with an
objective to integrate categories of green building rating.
4. Sustainable Sites: Site Specific Design; Development Density and Community Connectivity,
Alternative Transportation, Site Development, Stormwater Design and Heat Island Effect.
5. Water Efficiency: Innovative Wastewater Treatment and Reuse and Water Use Reduction and Reuse factors.
6. Energy and Atmosphere: Optimization of Energy Performance, On-site Renewable Energy,
Enhanced Commissioning and Green Power. To apply the principles of Solar Passive Architecture
to design of buildings.
7. Materials and Resources: Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors, and Roof, Construction
Waste Management, Materials Reuse, Recycled Content, Regional Materials and Certified Wood.
8. Indoor Environmental Quality: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan and Daylight
and Views. Rating Systems: GRIHA and LEED Systems.
9. Regional Priority: To provide incentive for project teams to address geographically significant
environmental local issues. Introduction to passive techniques of cooling such as evaporative
cooling, earth tubing, wind scoops, roof ponds, shaded courtyards etc
10. Review of a design project considering various factors listed above.
REFERENCES:
1. Steemers, Koen & Steane, Mary Ann. Environmental Diversity in Architecture, Spon Press, 2004.
2. 2. McGlynn, Sue et al,. Responsive Environments, Architectural Press, 2008
b) PRODUCT DESIGN
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce the students to the discipline of Product Design
2. To develop basic skills required in handling simple product design projects
OUTLINE:
Preamble:
We live in a world of objects. Objects can have meanings, carry associations or be symbols of more
abstract ideas. These objects are predominantly functional in nature, some are purely symbolic /
decorative in nature and there are a few which combine both the functional with the symbolic and
decorative.
Great Architecture has demonstrated this fusion of the functional with the symbolic through the ages.
Product design, on a smaller scale, seeks to blend the technical with the aesthetic, the utilitarian with
the emotional delight; the dialogue between what people need / want vs what people will buy /
discard.
1. Product design as a noun: the set of properties of an artifact, consisting of the discrete properties
of the form (i.e., the aesthetics of the tangible good and/or service) and the function (i.e., its
capabilities) together with the holistic properties of the integrated form and function
2. Product design as a verb: the process of creating a new product to be sold by a business to its
customers. A very broad concept, it is essentially the efficient and effective generation and
development of ideas through a process that leads to new products.
3. Product design process: from idea generation to commercialization; concept, development,
detail; materiality, technicality, image ability.
4. Relationship between Design, Technology and Product
5. History of product design as a discipline, the various theories of design via study of design
practices
6. Mode and method of Design Process as applicable to product ideation and development
7. Materials and manufacturing process and its influence on product ideation and development
8. Influence of ergonomics on product ideation and development
9. Impact of culture i.e. the aesthetics on product ideation and development, the dialogue between
people s aspirations and people s needs
10. Relationship and difference between craft based and mass manufactured products,
11. Market as a tool for product promotion
12. Indian aesthetic sense and its influence on product ideation and development
13. Influence of product design on other disciplines like automobile styling, furniture, jewellery, toys,
systems design, computer interfaces, etc
Class assignments / exercises:
Short projects along with a time problem will be tackled in the class exploring the influences of design
process, and ergonomics on the product ideation and development. The student will also study the
product changes that will occur through the choices made of materials, manufacturing process, and
marketing techniques.
Discussions, video presentations, seminars and case studies will cover all the other topics.
REFERENCES:
1. Alexander, Christopher, Notes on the Synthesis of Form, Harvard University Press, 1964
2. Morris, R, The fundamentals of product design, AVA Publishing 2009.
c) ADVANCED DOCUMENTATION
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To understand the character of a settlement, street, building, spaces, materials through a process of
measured drawings and photographic documentation.
OUTLINE:
1. Site work
Recording of measurements- horizontal, vertical, measuring angles, marking center lines,
datum, notations, building orientation
Legend of materials used; Structural details and joineries
Details of various elements openings, ornamental details
Mapping activities in various locations
Supporting sketches
Information on people, surroundings, climate, Access to site
2. Preparation of Drawings
Developing drawings from the field data Plans at various levels, Building floor plans,
Reflected ceiling plans, roof plans, all elevations, relevant sections.
Drawings of details such as openings, ornamental details, joineries
3. Analysis: Analysis as tools for understanding and interpreting the measured drawings
REFERENCES:
1. RSP Program Monographs CEPT University
2. Building Craft Lab- DICRC, CEPT University


B.E. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
Examination
CIE
SEE
Total
Credits
MAT31
Engineering Maths-III (Core)
MAT
Maths
50
50
100
AU32
Engineering Thermodynamics (Core)
AU
AU
50
50
100
IM33
AU
IEM
50
50
100
ME34
AU
ME
50
50
100
AU35
AU
AU
50
50
100
AU36
AU
AU
50
50
100
AUL37
Machine Shop
AU
AU
50
50
100
AUL38
Engineering Metrology & Measurements

Lab
AU
AU
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Mechanical Measurements and Metrology
(Core)
Mechanics of Materials (Foundation
Course)
Fluid Mechanics (Foundation Course)
Manufacturing Technology-I (Foundation
Course)
Total
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said
discipline of study.
2. Foundation Course: The courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement.
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
MAT31
IA Marks
04
Exam Hours
50
Exam Marks
Total Credits
04
50
03
50
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Generalize a periodic function as a sum of series of trigonometric functions using Fourier

series
Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time varying signals
(continuous)
Finding solutions of equations and also evaluating approximate areas and volume using
numerical methods.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C301.1
Explain Fourier series, reproduce Fourier transforms & Z- transform and list
numerical methods for various analytical problem.
C301.2
C301.3
Expand a function using Fourier series, operate Fourier transform, Z-transform

and practice numerical methods.
Rewrite a function using Fourier series, summarize Fourier and Z-transforms and
C301 is the 1st course in 3rd Sem. and 301.1 to 301.3 are the outcomes of this course.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Periodic functions, Dirichlets conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and with
arbitrary period 2, Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series, Practical Harmonic Analysis.
Self Study Component: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive terms
(p-series Ratio test, Comparison test).
10 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Inverse Fourier transforms,
Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof) and problems.
Self Study Component: Properties of Fourier transforms (without proof).
10 hours
MODULE 3
Curve fitting: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, Fitting of the curves of the form
+ , = 2+
+ , = , = .
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, Regula-Falsi

method, Newton-Raphson method.
Self Study Component: Fixed point iteration method.
10 hours
MODULE 4
FINITE DIFFERENCES: Forward and Backward differences, Newtons forward and Backward
interpolation formulae. Newtons divided difference formula, Lagranges interpolation formula and
inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddles rule (all formulae/rules without proof).
Self Study Component: Trapezoidal rule.
10 hours
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial value and final value
theorems (without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve difference
equations.
Self Study Component: Region of convergence.
10 hours

Text Books:
rd
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43 Edition, 2014 June,
ISBN: 9788174091955.
2. Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9th Edition, 2007,
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006,
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012, ISBN: 9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists
McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond Canale, Numerical methods for Engineers, McGraw-Hill
Education, 7th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
Sub Code
Hours/week
Total Lecture Hours
AU32
04
50
50
03
50
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
04
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To define work, heat, and laws of thermodynamics.
To calculate load and IHP, BHP of IC engines
To evaluate thermal performance of refrigeration cycles
To demonstrate the calculation of efficiency of gas power and vapor power cycles
To design cost effective thermodynamic systems
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students will be able to acquire the fundamentals of thermodynamics, its laws,
energy interactions, various temperature scales and its measurements.
Students will be able to analyze and apply the laws of thermodynamics to
various physical problems.
C302.3
Students will be able to interpret the behaviour of IC engines performance,
emissions
C302.4
Students will be well exposed to refrigeration and air conditioning systems
their working and their performance and in a position to fix any problems
encountered
nd
C302 is the 2 course in 3rd Sem., and 302.1 to 302.4 are the outcomes of this course.
C302.1
C302.2
MODULE - 1
Fundamental Concepts & Definitions: Basic concepts, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Temperature;
concepts, scales, fixed points and measurements. Numericals. (Thermodynamic definition of work;
examples, sign convention, Heat; definition, units and sign convention)
First Law of Thermodynamics: Joules experiments, equivalence of heat and work. Statement of the
First law of thermodynamics, extension of the First law to non - cyclic processes, energy, energy as a
property, modes of energy, pure substance; definition, two-property rule, Specific heat at constant
volume, enthalpy, specific heat at constant pressure. Extension of the First law to control volume;
steady state-steady flow energy equation, important applications. Numericals
10 Hours
MODULE -2
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Devices converting heat to work; (a) in a thermodynamic cycle,
(b) in a mechanical cycle. Thermal reservoir. Direct heat engine; schematic representation and
efficiency. Devices converting work to heat in a thermodynamic cycle; reversed heat engine,
schematic representation, coefficients of performance. Kelvin - Planck statement of the Second law of
Thermodynamics; PMM I and PMM II, Clausius statement of Second law of Thermodynamics,
Equivalence of the two statements; Reversible and irreversible processes; factors that make a process
irreversible, reversible heat engines, Carnot cycle, Carnot principles. Numericals.
10 Hours
MODULE-III
Gas and Vapour power cycles:
Gas power cycles: Otto, Diesel, Dual and Stirling cycles, expression for mean effective pressure and
cycle efficiency, comparison of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles. Vapour power cycle: Carnot cycle, work
done and cycle efficiency, draw backs, ideal and actual Rankine cycle, network done, cycle efficiency
and work ratio, regenerative cycle and reheat cycle
10 Hours
MODULE-IV
Gas Turbines: Classification of Gas turbines, Analysis of open cycle gas turbine cycle. Advantages
and disadvantages of closed cycle. Methods to improve thermal efficiency. Gas Turbine with
regenerators. Numerical problems.
I.C. Engine Thermodynamic testing of internal combustion engines, measurement of air supplied, fuel
supplied to the engines, measurement of power and efficiencies, preparation of heat balance sheet
10 Hours
MODULE-V
Automotive Air-conditioning Fundamentals:
Basic air conditioning system - location of air conditioning components in a car, schematic layout of a
refrigeration system, compressor components, condenser and high pressure service ports, thermostatic
expansion
valve,
expansion
valve
calibration,
controlling
evaporator
temperature, evaporator pressure regulator, evaporator temperature regulator. Summer and winter air
conditioning
10 Hours
Note: Self Study Topics
Module 1: Thermodynamic definition of work; examples, sign convention, Heat; definition, units and
sign convention
Module 3: Reheat Rankine cycle
Module 5: Atmospheric air and psychometric properties; Dry bulb temperature, wet bulb temperature,
dew point temperature; partial pressures, specific and relative humilities. Analysis of various
processes; heating, cooling, dehumidifying and humidifying. Adiabatic mixing of moist air.
Data Handbooks:
1. Thermodynamic data hand book, B.T. Nijaguna & Samaga, Sudha Publications
2. Steam Tables with Mollier Diagram in S.I. units by R.S.Khurmi, S.Chand Publishers
3.Refrigeration Tables with charts in S.I.Units, by R.S.Khurmi and J.K.Gupta, S.Chand Publishers
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, P.K.Nag, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub. 2002,
2. A Textbook of Thermal Engineering SI Units, by R.S.Khurmi and J.K.Gupta, S.Chand

Publishers, June 2010.
3. A course in Thermal Engineering by Domakundwar.s and C.P.Kothandaraman, Dhanpat Rai
& Co, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thermodynamics, An Engineering Approach, Yunus A.Cenegal and Michael A.Boles, Tata
McGraw Hill publications, 2002
2. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics, G.J.Van Wylen and R.E.Sonntag, Wiley Eastern.
3. Basic Engineering Thermodynamics, A.Venkatesh, Universities Press, 2008
4. An Introduction to Thermodynamics, Y.V.C.Rao, Wiley Eastern, 1993,
5. B.K Venkanna, Swati B. Wadavadagi Basic Thermodynamics, PHI,New Delhi, 2010
6. Engineering Thermodynamics, J.B.Jones and G.A.Hawkins, John Wiley and Sons
7. Applied Thermodynamics, B.K. Venkanna, Swati B. Wadavadagi, PHI, New Delhi, 2010
8. A course in Thermal Engineering by Rajput, Laxmi Publication
9. Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems - Mitchell information Services, Inc Prentice Hall Ind. - 1989.

Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
IM33
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To impart the knowledge of standards importance and conversion
To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain,
pressure and temperature measurements
To identify, analyze the concept and the principle advantages and applications of the
above measurements
COURSE OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course
C303.1
Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between
the standards and their conclusion.
C303.2
Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the
fundamental concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record
the data and interpret the results.
C303.3
Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain,
pressure and temperature.
rd
C303 is the 3 course in 3rd Sem. and 303.1 to 303.3 are the outcomes of this course.
Module-1
Standards of measurement: Definition and Objectives of metrology, Standards of lengthInternational prototype meter, Imperial standard yard, subdivision of standards, line and end
standard, calibration of end bars (Numerical), Slip gauges, Wringing phenomena, Numerical
problems on building of slip gauges
System of Limits, Fits, Tolerance and Gauging: Definition of tolerance, Specification in assembly,
Principle of interchangeability and selective assembly limits of size, Indian standards, concept of
limits of size and tolerances, definition of fits, types of fits, geometrical tolerance, positionaltolerances, hole basis system, shaft basis system, classification of gauges, Types of gauges
08 hours
SELF STUDY: Indian Standards (M-81, M-12), Types of gauges-plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap
gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials
Module-2
Comparators and Angular measurement: Introduction to comparators, characteristics, classification
of comparators, mechanical comparators-Johnson Mikrokator, sigma comparators, dial indicator,
optical comparators- principles, Zeiss ultra optimeter, LVDT, pneumatic comparators, back pressure
gauges. Angular measurements, bevel protractor, sine principle and use of sine bars, sine center, use
of angle gauges (numerical on building of angles)
Interferometer and screw thread, gear measurement: Interferometer, interferometry,. Terminology of
screw threads, measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of
screw threads by 2 - wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire. Tool maker's microscope, gear tooth
terminology.
08 hours
SELF STUDY: Electric and electronic comparators- principles, LVDT. Advantages and application
of various types of transducers
Module3
Measurements and measurement systems: Definition, significance of measurement, generalized
measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration, threshold,
sensitivity, hysterisis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect. Error sin measurement, classification of
errors.
08 hours
Module-4
Intermediate modifying and terminating devices: Transducers, transfer efficiency, primary and
secondary transducers, electrical, mechanical, electronic transducers,Mechanical systems, inherent
problems, electrical intermediate modifying devices, Terminating devices, mechanical, cathode ray
oscilloscope, oscillographs, X-Y plotters
Sensors: Introduction to sensors, types of sensors, application of sensors
08 hours
SELF STUDY: Measurementofforce and torque:Principle, analytical balance, platform balance,
proving ring. Torque measurement, Prony brake, hydraulicdynamometer
Module-5
Temperature and strain measurement: Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of
thermocouple, materials used for construction, pyrometer, optical pyrometer. Strain measurements,
strain gauge, preparation and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement.
08 hours
Text books
th
1. Mechanical Measurements, Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6 Ed.,
2006.
2. Engineering Metrology, R.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1994.
3. Metrology for Engineers, J F W Gayler, C R Shotbolt, Fifth edition
Reference books:
1. Engineering Metrology, I.C. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi.
2. Mechanical Measurements, R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers, 1994
3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry. D. Faulk, Cengage Asia Pvt. Ltd. 2002.
4. Measurement Systems Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doebelin, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill
Book Co.
5. Metrology & Measurement, Anand K. Bewoor & Vinay A. Kulkarni, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt.
Ltd., New-Delhi
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
ME34
04
50
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
04
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To understand and convey knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain,

Youngs modulus, etc. and to understand the above concepts by solving problems of
practical interest.
Understand stress analysis, materials behavior, 2D stress systems and Mohrs circle.
Understand shear force diagrams, bending moment diagrams, and stresses in beam
Learn the concepts of deflection of beams and elastic stability of columns.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course a student will be able to:
C304.1
The student will be able to gain the basic engineering knowledge that how a
material behaves when an external load or pressure is applied on it.
C304.2
Student will be able to understand, interpret and analyze the effect of 2D stress
state condition on the behavior of materials.
C304.3
Student will be able to Analyze and evaluate stresses and deflection in beams of
different cross sections subjected to various loading conditions.
C304.4
Develop a solution for the complex structural engineering problems.
C304 is the 4th course in 3rd Sem. and 304.1 to 304.4 are the outcomes of this course.
Module 1:
Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials, Linear
elasticity, Hooke's Law and Poisson's ratio, Stress-Strain relationships: behavior in tension for mild
steel, cast iron and nonferrous metals. Extension / Shortening of a bar, bars with cross sections varying
in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections (Circular), Elongation due to self-weight,
Principle of super position, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain, elastic constants,
simple shear stress, shear strain.
10 Hours
Self Study: Extension / Shortening of rectangular bar
Module 2:
Compound bars: Stress in compound bars, temperature stresses in simple bars and compound bars.
Compound Stress: Uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state, Definition of Plane stress and Plane
strain states, Stresses on inclined sections, Principal stresses, Principal planes, Principal axes,
Maximum shear stress, Mohr's circle, Numerical examples.
10 Hours
Self Study: Derivation on uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state
Module 3:
Bending Moment and Shear Force diagrams: Types of beams, loads and reactions. Definition of
shear force and bending moment, sign conventions. Relationship between shear force, bending
moment and rate of loading, Shear force and bending moment diagrams for different beams,
Numerical examples involving beams subjected to concentrated loads, uniformly distributed load
(UDL), uniformly varying load (UVL) and couple.
Thick and Thin cylinders: Stresses in thin cylinders, Thick cylinders, Lames equation. (Compound
cylinders not included).
10 Hours
Self Study: Thin cylinders: Derivation and Numericals on change in volume.
Module 4:
Bending stresses in Beams: Introduction, Theory of simple bending, Bending stress equation,
Moment carrying capacity of a section.(Composite / notched beams not included).
Shear stresses in beams: Shear stress across rectangular, symmetrical I sections. Numerical
examples.
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Introduction. Pure torsion, assumptions, derivation of torsional
equations, polar modulus, Power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shaftsNumerical examples.
10 Hours
Self Study: Shear stresses in beams- derivation and Numericals on circular and T sections.
Module 5:
Deflection of Beams: Introduction, Differential equation for deflection. Equations for deflection,
slope and bending moment. Double integration method for cantilever and simply supported beams, for
point load, UDL, UVL and Couple. Macaulay's method.
Elastic Stability of Columns:Euler's theory for axially loaded elastic long columns. Euler's load for
variousend conditions (Both ends hinged and one end fixed other free) limitations of Euler's theory,
Rankine's formula.
10 Hours
Self-Study:
Deflection of Beams: Derivation of Differential equation for deflection. Elastic Stability of Columns:
Derivation of Eulers load for different end conditions (Both ends fixed, one end fixed other hinged).
TEXT BOOKS:
1)
2)
3)
S.S.Bhavikatti,Strength of Materials, Vikas publications House Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed., 2008.
R K Bansal, A Textbook Of Strength Of Materials, Laxmi Publications-New Delhi, 5th Edition.
S Ramamrutham,Strength of Materials, Dhanpatrai Publishing company(p) Ltd, New Delhi 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) Ferdinand Beer & Russell JohstonMechanics of materials, in SI Modules, 5th Ed., TATA
McGraw Hill- 2003.
FLUID MECHANICS
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
AU35
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To define fluid properties, describe Pascals law, Hydrostatic law, and solve static fluid
problems
To explain Buoyancy and Stability concepts of floating objects
To apply Bernoullis principle to solve fluid flow problems
To make dimensional analysis of fluid mechanics problems
To explain the concepts of laminar flow, viscous flow through pipes and plates
To analyze various forces acting on submerged bodies
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C305.1
Students will be equipped with knowledge and skills to solve fluid static and
dynamics problems.
C305.2
Students will be able to apply the fluid mechanics related to static and dynamics
in the field of automobile engineering.
C305.3
Students can size pipeline for viscous flow for automotive fuels and lubricants in
the system.
C305.4
Students will be able to analyze life and drag of automobile.
C305 is the first course in 3rd sem and 305.1 to 305.4 are the outcomes of this course.
MODULE-1:
Properties of Fluids: Introduction, Properties of fluids, viscosity, thermodynamic properties, surface
tension, capillarity, vapour pressure and cavitation
Fluid Statics : Fluid pressure at a point, Pascals law, pressure variation in a static fluid, absolute,
gauge, atmospheric and vacuum pressures, simple manometers and differential manometers. Total
pressure and center of pressure on submerged plane surfaces; horizontal, vertical and inclined plane
surfaces
Buoyancy : Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, metacentre and metacentric height, conditions of
equilibrium of floating and submerged bodies, determination of Metacentric height theoretically
08 Hours
MODULE-2:
Fluid Kinematics:Types of fluid flow
Fluid Dynamics: Introduction equation of motion, Eulers equation o f motion, Bernoullis equation
from first principles and also from Eulers equation, limitations of Bernoullis equation.
08 Hours
MODULE-3:
Fluid Flow Measurements: Venturimeter, orificemeter, pitot-tube, vertical orifice
Dimensional Analysis: Introduction, derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities,
dimensional
08 Hours
MODULE-4:
Flow through pipes: Minor losses through pipes. Dareys and Chezys equ ation for loss of head due
to friction in pipes. HGL andTEL.
Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reyonolds number, critical Reynolds number, laminar flow
through circular pipe-Hagen Poiseilles equation
08 Hours
MODULE-5:
Flow past immersed bodies : Drag, Lift, expression for lift and drag, boundary layer concept
Introduction to compressible flow : Velocity of sound in a fluid, Mach number, Mach cone
08 Hours
MODULE-1: Curved surface submerged in liquid, determination of Metacentric height
experimentally.
MODULE-2: Continuity equation in 2D and 3D Carversian Co-ordinates only, velocity and
acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function.
MODULE-3: V-Notch and rectangular notches. Similitude, types of similitude.
MODULE-4: Laminar flow between parallel and stationary plates.
MODULE-5: Displacement, momentum and energy thickness. Propogation of pressure waves in a
compressible fluid.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics by Oijush.K.Kundu, IRAM COCHEN, ELSEVIER, 3rd Ed. 2005.
2. Fluid Mechancis by Dr. Bansal, R.K.Lakshmi Publications, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulics, Dr.Jagadishlal: Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd., 1997.
2. Fluid Mechanics (SI Units), Yunus A. Cingel John M.Oimbala. Tata MaGrawHill, 2006.
3. Fluid Mechanics by John F.Douglas, Janul and M.Gasiosek and john A.Swaffield, Pearson
Education Asia, 5th ed., 2006
4. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, Kumar.D.S, Kataria and Sons., 2004
5. Fluid Mechanics -. Merle C. Potter, Elaine P.Scott. Cengage learning
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY I
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
AU36
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
50
03
50
Total Credits
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To explain the nomenclature of single point cutting tool, mechanics of chip formation, tool
failure criteria and to solve problems on evaluation of tool life
To explain the construction and working of various systems in a Lathe, Shaper, Planing and
Drilling machine
To classify grinding and milling machines and explain their construction
To explain the principles adopted in special purpose machines.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C36.1
Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of process capabilities of major

manufacturing processes.
C36.2
Students will be able to demonstrate the ability to make use of process capability
information to select or synthesize manufacturing processes and systems
C36.3
Students will be able to generate part programming by learning G&M codes
which is required in manufacturing industry.
C36.4
Course describes the advantages and disadvantages of the different classes of
manufacturing processes
th
C36 is the 6 course in 3rd sem and 36.1 to 36.4 are the outcomes of this course.
MODULE 1
Theory of Metal Cutting:
Single point cutting tool nomenclature, geometry. Mechanics of Chip Formation, Types of Chips,
Ernst Merchants solution, shear angle relationship, problems of Merchants analysis. Tool Wear and
Tool failure, tool life. Effects of cutting parameters on tool life. Tool Failure Criteria, Taylors Tool
Life equation. Problems on tool life evaluation.
Cutting Tool Materials:
Desired properties and types of cutting tool materials HSS, carbides coated carbides, ceramics.
Cutting fluids. Desired properties, types and selection. Heat generation in metal cutting, factors
affecting heat generation. Measurement of tool tip temperature.
08 Hours
MODULE- 2
Lathe, Shaping and Planing Machines:
Classification, constructional features of Turret and Capstan Lathe, Tool Layout, shaping Machine,
Planing Machine, Driving mechanisms of lathe, shaping and planing machines, Different operations
on lathe, shaping machine and planing machine. Simple problems on machinery time calculations.
Drilling machines:
Classification, constructional features, drilling & related operations. Types of drill & drill bit
nomenclature, drill materials.
08 Hours
MODULE 3
Milling machines:
Classification, constructional features, milling cutters nomenclature, milling operations,. Various
milling operations.
Indexing: Simple, compound, differential and angular indexing calculations. Simple problems on
simple and compound indexing.
Introduction to CNC machines- Principles of operation. Axes of NC machine-Coordinate systems.
Basics of Manual part programming methods, Applications of CNC machines in Automobile
industries-camshaft etc. manufacturing.
08 Hours
MODULE 4
Grinding machines:
Types of abrasives, Grain size, bonding process, grade and structure of grinding wheels, grinding
wheel types. Classification, constructional features of grinding machines Centreless , cylindrical and
surface grinding. Selection of grinding wheel.. Dressing and truing of grinding wheels
Broaching process Principle of broaching. Types of broaching machines-constructional details,
Applications. Advantages and Limitations.
Finishing and other Processes Lapping and Honing operations Principles, arrangement of set up
and application. Super finishing process, polishing, buffing operation and application, Honing of
Engine cylinders.
08 Hours
MODULE 5
Special purpose machines for automobiles:
Principle, equipment & operation of Laser Beam Machining, Electro Chemical Machining, Ultrasonic
Machining, Water Jet Machining, Electron Beam Machining, Electric Discharge Machining and
Plasma Arc Machining, Applications of non traditional machining in Automobile industries-case study
(fuel injector, carburetor).
Manufacturing of Bearings-Types of bearings, Selection of materials for bearings, manufacturing
techniques used in ball bearings.
08 Hours
Self study component
MODULE 1 Merchants circle diagram and analysis
MODULE 3 Up milling and down milling concepts
MODULE 4 Grinding process parameters
MODULE 5 Need for non traditional machining, Abrasive Jet Machining
Text Books:
1. Workshop Technology, Hazara Choudhry, Vol-II, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 2004
2. Production Technology, R.K.Jain, Khanna Publications, 2003.
3. Production Technology, HMT, Tata MacGraw Hill, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Science, Amitabha Ghosh and Mallik, affiliated East West Press, 2003.
2. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill, 2000
MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE

Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lab Hrs
AUL37
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
02
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To apply the basic concepts/knowledge gained in the course Manufacturing Process-II for
preparing 4 to 6 models using various machining operations on machine tools like milling,
drilling, lathe, shaper and grinding
To have knowledge of basic setting of machines for an operation and machine tool
maintenance
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C307.1 Apply the basic concepts/knowledge of machine tools gained
through the course Manufacturing Process to prepare the models
listed below.
C307.2 Demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to
the operation of machine tools
C307.3 Prepare the models using the above machines
C307.4 To provide knowledge of various types of machines used in
manufacturing of automotive components.
C307 is the 7th course in 3rd Sem. and 307.1 to 307.4 are the outcomes of this course
PART A
Preparation of three models on lathe involving Plain turning, Taper turning, Step turning, Thread
cutting, Facing, Knurling, Drilling, Boring, Internal Thread cutting and Eccentric turning.
PART B
Cutting of V Groove/ dovetail / Rectangular groove using a shaper
Cutting of Gear Teeth using Milling Machine
One Model from Part A 30 marks
One Model from Part B 10 marks
Viva Voce
10 marks
Total
50 marks
ENGINEERING METROLOGY & MEASUREMENTS

LABORATORY
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lab Hrs
AUL 38
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
02
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To identify the measuring instrument and demonstrate its usage
To calibrate pressure sensor, thermocouple, LVDT and load cell
To explain the usage of slip gauges for calibration of vernier caliper, height gauge and
micrometer
To determine the form tolerance (cylindricity and circularity)
To determine thread and gear parameters using standard tests
To take care of measuring instruments
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C308.1
Identify the measuring instruments, explain their parts and demonstrate its usage
C308.2
Demonstrate the determination of modulus of elasticity of MS specimen

experimentally using strain gauges
C308.3
Demonstrate the measurement of Cylindricity and circularity of given
components
C308.4
Calibrate pressure sensor, thermocouple, LVDT, load cell
C308 is the 8th course in 3rd sem and 308.1 to 308.4 are the outcomes of this course.
PART-A: AUTOMOTIVE MEASUREMENTS
1. Calibration of Pressure Gauge
2. Calibration of Thermocouple
3. Calibration of LVDT
4. Calibration of Load cell
5. Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges.
PART-B: METROLOGY
1. Measurements using Optical Projector/Toolmaker Microscope.
2. Measurement of angle using Sine Center/Sine bar /bevel protractor
3. Measurement of alignment using Autocollimator/Roller set
4. Measurement of cutting tool forces using a. Lathe tool Dynamometer b. Drill tool Dynamometer.
5. Measurement of Screw thread Parameters using Two wire or Three-wire method.
6. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/Mechanical Comparator
7. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth Vernier/Gear tooth micrometer
8. Calibration of Micrometer using slip gauges
ONE question from Metrology (part -A)
ONE question from Instrumentation (part -B)
Viva Voce
Total
20 Marks
20 Marks
10 Marks
50 Marks


B.E. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
Examination
CIE
SEE
Total
Credits
MAT41
Engineering Maths-IV (Core)
MAT
MAT
50
50
100
AU42
Kinematics of Machines (Core)
AU
AU
50
50
100
AU43
AU
AU
50
50
100
AU44
Fuels & Combustion in IC Engines (Core)

Material Science and Metallurgy
(Foundation Course)
AU
AU
50
50
100
AU45
AU
AU
3
(1+2)
50
50
100
AU46
AU
AU
50
50
100
AUL47
Manufacturing Technology-II
(Foundation Course)
Metallography and Material Testing Lab
AU
AU
50
50
100
AUL48
Foundry and Forging Lab
AU
AU
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Computer Aided Machine Drawing

(Foundation Course)
Total
2. Foundation Course: The courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement.
Sub Code
Hours/week
Total Lecture Hours
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -IV

MAT41
IA Marks
04
Exam Hours
50
Exam Marks
Total Credits
04
50
03
50
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Apply numerical techniques to solve ordinary and partial differential equations
Explain the concepts of function of complex variable, analytic functions and complex
integration
Applications of probability theory
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C401.1
List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical
functions and reproduce concepts of Probability distribution.
C401.2
Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability

distribution for real life problem.
Evaluate differential equation using Numerical methods and predict solutions
using probability distribution
C401.3
C401 is the 1st course in 4th Sem. and 401.1 to 401.3 are the outcomes of this course.
MODULE 1
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first order and first degree: Picards method,
Taylors series method, Modified Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Predictor and
Corrector method: Milnes Method (No derivations of formulae).
Self Study Component: AdamsBashforth Method (No derivations of formula).
10 hours
MODULE 2
Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference approximations to derivatives,
Numerical solution of one-dimensional heat equation by Schmidt method and by Crank-Nicholson
Method, Numerical solution of one-dimensional wave equation.
Self Study Component: Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplaces equation.
10 hours
MODULE 3
Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2, w = ez and

=+
Self Study Component: Transformation = .
10 hours
MODULE 4
Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula. Taylor & Laurent series (statements
only). Cauchy residue theorem (statement only).
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:
Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and continuous), Probability mass function,
Probability density function, Cumulative density function, Probability distributions: Geometric and
Poisson distributions, Exponential and Normal distributions.
10 hours
Text Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition, 2014 June,
ISBN: 9788174091956.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;
ISBN: 9780070634190.
McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education (India)
KINEMATICS OF MACHINES
Sub Code
Hours/week
Total Lecture Hours
AU42
04
50
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
04
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To define the basic terms such as kinematic chain, kinematic pair, degree of freedom
etc. associated with kinematics of machinery
To determine the mobility of given mechanisms
To sketch and explain inversions of four bar mechanism, single slider crank mechanism
and double slider crank mechanism
To determine the velocity and acceleration of links using graphical or analytical
methods
To plot the profile of a cam using displacement diagram
To define gear terminology and determine the velocity ratio in different gear trains
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C402.1 The student should be able to understand the construction, working and
design of different types of mechanisms.
C402.2 The student should be able to analyze and synthesize mechanisms for
velocity and acceleration.
C402.3 The student should be able to analyze different types of gears and gear
trains.
C402.4 The student should be able to understand and design cam profiles for
different applications.
C402 is the 2nd course in 4th sem and 402.1 to 402.4 are the outcomes of this course
MODULE - 1
Mechanisms: Introduction, Definitions Link or Element, Kinematic Pairs, Kinematic Chain,
Mechanism, Structure, Machine, Degrees of Freedom (dof), Grubler's Criterion (without derivation),
Grashoffs law of mobility, numerical examples on dof.
Kinematic Chains and Inversions: Inversions of Four Bar Chain (beam engine, drag link mechanism
and watts straight line mechanisms), Single Slider Crank Chain (reciprocating engine, oscillating
cylinder, crank and slotted lever mechanism, whit worth mechanism, Rotary engine, Bull engine and
hand pump) and Double Slider Crank Chain (Elliptical trammel, scotch yoke and Oldhams coupling),
Toggle Mechanism, Pantograph, Ackermann steering gear mechanism.
10 Hours
MODULE 2
Special linkage mechanisms and CAMS:
Intermittent Motion Mechanisms:Geneva Wheel Mechanism and Ratchet & Pawl Mechanism. Straight
Line Motion Mechanisms:Peaucellier's Mechanism and Robert's Mechanism.
Cams:Types of Cams, Types of Followers. Displacement, Velocity & Acceleration Time Curves for
Cam Profiles. Disc Cam with Reciprocating Follower Having Knife-Edge, Roller & Flat-Face
Follower, Disc Cam With Oscillating Roller Follower. Follower Motions including, SHM, Uniform
Velocity, Uniform Acceleration & Retardation and Cycloidal Motion.
10 Hours
MODULE - 3
Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Four
Bar Mechanism, Slider Crank Mechanism and Simple Mechanisms by Vector Polygons: Relative
Velocity, and Acceleration of Particles in a Common Link, Relative Velocity and Accelerations of
Coincident Particles on Separate links - Coriolis Component of Acceleration. Angular Velocity and
Angular Acceleration of Links. ( Graphical method only)
10 Hours
MODULE 4
Spur Gears: Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of sliding, Forms of teeth,Comparison of
Involute & Cycloidal Teeth, Involutometry, Characteristics of Involute Action, Path of Contact, Arc of
Contact, Contact Ratio of Spur gear and rack and pinion, Interference in Involute Gears and between
rack and pinion, Methods of Avoiding Interference, Backlash (without derivation).
10 Hours
MODULE 5
Gear Trains: Simple Gear Trains, Compound Gear Trains, Epicyclic Gear Trains. Algebraic &
Tabular Methods of Finding Velocity Ratio of Epicyclic Gear Trains.
10 Hours
MODULE-3: Velocity of Rubbing
MODULE-5: Torques in epicyclic gear trains and differential gear of an automobile
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines, Rattan S.S, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi,
and 3rd edition -2009.
2. Theory of Machines, R. S. Khurmi, J.K. Gupta,S Chand & Company Pvt Ltd, 14th Edition ,
2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines & Mechanisms, J.J. Uicker, , G.R. Pennock, J.E. Shigley. OXFORD
3rd Ed. 2009.
2. Mechanism and Machine theory, Ambekar, PHI, 2007.
3. Theory of Machines, Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education India, 01-Sep-2006
4. Design of Machinery, Robert L Norton, McGraw Hill, 2001.
Note: Graphical Solutions may be obtained either on the Graph Sheets or on the Answer Book itself.
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
FUELS & COMBUSTION IN IC ENGINES

AU43
IA Marks
04
Exam Hours
50
Exam Marks
Total Credits
04
50
03
50
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To make students familiar with the design and operating characteristics of modern internal
combustion engines
To apply analytical techniques to the engineering problems and performance analysis of
internal combustion engines
To study the thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer, friction and other factors affecting
engine power, efficiency and emissions
To introduce students to the environmental and fuel economy challenges facing the internal
combustion engine
To introduce students to future internal combustion engine technology and market trends
COURSE OUTCOME:
C403.1
Students will be equipped with knowledge and skills to solve combustion in IC

engine and find out the performance of engine.
C403.2
Students will be able to apply the principles of combustion in the design of IC

engine.
C403.3
Students have the knowledge of automotive fuels and alternative fuels such as
Ethanol, Biofuels, CNG etc.
C403.4
Students know the chemical composition of exhaust gas and its effect on
environment.
C403 is the 3rd course in 4th sem and 403.1 to 403.4 are the outcomes of this course
MODULE -1 Energy Sources:
Exhaustible sources - crude oil, Natural gas, Inexhaustible sources Synthetic fuels Fuel Cells,
Hydrogen- only a brief introduction.
Liquid Fuels:
Origin of petroleum. Refining of petroleum: Fractional distillation, Cracking, Reforming process,
Thermal reforming, polymerization, alkylation, and isomerisation. Properties and tests : Specific
Gravity, viscosity, flash and fire points, calorific value, rating of fuels, vapour pressure, cloud and
pour point, annealing point, diesel index, carbon residue and ash content determination. ASTM
Standards.
Petrol and Diesel Fuels:
Properties and rating of fuels, chemical energy of fuels, Reaction Equation, Properties of A/F mixture,
combustion temp, combustion charts, Lead free gasolines, low and ultra low sulphur diesels, LPG,
CNG, Alcohols, Biodiesels
ENGINE PERFORMANCE: Performance parameters BHP, FHP, IHP, specific fuel consumption,
volumetric efficiency, Thermal efficiency, heat Balance sheet, Testing of Engines, Numerical
problems.
10 Hours
MODULE-2 Combustion of Fuels:

Combustion thermodynamics: Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air and excess air for combustion of fuels.
Mass balance, actual combustion. Exhaust gas analysis. A./ F ratio, Energy balance for a chemical
reaction, enthalpy of formation, enthalpy and internal energy of combustion, Combustion efficiency,
adiabatic flame temperature, Combustion equation, conversion of gravimetric to volumetric analysis.
Determination of theoretical minimum quantity of air for complete combustion. Determination of air
fuel ratio for a given fuel and Numerical problems.
10 Hours
MODULE-3 Combustion in S.I Engines
Initiation of combustion, flame velocities, effect of variables on flame propagation, normal and
abnormal combustion, knocking combustion, pre-ignition, knock and engine variables, detonation,
effects of engine variables on combustion, control of detonation, CFR engine, features and design
consideration of combustion chambers
10 Hours
MODULE-4 Combustion in C.I. Engines
Various stages of combustion, vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation, air motion, swirl,
squish, tumble flow, velocities, swirl measurement, and delay period correlations, diesel knock and
engine variables, features and design considerations of combustion chambers
10 Hours
MODULE-5 Dual fuel and Multifuel Engines:
Combustion in dual fuel engines, Factor affecting combustion. Main types of gaseous fuels,
Supercharge knock control & Performance of diesel fuel engines. Characteristics of multi fuel engines
10 Hours
Note: self study topics
MODULE -1: Solar energy, Wind power, Tidal Power, Geo-thermal power. Energy from Bio-gas.
Chemistry, normal paraffins, isoparaffins, olefins, naphthalene and aromatics. Gaseous Fuel
Injections, Dual Fueling and Controls CNG and Gasoline, Hydrogen and Diesel, Alcohols and
Diesels etc
MODULE-2: Cycle Analysis:
Otto, Diesel, Dual, sterling and Brayton cycles, comparison of air standard, fuel air and actual cycles,
simple problems on the above topics. Rotary engines. Stirling engine, Stratified charge engine.
MODULE-3: Stratified charge combustion, concepts of lean burn engines, heat release correlations
MODULE-4 : Combustion chambers types, heat release correlations
MODULE-5: Modification of fuel system, suitability of various engines as multi fuel unit,
performance of multi fuel engines
TEXT BOOKS
1. I.C. Engines By Mathur & Sharma, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1994
2. Fuels & Combustion by S.P. Sharma & Chandra Mohan, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,1987
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Ganesan, V, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., 1995.
2. John B.Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Book, 1998
3.Obert, E.F., Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution, International Text Book Publishers,
1983.
MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY
Sub Code
Hours/week
Total Lecture Hours
AU44
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
50
03
50
Total Credits
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To gain knowledge of different material crystal structures, arrangement of atoms and mechanical
properties.
To explain different types of fractures and their importance.
To draw TTT curves and Iron carbon diagrams
To select various non-ferrous metals and alloys based on composition and properties for a given
application
To describe various types of composite materials, explain various manufacturing methods of
composites and identify the engineering application.
COURSE OUTCOME:
C404.1
C404.2
C404.3
C404.4
Be able to analyze the stress and strain on mechanical components, and

understand, identify and quantify failure modes of mechanical parts.
Demonstrate knowledge of basic machine elements used in machine design,
design machine elements to with stand the loads and deformation for a given
application, while considering additional specifications.
Be able to approach a design problem pertaining to heat treatment successfully,
taking decisions when there is not a unique answer.
Be proficient in the selection of composite materials for automobile applications.
C404 is the 4th course in 4thsem and 404.1 to 404.4 are the outcomes of this course
MODULE 1:
Crystal Structure:
BCC, FCC and HCP Structures, coordination number and atomic packing factors, crystal
imperfections -point line and surface imperfections. Atomic Diffusion: Phenomenon, Fick's laws of
diffusion, factors affecting diffusion.
08 Hours
MODULE 2:
Mechanical Behaviour, Fracture, Creep & Fatigue:
Stress-strain diagram showing ductile and brittle behaviour of materials, linear and non linear elastic
behaviour and properties, mechanical properties in plastic range, yield strength offset yield strength,
ductility, ultimate tensile strength, toughness. Plastic deformation of single crystal by slip and
twinning.
Type I, Type II and Type III. Description of the phenomenon with examples.three
stages of creep, creep properties, stress relaxation. Types of fatigue loading with examples,
Mechanism of fatigue, fatigue properties, fatigue testing and SN diagram.
08 Hours
MODULE 3:
Solidification & Phase Diagrams :
Hume Rothary rule substitution and interstitial solid solutions, intermediate phases, Gibbs phase rule.
Construction of equilibrium diagrams involving complete and partial solubility, lever rule. Iron carbon
equilibrium diagram description of phases, solidification of steels and cast irons, invariant reactions.
08 Hours
MODULE 4:
Heat treating of metals:
TTT curves, continuous cooling curves, annealing and its types. normalizing, hardening, tempering,
mar tempering, aus-tempering, harden ability, surface hardening methods like carburizing, cyaniding,
nit riding, flame hardening and induction hardening, age hardening of aluminum-copper alloys.
08 Hours
MODULE 5
Automotive Materials:
Composite Materials - Definition, classification, types of matrix materials & reinforcements,
fundamentals of production of FRP' sand MMC's advantages and application of composites.
Light Weight Materials like Al, Ti alloys, Inconel
08 Hours
MODULE 3:
Mechanism of solidification, Homogenous and Heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast metal
structures. Solid solutions
MODULE 5
Ferrous & Non-Ferrous materials and their micro structure studies, properties & applications
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, Smith, 3rd Edition McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Materials Science, Shackleford.,& M. K. Muralidhara, Pearson Publication 2007.
3. Automotive Engineering: Lightweight, Functional and Novel Materials, Brian Cantor, P. Grant,
C.Johnston, CRC Press, 2008.
4. Advanced Materials in Automotive Engineering, 1st Edition, J Rowe, Woodhead Publishing-2012
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An introductionn to Metallurgy; Alan Cottrell, University Press India Oriental Longman Pvt. Ltd.,
1974.
2. Engineering Materials Science, W.C.Richards, PHI, 1965
3. Physical Metallurgy; Lakhtin, Mir Publications
4. Materials Science and Engineering, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2002
5. Elements of Materials Scienceand Engineering, H. VanVlack, Addison- Wesley Edn., 1998
6. Materials Science and Engineering,William D. Callister Jr., John Wiley &Sons. Inc, 5th Edition,
2001.
7. The Science andEngineering of Materials, Donald R. Askland and Pradeep.P. Phule, Thompson
Learning, 4lh Ed., 2003.
8. Manufacturing Engg. & Technology, Kalpak Jian&Schmid, Pearson Publications, Ed., 2006
9. A text book of Material science and metallurgy by Dr O.P KhannaDhanpatraipublications
Ed 2015.
COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING

Sub Code
Hours/week
Total Lecture Hours
AU45
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To acquaint with the tools of drafting and modeling software
To draw the solutions to sections of solids, draw orthographic views of simple machine
parts using software
To sketch and explain various thread forms and their application
To calculate parameters related to riveted joints and sketch them
To prepare assembly drawing from the list of components
To create solid models and draw the sectional views of automotive systems
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C405.1 Sketch the solutions of the sections of solids; determine the inclination of
the cutting plane when true shape of section of an object is given.
C405.2 Use the Solid Edge software for drawing and solid modeling.
C405.3 Sketch and draw two views of different automotive components, couplings
and joints
C405.4 Create solid models of different parts and assemble them and draw their
sectional views using Solid Edge software.
PART-A
MODULE-1
Introduction: Review of graphic interface of the software, Review of basic sketching commands and
navigational commands.,Starting a new drawing sheet. Sheet sizes, Naming a drawing. Drawing units,
grid and snap.
Sections of Solids: Sections of Pyramids, Prisms, Cubes, Tetrahedrons, Cones and Cylinders resting
only on their bases. True shape of sections. Orthographic views: Conversion of pictorial views into
orthographic projections of simple machine parts with or without section. Bureau of Indian Standards
conventions are to be followed for the drawings, Hidden line conventions. Precedence of lines.
06 Hours
MODULE-2 :
Thread Forms: Thread terminology, forms of threads BSW Thread, Sellers thread, ISO Metric
thread, square and Acme thread. Conventional representation of threads. Fasteners: Hexagonal headed
bolt and nut with washer -assembly, square headed bolt and nut with washer-assembly. 05 Hours
PART-B
MODULE-3
Riveted Joints: lap joints- single and double riveted lap joints, butt joints with single/double cover
straps Chain and Zigzag, using snaphead rivets.
05 Hours
MODULE-4
Couplings: Split Muff coupling, Protected type flanged coupling, pin bush type flexible coupling,
Oldham's coupling and universal coupling Hooks' Joint
04 Hours
PART-C
MODULE-5
Assembly Drawings-Part drawings should be given
Assembly drawing of following machine parts -3D parts to be created and assembled and then getting
2D drawing with required views, along with 3D part drawings.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Plummer block-Pedestal Bearing

Petrol Engine piston
I.C. Engine connecting rod
Screw jack
Machine Vice
20Hours

MODULE-1 No problems on, axis inclinations, spheres and hollow solids.
MODULE-3Keys, Cotter and knuckle Joints: Types of Keys, Cotter and knuckle Joints
MODULE-5 Fuel injector, Tailstock
Text books
1. Machine Drawing , K.R. Gopala Krishna, Subhash Publication.
2. A Primer on Computer Aided Machine Drawing, Published by VTU, Belgaum.
3. Machine Drawing, N.D.Bhat & V.M.Panchal
4.Machine Drawing, N.Siddeshwar,P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri,published by Tata Mc GrawHill,2006
5. Automobile Engineering Drawing, R.B.Gupta, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing, S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS Publishers,
New Delhi, 2007
2. Machine Drawing with Auto CAD. Goutam Purohit & Goutham Ghosh, 1st Indian print
Pearson Education, 2005
3. Auto CAD 2006, for engineers and designers'. Sham Tickoo. Dreamtech 2005
NOTE:
Internal assessment: 25 Marks
All the sheets should be drawn in the class using software. Sheet sizes should be A3/A4. All sheets
must be submitted at the end of the class by taking printouts.
Two questions to be set from each Part-A, Part-B and Part-C
Student has to answer one question each from Part-A and Part-B for 20 marks each and one question
from Part-C for 60 marks.
i.e. PART-A 1x20 = 20 Marks
PART-B 1x20 = 20 Marks
PART-C 1x60 = 60 Marks
Total = 100 Marks
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY -II
Sub Code
Hrs/week
Total Lecture Hrs
AU46
03
40
IA Marks
Exam Hours
Exam Marks
Total Credits
50
03
50
03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To define various terms associated with casting processes

To explain methods of construction of moulds
To select molding machine and molding process based on material type
To select appropriate joining process, type of joints
To appreciate the importance of non-destructive testing
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C46.1
C46.2
C46.3
C46.4
Students will have a knowledge of manufacturing processes and the skills to develop and
manipulate the operating parameters for a given process.
Students will understand the different steps followed in manufacturing techniques.
Students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the role of economic
considerations in manufacturing process selection and optimization
Students will be able to identify, formulate and solve manufacturing engineering
problems.
C46 is the 6th course in 4th sem and 46.1 to 46.4 are the outcomes of this course.
MODULE 1:
Introduction to casting process:
Concept of Manufacturing process, its importance. Classification of Manufacturing processes.
Introduction to Casting process & steps involved. Varieties of components produced by casting
process. Advantages &Limitations of casting process.
Patterns: Definition, functions, Materials used for pattern, various pattern allowances. Classification
of patterns, Binder: Definition, Types of binder used in moulding sand.
Additives: Need, Types of additives used.
Types of base sand, requirement of base sand. Moulding sand mixture, ingredients for different sand
mixtures. Method used for sand moulding, such as Green sand, dry sand and skin dried moulds.
Concept of Gating & Risering. Principle and types. Casting defects, Causes, features and remedies.
Moulding Machines : Jolt type, Squeeze type, Jolt & Squeeze type.
08 Hours
MODULE 2:
Special moulding Process, melting Furnaces and its applications in automobiles: No bake moulds,
Flaskless moulds, Sweep mould, CO2 mould, Shell mould, Investment castings.
Metal moulds: Gravity die-casting, Pressure die casting, Centrifugal casting, Squeeze Casting, Slush
casting, Continuous Casting Processes, Manufacturing of piston by die casting.
Melting Furnaces:
Classification of furnaces. Constructional features & working principle of coke fired, oil fired and Gas
fired pit furnace, Resistance furnace, Coreless Induction furnace, Electric Arc Furnace 08 Hours
MODULE 3:
Welding process:
Definition, Principles, Classification, Application, Advantages & limitations of welding. Arc Welding:
Principle, Metal Arc welding , Flux Shielded Metal Arc Welding , Inert Gas Welding TIG & MIG
Submerged Arc Welding and Atomic Hydrogen Welding processes, Applications of new welding
technologies in Automobile industries-robotic welding.
Special types of welding and Metallurgical aspects, in welding : Resistance welding - principles,
Seam welding, Butt welding, Spot welding and projection welding. Friction welding, Explosive
welding, Thermit welding, Laser welding and Electron beam welding.
Formation of different zones during welding. Heat affected zone. Parameters affecting HAZ.. Concept
of electrodes, Filler rod and fluxes. Welding defects Detection causes & remedy.
Inspection Methods:
Methods used for Inspection of casting and welding. Visual, Magnetic particle, Fluorescent particle,
Ultrasonic, Radiography, Eddy current, Holography methods of Inspection, Acoustic emission,
inspection of camshaft and crankshafts by non destructive testing methods.
08 Hours
MODULE 4:
METAL FORMING PROCESS
Classification of metal working processes, characteristics of wrought products, advantages and
limitations of metal working processes, hydrostatic pressure in metalworking, workability of materials.
Forging: Classification of forging processes. Forging machines &equipment. Expressions for forging
pressures & load in open die forging and closed die forging by slab analysis, applications of forging in
automobile industries-rocker arm, connecting rod.
Rolling: Classification of rolling processes. Types of rolling mills, expression for Rolling load.
Defects in rolled products. Rolling variables, simple problems.
Drawing: Drawing equipment & dies, expression for drawing load by slab analysis, classification of
tube drawing, simple problems.
Extrusion: Types of extrusion processes, extrusion equipment & dies, deformation, lubrication &
defects in extrusion. Extrusion dies, Extrusion of seamless tubes.
08 Hours
MODULE 5:
Sheet & Metal Forming: Forming methods, dies & punches, progressive die, compound die,
combination die, Rubber forming, Open back inclinable press OBI press, piercing, blanking, bending,
deep drawing, , defects of drawn products, stretch forming. Roll bending & contouring, Simple
problems, metal forming technologies used in automobile industries-two and four wheeled vehicle
body. High Energy Rate Forming Methods: Principles, advantages and applications, explosive
forming, Electromagnetic forming.
Powder Metallurgy: Basic steps in Powder metallurgy brief description of methods of production of
metal powders, conditioning and blending powders, compaction and sintering application of powder
metallurgy components, advantages and limitations, Application of powder metallurgy in automobile
industries.
08 Hours
MODULE 1: Cores: Definition, Need, Types
MODULE 2: Cupola furnace
MODULE 3: Friction stir welding Gas Welding: Principle, Oxy Acetylene welding, Flame
characteristics. Gas torch construction & working, Forward and backward welding
MODULE 4: Residual stresses in wrought products, Die-design parameters, power requirement for
Tube drawing, Extrusion variables
MODULE 5: LDR in drawing, Forming limit criterion, Electro hydraulic forming, Automotive parts
cleaning machine
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Process-II, Dr.K. Radhakrishna, Sapna Book House, 5th Revised Edition 2009.
2 Manufacturing Process-II, by Kestoor praveen
3. Manufacturing & Technology: Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw
Hill, 2003.
4. Metal Forming process by Dieter
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology, Serope Kalpakjain, Steuen.R.Sechmid, Pearson Education Asia, 5th Ed.
2006.
2. Process and Materials of Manufacturing, Roy A Lindberg, 4th Ed. Pearson Edu. 2006
METALLOGRAPHY AND MATERIAL TESTING LAB

Sub Code
AUL47
IA Marks
Hours/week
03
Exam Hours
Total Lab Hours
40
Exam Marks
Total Credits
02
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
50
03
50
To demonstrate the conduct of experiments in Metallography and Material Testing Laboratory

using the principles of material science and mechanics of materials
To explain the working of different material testing machines
To conduct experiments, tabulate the data, plot graphs and make thorough analysis of results
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C407.1
C407.2
C407.3
C407.4
Apply the knowledge of Material Science and Mechanics of Materials to

demonstrate the conduct of experiments in Metallography and Material Testing
Laboratory
Explain the working principle of all the laboratory equipment
Explain the significance of the various tests conducted in practice, research works
etc
Explain the standard test procedures
PART A
1. Preparation of specimen for Metallographic examination of different engineering materials.
Identification of microstructures of plain carbon steel, Tool Steel, gray C.I, SG iron, Brass, Bronze &
composites.
2. Heat treatment: Annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering of steel. Hardness studies of heat
treated samples.
3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for different
parameters.
4. Non-destructive test experiments like, (a). Ultrasonic flaw detection (b), Magnetic crack detection
(c). Dye penetration testing. To study the defects of Cast and Welded specimens
PART B
Tensile, Shear and Compression tests of metallic and non metallic specimens using Universal
Testing Machine.
Torsion Test
Bending Test on metallic and nonmetallic specimens.
Impact Tests (Izod and Charpy) on MS, CI Specimens.
Brinnell, Rockwell and Vickerss Hardness test.
Fatigue Test.
Viva -Voice:
10 Marks
Total:
50 Marks
FOUNDRY AND FORGING LABORATORY

Sub Code
AUL48
IA Marks
Hours/week
03
Exam Hours
Total Lab Hours
40
Exam Marks
Total Credits
02
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
50
03
50
To apply knowledge of foundry and forging for the conduct of experiments in Foundry and
Forging laboratory using standard test procedures
To explain various foundry and forging tools and demonstrate their usage
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C408.1
C408.2
C408.3
C408.4
Apply the basic knowledge of Foundry and Forging to demonstrate the conduct
of experiments in Foundry and Forging Laboratory.
Explain the working principle of all the laboratory equipment and
accessories/tools
Explain the significance of the various tests conducted in practice, research works
etc
Explain the standard test procedures
PART A
1. Testing of Moulding sand and Core sand
Preparation of sand specimens and conduction of the following tests:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.

Permeability test
Core hardness & Mould hardness tests.
Sieve Analysis to find Grain Finest number of Base Sand
Clay content determination in Base Sand
PART B
2. Foundry Practice
Use of foundry tools and other equipments, Preparation of an automobile component mould using
cope and drag with or without pattern. (Split pattern, Match plate pattern and Core boxes). Preparation
of one casting (Aluminum or cast iron-Demonstration only)
PART C
3. Forging Operations
Calculation of length of the raw material required to do the model.
Preparing minimum three forged models involving upsetting, drawing and bending operations.
Out of these three models, at least one model is to be prepared by using Power Hammer.
One question is to be set from Part-A: 10 marks
One question is to be set from either
Part-B or Part-C: 30 marks
Calculation part in case of forging is made compulsory
Calculation + Foundry = 05 +25 = 30 Marks
(Forging)
Model
Viva-Voce: 10 marks.
Total:
50 marks.

(An Autonomous Institution affiliated to Visvesvaraya Technological University, Belagavi & recognized by AICTE)
NAAC Accredited with A Grade

ISO 9001:2008 Certified
B.E. BIOTECHNOLOGY
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
Examination
CIE
SEE
Total
Credits
MAT31
Engineering Maths-III
MAT
Maths
50
50
100
BT32
Basic Unit Operation
CHE/BT
BT
50
50
100
BT33
Biochemistry
BT
BT
50
50
100
BT34
Microbiology
BT
BT
50
50
100
BT35
Cell Biology and Genetics
BT
BT
50
50
100
BT36
Basics of Computer Application
BT/CSE/ISE
BT
50
50
100
BTL37
Biochemistry Lab
BT
BT
50
50
100
BTL38
Microbiology Lab
BT
BT
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Total
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling an Exposure
to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.


BASIC UNIT OPERATION

Sub Code: BT 32
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 52
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The Course introduces students to
1. To understand unit operations involved in biotechnological industry. To learn about various
types of fluids, their characteristics and applications,
2. To understand different types of pumps and also size reduction equipment.
3. To study particle size, shape and size distribution. Types of filtration, agitation& mixing.
4. To classify unit operations involved in biotechnological industry along with heat transfer. To
apply laws governing heat transfer operations, thermal conductivity & insulation, Solve
related problems.
5. To study mass transfer coefficients and fluxes apply to design distillation, extraction, drying
etc.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing the course the student is expected to know
1. Identify the various types of fluids, their characteristics and applications. Analyse the fluid
flow under various regimes, select suitable transport and metering mechanism.
2. Comprehend the concepts of size reduction, storage, filtration, sedimentation and mixing in
upstream and downstream processes.
3. Apply mathematical knowledge to formulate and analyze problems related to steady state
heat conduction, convection and insulation. Understand the working principle of boiling,
condensation, evaporation.
4. Analyze diffusional processes and estimate flux and mass transfer coefficients in a diffusion
process. Describe different methods of distillation and predict the VLE data. Explain working
principle of adsorption, extraction and leaching.
1


COURSE CONTENT:
MODULE 1: BASIC MOMENTUM TRANSFER: Fluid statics: Fluid definition,
classification, pressure measurement equation, Hydrostatic equilibrium, Barometric equation.
Fluid kinematics-Types of fluid flow, Continuity equation, Bernoullis equation from Eulers
equation and modified Bernoullis equation, Shear stress distribution and Velocity distribution in
steady laminar flow through pipes, Flow through circular conduits - Hagen Poiseuille equation.
Conceptual numerical on above topics.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Dimensionless numbers Reynolds number, Nusselt number, Prandtl

number, Grashoff number,(definition and equation) Boundary layer theory-Introduction,
Importance of boundary layer in heat and mass transfer).
MODULE 2: MOMENTUM TRANSFER: Flow past immersed body: Flow through bed of
particle (pressure drop calculation): Eargans equation, Burke-plummer equation and KozneyKarmen equation. Motion of spherical particle in stagnant fluid-Strokes and newtons range.
Fluidization-Introduction, minimum fluidization velocity, types of fluidization. Transporting and
metering of fluids- Characteristics curve of centrifugal pumps, cavitation and NPSH, Flow
equations of venture and orifice meter. Conceptual numerical on above topics.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Types of drag, drag coefficient on spherical particle, Pumps and types
of pumps).
MODULE 3: PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY: Particle size and shape: Particle shape and
size distribution, Mean particle sizes, Differential and cumulative sieve analysis, Size
distribution equations, Average particle size of mixtures and number of particle in a mixture.
Standard screen series. Size reduction mechanism and laws of size reduction, working
principle of ball mill (critical speed).Mixing-Mixing index in blending granular solid, rate of
mixing, Power required for agitation Filtration: Introduction, classification, Principles of cake
filtration, Pressure drop through filter cake, Compressible and incompressible cake, cake
resistance and medium resistance, constant rate filtration and pressure filtration equations.
2


Sedimentation: Kynch theory, theory of Settling and Sedimentation, batch settling test.
Conceptual numerical on above topics.
12 Hours
(Self-study component: Storage- Bulk and bin storage, Particle shape and size distribution).
MODULE 4: HEAT TRANSFER: Conduction :Fouriers law, steady state heat conduction
through uni-layer and multilayer walls and short cylinders, Insulation-, Critical thickness of
insulation. Convection-Forced and Natural convection equations, Individual and overall heat
transfer coefficient, Fouling factor, LMTD. Boiling: Correlations in pool boiling heat transfer.
Condensation-film wise and drop wise condensation Nusselts equation (no derivation).
Evaporation- Equations to find capacity and area of evaporator. Conceptual numerical on above
topics.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Modes of heat transfer. Thermal insulation, Types of boiling, Types of
evaporator).
MODULE 5: MASS TRANSFER: Diffusion mass transfer-Introduction, Molar fluxes, Ficks
law of diffusion, Steady state diffusion through a non-diffusing stagnant film, Equimolar counter
diffusion, Mass transfer coefficient. Drying-Introduction, Equilibria, Drying rate curves.
Mechanism of drying. Adsorption -Theories of adsorption. Isotherms. Leaching OperationIntroduction, calculation of single stage leaching. Liquid-Liquid Extraction-Ternary equilibrium,
single stage extraction. Distillation- relative volatility, Prediction of VLE from vapour pressure
data using Raoults law, Rayleighs equation.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Molecular and eddy diffusion, Types of distillation).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Unit operations in Chemical Engineering by McCabe W.L. and Smith J.C, McGraw-Hill
2. Transport Process Principles and Unit Operations by Christie Geankoplis, Prentice Hall
of India.
3. Introduction to chemical Engineering by Badger and Banchero, T M H Publication.
4. Unit Operations in Food Processing, By Earle R L, Pergamon Press.
5. Fluid Mechanics by K L Kumar, S Chand & Company Ltd.
3


6. Unit operation 1 and 2 by K.A.Ghavane, Nirali publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by Bailey J.E. and Oillis K, McGraw Hill.
2. Principles of Unit Operations by Alan S Foust, L.A. Wenzel, C.W. Clump, L. Maus, and
L.B.Anderson , John Wiley & Sons.
3. Chemical Engineering by Coulson and Richardson. Vols I & II. Elsevier Science.
4. Chemical Engineers Hand Book by Perry, McGraw Hill Publications
5. Process Heat Transfer by Kern, McGraw Hill.
6. Heat Transfer by J P Holman, McGraw Hill International Ed.
7. Mass Transfer Operations by Robert E. Treybal. McGraw-Hill Education


BIOCHEMISTRY
Sub Code: BT 33
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To provide an introduction to the basic concepts of organic chemistry and biochemistry
and the basic structures of biological compounds.
2. To establish an understanding of energy flow in living systems and various transport
mechanisms of biomolecules to the living cells and signal transductions.
3. To understand the biosynthetic and biodegradative pathways of carbohydrates, lipids,
amino acids and nucleotides and the cellular regulations of these pathways.
4. To learn and analyze the biodegradative pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids
and nucleotides and their interconversions to each other.
5. To examine the various metabolic disorders and underlying mechanisms that causes
them.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Graduates will be able to identify the structure function relationships of macromolecules,
illustrate biochemical pathways and perform calculations related to concentrations and
bioenergetics.
2. Graduates will be able to understand the metabolism of biomolecules and their
mechanisms of transport and interconversions by various organ systems.
3. Students will be able to identify the way food gets digested and absorbed and provide
energy in living systems.
4. Students will be able to integrate the roles played by various organs, biomolecules, their
transporters and their end products and identify the enzymes that catalyze reactions in
biological systems.


COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: BASIC CONCEPTS & BIOMOLECULES: Carbohydrates, fats and lipids,
structure and properties of phospholipids, glycolipids, steroids, amino acids and proteins.
Saponification, Iodination, Hydrogenation, Classes of Enzymes with examples. Biologically
important peptides, purines, pyrimidines.
10 Hours
(Self Study: Types of chemical reactions, pH, buffers and their properties, concentration of
solutions. Stereo chemistry of carbon compounds).
MODULE 2: METABOLISM OF CARBOHYDRATES AND LIPIDS: Glycolysis
metabolism. Aerobic and anaerobic pathway and regulation, TCA cycle, NADPH Cycle,
Glyoxylate cycle, Pentose Phosphate Pathway. Electron transport chain and oxidative
phosphorylation, energy balance sheet, Gluconeogenesis
regulation of gluconeogenesis.
Biosynthesis of polysaccharides. Biosynthesis of fatty acids, cholesterol, phospholipids,

glycolipids. Biodegradation of triglycerides and fatty acids., interconnection of pathways and
metabolic regulation.
12 Hours
(Self Study: Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism, Disorders of Lipid metabolism.)
MODULE 3: BIOENERGETICS: Structure and properties of ATP. High energy compounds,

Thermodynamic considerations, Coupling reactions of ATP and NDP (Nucleotide di phosphate);
photosynthesis, light reaction, dark reaction, Photosystems PS I & II; Mitochondrial Electron
transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation.
(Self
Study:
Energy,
energy flow cycle,
10 hours
energy conversion,
ancillary Pigments.)
MODULE 4: TRANSPORT MECHANISM: Passive transport and active transport, facilitated

transport, energy requirement, mechanism of Na+ / K+, glucose and amino acid transport.
Organization of transport activity in cell. Action Potentials: voltage gated and Ligand gated Ion
channels, acetyl choline and signal transduction. Role of transport in signal transduction
processes.
10 hours


(Self Study: Biological membranes: structure, permeability, properties, chloride-bicarbonate
exchanger of erythrocyte).
MODULE 5: METABOLISM OF AMINO ACIDS & NUCLEIC ACIDS: Biosynthesis and

catabolism of essential amino acids: Lysine, Phenylalaninine and Glutamine. Deamination,
transamination and urea cycle. Disorders of amino acid metabolism. Metabolism and regulation
of Purines, pyrimidines and precursors of nucleic acids (nucleosides & nucleotides).
10 hours
(Self Study: Disorders of nucleic acid metabolism, Case study on overproduction of glutamic
acid.)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Principles of Biochemistry by Albert Lehninger, CBS publishers.
2. Biochemistry by Nelson and Cox, Palgrave Macmilan, Freeman Edn.
3. Principles of Biochemistry by Lubert Stryer, Freeman Int. Edition.
4. Biochemistry by U Sathyanarayana, Books & Allied Publishers.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Biochemistry by Voet&Voet, Wiley New York.
2. Biochemistry by Trehan. K, New Age International.
3. Biochemistry & Molecular Biology by Elliot, William H., Oxford University Press.
4. Biochemistry of cell signaling by Helmreich, Oxford University Press.


MICROBIOLOGY
Sub Code: BT 34
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand the fundamentals of microbiology and various kinds of microorganisms.
2. To study the basic principles and techniques involved in microscopy, sterilization and
microbial cultivation.
3. To study the scope of microbial physiology, metabolism and genetics.
4. To study the medical microbiological concepts of bacteria, virus, protozoa and fungi.
5. To study the fundamental applications of microorganisms in agricultural, environmental
and industrial fields.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Graduates gain the fundamental knowledge microorganism in terms of classification,
diversity and taxonomy.
2. Graduates understand the theoretical principles behind various techniques used in
microbiology.
3. Graduates familiar to utilize microbiological concepts in environmental, medical and
industrial fields.
4. Graduates are equipped with microbiological perspectives required for human welfare
and societal developments.
COURSE CONTENT
MODULE
1:
INTRODUCTION
TO
MICROBILOGY
AND
STUDY
OF
MICROORGANISMS: Microbial Diversity and Taxonomy, Numerical taxonomy, Study of

microorganism-Structure, classification and reproduction of bacteria, Fungi, Protozoa and Algae.
Viruses, General features of Prions, Actinomycetes.
08 hours
(Self-study: History and scope of microbiology, Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes.)

8


MODULE 2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES IN MICROBIOLOGY: Microscopy:

Concepts, Bright field, Dark Field, Phase Contrast, Fluorescence and Electron Microscopy,
Micrometry. Pure culture techniques, Media preparation, Types of culture media, Culture
methods, staining techniques. Sterilization & disinfection-Physical methods, chemical, methods,
sterilization control
08 hours
MODULE 3: MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY, METABOLISM AND GENETICS: Microbial

growth kinetics, Sporulation and germination, metabolic pathways (Respiration and
Fermentation) important in Microorganisms, Genetic recombination of bacteria-Transformation,
conjugation and transduction.
(Self-study: Nutritional requirement of bacteria, Primary and secondary metabolites with
examples.)
08 hours
MODULE 4: MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY: Common diseases caused by microbesBacterial diseases: Typhoid, Diphtheria, Cholera, Tuberculosis, Leprosy, Plague, Syphilis,
Gonorrhea; Viral diseases: Herpes, Hepatitis, AIDS, SARS, H1N1, Dengue, Ebola, Zika and
MERS. Protozoan diseases: Malaria.
08 hours
(Self-study: Introduction to Medical Microbiology, Common types of fungal infections.)
MODULE 5: SOIL, ENVIRONMENTAL & INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY: Soil and

Agricultural Microbiology: Biofertilizers: Mycorrhizae and Rhizobium, Trichoderma
Air Microbiology: Air sampling principles and devices, significance of aerobiological studies.
Aquatic Microbiology: Microbiology of potable water, wastewater treatment, Microbes in
Bioremediation.
Industrial Microbiology: Production of antibiotics (Penicillin), Organic acids (citric acid),
Enzymes (Proteases) and Vitamin (Vitamin B12).
08 hours
(Self-study: Soil micro flora and biogeochemical cycles, Major types of microorganism in air,
Marine micro flora, Fresh water microflora.)


TEXT BOOKS
1. General Microbiology by Roger Y Stanier, John L Ingraham, and Mark L Wheels,
Macmillan Press Ltd.
2. Microbiology by Michael J Pelczar Jr Chan ECS, Noel R Krieg, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing co ltd.
3. Prescott, Harley, and Klein's Microbiology 8th edition. Joanne M. Willey, Linda
Sherwood, Christopher J. Woolverton. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
4. Principles of Microbiology: Ronald M Atlas, 1995.McGraw-Hill Inc., US.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Alcamos Fundamentals of Microbiology, Jeffery C Pommerville, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers.
2. Microbiology, An Introduction, Gerard J. Tortora, Berdell R. Funke, Christine L. Case,
2012. Pearson.
3. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations, Jacquelyn G. Black, 8th Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, 2012.
4. Microbial Physiology II Ed., Moat, A.G. and Foster, J.W, Wiley-Liss, New York.
10


CELL BIOLOGY & GENETICS

Sub Code: BT 35
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To make students understand the basics of Cell structure and functions including cell
division.
2. To make students appreciate the importance of cytoskeleton, receptors and cell
signalling.
3. To provide students the knowledge and understanding of the basics of genetics.
4. To enlighten students on chromosomes structure and organization & population genetics.
5. To afford students with the knowledge on sex chromosomes, inherited diseases, linkage
and crossing over.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Students would attain the basic knowledge in the field of cell biology and genetics and
comprehend the associated biological processes.
2. The knowledge acquired gives students the foundation to understand complex biological
systems and help them to have a perspective on genetic material and the abnormalities
associated with it.
3. This course equips students with the structural and functional details of cell and the
genetic material.
4. Students would acquire ability to write clear and well argued descriptions of these topics
based on course material and prescribed textbooks as well as understand the nature,
practice and applications of these subjects.
11


COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: CELL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION: Eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells,
Eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, Plant and animal cells, models of plasma membrane with
special reference to Singer and Nicolson model, Structure of cell organelles(cytoplasm, Nucleus,
Mitochondria, Ribosome, Golgi bodies, Lysosomes. Endoplasmic Reticulum, Peroxisomes,
Chloroplast and Vacuoles) Extra cellular matrix. Cell to cell integration, Cell division-Mitosis
and Meiosis.
08 hours
(Self study: Interactions of cells with extra cellular materials, Types of cell functions)
MODULE 2: CYTOSKELETON, RECEPTORS AND CELL SIGNALING: Microtubules:

structure & functions, Microfilaments: structure & functions. Structure of intermediate filaments.
Cytoplasmic microtrabecular system (lattice). Structure, Mechanism, Action of receptors
(cytosolic, Nuclear, Membrane bound receptors), cell signalling (Autocrine, Paracrine,
Endocrine models), endocytosis and exocytosis.
08 hours
(Self study: Cell locomotion -Ameoboid, Flagella, Cilia).
MODULE 3:INTRODUCTION TO GENETICS : Structure of DNA and RNA, Classical

experiments that led to Identification of genetic material (Griffith, Hershey & Chase, Avery and
McLeod)
Mendelian Laws of inheritance, monohybrid and dihybrid inheritance, law of
segregation & independent assortment, Gene interactions, supplementary genes - Comb patterns
in fowls, Complementary genes - Flower colour in sweet peas, Epistasis.
08 hours
(Self study: Multiple alleles and groups antigens. Non-Mendelian extranuclear inheritance
maternal inheritance)
MODULE 4: CHROMOSOMES
STRUCTURE AND TYPES & POPULATION
GENETICS: Chromosome, Centrosome, telomere, Chemical composition of chromatin,

structural
organization
of
nucleosomes,
heterochromatin.
Polytene
and
lamp-brush
chromosomes, human chromosomes, morphology, classification, karyotyping. Introduction to

population genetics, Hardy Weinberg equilibrium, Gene frequency, Mutation (Spontaneous and
induced), Eugenics.
08 hours
12


(Self study: changes in gene frequency, equilibrium estimation inbreeding and heterosis, genetic
structure of population, speciation and evolution.)
MODULE 5: SEX CHROMOSOMES,
INHERITED DISEASES, LINKAGE AND
CROSSING OVER: Sex determination in plants, animals XX-XY, XX-XO, ZW-ZZ, ZO-ZZ
types in animals. Chromosomal disorders.
Sex linked inheritance of molecular diseases,
hemoglobinopathies, Colour blindness, haemophilia. Linkage: Suttons view on linkage,

Morgans view on linkage, Bateson & Punnets Coupling & Repulsion hypothesis. Chromosome
theory of Linkage, kinds of linkage, linkage groups, types of Crossing over.
08 hours
(Self study: mechanism of Meiotic Crossing over, kinds of Crossing over, cytological detection
of Crossing over, significance of Crossing over, chromosomal maps, interference and
coincidence).
TEXT BOOKS
1. Cell Biology by Kimbal, Willey Pub.1978, 2nd edition. ISBN 13- 9780201036282.
2. Cell Biology by S C Rastogi, New Age International Pub,2005; ISBN- 8122416888,
9788122416886.
3. Genetics by Monroe W Strickberger, 3rd edition,Macmillan Pub. Newyork. ISBN0029467403, 9780029467404.
4. Principles of Genetics by Gardener, Simmons and Slustad.8th edition. Wiley Pub.
ISBN-9788126510436.
5. Molecular
Biology
of
cell.
Bruce
Alberts.4th
edition.cbs
publishers
and
distributors.ISBN-10: 0815340729.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Essential cell biology,4th edition, 2013,Bruce Alberts, Dennis Bray, Karen Hopkin,
Alexander D Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter. ISBN9780815344544.ASM press.
2. Molecular Aspects of Cell Biology,Garrett; Grisham, Harcourt College Publishers,
Orlando, FL, 1994,ISBN 10: 0030075971 / ISBN 13: 9780030075971
13


3. Cellular & Biochemical Science , G. Tripathi,2010, I K International Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd. ISBN-10: 818823785X; ISBN-13: 978-8188237852
4. Genes and Genomes-a changing perspective, M Singer, and P Berg, University science
Books,1991.ISBN-0935702172,9780935702170.
5. Molecular Cell Biology 3rd Edition, 1995, Harvey Lodish , David Baltimore , Arnold
Berk. W H Freeman & Co (Sd). ISBN-10: 0716723808;ISBN-13: 978-0716723806
14


BASICS OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Sub Code: BT 36
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To make students learn fundamental concepts about programming and database
management concepts.
2. To equip students with basic concepts of Ontologies and Matlab.
3. To make students learn the basics concepts of different data structures.
4. To make students learn the programming applications of C and C++.
5. To equip students with fundamental concepts of PERL and BIOPERL.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Students will be able to apply their knowledge of data structures in different
programming approaches.
2. Students will be able to implement PERL and BIOPERL in programming related to
biological applications.
3. Students will be able to apply Ontology and HTML aspects in managing and structured
representation of data.
4. Students will be able to implement SQL for database development.
COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: INTERNET and DATABASE MANAGEMENT: Internet Addresses, Internet
Protocol, Transport layer, Upper layer protocols, Web based applications, Biology search
engines, legal and ethical issues.
DBMS and RDBMS, E-R relationship, Introduction to SQL, basic commands, using SQL in MS
Access, creating and modifying tables, joining tables, simple queries using SQL, inner join, outer
joins.
08 hours
(Self study: (Overview of HTML and HTTP, Introduction to flat files).

15


MODULE 2: ONTOLOGIES and MATLAB: Overview of ontologies, gene ontologies, Open

biological ontologies (OBO) and its applications, TAMBIS ontology, cell cycle ontology, GeneX
ontology. Building ontology, ontology development tools (protg 2000, GKB editor, OilEd).
Introduction to MATLAB, features of MATLAB toolbox, Usage of MATLAB towards
biostatistical and biochemical applications. Modeling of biochemical and biotechnological
systems using MATLAB scientific computing environment.
08 hours
MODULE 3: DATA STRUCTURES AND C++ CONCEPTS: Basic data types, Stacks: Stack
specifications, Pushing, Popping, and Other Methods. Queues: Definitions, Queue Operations.
Linked lists: Basic concepts, Single liked list and Circular Linked Lists.
Introduction to Classes, Objects, C++ string classes, Introduction to OOPs concepts with respect
to C++ (Encapsulation, polymorphism, Inheritance).
08 hours
(Self study: Overview of C programming concepts, Variables, Operators, Statements, Functions

and Pointers).
MODULE 4: APPLICATIONS OF C AND C++ IN BIOTECHNOLOGY: Writing a C

program using numerical analysis technique towards solving the differential equations to
biotechnology (holding time for sterilization, estimating the length of the lag phase, calculation
of specific growth rate, doubling time, and substrate-to-cell yield coefficient, etc).
Write a C++ Program to find the optimum pH and temperature for maximum enzyme activity, to
derive the column height needed to achieve the specified degree of conversion in a fluidized-bed
biofilm reactor.
08 hours
MODULE 5: PERL: Introduction to Perl, writing and executing a Perl program. Data Types
Scalar, Arrays and Associative arrays. Operators, Variables and Special variables. Regular
expressions, Subroutines. Introduction to BioPerl, BioPerl Modules, Applications of BioPerl.
08 hours
16


TEXT BOOKS
1. Internet: The complete reference by Margaret Levine Young, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Principles Of Data Structures Using C And C++ by Vinu V. Das, New Age International,
2006
3. D. Curtis Jamison. Perl Programming for Biologists by, Wiley-IEEE, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. SQL Simplified: Learn to read and write SQL by Cecelia. L. Allison, Jones and Bartlett.
2. SQL queries for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to data manipulation in SQL by Michael
J. Hernandez and John. L. Viescas, Addison Wesley.
3. Curtis Jamison D. Perl Programming for Biologists, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
17


BIOCHEMISTRY LAB
Sub Code: BTL 37
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn fundamental approaches for solving biochemical problems.
2. To have the basic understanding of qualitative and quantitative estimations.
3. To learn to apply the biochemical methods to realistic situations.
4. To extract and analyze bioactive compounds from plant sources.
5. To equip students with basic methods of laboratory analysis and interpretation of results.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. The students will be able to solve basic problems, biochemical calculations and perform
qualitative analysis.
2. Students will be able to perform quantitative analysis of biomolecules.
3. Students will have the knowledge of various biochemical tests used in clinical labs as well
those used to test the quality of oils/lipids.
4. Students will be able to plan biochemical experiments related to their future project work.
COURSE CONTENT
1. Qualitative tests for carbohydrate and lipids.
2. Qualitative tests for amino acids and proteins.
3. Estimation of blood sugar by Folin method.
4. Estimation of inorganic phosphate by Fiske-Subbarao method.
5. Estimation of amino acid by ninhydrin method.
6. Estimation of total cholesterol from Serum.
7. Determination of Saponification and Acid Value value of lipids.
8. Determination of Iodine value of lipid.
9. Estimation of urea by diacetylmonooxime method.
18


10. Estimation of iron from hemoglobin.
11. Estimation of proteins by Bradford Method.
12. Extraction of Phytochemicals and Qualitative Analysis.
Text Books
1. An introduction to practical biochemistry by Plummer, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Modern Experimental Biochemistry by Rodney Boyer, Pearson Education.
3. Practical Biochemistry by Cole, Cambridge University Press.
4. Practical Biochemistry by Keith Wilson, Cambridge University Press.
Reference Books
1. Experimental Biochemistry by Beedu Sashidhar Rao and Vijay Deshpande, I.K.Intl.
2. Lab Math by Dany Spencer Adams, IK Intl. Pub. House.
3. Laboratory Manual for Practical Biochemistry Shivaraja Shankara YM, Shankara,
Ganesh MK.
4. Lab Ref by Jaine Roskams& Linda Rodgers, IK Intl. Pub. House.
19


MICROBIOLOGY LAB
Sub Code: BTL 38
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn various aseptic techniques required for routine microbiology exercises.
2. To get technical exposure to the procedures required for the cultivation of bacteria and
fungi.
3. To acquire technical skills for the morphological, physiological and biochemical
characterization of bacteria and fungi.
4. To learn basic microbiological techniques employed in medical microbiology.
5. To acquire the skills required for performing various exercises in food microbiology.
COURSE OUTCOME
1. Graduates will understand the working principle and standard operating procedures of
laboratory equipments.
2. Graduates will be trained in various aseptic techniques and basic microbiology
procedures.
3. Graduates will be able to isolate, identify and characterize microorganisms from various
sources.
4. Graduates will be equipped with microbiological skills to address societal and
environmental concerns.
COURSE CONTENT
1. Instrumentation-Microscopy, Autoclave, Hot air over, Bacteriological Incubator, Laminar
Airflow and other instruments used in Microbiology labs.
2. Culture media preparation: Preparation of agar plates, agar slants and agar deeps
3. Isolation of bacteria (streak plate, pour plate and spread plate techniques) and fungi
20


4. Enumeration
of
viable
count
(serial
dilution
techniques)
and
total
count
(haemocytometer).
5. Determination of size of cell or spore by micrometry.
6. Staining- Simple staining-Negative staining; Differential staining-Gram staining, Capsule
staining, endospore and flagella staining.
7. Staining of Fungi by LPCB method.
8. Determination of bacterial motility by hanging drop techniques
9. Characterization of bacteria by Biochemical tests: IMViC, Catalase, Oxidase, Urease,
hydrogen sulphide, carbohydrate fermentation, Nitrate reduction, Starch hydrolysis,
10. Determination of quality of milk by MBRT and Resazurine tests.
11. Study of bacterial growth curves
12. Antibiotic sensitivity tests by disc diffusion test.
TEXT BOOKS
1. James Cappuccino & Natalie Sherman, Microbiology: A Laboratory Manual, Benjamin
Cummings
2. Aneja, K.R. Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology, New Age
International
3. Principles of Microbiology, Ronald M Atlas, McGraw-Hill Higher Education
4. Microbiology-Ananthanaryan & Jayaram Panicker, Orient Blackswan
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Microbiology by Pelczar, Chan and Krig, W.C Brown Pub.
2. General Microbiology by Stainer Ingraham and Wheeler, Mac Milan Pub.
3. A text book of Microbiology by P.Chakraborthy, New Central Book Agency.
4. Fundamentals of Microbiology and Immunology by Ajit Kumar Banerjee. CABI
Publishing.
21


B.E. BIOTECHNOLOGY
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
1
2
BT41
BT42
Bioprocess Principles and Calculations

Structural Biology
BT43
Applied Unit Operation
BT44
BT45
Biostatistics and Biomodelling

Biochemical Thermodynamics
6
7
BT46
BTL47
Molecular Biology
Cell and Molecular Biology Lab
BTL48
Momentum Transfer and Mechanical

Operations Lab
Total
Teaching
Department
Board
CHE/BT
BT
Teaching
Hours/Week
Examination
Credits
CIE
SEE
Total
BT
BT
4
4
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
4
4
BT
BT
50
50
100
MAT/BT
BT
50
50
100
BT
BT
50
50
100
BT
BT
BT
BT
3
0
0
1
0
2
50
50
50
50
100
100
3
2
CHE/BT
BT
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/Providing extended scope/ Enabling an Exposure to
some other discipline/domain /nurturing student proficiency skills.


BIOPROCESS PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS

Sub Code: BT 41
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 52
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce the basic principles & calculation techniques in stoichiometry.
2. To introduce students with material balances calculations without reactions in industrial
unit operations. To review principles in thermochemistry.
3. To introduce students with principles of material balances calculations with chemical
and biochemical reactions in industrial operations.
4. To introduce to basic thermodynamics and basic energy balance calculations.
5. To make student aware of concepts of conversion, yield & selectivity and biological
calculations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Apply the basic concepts of process calculations in biochemical engineering
applications.
2. Formulate and solve the material balances on steady state unit operations involving
with & without reaction.
3. Formulate and solve the energy balances of chemical reactions.
4. Formulate and solve the stoichiometric equations for microbial growth & product
formation. The student will be able to understand basic application of various unit
operations & unit processes to industrial &theoretical problems.
5. They will be able to do basic calculations for biological systems & access the
property data from appropriate sources.


COURSE CONTENT:
MODULE 1: BASIC CHEMICAL CALCULATIONS AND MATERIAL BALANCE:
Expressing composition of mixtures and solutions - Percentage by weight percentage, mole
percentage and Volume percentage; Normality, Morality, Molality.
11
Hours
(Self-study component: Generalized material balance equations for distillation, absorption,
extraction, crystallization, mixing, drying and evaporation.
MODULE 2: MATERIAL BALANCE WITHOUT CHEMICAL REACTIONS AND

FUELS : Material balances calculation in Distillation, Absorption, Extraction, Crystallization,
Drying, Mixing and Evaporation Operations, numerical. characteristics of fuels, Ultimate and
proximate analyses of fuels.
10
Hours
(Self-study component: Fuels types of fuels, (solid, liquid and gaseous fuel), relevance to
biofuels,)
MODULE 3: MATERIAL BALANCE INVOLVING
CHEMICAL REACTIONS:
Material balances calculation involving bypass and recycle operations. Generalized material
balance equations, Principles of stoichiometry, Definitions of limiting and excess reactants,
fractions and percentage conversion, yield and percentage yield, Selectivity, problems relating
to these unit processes.
11 Hours
(Self-study component: unit process neutralization, oxidation, nitration, hydrolysis)
MODULE 4: ENERGY BALANCE :General energy balance equation for steady state. Heat
capacity, estimation of heat capacity.Enthalpy, Standard Heat of formation, standard heat of
reaction, Standard heat of combustion, Calculation of heat of reaction at elevated temperature.
10 Hours
(Self-study component:Laws of thermodynamics and calorific value)


MODULE
5:
BIOPROCESS
PRINCIPLES
AND
STOICHIOMETRY
OF
BIOPROCES: General material balance equation for manufacture of penicillin and ethanol outline of and bioprocess and the various (upstream and downstream) unit operations involved
in bioprocesses. Stoichiometry of microbial growth and product formation,yield coefficients
calculation.
08 Hours
(Self-study component:Historical development of bioprocess technology;Bioprocess
principles and operations).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of Biochemistry by David L. Nelson (Editors), W.H. freeman and company.
2. Bioprocess Engineering Principles by Pauline Doran, Academic Press.
3. Biochemical Engg. Fundamentals by J E Bailey & D. F. Ollis, McGraw Hill.
4. Biochemical Calculations by I.H.Segel, John Wiley & Sons.
5. Stoichiometry by K AGhavane, Nirali publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering by David Himmelblau, PHI
2. Bioprocess Engineering by Shule and Kargi, Prentice Hall.


STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY
Sub Code: BT 42
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To study the fundamentals of biomolecules and structural and functional aspects of
proteins.
2. To study the structural and functional perspectives of nucleic acids and biomembranes
3. To study various biophysical techniques involved in the structural elucidation of
biomolecules.
4. To study various spectroscopic techniques involved in the structural elucidation of
biomolecules.
5. The study the scope of biomolecular interactions and molecular dynamics in functional
analysis of macromolecules.
COURSE OUTCOME
1. Students gain basic knowledge on the structural organization and functional aspects of
various biomolecules.
2. Graduates are familiar with the techniques used for the structural elucidation of
macromolecules.
3. Graduates are familiar with the theoretical concepts behind various techniques used for
functional analysis of macromolecules.
4. Graduates are equipped with the applied aspects required for the study of biological
macromolecules and their dynamism.
COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION & PROTEIN STRUCTURE : Structural organization
of proteins- Primary structures of proteins, peptide bond- features, phi, psi, omega angles,
Ramachandran or steric contour diagram, Secondary structures of proteins- alpha helices, beta


sheets, super secondary structures, Tertiary structure of proteins- Forces stabilizes, Fibrous and
globular proteins, Quaternary structures - Dimers, trimers, tetramers, Structural families and
domains. Protein folding- General features and thermodynamic aspects, folding kinetics.
10 hours
(Self Study: Introduction to structural biology, scope and application. Brief discussions on
biomolecules- Amino acids, Nucleic acids, Adenylates, Carbohydrates, Lipids, Cofactors,
Vitamins and Hormones.)
MODULE 2: STRUCTURE OF NUCLEIC ACIDS AND BIOMEMBRANE: General

characteristics of nucleic acid structures (A, T, G, C, U), Forces and stabilizing geometries,
Base pairing types, Base stacking, Ribose puckering. Stabilizing ordered forms of DNA (A, B
and Z), Tertiary structure of DNA (Supercoiled DNA) and RNA (tRNA). Thermodynamic
aspects of DNA melting, Hyperchromicity.
11 hours
(Self Study: Historical perspectives of nucleic acid structure elucidation, Structure of
biomembrane, molecular reception and signal transduction.)
MODULE 3: BIOPHYSICAL TECHNIQUES: Rayleigh scattering, Ultra centrifugation,

Electron microscopy (SEM-TEM) Atomic Force Microscopy, Cryoelectron Miroscopy
Luminescence (fluorescence & phosphorescence), Viscometry.
Calorimetry-DSC, Mass
spectrometry-LC-MS, MALDI-TOF, Voltage Clamp and Patch Clamp.
10
hours
MODULE 4: SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: X-ray diffraction : Structure

dtermination via single Crystal diffraction, Fibre diffraction; Neutron diffraction. XAFS.
NMR spectroscopy, ORD/CD, UV, IR, Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Laser Raman, ESR/EPR.
11 hours


MODULE 5: BIOMOLECULAR INTERACTIONS & MOLECULAR DYNAMICS
Protein-protein interactions, Protein-nucleic acid interactions, Proteinlipid interaction.
Introduction to molecular mechanics and dynamics, Newtonian mechanics and Monte Carlo
Simulations, Force field, results of molecular dynamics calculations and their implications to
biological function.
10
hours
(Self study: Association of macromolecules, Molecular conjugates, Supramolecular
interactions)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Lehninger, Nelson and Cox, Principles of Biochemistry, 4th Edition, W. H. Freeman
& Company, 2006.
2. Voet & Voet, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2012.
3. Biochemistry, L. Stryer, W.H. Freeman, San Francisco.
4. Biochemical techniques by Wilson and Walker, Cambridge University Press.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Biophysical Chemistry by Cantor R. and Schimmel P.R, W. H. Freeman.
2. Introduction to Protein Structure by Carl Branden and John Tooze, Garland
Publishing.
3. Biophysics An Introduction by Cotterill, Wiley Student Edition.
4. Principles of protein structure by G Schulz and R H Schrimer, Springer Verlag.


APPLIED UNIT OPERATION

Sub Code: BT 43
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 52
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The Course introduces students to
1. To understand unit operations involved in biotechnological industry. To learn about various
types design considerations in momentum transfer operations, particulate technology.
2. Students will study Heat transfer operations, they will know about preliminary design
considerations of heat exchanger, condenser and evaporator.
3. To understand mass transfer operations, students will study the design aspects of drying
,extraction, adsorption and distillation
4. Students will also be introduced about various types of unit operation applications involved
in
separation
techniques
like
Chromatographic,
Electrophoretic
separations,
Centrifugation.
5. They will learn membrane based separations principle and design aspects.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Various types of fluid transporting and fluid metering equipments, contacting columns.
2. Comprehend the concepts of mixing, size reduction, filtration, sedimentation equipments
and storage technique.
3. Apply Design concept of heat transfer equipments to design heat exchanger condensers
and evaporators.
4. Analyse diffusional processes to design distillation, drying, leaching, extraction
equipments. Understand the downstream separation techniques for separating valuable
products including membrane techniques.


COURSE CONTENT:
MODULE
1:
APPLIED
MOMENTUM
TRANSFER
AND
MECHANICAL
OPERATIONS: Pressure measurement- Manometers, (simple and differential).ColumnsPacked bed columns and fluidised bed columns, types of packing. Pumps and Pipes-Capacity
of pump calculation by modified Bouroullies equation, Flow mesurments-Venturimeter,
Orificemeter, Rotameter and Pitot tube (construction and working).Size Reduction-Jaw
crusher, Ball mill and hammer mill(construction and working).Screening-Capacity and
efficiency of screen, Filtration-Plate and frame, rotary drum and leaf filters, Filter aids, Filter
media, Design of filtration (to find cake and medium resistance),Rate of washing.
Sedimentation-Design of thickner, Dorr thickner (construction and working).Storage-Storage
equipments.
11 Hours
(Self-study component: Types of manometers, Pipe fittings, Valves (Gate, Globe, Plug and
Ball valve),Positive displacement pump, Rotary pump and centrifugal pump(construction and
working),Mixing-Pony mixer, Beater mixer, Muller mixer, and Ribbon blender(construction
and working),Screening equipment (Gyrated, vibrated and Trommel)).
MODULE 2: APPLIED HEAT TRANSFER: Convection: Application of dimensionless

analysis to find heat transfer coefficients for natural and forced convention. Overall heat
transfer coefficients from individual coefficients, Introduction to design of heat exchangers(No
mechanical design).Condensers: Vertical and Horizontal condensers, Introduction to design of
condensers, Evaporator-Open pan, horizontal tube, verticaltube, forced circulation, forward
feed, backword feed, multiple effect evaporators (construction and working).
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Heat exchangers: Construction and working of double pipe and shell
and tube( 1-2,2-4 and 1-4 type) heat exchangers).
MODULE 3: APPLIED MASS TRANSFER: Drying: Continuous through-circulation

rotary drier, Liquid-Liquid Extraction-Design of continuous contact columns, AdsorptionContinuous contactor, Fixed bed adsorber (construction and working).Distillation-Design of


distillation column by McCabe-Thiele method and introduction to column design by Ponchonsavarit method, Plate columns and packed columns (construction and working).Azeotrops and
Azeotropic distillation techniques.
11
Hours
(Self-study component: Spray drier, Fluidised bed dryer (construction and working),Mixer
settlers, plate column, packed column (construction and working),Leaching- Bollman
extractor, Rotocel extractor(construction and working)).
MODULE 4: SEPERATION TECHNIQUE: Supercritical extraction, Chromatographic

separation processes, Electrophoretic separations, hybrid separation technologies, Dialysis,
Crystallization (Qualitative description).Partition chromatography- Single dimensional (Both
Ascending and Descending) and two dimensional chromatography - Thin layer
chromatography, Gas liquid Chromatography, Adsorption column chromatography. Ion
Exchange Chromatography (Qualitative description). Centrifugation-Centrifugation principles
and design considerations.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Cell disruption-Cell disruption methods for intracellular products,
removal of insoluble, biomass (and particulate debris)).
MODULE 5: MEMBRANE SEPERATION TECHNIQUES:
Membrane
based
separations theory- Design and configuration of membrane separation equipment, Solute

polarization and cake formation in membrane. Application of membrane separation- enzyme
processing using ultrafiltration membranes; separation by solvent membranes; reverse osmosis.
10 Hours
(Self-study component: Ultra-filtration-causes, consequences and control techniques, Use of
membrane diffusion as a tool forseparating and characterizing naturally occurring polymers).
Text Books:
1. Unit operations in Chemical Engineering by McCabe W.L. and Smith J.C, McGrawHill


2. Transport Process Principles and Unit Operations by Christie Geankoplis, Prentice Hall
of India.
6. Unit operation 1 and 2 by K.A.Ghavane, Nirali publications.
Reference Books:
1. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by Bailey J.E. and Oillis K, McGraw Hill.
2. Principles of Unit Operations by Alan S Foust, L.A. Wenzel, C.W. Clump, L. Maus,
and L.B.Anderson , John Wiley & Sons.
3. Chemical Engineering by Coulson and Richardson. Vols I & II. Elsevier Science.
4. Chemical Engineers Hand Book by Perry, McGraw Hill Publications
5. Process Heat Transfer by Kern, McGraw Hill.
6. Heat Transfer by J P Holman, McGraw Hill International Ed.
7. Mass Transfer Operations by Robert E. Treybal. McGraw-Hill Education.


BIOSTATISTICS AND BIOMODELING

Sub Code: BT 44
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To make students learn the basic concepts of statistics.
2. To make students learn fundamental concepts of probability.
3. To equip students with the concepts of statistical tests and inference.
4. To improve their ability to analyze the statistical data with relevance to biotechnology.
5. To make students understand different statistical models and applications in
biotechnology.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Students will be able to understand and apply basic concepts of statistics in different
applications
2. Students will be able to design and develop statistical models to solve problems with
relevance to biotechnology
3. Students will be able to apply different statistical hypothesis tests to assess statistical
significance
4. Students will be able to apply and analyze the statistical models for specific data
COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: Scope of biostatistics, definition. Sampling & selection bias, probability
sampling, random sampling, sampling designs. Descriptive statistics: Measure of central
tendency (arithmetic mean, geometric mean, harmonic mean, median, quartiles, mode);
Measure of dispersion (range, quartile deviation, mean deviation and standard deviation,
coefficient of variation). Correlation and regression analysis (simple and linear) curve fitting
(linear, non-linear and exponential).


(Self study: data collection, presentation of data, graphs, charts (scale diagram, histogram,
frequency polygon, frequency curve, logarithmic curves)
08 Hours
MODULE 2: Probability: Axioms, models, conditional probability, Bayes rule, Genetic
Applications of Probability, Hardy - Weinberg law, Wahlund's Principle, Likelihood of
paternity, Probability distributions: Discrete probability distributions - Binomial, Poisson,
geometric derivations. Central limit theorem. Continuous probability distribution normal,
exponential, gamma distributions, beta and Weibull distributions, t & F distributions.
08 Hours
MODULE 3: Statistical inference: Estimation theory and testing of hypothesis, point
estimation, interval estimation, sample size determination, simultaneous confidence intervals,
parametric and non-parametric distributions (t-test, F-test, Chi Squared distribution, goodness
of
fit
test)
analysis
of
variance
(one-way
and
two-way
classifications).
08 Hours
MODULE 4:
Design of experiments: Sample surveys, comparisons groups and
randomization, random assignments, single and double blind experiments, blocking and
extraneous variables, limitations of experiments. Case studies: Statistical tools for setting in
process acceptance criteria; t-Test based approach for confirming human antibody response to
therapeutic drug; Population statistics for cases related to cigarette smoking, Lung cancer,
endangered plants species, epidemics etc.
08
Hours
MODULE 5: Biomodeling: Microbial Growth in a Chemostat, Growth Equations of Microbial

populations, Models of Commensalisms, Mutualism, Predation and Mutation. Volterras
Model for n Interacting Species. Basic Models for Inheritance, Selection and Mutation Models,
Genetic Inbreeding Models.
Hours
08


TEXT BOOKS
1. Principles of Biostatistics by Marcello Pagano & Kimberlee G, Thompson Learning.
2. Introduction to Biostatistics by Ronadd N Forthofer and Eun Sul Lee, Academic Press.
3. Statistical methods in Biology by Norman T J Bailey, Cambridge Press.
4. Mathematical Models in Biology and Medicine by J.N.Kapur New Age International.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Introduction to Mathematical Biology by S I Rubinow, John Wiley.
2. An introduction to Biostatistics by P.S.S.Sundar Rao and J.Richard, Prentice Hall of
India.
3. Probability and statistics for engineers by Miller, Freund and Johnson, Prentice Hall.
4. Fundamentals of Biostatistics by Veer Bala Rastogi, Ane Books India


BIOCHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS
Sub Code: BT 45
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To get a thermodynamics has proved to be of immense importance in Chemistry,
biology and energy.
2. Application of thermodynamic basic concepts in Bio-chemical reaction.
3. To understand the PVT behavior and biochemical equlibira in biological application.
4. Study of Pure fluids behavior like fugacity, partial molar properties and chemical
potential in fluids.
5. Understand the concept of VLE in Pure fluids and Azeotropic mixtures.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Use fundamentals of integrated bio chemical thermodynamics principles to evaluate a
biology and real world topic.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the role bio chemical thermodynamics in the reactor
designs, vapor liquid equilibrium and industrial applications
3. How energy flows in biological cells and how heat energy is use full for assembling
macro structures like the cell.
4. Enhance their problem solving in basics of design and bio-chemical principles.
MODULE 1: BASIC CONCEPTS: System, Surrounding & Processes, Closed and Open
systems, State and Properties, Intensive & Extensive Properties, State and Path functions,
Equilibrium state and Phase rule, Zeroth law of Thermodynamics, Heat reservoir and Heat engines.
General statement of First law of Thermodynamics, First law for Cyclic Process, Non-Flow
Process, Flow process, Heat capacity. General statements of the second law, Concept of entropy,


the
carnot
principle,
Calculation
of
entropy
changes,
Clausius
inequality.
08 Hours
(Self Study: Reversible and Irreversible processes Entropy and Irreversibility, Third law of
Thermodynamics).
MODULE 2: PVT BEHAVIOR AND BIOCHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM: PVT behavior of

pure fluids, equations of state and ideal gas law, Processes involving ideal gas law: Constant
volume, constant pressure constant temperature, adiabatic and polytrophic processes. Equations of
state for real gases: Van-der Waals equation, virial equation. Coupled reactions and energy rise
compounds, reaction stoichiometry, criteria of biochemical Reaction equilibrium, equilibrium
constant and standard free energy change, effect of Temperature, pressure on equilibrium constants.
08 Hours
(Self Study: liquid phase reactions, heterogeneous bio-reaction equilibria, phase rule for reacting
systems actors affecting equilibrium conversion Le chateliers principle).
MODULE 3: THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES: Energy properties, Derived properties,

Helmholtz free energy, Gibbs free energy, Relationships among thermodynamic Properties: Exact
differential equations, fundamental property relations, Maxwell's equations, Clapeyron equations,
Entropy heat capacity relations, Relationships between Cp & Cv, Gibbs- Helmholtz equation.
08
Hours
(Self Study: Effect of temperature on U, H & Entropy (S), modified equations for internal energy
(U) & enthalpy (H) Principles of corresponding states, generalized compressibility charts.
Reference properties).
MODULE 4: Fugacity and Partial molar properties: Fugacity: Fugacity, Fugacity coefficient,
effect of temperature and pressure on fugacity, Determination of fugacity of pure gases, Fugacities
of solids and liquids, Activity: Effect of temperature and pressure on activity. Departure functions
and generalized charts, thermodynamic diagrams types of diagrams and construction of
thermodynamic diagrams. Partial molar properties - Partial molar properties of solutions,
determination of partial molar properties, chemical potential effect of temperature and pressure,
Gibbs - Duhem equation.


08
Hours
(Self Study : lewis randall rule, Raoults law for ideal solutions, Henry's law and dilute solutions
ideal behavior of real solutions and Henrys law, Activity in solutions, Activity coefficients
effect of temperature and pressure, Property changes of mixing, excess properties excess Gibbs
free
energy).
MODULE 5: Vapor Liquid Eqiliibia: Criteria of phase equilibria, criterion of stability, Duhem's
theorem, Vapour-Liquid Equilibria, VLE in ideal solutions, Non-Ideal solutions - azeotropes, VLE
at low pressures activity co efficient equation, bubble point and dew point equilibria, LiquidLiquid Equilibrium diagrams binary liquid Equilibrium diagrams.
08
Hours
(Self Study : Consistency test for VLE data using slope of ln curves, using partial pressure data,
calculation of activity coefficients using Gibbs -Duhem equation).
TEXT BOOKS
Introduction to Chemical Engineering thermodynamics by Smith & Vanness, MGH.
Biochemical Calculations by I.H.Segel, John Wiley & Sons.
Engineering Thermodynamics by R K Singal, I K Intl.
Engineering Thermodynamics by Spading and Cole, ELBS.
Engineering Thermodynamics by Jones J.B. Hawkins, John Wiley.
Principles of Biochemistry by Albert Lehninger, CBS publishers.
Biochemistry by Nelson and Cox, Palgrave Macmilan.
Bioenergetics by L Eruster, Academic Press, New York.
REFERENCE BOOKS
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by Y.V.C. Rao, New Age International.
A Textbook of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by K.V. Narayanan, PHI.
Principles of Biochemistry by Lubert Stryer, Freeman Int. Edition.
Biochemistry by Mathews, Vanholde & Arhen, Pearson Education.
Biochemistry by Garett & Grisham, Thompson Learning.


MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Sub Code: BT 46
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVE
1. Understand central dogma and updated central dogma of molecular biology.
2. Understand the molecular mechanism of replication and transcription in prokaryotes
and eukaryotes.
3. Understand the molecular pathways of translation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
4. Understand the concepts of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
5. Understand the concepts of Genetic recombination & mutation.
COURSE OUTCOME
1. Student would gain knowledge about molecular mechanism in central dogma of
molecular biology.
2. Student understands the regulation of gene expression.
3. Student understands genetic material and various applications in interdisciplinary areas.
4. Molecular biology lays foundation for genetic engineering.
COURSE CONTENT
MODULE 1: REPLICATION: Chromosomal theory of heredity; genes and their location.
Information flow in biological systems: central dogma, updated central dogma. Structures and
forms of nucleic acids DNA and RNA. Replication of DNA, structure and function of DNA
polymerases, models of replications in prokaryotes.
Hours
(Self Study: Mechanism of DNA replication and enzymes involved in eukaryotes.)
08


MODULE 2: TRANSCRIPTION
Genetic code, RNA polymerase- structure and function of RNA polymerases (prokaryotes &
eukaryotes), mechanism of transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, transcription factors,
post-transcriptional processing (RNA editing, siRNA, splicing, poly A tail and 5 capping),
transcription inhibitors. Regulation of transcription.
08
Hours
(Self Study: RNA interference and its applications.)
MODULE 3: TRANSLATION Mechanism of translation, activation of amino acid initiation,

elongation and termination of protein synthesis. Post translational modification and protein
targeting, protein splicing. Differences between prokaryotic and eukaryotic protein synthesis.
(Self Study: Inhibitors of transcription and translation. Regulation of translation. )
08
Hours
MODULE 4: GENE EXPRESSION IN PROKARYOTES & EUKARYOTES

Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes: Operon model, gal, lac, trp Operons; positive
versus negative regulation. Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression, transcriptional control.
08
Hours
(Self Study: Homeobox in the control of developments in insects and vertebrates).
MODULE 5: GENETIC RECOMBINATION & MUTATION: Genetic recombination in

bacteria and viruses, site specific recombination, transposons and insertion sequences;
Retroviruses. DNA damage & Repair, Mutation, Role of recombination and transposition in
evolution; gene mapping techniques.
Hours
(Self Study: protooncogenes and Oncogenes.)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Essentials of Molecular Biology by David Freifelder, Narosa Pub. House.
2. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al., Garland Publishing.
08


3. Principles of Gene manipulation and Genomics by Primrose, Oxford University Press.
4. Molecular Biology of the Gene by James D Watson et al., Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Molecular Cell Biology by Darnell J Lodish & H Baltimore, Freeman Pub.
2. Biochemistry & Molecular Biology by William H Elliot and Daphane C Elliot, Oxford
University Press.
3. Current protocols in molecular biology edited by Frederick M. Ausubel et al., John
Wiley & Sons.
4. Genes IX, by Benjamin Lewin, Jones & Bartlett Publishers.


CELL & MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LABORATORY
Sub Code: BTL 47
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand central dogma and updated central dogma of molecular biology.
2. Understand the molecular mechanism of replication and transcription in prokaryotes
and eukaryotes.
3. Understand the molecular pathways of translation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
4. Understand the concepts of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
5. Understand the concepts of Genetic recombination & mutation.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Graduates will understand the concept and techniques related to cell and molecular
biology.
2. Graduates will be able to analyze cell division, types of chromosomes and somatic cell
hybridization.
3. Graduates will acquire technical skills to isolate DNA from different sources.
4. Graduates will be able to apply molecular biology techniques of transformation,
conjugation and cloning in the field of genetic engineering.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Study of divisional stages in Mitosis using onion root tips.
2. Study of divisional stages in Meiosis using onion flower buds/grass hopper testes.
3. Study of Polytene and Lampbrush chromosomes using salivary glands of Drosophila
melanogaster and permanent slides.
4. Isolation of plant protoplasts by enzymatic method and Chemical fusion of plant protoplasts
(PEG).
5. Determination of chlorophyll pigment by paper chromatography.
6. Study of leukocytes in human blood sample (microscopic method)


7. Isolation of plasmid DNA from E.coli
8. Isolation of plant genomic DNA
9. Isolation of bacterial genomic DNA
10. Agarose gel electrophoresis
11. Quantification of nucleic acids. (spectrophotometric method)
12. Restriction Digestion of plasmid DNA.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Essentials of Molecular Biology by David Freifelder, Narosa Pub. House.
2. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al., Garland Publishing.
3. Principles of Gene manipulation and Genomics by Primrose, Oxford University Press.
4. Molecular Biology of the Gene by James D Watson et al., Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Molecular Cell Biology by Darnell J Lodish & H Baltimore, Freeman Pub.
2. Biochemistry & Molecular Biology by William H Elliot and Daphane C Elliot, Oxford
3. University Press.
4. Current protocols in molecular biology, edited by Frederick M. Ausubel et al., John
Wiley & Sons.


MOMENTUM TRANSFER AND MECHANICAL OPERATIONS LAB
Sub Code: BTL 48
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To measure the flow rate of the fluids using variable head meters.
2. To calculate the frictional losses in pipes.
3. To separate the particles based on size.
4. To calculate the area of filtration and sedimentation equipment.
5. To analyze and interpret the results of their experimental work.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Apply the concepts of momentum transfer to understand the coefficients of friction and
coefficient of discharge.
2. Theoretically verify the pressure drop in packed and fluidized bed.
3. Using the fundamental knowledge of mechanical operations able to calculate the
average diameters and effectiveness of screen.
4. Apply design aspects to find thickener area and cake resistance and filter medium
resistance.
1. Determination of co efficient of Discharge through Venturimeter both experimentally
& theoretically.
2. Determination of co efficient of Discharge through orificemeter both experimentally
&
theoretically.
3. Determination of the resistance offered by the circular pipes.

4. Determination of the resistance offered by fittings and to express in terms of diameter
and vertical head.


5. Determination of the friction factor fP experimentally & theoretically and verification
of the Erguns equation through packed bed
6. Determination of the friction factor fP experimentally & theoretically and verification
of the Erguns equation through fluidized bed.
7. Determination of the average particle sizes, volume mean diameter, DV & Number of
particles by sieve analysis.
8. Determination of the particle size distribution in the given sample and effectiveness of
given screen.
9. Determination of the minimum cross sectional area of a continuous thickener by batch
sedimentation.
10. Determination of the specific cake resistance, and filter medium resistance, Rm by
filtering CaCO3 slurry in a vacuum leaf filter apparatus.
11. Determination of the crushing law constants and verification of the laws of crushing
using jaw crusher.
12. Determination of the average particle size of the given powdered sample by beaker
decantation method and also to plot the particle size distribution of the sample.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Unit operations in Chemical Engineering by McCabe W.L. and Smith J.C, McGrawHill.
2. Transport Process Principles and Unit Operations by Christie Geankoplis, Prentice
Hall of India.
6. Mechanics of fluids by B.S. Massey, Chapman & Hall Publishers.
7. Principles of Unit Operations by Alan S Foust, L.A. Wenzel, C.W. Clump, L. Maus,
and L.B. Anderson , John Wiley & Sons.
8. Chemical Engineering by Coulson and Richardson. Vol. I& II. Elsevier Science.
9. Chemical Engineers Hand Book by Perry, McGraw Hill Publications.


B.E. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
Subject
Subjec
t Code
MAT31 Engineering Mathematics III

CH32
Momentum Transfer (Core)
(Core)
CH33
Chemical Process Calculations
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
4
0
MAT
CHE
CHE
Maths
CHE
CHE
CHE
CHE
Material Science and Materials

of
construction
(Core)
Chemistry
(Core)
Technical Chemistry
(Core)
CHE
CHE
CHY
CHY
Momentum Transfer Lab

Technical Chemistry Lab-I
CHE
Examination
P
0
0
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
4
4
4
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
CHE
50
50
100
CHY
CHY
50
50
100
MAT
Maths
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
(Core)
4
CH34
CH35
CH36
CHL37
CHL38
Mechanical Operations (Core)
DMAT301 Advanced Mathematics**
** For lateral entry students only

1. Core subject: This is the course, which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of
study.
2. Elective: (a) Department Elective: The courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement
(b) Open Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling
an Exposure to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.
MOMENTUM TRANSFER
Sub Code: CH32
Hrs/ week: 04
Total hrs: 50
CIE :50
SEE:50
Exam hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The course introduces students to
1. Learn to use basic equations to determine pressure and velocity variations in fluid flows
and to learn rheological behavior of fluids and understand the concept of basic equations of
fluid and their applications to real flow system
2. Learn concepts of flow of incompressible and compressible fluids in conduits and thin
layers, boundary layer relations, Learn to use dimensional analysis
3. Understand the principles and working of various types of pumps, transportation and
metering of fluids and their applications to industry.
Course Contents:
Module 1
Introduction to Fluids : Concept of unit operations, Concept of Momentum Transfer, Nature of
fluids and pressure concept, Variation of pressure with height hydrostatic equilibrium,
Barometric equation, Measurement of fluid pressure manometers.
Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluids shear stress and velocity gradient relation, Reynolds number,
Average velocity, Mass velocity, Newtonian and non Newtonian fluids, Viscosity of gases and
liquids. Types of flow laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in boundary layers, Boundary layer
separation and wake formation.
10 Hours
Self Study: Reynolds stress, Eddy viscosity.
Module 2
Basic equations of fluid flow: Continuity equation, Euler and Bernoulli equations, Modified
equations for real fluids with correction factors. Pump work in Bernoulli equation.
Metering of Fluids -Pipes, Fitting and valves, Measurement of liquid and gas flow rates by
orifice meter, Venturi meter and Rotameter.
10 Hours
Self Study: Angular momentum equation, Pitot tube.
Module 3
Flow of incompressible and Compressible fluids: Laminar flow through circular and noncircular conduits. Hagen Poiseuille equation, Turbulent flow in pipes and closed channels,
Friction factor chart. Friction from change in velocity or direction.
Continuity equation for compressible fluids, Concept of Mach number, Total energy balance,
Velocity of sound, Ideal gas equations. Adiabatic frictional flow. Isothermal frictional flow
(elementary treatment only).
10 Hours
Self Study: Form friction losses in Bernoulli equation. Flow of fluids in thin layers. Flow through
variable-area conduits.
1
Module 4
Fluid Separation devices: Continuous gravity decanter, Centrifugal decanter.
Flow through open and closed Channels: Weirs and notches. Elementary concept of target
meter, vortex shedding meters, turbine meters.
Transportation devices: Pumps, Performance and characteristics of pumps positive
displacement and centrifugal pumps.
10 Hours
Self Study: positive displacement meters, magnetic meters, coriolis meters and thermal meters.
Module 5
Dimensional analysis : Di e sio al ho oge eit , Ra leighs a d Bu ki gha s methods.
Significance of different dimensionless numbers. Elementary treatment of similitude between
model and prototype.
Flow through Packed bed systems: Drag, Drag coefficient, Pressure drop Kozeny-Carman
equation, Blake-Plummer, Ergun equation.
10 Hours
Self Study: Fluidizaion, Conditions for fluidization, Minimum fluidization velocity, Types of
fluidization
Course Outcomes:
The student would be able to
1. Explain the concepts of fluid properties, flow phenomena and Characterize fluids based on
their flow behavior and apply the concept of Pressure in static and dynamic systems using
o ti uit a d Be oullis e uatio s to different fluid systems
2. Explain the principle, operation and design of various types of flow measuring, metering and
flow transporting equipment
3. Analyze Pressure drop in closed conduits, Packed bed systems and develop mathematical relations
using Dimensional analysis methods.
Text Books:
1. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McCabe. W.L., et. al. 6th edn., McGraw Hill Book
Company, New York, 2001.
2. Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Kumar K. L.,3rd Edition, Eurasia Publishing House (p) Ltd., New
Delhi,1984.
Reference Books:
1. Chemical Engineering, Vol. 1., Coulson J. II and Richardson. J.F.., 5th edn., Asian Books(p)
Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Badger. W.I., and Banchero J.T., Tata McGrawHill,
New York, 1997.
CHEMICAL PROCESS CALCULATIONS

Sub Code: CH33 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. Basic units, dimensions and their significance in process calculation
2. Methods to express composition viz., moles and mass
3. Basic laws of pure components and its mixtures
4. Principle and application of conservation of mass and energy to unit operation devices and
unit process systems.
5. Application of recycling and purging in process systems
Course Contents:
MODULE 1
Fundamental and derived units, Conversion. Dimensional consistency of equations.
Dimensionless groups and constants. Conversion of equations. Concept of mole, mole fraction.
Compositions of mixtures of solids, liquids and gases. Concept of normality, molarity, molality,
ppm. Ideal gas law calculations.
10 Hours
Self Study: Least square technique curve fitting, application of different type of graphs
MODULE 2
Vapor pressure concepts, humidity, definitions of WBT, DBT, uses of humidity chart, calculation
of humidity. General material balance equation for steady and unsteady state. Typical steady
state material balances in evaporation, distillation, absorption, extraction, crystallization, and
drying.
10 Hours
Self Study: Vapor pressure of immiscible component, Application of Cox chart and humidity
chart, Material balance of evaporation.
MODULE 3
Elementary treatment of material balances involving bypass. Recycle and purging. Principles of
stoichiometry, Concept of limiting and excess reactants and inerts, fractional and percentage
conversion, fractional yield and percentage yield, selectivity, related problems.
10 Hours
Self Study: Material balance with chemical reaction involving bypass, purging.
MODULE 4
Ultimate and proximate analyses of fuels. Combustion principles, concept of excess air.
Calculations involving combustion of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
10 Hours
Self Study: Determination of calorific value.
MODULE 5
General steady state energy balance equation, Thermo physics. Principles and laws of
thermochemistry. Heat capacit . E thalp o ept. Dete i atio of Hr at standard and
elevated temperatures -- Calculation methods for industrial problems.
10 Hours
Self Study: Internal energy, Kinetic energy and potential energy, Heat of mixing, heat of
solution.
Course Outcomes:
The Student would be able to
1. Define units and dimensions and conceptualize moles, mass, composition, and application of
gas law in process calculations.
2. Explain and solve steady state and unsteady state problems with and without chemical
reactions using concepts of stoichiometry
3. Adapt the basic principles in solving real industrial problems.
Text Books:
1. Chemical Process Calculations, Sikdar D.C., 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2013.
2. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Himmelblau D.M., 6thEdition,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1997.
3. Chemical Process Principles Part I Material and Energy Balances, Hougen O.A.,Waston
K.M. and Ragatz R.A., 2nd Edition, CBS publishers and distributors, New Delhi,1995.
Reference Books:
1. Stoichiometry (SI Units), Bhatt B.L. and Vora S.M, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishing
Ltd., New Delhi, 1996.
2. Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes Felder, R.M. and Rousseau, R.W., 3rd ed. New
York: John Wiley & Sons,2000.
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS
Sub Code: CH34 CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. Nature and characteristics of particles viz., size, shape and size distribution and average
particle size by different methods
2. Size reduction, its principles and laws, construction and working of equipment
3. Screens, Sieve analysis technique, construction and working of screening devices
4. Motion of particles through fluids, its regimes, sedimentation & filtration principle,
construction and working of devices
5. Agitation and Mixing principles and devices
6. Sampling, storage devices and conveying of solids
Course Contents:
MODULE 1
Particle technology: Particle shape, particle size, different ways of expression of particle size,
shape factor, sphericity, standard screen, screens ideal and actual screens, differential and
cumulative size analysis,screen effectiveness (simple problems) - Motion of screen, Trommels,
Sub sieve analysis Air permeability method
8 Hours
Self study: Specific surface of mixture of particles, Number of particles in a mixture; Industrial
sceerning equipment - Working of Grizzly,, Gyratory screen, Vibrating screen; Sub sieve analysis
by sedimentation and elutriation method
MODULE 2
Size reduction: Introduction Types of forces used for comminution, Criteria for communition,
characteristics of comminuted products, Laws of size reduction, Work Index, Energy utilization,
Equipment for size reduction Blake jaw crusher, Gyratory crusher, Smooth roll crusher,
Toothed roll crusher, Impactor, Attrition mill, Ball mill, Critical speed of ball mill, Ultra fine
grinders, Fluid energy mill, Colloid mill, Cutters Knife cutter.
Simple problems based on
communition and ball mill
8 Hours
Self study: Methods of operating crushers Free crushing, Choke feeding, Open circuit
grinding, Closed circuit grinding, Wet and dry grinding; Working of toother roll crusher,
impactor, attrition mill, ultrafine grinders, colloid mill, knife cutters
MODULE 3
Motion of particles through fluids, Settling: Mechanics of particle motion, equation for one
dimensional motion of particles through a fluid in gravitational and centrifugal field, Terminal
velocity, Drag coefficient, Motion of spherical particles in Stokes, Ne to s and Intermediate
regime, Criterion for settling regime, Hindered settling, Sedimentation: Coe and Clevenger
theory, Kynch theory, Batch settling test, Application of batch settling test, Determination of
thickener area.
8 Hours
Self-study: Modification of equation for hindered settling
MODULE 4
Filtration: Introduction, Classification of filtration, Cake filtration, Clarification, Batch and
continuous filtration, pressure and vacuum filtration, Constant rate filtration, characteristics of
filter media, industrial filters, sand filter, Filter press, leaf filter, Rotary drum filter, Horizontal
belt filter, Bag filter, Centrifugal filtration Suspended batch centrifuge, Filter aids, Application
of filter aids. (Description and Derivation of concepts related to filtration)
8 Hours
Self Study: Construction and working of Suspended batch centrifuge, horizontal belt filters
MODULE 5
Agitation and mixing: (only principle and equipment) Application of agitation, Agitation
equipment, Types of impellers Propellers, Paddles and Turbines, Flow patterns in agitated
vessels, Prevention of swirling, Mixing of solids, types of mixers Change can mixers, Muller
mixers, Ribbon blender, Tumbling mixer.
Conveyors Belt conveyor, Chain conveyor, Bucket conveyor, Screw conveyor, Slurry transport,
Applications of fluidization, Pneumatic conveying. Miscellaneous separation: Magnetic
separation, Jigging, centrifugal separators, Cyclones and Hydro cyclones, Venturi scrubber.
Size enlargement Flocculation, Briquetting, Pelletization, Granulation(Descriptive aspects
only)
8 Hours
Self Study: Sampling of solids, storage of solids, Open and Closed Storage, Bulk and Bin storage
Froth floatation process, Additives used during floatation, Floatation cells, Typical floatation
circuits, Tumbling Mixer, Apron Conveyor, Bucket elevator, Heavy Media separation, settling
chambers
Course Outcomes:
The Students would be able to
1. Explain characteristics, properties and calculate the average size of particulate solids.
2. Select, operate and design suitable size reduction equipment.
3. Determine suitable separation, conveying methods.
4. Select suitable agitation and mixing systems.
Text Books:
1. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McCabe W.L., et.al., V Edn., McGraw Hill
International, New york, 2000.
6
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Badger, W.L. and Banchro J.T, 3rd Edition, McGraw
Hill International Edition, Singapore, 1999.
3. Coulso a d Ri hardso s Che i al E gi eeri g Vol. 2 Parti le Te h ology a d Separation
Processes, Coulson J.M. and Richardson J.F., 4th Edition, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,
1998.
Reference Books:
1. Unit Operations, Brown. G.G. et.al., 1st Edition, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Perrys Che i al E gi eers Ha d ook, Perry R and Green W.D., 1st Edition, McGraw Hill
International, New York, 2000.
3. Principles of Unit Operations, Foust A. S. et.al., 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1977.
MATERIAL SCIENCE & MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

Sub Code: CH35
Hrs/ week: 03
Total hrs: 40
CIE :50
SEE:50
Exam hours: 3
Course objectives:
The students will
1. Understand concepts on properties and selection of metals, ceramics, and polymers for
design and manufacturing.
2. Study variety of engineering applications through knowledge of atomic structure, electronic
structure, chemical bonding, crystal structure, x-rays and x-ray diffraction, defect structure.
3. Study Microstructure and structure-property relationships, Phase diagrams, heat treatment
of steels.
4. Study detailed information on types of corrosion and its prevention.
5. Learn information on selection of materials for design and manufacturing.
Course Contents:
Module 1
Introduction: Introduction to Materials Science, Classification of Engineering Materials, Levels
of Structure, Structure-Property relationship in materials, Structure of atom, Periodic table,
Ionization potential, Electron affinity and electro-negativity, Variation of bonding character and
properties Primary and secondary bonds. Structure of Solids: Covalent solids, Metals and alloys,
ionic solids, Polymers.
8 Hours
Self Study: Structure of silica and silicates
Module 2
Crystal Geometry and Structure Determination: Structure determination-X ray diffractionBraggs Law, the power method.
Phase Diagram And Phase Transformations: Phase rule, Single component systems, Binary
Phase Diagrams, Lever rule, Typical Phase diagrams for Iron-carbon system, Nucleation and
growth, Solidification, Cooling curves for pure iron, Iron-carbon equilibrium diagram, Isothermal
transformations (TTT curves).
8 Hours
Self study: Typical Phase diagrams for Magnesia-Alumina, Copper-Zinc
Module 3
Crystal Imperfections and deformations: Point Imperfections, Line imperfections- edge and
screw dislocations, Surface imperfections. Deformation of Materials: Metals - Elastic
deformation, Plastic deformation, Dislocation and Strengthening mechanism, Failure Fracture,
Fatigue. Ceramics- Brittle fracture, Stress-Strain behaviour, Plastic deformation Polymers Visco-elastic deformation, Fracture, Elastomer deformation
8 Hours
Module 4
Heat Treatment: Annealing Normalizing, Hardening, Martempering, Austempering,
Hardenability, Quenching, Tempering, Carburising, Cyaniding, and Nitriding, Flame hardening
8 Hours
Module 5
Corrosion and its Prevention: Principle of corrosion, types of corrosion (Direct corrosion,
Electro-chemical corrosion, Galvanic cells, High temperature corrosion, Passivity), Control and
prevention of corrosion
Typical Engineering Materials: Ferrous metals, Non ferrous metals and alloys Aluminium and
its alloys, Copper and its alloys, Lead and its alloys, Tin, Zinc and its alloys, Alloys for high
temperature service, Ceramic materials Structure of ceramics, Polymorphism. 8 Hours
Self Study: Mechanical, electrical and thermal properties of ceramic phase.
Course outcomes:
The students are able to
1. To classify different types of engineering materials depending on structure property, crystal
geometry and X-Ray diffraction and to explain atomic structures, types of bonding and
crystal imperfections.
2. To explain the deformation of materials, and to study the phase diagrams of different
metals, TTT curves.
3. To select a type of heat treatment technique depending on the type of the material and to
analyze type of corrosion and select suitable control methods.
Text Books:
1. Materials Science and Engineering Raghavan V, 3rd Edition, Prenctice Hall India Pvt Ltd.,
Newl Delhi
8
2. Material Science and Processes, Hajra Choudhury S.K., 2nd Edition, Indian Bood distributing
company, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Material Science, R. S. Kurmi, 1st Edn., S. Chand & Company, New Delhi 2012
2. Material Science & Engineering An Introduction William D Callister, Jr. 7th Edn., John
Wiley & Sons, 2007
3. Material Science & Engg., Problems with solutions, M. N. Shetty, 1 st Edition, Prentice Hall
India Ltd., New Delhi
TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY
Subject Code : CH36
CIE : 50
Hours/Week: 03
SEE : 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam hrs : 03
Course Objectives:
The students will
1. Study the basic colligative properties; determine the effects of solute on boiling point,
freezing point, osmotic pressure and to calculate the molecular weight of the unknown
solute using freezing point depression.
2. Study the adsorption process which is fundamental to catalysis both theory and
experimental evaluation.
3. Understand the role of the catalyst in various reactions, reaction mechanism used to study
why certain compounds made and to find the path way of reaction.
4. Study the reaction mechanisms of a few important reactions and the orienting effects of
several functional groups.
5. Study the synthesis of various dyes, manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning action of
the soaps and organometallic compounds.
Course Contents
MODULE- I: Chemistry of Dilute Solutions
Concept of mole and mole fraction. Colligative properties - Meaning and types, lowering of
apou p essu e, Raoults la -statement, limitations. Determination of molecular weight by
lo e i g of apou p essu e, Ost alds a d Walke s method, problems. Elevation in boiling
point of a solvent, derivation, experimental determination of molecular weight by ebullioscopic
method, problems. Isotonic solutions abnormal molecular weight. Osmotic pressureExplanation of the terms. Determination of molecular weight - Be kele a d Ha tle s ethod,
problems.
Self study component:

Osmosis and Effect of concentration, temperature, simultaneous effect of concentration and
temperature on osmotic pressure.
08 Hours
MODULE-II: Catalysis
Basic principles, classification of catalytic systems- ho oge eous atal sis Wilki so s atal st
and heterogeneous catalysis (Zielger-Natta catalyst)explanation with examples, Synthesis of
a eti a id f o eth le e
Wa ke s p o ess, hydroformylation, isomerisation. Negative
catalysis and its mechanism.
Enzyme catalysis: Introduction, enzyme specificity, mechanism of enzyme action- Michaelis
Menten rate law, Factors affecting the rate of enzymatic reactions.
Self study component: General characteristics of a catalyst.
08 Hours
MODULE- III: Surface chemistry and Organometallic compounds
Adsorption: he iso ptio , adso ptio of gases
solids, F e dli hs adso ptio isothe ,
La g ui s theo of adso ptio , BET theo of ultilayer adsorption.
Organometallic compounds: Definition, Grignard reagents, preparation, reactivity of Grignard
reagents with carbonyl compounds, applications of Grignard reagents in synthesis of ethers,
alkyl cyanides, primary amines and hydrocarbons.
Self study component: Industrial applications of adsorption.
08 Hours
MODULE- IV: Reaction intermediates and mechanism of organic reactions
Electron displacements in organic molecules-inductive, electromeric, mesomeric and hyper
conjugative effects.
Reaction intermediates - carbanions, carbocations, carbenes and free radicals, formation,
stability, reactivity and examples.
Types of reactions: (i) Nucleophilic substitution in alkyl halides: Mechanism, kinetics and
stereochemistry of SN1 and SN2 in alkyl halides;
(ii) Elimination reactions in alkyl halides: Mechanism of E1 and E2,
(iii) Addition reactions- Addition of hydrogen halides, sulfuric acid, water, and halogens to
alkenes.
Self study component: Electrophilic substitution reaction in toluene, phenol and nitrobenzene.
08 Hours
MODULE- V: CHEMISTRY OF SOAPS, DETERGENTS AND DYES
Soaps and Detergents: Definition, types and manufacture of soaps by hot process, mechanism
of cleansing action of soap, types of detergents, preparation and advantages of detergents over
soaps.
10
Dyes: Color and its relation with electromagnetic radiation, chromophore, chromogen and
auxochrome. Modern theory of colour, classification of dyes based on structure and methods of
application. Synthesis of azo dyes (Congo Red), tertiary amine dyes (Malachite Green),
anthraquinone dyes (Alizarin and Indigo).
Self study component: Synthesis of Methyl orange and Phenolphthalein
08 Hours
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course students will be able to,
1. Explain the effects of solutes on boiling point, freezing point, and osmotic pressure and to
calculate the molecular weight of the unknown solute.
2. Explain the catalysis of various industrially important chemical reactions and reaction
mechanisms in various types of organic reactions.
3. Explain manufacture of dyes, soaps, detergents, and their cleaning action mechanism.
Text Books:
1. Dr Kirti Agarwal, Technical Chemistry for III SEM Chemical Engg.
2. L. Indira, College Chemistry-Vol II and III
Reference Books:
1. Morrison B.R. and Boyd L.L., Organic Chemistry 6th Edition, ELBS, New Delhi, 1999.
2. B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma & M.S.Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, 33 rd Ed.,
S.Naginchand & Co., 1992.
3. Finar, Organic Chemistry Vol I & II ULBS Publishers, New Delhi. 3. Sharma B.K.Industrial
Chemistry, 11TH edition, Chand S, and Co. New Delhi, 2001.
4. ArunBahl and Bahl B.S.; A Text Book of Organic Chemistry, 15th Edition,.S. Chand & Co,
New Delhi, 1998.
5. A.W.Adamson, Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, Interscience Publishers Inc. New York.
11
MOMENTUM TRANSFER LAB

Sub Code: CHL37
Hrs/ week:03
Total hrs: 36
CIE :50
SEE:50
Exam hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The Practical Training will impart the student about
1. The nature of fluids and their flow properties.
2. Measu e e t of Re olds u e a d Estimation of Friction factor.
3. Measurement, analysis and verification of fluid flow principles and equations in closed
conduits, Packed bed, Fluidized bed and flow measuring systems.
4. The working and performance of transportation devices.
Course contents:
The experiment should be based on the following topics:
1. Friction in circular pipes
2. Friction in non circular pipes
3. Friction in helical / spiral coils
4. Flow rate measurement using venturi / orifice meters (incompressible fluid)
6. Flow over notches
7. Be oullis e uip e t
8. Packed bed
9. Fluidized bed
10. Characteristics for centrifugal pump
11. Study of various pipe fittings and their equivalent lengths
12. Reynolds apparatus
Note: Minimum of 10 experiments are to be conducted.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze different types of fluids and they will be able to measure pressure difference for flow of
fluids.
2. Understand and analyze the relationship between kinetic and potential energy, pressure energy,
work, and heat in co ple flo s ste s usi g Be oullis e uatio , pe fo
a os opi e e g
balances.
3. Analyze and calculate friction factor for different types of flow in various types of constructions.
12
TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY LAB I

Subject Code : CHL38
CIE : 50
Hours/Week: 03
SEE : 50
Total Hrs: 36
Exam hrs : 03
Course Objectives:
To acquaint the students with
1.Variety of phenomena involved in physical organic chemistry.
2. Learn the principle and application and gravimetric analysis.
3. Familiarize with techniques of potentiometry and spectrophotometry.
List of Experiments:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Determination of partition co-efficient between iodine and carbon tetrachloride.

Dete i atio of pe e tage o positio of Bi a
i tu e usi g Ost alds Vis o ete .
Study of the kinetics of the Reaction between K2S2O8 and KI.
Conductometric estimation of Li2SO4 using std BaCl2. (Precipitation titration)
Effect of salt on the critical solution temperature of phenol-water system.
Determination of Chloride content in the given sample of water by Argentometric method.
Determination of transition temperature of hydrated salt by thermometric method
Estimation of Nickel as Nickel dimethyl glyoximate gravimetrically.
Determination of Zinc in the given Brass solution volumetrically.
Determination of Iron in chalcopyrites as ferric oxide gravimetrically.
Potentiometric titration: FAS and KMnO4.
Determination of Molecular weight of a non-volatile solute by elevation in boiling point.
Course Outcomes:
1. Working knowledge of potentiometry and conductometry
2. Understanding of gravimetric analysis
3. Clear understanding of some important phenomenon of physical organic chemistry
Note: Minimum of 10 experiments is to be conducted.
Reference books:
1. A thu I. Vogels Qualitati e I o ga i a al sis i ludi g ele e tary instrumental analysis,
ELBS, Longmann group, 5th Edition, 1989.
2. Chemistry for Environmental Engineering, Third Edition, Clair N. Sawyer and Perry L,
McCarty; McGraw- Hill Book Company, New York, 1978.
.
13


B.E. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
CH41
CH42
CH43
CH44
CH45
CH46
CHL47
CHL48
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
MATHS
CHE
CHE
CHE
Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics (Core)
CHE
CHE
Chemical Process Industries

(Core)
Pollution control and Prevention
Engg. (Core)
Instrumental
Methods
of
Analysis ( Core)
Mechanical Operations
Laboratory
CHE
CHE
CHE
Examination
P
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
CHE
50
50
100
CHY
CHY
50
50
100
CHE
CHE
50
50
100
Technical Chemistry Lab-II
CHY
CHY
50
50
100
DMAT401 Advanced Mathematics II**
MAT
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
Engineering Mathematics - IV
(Core)
Heat Transfer (Core)
MATHS
** For lateral entry students only

1. Core subject: This is the course, which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of
study.
2. Elective: (a) Department Elective: The courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement
(b) Open Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling
an Exposure to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.
HEAT TRANSFER
Sub Code: CH42
Hrs/ week: 04
Total hrs: 50
CIE :50
SEE:50
Exam hours: 3
Course Objectives:
1. Heat transfer mechanism viz., basic concepts of conduction, convection, and radiation
2. Heat transfer across different materials, shape and configuration.
3. Design and construct details of different types of heat exchanger equipments.
Course Contents:
Module 1
Introduction: Various modes of heat transfer Viz. Conduction, Convection and Radiation.
Conduction: Fouriers law, Steady state unidirectional heat flow through single and multiple
layer slabs, Cylinders and constant thermal conductivity. Insulation: Properties of insulation
materials, Types of insulation, Critical and Optimum thickness of insulation. 10 Hours
Self study: Steady state unidirectional heat flow through single and multiple layer slabs, Cylinders and
spheres for variable thermal conductivity.
Module 2
Convection: Individual and overall heat transfer coefficient, LMTD, LMTD correction factor
Extended Surfaces: Fins Types of fins, Derivation of fin efficiency for longitudinal fins, Fin
effectiveness. Heat Transfer with Phase Change: Boiling phenomena, Nucleate and film boiling,
Condensation Film and Drop wise condensation.
10 Hours
Module 3
Radiation: Properties and definitions, Absorptivity, Reflectivity, Emissive power and intensity
ofradiation, Black body radiation, Gray body radiation, Stefen Boltzmann law, Kirchoffs law,
Radiation between surfaces- different shapes.
10
Hours
Self Study: Radiation involving gases and vapors, Radiation shields,
Module 4
Heat Transfer Equipment: Double pipe heat exchangers, Shell and tube heat exchangers Types
of shell and tube heat exchangers, Construction details, Condenser types of condensers.
10 Hours
Self-study: Elementary design of double pipe heat exchanger, shell and tube heat exchanger
and condensers
Module 5
1
Evaporators: Types of evaporators, performance of tubular evaporator Evaporator capacity,

Evaporator economy, Multiple effect evaporator. Analogy between momentum and heat
transfer Reynolds, Coulburn and Prandtl analogies.
10 Hours
Course Outcomes:
The student would be able
1. Apply basic laws and mechanism of heat transfer for different heat transfer systems
2. Develop basic process design of heat transfer equipment and their performance verification
3. Apply convection principles for fluid systems without and with phase change
Text Books:
1. Process Heat Transfer, Kern D.Q.,18th Reprint, Mc Graw Hill Book Compahy, Newyork, 2008.
2. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McCabe, W.L., et.al, 5th Edn, McGraw Hill Book
Company, Newyork
Reference Books:
1. Chemical Engineering Vol.1, Coulson and Richardson 5 th edition, Butterworth-Heinmann
2. Heat Transfer, Rao., Y.V.C., 1st Edn., University Press (India) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

Sub Code: CH43
Hrs/ week: 04
Total hrs: 50
CIE :50
SEE:50
Exam hours: 3
Course Objectives:
1. Basic knowledge of first law of thermodynamics, second law of thermodynamics and PVT
behavior of pure fluids.
2. Analyze the thermodynamics properties of pure fluid and solutions mixture.
3. Evaluate the phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium of a given system.
Course Contents:
MODULE 1
Basic Concepts: System, surrounding and Processes, Closed and Open systems, State and
Properties, Intensive and Extensive Properties, Equilibrium state and Phase rule, Heat reservoir
and Heat engines, Reversible and Irreversible processes.
First Law of Thermodynamics: General statement of First law of thermodynamics, First law of
cyclic process and non flow processes, Heat capacity. Derivation for closed system & steady
state flow processSecond law of thermodynamics: General statements of the Second law, concept of Entropy,
The Carnot Principle, Calculation of entropy changes, Clausius Inequality, Entropy and
irreversibility, Third law of thermodynamics.
10 Hours
Self Study: Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Flow calorimeter, Ideal state temperature scale
MODULE 2
P-V-T Behavior: P-V-T behavior of pure fluids, Equations of state and ideal gas law, Processes
involving ideal gas law: Constant volume, constant pressure, constant temperature, adiabatic
and polytropic processes. Equations of state for real gases: Vander Waals equation, Virial
equation.:
Principles of corresponding states, Generalized compressibility charts.
Thermodynamics diagrams.
10 Hours
Self Study: Application of compressibility chart, Redlich kwong equation state, Benedict Rubin
equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici equation of state,
Module 3
Thermodynamic Properties of Pure Fluids: Reference Properties, Energy Properties, Derived
Properties, Work function, Exact differential equations, Fundamental property relations,
Ma ells e uatio s, Clape o e uatio s, E t op heat apa it elatio s, Modified e uatio s
for Internal energy and enthalpy, Effect oft temperature on internal energy, enthalpy, and
entropy, Relationships between CP and CV..
Properties of Solutions: Partial molar properties, Chemical potential, Fugacity in solutions,
He s la a d dilute solutio s, A ti it i solutio s, P ope t ha ges of i i g, e ess
properties. Activity & activity coefficient.
10 Hours
Self study: Several thermodynamics equations, Joule Thomson cefficient
MODULE 4
Phase Equilibrium: C ite ia of phase e uili iu , C ite io of sta ilit , Duhe s theo e ,
Vapour Liquid Equilibria, VLE in ideal solutions, Non-Ideal solutions, VLE at low pressures, VLE
at high pressures, Consistency test for VLE data, Calculation of Activity coefficients using Gibbs
Duhem equation, Liquid-Liquid equilibrium diagrams.
VLE Correlations Equations: Van Laar, Margules, and Willson equations.
10 Hours
Self study: Phase Rule a d its appli atio s, Wohls th ee suffi e uatio
MODULE 5
Chemical Reaction Equilibrium: Reaction Stoichiometry, Criteria of chemical reaction
equilibrium, Equilibrium constant and standard free energy change, Effect of temperature,
pressure on equilibrium constants and other factors affecting equilibrium conversion, Liquid
phase reactions, Heterogeneous reactions.
10 Hours
3
Self study: Reaction coordinate and analysis of the data with the help of Reaction coordinate ,
Equilibrium conversion of multiple reaction.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand the different law of thermodynamics and its applications.
2. Analyze the thermodynamics properties of pure fluid and solutions mixture.
3. Evaluate the phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium of a given system.
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Smith J.M. and Vanness H.C., Fifth
edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1996. ISBN-13: 978-0071247085
2. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Sikdar D. C. Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2015,
ISBN No.878-81-7409-254-0
Reference Book:
1. Textbook of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Narayanan, K.V., 8th Edition,Prentice
Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001, ISBN: 978-81-203-4747-2.
2. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Rao, Y.V.C., New Age InternationalPublication,
Nagpur, 2000, ISBN, 9788173714610.
CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Sub Code: CH44
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the use of various unit processes and unit operations involved in process
industries.
2. Develop skills to draw process flow diagrams with unit symbols for typical chemical process.
3. Understand manufacturing process and identify major engineering problems associated
with the processes.
Course contents:
MODULE 1:
Sulfur Industries: Elemental Sulfur mining, Sulfur from ores, Oxides of Sulfur (SO2, SO3). Sulfuric
acid Chlor-alkali Industries: Soda ash, Caustic soda, Chlorine, theory of hydrochloric acid.
Industrial Gases: theory of CO2, H2, O2 & N2.
8 Hours
MODULE 2:
Nitrogen Industries: Ammonia, Urea, Nitric acid, theory of Ammonium nitrate.
Phosphorous Industries: Manufacture of white and Red Phosphorus, phosphoric acid by wet
process, Phosphorous Pentoxide, Ammonium phosphate
8 Hours
Self-study: Super Phosphate and Triple Super Phosphate
MODULE 3:
Pulp & Paper industries: Paper Making Raw Materials, Chemical pulping, Processing of pulp,
Paper making, Chemical Recovery
Cement Industries: Classification of cement and properties, chemical composition of cement &
Portland cement, Standards, Manufacturing of Portland cement, Setting & hardening of
cement.
8 Hours
Self-Study: Sugar Industries
MODULE 4:
Soaps and detergents: Manufacture of Soaps & glycerin, Heavy duty detergents
Polymers and Rubber: Polymerization, PVC, LDPE, Polypropylene, cross linked polymers, natural
rubber, synthetic rubber and rubber compounding.
8 Hours
Self-study: Polymerization, PVC, LDPE, Polypropylene, Cross linked polymers, Natural rubber,
Synthetic Rubber and Rubber compounding,
MODULE 5:
Petroleum Industries: Constituents of crude petroleum refining and processing. Production of
Ethylene, Propylene
Fermentation Industries: Production of ethyl alcohol, Penicillin, theory of Citric acid and Acetic
acid.
8 Hours
Self Study: Paints, Pigments, Varnishes, Enamel, Lacquers - White Lead and Zinc oxide,
Fluorine based industries
Course Outcomes:
The student would be able to:
1. Identify various unit processes and unit operations of the process.
2. Draw flow diagrams, pipe line diagrams and explain chemical reactions of various processes
of organic and inorganic chemicals.
3. Explain the material requirements and operations involved in the process.
4. Identify major engineering problems associated with the processes
Text Books:
1. Sh e es Chemical Process Industries, Gerorge T Austin, 5th Edition, ISBN 13: 978-1-25902945-5, TATA McGraw Hill. 2012
2. Dryden Outlines of Chemical Technology for 21st Century, Gopal Rao & Marshall Sittig, 3rd
Edition, ISBN 13: 8185938792 Affiliated East-west Press Pvt Ltd.
3. Unit Processes in Organic Chemical Industries, Desikan and Sivakumar (Eds.), CEDC, IITM,
1982.
Reference Books:
1. Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Kirk and Othmer, 27 volume set, 5th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2004.
2. Chemical process industries, W Smith and R Chapman, Volume-1, 1st edition, ISBN : 978-81239-2845-6, CBS Publishers and Distributers Pvt Ltd, 2016.
3. Chemical process industries, W Smith and R Chapman, Volume-2, 1st edition, ISBN : 978-81239-2846-3, CBS Publishers and Distributers Pvt Ltd, 2016.
POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING

Sub Code: CH45
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
The course introduces student to
1. Interpret the impact of various types of pollution to eco system and suggest ways to reduce
the pollution.
2. Identify the effluents from various industries and suggest means for their safe disposal.
3. Identify air and noise pollutants and design personal protective equipments
Course Contents:
Module 1
Introduction: Importance of environment for mankind. Biosphere and layers of atmosphere.
Hydrological cycle and nutrient cycles. Types of pollution. Damages from environmental
pollution. Need of environmental legislations and environmental Acts in India.
8 Hours
Self Study: Functions of central and state pollution control boards
Module 2
Sources, Sampling and Analysis of Wastewater: Water resources. Origin of wastewater.
classification and characterization of wastewater. Physical and chemical characteristics. BOD,
COD and their importance. Wastewater Treatment: Preliminary, primary, secondary and
tertiary treatments of wastewater. Sludge treatment and disposal. Recovery of materials from
process effluents.
8 Hours
6
Self Study: Advanced wastewater treatment. Norms and standards of treated water. treatment
methods in typical industries petroleum refinery, pulp and paper, fertilizer, distillery,
tannery, and textile processing
Module 3
Air Pollution Aspects: Nature of air pollution. Classification of air pollutants. Sources of air
pollutants. Air quality criteria and standards. Effects of air pollution on health, vegetation, and
materials.
8 Hours
Self Study: Plume behaviour and dispersion of air pollutant.
Module 4
Air Pollution Control: Sampling of pollutants. Methods of estimation of air pollutants. Control
methods and equipments used for particulates and gaseous pollutants.
8 Hours
Self Study: Control methods and equipment used in typical industries Thermal power plants,
metallurgical industries, and cement industries.
Module 5:
Noise Control: Sources and definitions. Determination of noise levels. Noise control criteria
and noise exposure index. Administrative and engineering controls. Acoustic absorptive
materials.
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the ecology and the means of polluting it and their impact.
2. Characterize waste water and learn the stage wise treatment of waste water
3. Identify air and noise pollutants and design measures to curb them
Text Books:
1. Environmental Pollution Control Engg, C.S. Rao, 2nd Edition, New Age International Reprint,
2002.
2. Pollution Control in Process Industries, S.P. Mahajan, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 22nd Reprint, 1999.
Reference Books:
1. Principles and Practices of Air Pollution Control and Analysis, J.R. Mudakavi, I.K. International
Publishing Home Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. Noise Abatement, Duerden, Buttreworth Publishers, 1970.
3. Introduction to Environmental Engg, Davis., 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 1998.
4.Waste Water Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuse, Metcalf and Eddy, 4th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
5.Environmental Engineering, G.N. Pandey and G.C. Carney, Tata McGraw Hill, 11 th Reprint,
2002.
7
INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

Subject Code : CH46
CIE : 50
Hours/Week: 03
SEE : 50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam hrs : 03
Course Objectives:
The student will
1. Study the interaction of light with matter, different kinds of spectra and factors affecting.
2. Study the fundamentals of electronic spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, NMR and Mass
spectroscopy
3. Understand the principles and applications of flame photometry and atomic absorption
spectroscopy and polarographic techniques.
4. Understand the terminology, principles, working and applications of Gas Chromatography,
thin layer chromatography and High pressure liquid chromatography
MODULE I - Introduction to spectroscopy:
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation, energies corresponding to various kinds of radiations,
Types of spectroscopy, representation of a spectrum, atomic and molecular transitions,
selection rules.
Electronic Spectroscopy: Introduction, Principle of electronic spectrometryBeer-La e ts la defi itio , de i atio a d its li itatio s, te i olog asso iated ith
electronic spectroscopy, Intensity shifts, types of absorption bands. Electronic energy levels and
electronic transitions in organic molecules, solvent effect, Instrumentation, qualitative and
quantitative applications of electronic spectroscopy.
Self study component: factors influencing positions and intensity of spectral lines.
Woodward-Fisher rules for conjugated dienes and carbonyl compounds;
08 hours
MODULE II - Infrared Spectroscopy:

Introduction, requirement of IR absorption. Theory of IR absorption. Fundamental modes of
vibrations linear and non linear molecules. Types of vibrations - stretching vibrations
symmetrical stretching and antisymmetrical stretching and Bending vibrations scissoring,
rocking, wagging and twisting vibrations. Factors affecting the group frequencies coupled
interactions, electronic effects and hydrogen bonding. Instrumentation - IR radiation source,
monochromator, and detectors. FTIR Instrument and its advantages, sample handling
techniques solution, nujol mull and KBr pellet.
Mass Spectrometry:
Introduction, basic principles, instrumentation, methods of generating positively charged ions
electron impact, molecular ion peak, base peak, metastable peak and isotopic peak.
8
Self study component: Characteristic group infrared absorption for organic molecules.
Applications of IR to structural elucidation of simple organic molecules. Mass spectra of simple
organic molecules, modes of fragmentation.
08 hours
MODULE III - 1H NMR Spectroscopy:
General introduction, theory of NMR, types of nuclei, chemical shift-definition, measurement,
factors affecting chemical shift, shielding and deshielding. spin-spin interaction, coupling
o sta t a d Pas als t ia gle. P ese tatio of NMR spe t u of e ze e, etha e, o o
ethane and ethanol applications: qualitative and quantitative applications.
Self study component: Correlation of chemical shifts with chemical environment-aliphatic,
alkenic, alkynic, aldehydic, ketonic, aromatic alcoholic, phenolic, carboxylic and amino proteins
08 hours
MODULE IV- Flame Photometry, Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy and Polarography:
Introduction, principle, flames -ionization and dissociation in flames, types of flames used in
AAS, Comparative study of flame emission spectroscopy (FES) and Atomic absorption
spectroscopy (AAS). Instrumentation. ApplicationsQualitative and Quantitative determination
of alkali and alkaline earth metals.
Polarography:
Principle of polarographic measurements, polarograms, description and working of dropping
mercury electrode. current and concentrations relationship. Supporting electrolyte. Limiting
current, half wave potential. Factors affecting half wave potential. migration current, residual
current and diffusion current.
Self study component: variation of emission intensity with flame, role of temperature on
absorption emission.
08 hours
MODULE V- Chromatography
Introduction, theory classification, Terms-distribution coefficient, rate of travel, retention time,
adjusted retention time, retention volume, adjusted retention volume, net retention volume,
specific retention volume, separation number, peak capacity, column efficiency, resolution,
optimization of column performance.
Thin layer chromatography: Principle, experimental procedure, applications.
Gas chromatography: Principle, instrumentation, sample injection, column detectors (TCD and
FID), qualitative and quantitative analysis.
High performance liquid chromatography: Principle, instrumentation, column, sample
injection, detectors (absorbance, refractive index).
Self study component: Applications of chromatography, electron capture detector (ECD) in GC.
Chemical and deflectometer detector in HPLC.
08 hours
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to
1. Understand electron spectroscopy, IR, NMR and Mass spectra of simple organic molecules
2. Working knowledge of Flame Photometry and Atomic adsorption Spectroscopy.
3. Working knowledge of Gas Chromatography, Thin layer chromatography and High
Performance Liquid Chromatography
Text Books:
1. Silverstein, R.M. and Webster, W.P., Spectrometric Identification of organic compounds,
Wiley & Sons, 1999.
2. Willard, H.H., Merritt, L.L., Dean, J.A. and Settle, F. A.,
3. Instrumental Methods of Analysis, CBS Publishers, 7th Edition, 1988.
Reference Books:
1. Ewing, G.W., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1988.
2. Skoog, D.A, Holler, S.J,.Nilman, T.A., Principles of Instrumental Analysis,5th Edn., Saunders
college publishing, London, 1998.
3. Chatwal, A., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, Himalaya Publishing House.
4. Riley, T. and Tomilinsom, C., Principles of Electro-Analytical Methods, John Wiley and Sons.
5. Sharma, K., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, Goel Publishing House Meerut
2000.
6. Jaffe , Gill, Basset. J, Vogels Te t Book of Qua titati e I o ga i a al sis, et al 5 th Edn.,
ELBS, 1998.
10
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS LAB

Sub Code: CHL47 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 36
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
The practical training imparts student to
1. Different mechanical separation techniques like filtration, sedimentation, decantation,
sieve analysis
2. Have hands on experience on working of size reduction equipments viz., crushers and
grinders
3. Design industrial equipment viz., thickners based on batch experiment
Course contents:
The experiment should be based on the following topics:
1. Air elutriation
2. Air permeability
3. Ball mill
4. Batch sedimentation
5. Beaker decantation
6. Cyclone separator
7. Drop weight crusher
8. Gyratory crusher
9. ICI sedimentation
10. Jaw crusher
11. Leaf filter
12. Plate and frame filter press
13. Screen effectiveness
14. Sieve analysis
Note: Minimum of 10 experiments are to be conducted
Course Outcomes:
Student would be able to
1. Demonstrate skills to operate crushing and grinding equipment and performance and
analysis of operating parameters.
2. Demonstrate skills to operate different filtration devices and analyze operating parameters
3. Demonstrate skills in particle characterization using sieve analysis and elutriation
techniques.
4. Design sedimentation tank based on batch sedimentation test
Hand book for calculations

Pe
s he i al e gi ee s ha d ook- Mc Graw Hill , New York ,8th edition,2008

11
TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY LAB II

Subject Code : CHL48
CIE : 50
Hours/Week: 03
SEE : 50
Total Hrs: 36
Exam hrs : 03
Course Objectives:
The student will
1. Introduced to industrially important quantitative estimations
2. Learn to prepare industrially important functional group transformations.
3. Learn the purification techniques such as melting point & recrystallization
List of Experiments:
1. Preparation of Acetanilide from Aniline.
2. Bromination of Acetanilide to p-Bromo Acetanilide.
3. Estimation of percentage of Amine and number of Amino group by Acetylation.
4. Estimation of purity of Phenol by Bromination
5. Estimation of Alcohol by Acetylation
6. Estimation of Carboxylic Acid by Iodometric Titration
7. Determination of Saponification number of the given oil.
8. Determination of the Acid value of the given oil.
9. Preparation of Benzoic Acid From Benzaldehyde .
10. Preparation of Glucasazone from Glucose
11. Preparation of p-hydroxy Azobenzene from Aniline.
12. Estimation of ester by hydrolysis.
Note: Minimum of 10 experiments is to be conducted.
Course Outcomes:
1.
2.
3.
Understand the basic concepts of quantitative estimations.

Working knowledge of purification techniques like melting point & recrystallization
Familiarity of techniques like refluxing and methods of filtration.
12
Reference Books:
1. Jaffe , Gill, Basset. J., Vogels Te t Book of Qua titati e o ga i a al sis, et al., 5th Edition,
ELBS, 1998.
2. A.O. Thomas, Practical Chemistry, 8th Edition, Scientific Book Centre, 2000.
13

B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Subject
Code
MAT31
CSE32
CSE33
CSE34
CSE35
CSE36
CSEL37
CSEL38
Subject
Engineering Mathematics-III
Data Structures with C
OOPS with Java
Logic Design
Computer Organization
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Data Structures Laboratory
Java Programming Laboratory
Teaching
Department
Board
MATHS
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
MATHS
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
P
4
0
0
4
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
3
0
0
3
0
0
0
1
2
0
1
2
Total
Examination
CIE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
400
SEE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
400
03 Subjects
03 Subjects
02 Labs
Credit
Total
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
800
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
25
03X04
03X03
02X02
Total Credits
12
09
04
25

Shavige Malleshwrara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore -560078.
Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Subject Code: CSE35
Hours/Week: 03 Hours
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 40
Exam Marks: 100
______________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1
08 Hours
Basic Structure of Computers: Functional Units, Basic Operational Concepts,
Performance Processor Clock, Basic Performance Equation, Clock Rate,
Performance Measurement. Machine Instructions and Programs: Arithmetic
Operations and Characters, Memory Location and Addresses.
Self-Study Component: Memory Operations, Instructions and Instruction
sequencing.
UNIT-2
08 Hours
Input/ Output Organization: Accessing I/O Devices, Interrupts Interrupt
Hardware, Enabling and Disabling Interrupts, Handling Multiple Devices,
Controlling Device Requests, Exceptions
Self-Study Component: Addressing Modes
UNIT-3
08 Hours
Direct Memory Access, Buses, Interface Circuits, Standard I/O Interfaces PCI
Bus, SCSI Bus
Self-Study Component: USB
UNIT-4
08 Hours
Memory System: Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read Only
Memories, Speed, Size, and Cost, Cache Memories Mapping Functions,
Replacement Algorithms, Performance Considerations, Virtual Memories
Self-Study Component: Secondary Storage
UNIT-5
08 Hours
Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction of Signed Numbers, Design of Fast Adders,
Multiplication of Positive Numbers, Signed Operand Multiplication, Fast
Multiplication, Integer Division, Floating-point Numbers and Operations, IEEE
Standard for Floating-point Numbers.
Self-Study Component: Basic Processing Unit: Single bus organization,
Execution of a complete instruction.
Text Books:
1. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky: Computer Organization, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002. (Listed topics only from Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 6)
Reference Books:
1. William Stallings: Computer Organization & Architecture, 7th Edition, PHI,
2006.
2. Computer Systems Design and Architecture by Vincent P. Heuring & Harry F.
Jordan, Ed2, Pearson Education, 2004.

Shavige Malleshwara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore -560078.
Datastructures with C
Subject Code: CSE32
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 52
Exam Marks: 100
______________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1
11 Hours
BASIC CONCEPTS: Introduction to Data Structure and its classification, the need
for Data structure, Algorithm specification, performance analysis &
measurements, Polynomials and Sparse Matrices.
Self-study components: Dynamic Memory Allocation
UNIT 2
11 Hours
STACKS AND QUEUES: Introduction to Stacks, Stacks Using Dynamic Arrays,
Evaluation of Expressions, Introduction to Queues, Types of Queue: Ordinary
queue, Circular Queues & Double ended queue, Application of stacks and Queues.
Self-study components: Multiple Stacks and Queues
UNIT 3
10 Hours
LINKED LISTS: Definition of Linked lists and Chains, Representing Chains in C,
Types of Linked List: Singly Linked List, Circular Singly Linked List, Doubly
Linked Lists & Circular doubly linked list, Application of Linked List.
Self-study components: Operation on Linked list using Stacks, Queues,
Polynomials
UNIT 4
10 Hours
TREES & GRAPH: Introduction to Binary Search Trees (BST), Properties of Binary
Tree, Operation on BST, Traversals in Binary Trees, Heaps, Selection Trees,
Forests tree, Counting Binary Trees.
Self-study components: Introduction to Graph, properties of graph,
Representation of graph in memory
UNIT 5
10 Hours
EFFICIENT BINARY SEARCH TREES: Optimal Binary Search Trees, AVL Trees,
Properties of AVL tree, Construction of AVL tree, Red-Black Trees, Properties of red
black tree, Construction of red black tree.
Self-study components: Splay Trees
Text Book:
Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson-Freed: Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd
Edition, Universities Press, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Yedidyah, Augenstein, Tannenbaum: Data Structures Using C and C++, 2nd

Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Richard F. Gilberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan: Data Structures A Pseudocode
Approach with C, Cengage Learning, 2005.
3. A.M Padma Reddy, Approach of Data Structures, Person Publication, 5th
Edition, 2015
4. Reema Theraja Data Structure using C. 1st Edition , 2014

Shavige Malleshwara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore - 560078.
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Subject Code: CSE36
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 40
Total Marks: 100
__________________________________________________________________________
UNIT-I
08 Hours
Propositional Logic, Applications Of Propositional Logic, Propositional
Equivalences, Predicates and Quantifiers, Nested Quantifiers, Rules of Inference,
Introduction to proofs.
Self-Study Component: Proof Method and strategy.
UNIT-II
08 Hours
Set, Set operations, Functions, Sequences and summations, Cardinality of sets
Self-Study Component: Application oriented examples
UNIT-III
08 Hours
The Basics of counting, Pigeon Hole Principle, Permutations and combinations,
Binomial coefficients and Identifies, Generalized Permutations and combinations.
Self-Study Component: Generating permutations and combinations.
UNIT-IV
08 Hours
Relations and Their Properties, nAry Relations and their Applications,
Representing relations, Closures of relations equivalence relations
Self-Study Component: Partial orderings.
UNIT-V
08 Hours
Graph and Graph models, Graph Terminology and special types of Graphs,
Representing Graphs and Graph Isomorphism, Connectivity, Euler and Hamilton
paths, Planar Graphs.
Self-Study Component: Graph colouring.
Text Book:
Kenneth H Rosen: Discrete mathematics and ITS Applications with combinatorics,
7th Edition McGraw Hill Education.
Reference Book:
Ralph Grimaldi: Discrete and combinatorial mathematics, 5th Edition, Pearson
education.

Shavige Malleshwara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore-560078.
Data Structure laboratory using C

Subject Code: CSEL37
Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 50
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Write an algorithm to find the best of two average elements from an array using
pointers.
2. Write an algorithm to create a student database using structure with following
fields USN, NAME & SEMESTER for 10 students and sort it according to USN
using bubble sort.
3. Design an algorithm and execute a program to read a sparse matrix of integer
values and to search the sparse matrix for an element specified by the user. Print
the result of the search appropriately. Use the triple <row, column, value> to
represent an element in the sparse matrix
4. Design, develop and execute a program in C to convert a given valid parenthesized
infix arithmetic expression to postfix expression and then print both the
expressions. The expression consists of single character operands and the binary
operators +, - , * , /
5. Design, develop and execute a program in C to evaluate a valid postfix expression
using stack. Assume that the postfix expression is read as single line consisting of
non-negative single digit operands and binary arithmetic operators. The arithmetic
operators are +(add),-(sub),*(mul) and / (divide)
6. Design, develop and execute a program in C to simulate the working of a queue of
integers using an array. Provide the following operations.
a. Insert
b. Delete
c. Display
7. Design, develop and execute a program in C to perform the following operation on
Singly linked list
a. Insert the node at the beginning
b. Insert the node at the end of the list
c. Display the list
8. Write an algorithm to implement Singly Linked List using stack principles.
9. Design, develop and execute a program in C to implement a doubly linked list
where each node consists of integers. The program should support the following
operations:
a.
Create a doubly linked list by adding each node at the front
b.
Insert a new node to the left of the node whose key value is read as
an input.
c.
Delete the node of a given data If it is found, otherwise display
appropriate message
d.
Display the contents of the list.
(Note: Only either (a, b and d) or (a, c and d) may be asked in the examination) */
10. Design, develop and execute a program in C to create a max heap of integers by
accepting one element at a time and by inserting it immediately in to the heap.
Use the array representation for the heap. Finally display the heap list.
11. Design, develop and execute a program in C to create a Binary tree and perform
the following operation inorder, preorder and postorder traversals.
12. Write an algorithm to construct a Binary Search Tree for the given array
elements and display the elements using array indexing.

Shavige Malleshwara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore-560078.
OOPs with Java Lab

Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 50
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Write a Java program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation ax2
+ bx + c = 0. Read in a, b, c and use the quadratic formula. If the discriminate b 24ac is negative, display a message stating that there are no real solutions.
2 a. Write a Java program that uses both recursive and non recursive functions to
print the nth value in the Fibonacci sequence.
b. Write a Java program that prompts the user for an integer and then prints out
all prime numbers up to that integer.
3. Write a Java program to multiply two given matrices. The matrix should be read
from the command line.
4. Write a Java program to illustrate constructors to add and subtract two
complex numbers.
5. Write a Java program to declare an abstract class Solid and implements
Cylinder, Cone and Sphere by inheriting from Solid abstract class. Compute the
surface area and volume.
6. Write a Java program to calculate gross salary & net salary taking the following
data.
Input: Empno, Empname, basic
DA=40% of basic
HRA=20% of basic
CCA=Rs 250/PF=10% of basic
PT=Rs100/IT = 10% of gross
Gross income = Basic + DA + HRA + CCA
Deductions = PF+PT+IT
Net income = Gross income Deductions
7. Write a Java program to read from console and write these data into a file, again
read that file and print the content onto console.
8 a. Write a Java program to convert an infix expression to a postfix expression.
b. Write a Java program to implement the following interface.
Vehicle
(Interface)
Bus
(Class)
Lorry
(Class)
Car
(Class)
9. Write a Java program to read a string from the keyboard and to do the following
a. Extract the middle character of the string
b. Check whether the string entered is palindrome or not
c. Count the number of vowels in the string
d. Count the total number of characters in this string.
10 a. Write a Java program that implements ArrayIndexOutofBound Exception
using built-in-Exception.
b. Write a Java program to identify the significance of finally block in handling
exceptions
11. Write a Java program that creates three threads. First thread displays Good
Morning, every one second. The second thread displays Hello every two seconds
and the third thread displays Welcome every three seconds.

Logic Design
Subject Code: CSE34
Total Hours: 40
Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 100
UNIT 1
8 Hours
Combinational Logic Circuits: Sum-of-Products Method, Truth Table to
Karnaugh Map, Pairs Quads, and Octets, Karnaugh Simplifications, Dont-care
Conditions,
Product-of-sums
Method,
Product-of-sums
simplifications,
Simplification by Quine-McClusky Method.
Self Study Component: TTL Series.
UNIT-2
8 Hours
Data-Processing Circuits:Multiplexers,Demultiplexers,1-of16 Decoder, Encoders,
Parity Generators a Checkers, Magnitude Comparator, Programmable Array Logic,
Programmable Logic Arrays.
Self Study Component: Hazards and Hazard Covers.
UNIT 3
8 Hours
Clocks, Flip-Flops: Clock Waveforms, TTL Clock, Schmitt Trigger, Clocked D
FLIP-FLOP, Edge-triggered D FLIP-FLOP, Edge-triggered JK FLIP-FLOP, FLIP-FLOP
Timing, JK Master-slave FLIP-FLOP.
Self Study Component: Switch Contact Bounce Circuits.
UNIT 4
8 Hours
Registers: Types of Registers, Serial In -Serial Out, Serial In - Parallel out, Parallel
In- Serial Out, Parallel In - Parallel Out, Applications of Shift Registers.
Self Study Component: Universal Shift Register.
UNIT 5
8 Hours
Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential Circuits: Design of
Synchronous Sequential Circuit: Model Selection, State Transition Diagram, State
Synthesis Table, Design Equations and Circuit Diagram, Algorithmic State
Machine, State Reduction Technique, Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential
Circuit, Design of Asynchronous Sequential Circuit.
Self Study Component: Problems with Asynchronous Sequential Circuits.
Text Book: 1. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino & Goutam Saha: Digital
Principles and Applications, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books: 1. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic: Fundamentals of Digital
Logic Design with VHDL, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
2. R D Sudhaker Samuel: Illustrative Approach to Logic Design, SanguinePearson, 2010.

3. Charles H. Roth: Fundamentals of Logic Design, Jr., 5th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2004.
4. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, Gregory L. Moss: Digital Systems Principles
and Applications, 10th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
5. M Morris Mano: Digital Logic and Computer Design, 10th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2008.

Object Oriented Programming with JAVA
Subject Code: CSE33
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 52
Exam Marks: 100
______________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1
11 Hours
Overview of Java: Object Oriented Programming, Java and Java applications,
Java Development kit(JDK); Java is interpreted, Byte code, JVM, Java Buzzwords,
A simple program, Two Control statements, arrays, Lexical Issues. Operators:
Arithmetic operators, Bitwise operators, Relational operators, the assignment
operators, the ? Operator, operator precedence logical expression, type casting,
strings. Control Statements: Selection statements, iteration statements, Jump
statements. Introducing Classes: Class fundamentals, declaring Objects, creating
and destroying objects, assigning object reference variables, access specifiers,
introducing methods, constructors, this keyword, garbage collection, the finalize()
method.
Self-study Components: Data types and other tokens: Boolean Variables, int,
long, char, white spaces, literals.
UNIT 2
11 Hours
A Closer Look at Methods and Classes: Overloading methods, Overloading
constructors, using objects as parameters, a closer look at argument passing,
returning objects, recursion, introducing access control, understanding static,
introducing final, nested and inner classes, using command line arguments.
Inheritance: Inheritance basics, using super, creating multilevel hierarchy,
method overriding, using abstract classes, using final with inheritance.
Input/Output: I/O Basics, Reading Console Input, Writing Console Output,
Reading and Writing files.
Self-study Components: the PrintWriter Class, dynamic method dispatch.
UNIT 3
10 Hours
Packages: Defining a package, Access protection; importing packages. Interfaces:
Defining an Interface, Implementing Interface, Nested Interface, Applying
interfaces, Variables in interfaces. Exception handling: Fundamentals, Exception
types, uncaught exceptions, using try and catch, nested try statements, throw,
throws, finally.
Self-study Component: Interfaces can be extended, multiple catch clauses, Java's
built-in exceptions.
UNIT 4
10 Hours
Multithreaded Programming: Java thread model, main thread, creating a thread,
creating multiple threads, using isAlive( ) and join( ), suspending, resuming
thread. String handling: String Constructors, String Length, Special string
operators, character extraction, string comparison.
Self-study Component: thread priorities, stopping thread, searching strings,
modifying a string.
UNIT 5
10 Hours
Generics: What are Generics? A Simple Generics Example, A generics Class with
two type parameters, The General form of a Generic Class, creating a generic
method. The Collections Framework: Collections Overview, the Collection
Interfaces, the Collection Classes.
Self-study Component: generic interfaces, java.lang: Primitive Type Wrappers.
Text Book:
1. Herbert Schildt: Java the Complete Reference, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2007.
Reference Books:
1. Y. Daniel Liang: Introduction to JAVA Programming, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2007.
2. Kathy Sierra and Bert Bates: Head First Java, 2nd Edition, O' Reilly
3. Understanding OOP with Java, updated edition, T. Budd,
Pearson
education.
4. An Introduction to programming and OO design using Java, J. Nino and
F.A. Hosch, John Wiley & sons.

B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING
IV SEMESTER
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Subject
Code
MAT41
CSE42
CSE43
CSE44
CSE45
CSE46
CSEL47
CSEL48
Subject
Engineering Mathematics-IV
Algorithm Design and Analysis
Operating System
Microprocessors
Introduction to Python
Unix System Programming
Algorithm Laboratory using C
Microprocessor Laboratory
Teaching
Department
Board
MATHS
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
MATHS
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
CSE
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
P
4
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
3
0
0
0
1
2
0
1
2
Total
Examination
CIE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
400
SEE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
400
03 Subjects
03 Subjects
02 Labs
Credit
Total
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
800
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
2
25
03X04
03X03
02X02
Total Credits
12
09
04
25

Algorithm Analysis and Design
Subject Code: CSE42
Total Hours: 52
Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 100
UNIT - I
[11 Hours]
Introduction: Notion of Algorithms, Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving.
Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency: The Analysis Framework,
Asymptotic Notations and Basic Efficiency Classes, Mathematical Analysis of Recursive
Algorithms. Brute Force: Selection Sort, Sequential Search and Brute-Force String
Matching.
Self-study Component: Mathematical Analysis of Non recursive Algorithms, Bubble Sort
UNIT - II
[11 Hours]
Divide-and-Conquer: Introduction, Master theorem, Mergesort, Multiplication of Large
Integers and Strassens Matrix Multiplication. Decrease-and-Conquer: Introduction,
Insertion Sort, Depth-First Search and Breadth-First Search, Topological Sorting,
Algorithms for Generating Combinatorial Objects.
Self-study Component: Binary Search, Quicksort.
UNIT - III
[10 Hours]
Space and Time Trade-Offs: Introduction, Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in
String Matching,. Dynamic Programming: Introduction, Three Basic Examples,
Warshalls and Floyds Algorithms, The Knapsack Problem and Memory Functions.
Transform-and-Conquer: Introduction, Balanced Search Trees.
Self-study Component: Hashing, Heaps and Heapsort.
UNIT - IV
[10 Hours]
Greedy Technique: Introduction, Prims Algorithm, Kruskals Algorithm, Dijkstras
Algorithm, Huffman Trees and Codes. PRAM ALGORITHMS: Introduction, Computational
Model, Parallel Algorithms for Prefix Computation.
Self-study Component: List Ranking, and Graph Problems
UNIT - 5
[10 Hours]
Limitations of Algorithm Power: Lower-Bound Arguments, Decision Trees, P, NP, and
NP-Complete Problems. Backtracking, Branch-and-Bound, Approximation Algorithms for
NP-Hard Problems.
Self-study Component: Coping with the Limitations of Algorithm Power
Text Books:
1. Anany Levitin: Introduction to The Design & Analysis of Algorithms, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran: Fundamentals of Computer
Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Universities Press.
Reference Books:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L. Rivest, Clifford Stein: Introduction

to Algorithms, 3rd Edition, PHI.

Shavige Malleshwrara Hills, Kumarswamy Layout, Bangalore-560078.
MICROPROCESSORS
Subject Code: CSE44
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 52
Exam Marks: 100
________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1
11 Hours
Introduction, Microprocessor Architecture 1: The Microprocessor and its
Architecture: Internal Microprocessor Architecture, Real Mode Memory
Addressing. Introduction to programming 8086. Data Transfer Instructions,
Arithmetic Instructions: Addition, Subtraction and Comparison, Multiplication
and Division.
Self Study Component: - Data Addressing modes, Assembler Details, Mov
instruction machine code generation.
UNIT 2
11 Hours
Interrupts and programming: Introduction to Interrupts, DOS Interrupts, BIOS
Interrupts, Interrupt vector table, Program Control Instructions: The Jump Group,
Controlling the Flow of the Program, Macros and Procedures, Basic Logical
Instructions, BCD and ASCII arithmetic instructions.
Self Study Component: - Shift and Rotate Instructions, String Comparisons,
Miscellaneous Instructions.
UNIT 3
10 Hours
I/O Interface: The Programmable Peripheral Interface 82C55, Programmable
Interval Timer 8254. Interfacing microprocessor to keyboard, 7-segment display
and stepper motor.
Self Study Component: Example programs on interface.
UNIT 4
10 Hours
Hardware Specifications, Memory Interface: Pin-Outs and the Pin Functions,
Clock Generator, Bus Buffering and Latching, Bus Timings, Ready and Wait State,
Minimum versus Maximum Mode. Memory Interfacing: Memory Devices. Address
Decoding, 8088 Memory Interface, 8086 Memory Interface.
Self Study Component: - Basic I/O Interface: Introduction to I/O Interface, I/O
Port Address Decoding.
UNIT 5
10 Hours
8086 based multiprocessing systems & Combining Assembly Language with
C/C++: Coprocessor configurations, The 8087 numeric data processor: data types,
processor architecture, instruction set and examples. Introduction to 80386
microprocessor, Special 80386 registers, Introduction to 80486 processor,
Introduction to Pentium microprocessor. Using Assembly Language with C/C++

for 16-Bit DOS Applications and 32-Bit Applications.
Self Study Component: - Modular Programming, Data Conversions, Example
Programs.
Text Books:
1. Barry B Brey: The Intel Microprocessors, 8th Edition, Pearson Education,
2009.
2. Microcomputer systems-The 8086/8088 Family Y.C.Liu and G.A Gibson, 2E
PHI-2003
Reference Books:
1. Douglas V. Hall: Microprocessors and Interfacing, Revised 2nd Edition, TMH,
2006.
2. K. Udaya Kumar & B.S. Umashankar : Advanced Microprocessors & IBM-PC
Assembly Language Programming, TMH 2003.
3. James L. Antonakos: The Intel Microprocessor Family: Hardware and Software
Principles and Applications, Cengage Learning, 2007.

Operating System
Subject Code: CSE43
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 40
Exam Marks: 100
_____________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 1
8 Hours
Overview-Introduction: What operating systems do; Operating System Structure,
Operating System operations. System Structures: Operating System Services;
User Operating-System Interface; System calls; Types of System calls; Operating
System design and implementation.
Self Study Component: Distributed system; Special-purpose systems; Computing
environments. Operating System structure; Virtual machines.
UNIT 2
8 Hours
Process Management-Process concept: Process concept; Process scheduling;
Multi-Threaded Programming: Overview; Multithreading models; threading
issues. Process Scheduling: Basic concepts; scheduling criteria; Scheduling
algorithms; Multiple-Processor scheduling.
Self Study Component: Inter Process Communication; Thread Libraries.
UNIT - 3
8 Hours
Process Coordination- Synchronization: The Critical section problem;
Semaphores; Classical problems of synchronization. Deadlocks: System model;
Deadlock characterization; Methods for handling deadlocks; Deadlock prevention;
Deadlock avoidance; Deadlock detection and recovery from deadlock.
Self Study Component: Petersons solution; Monitors
UNIT - 4
8 Hours
Memory
Management-Memory
Management
Strategies:
Background;
Contiguous memory allocation; Paging;. Virtual Memory management:
Background; Demand paging; Copy-on-write; Page replacement; Allocation of
frames.
Self Study Component: Swapping; Segmentation; Thrashing.
UNIT - 5
8 Hours
Storage Management-File System: File concept; Access methods; Directory and
Disk structure; File system mounting; File sharing; Protection. Secondary
Storage Structures: Overview of Mass storage structures; Disk scheduling.
System Protection: Goals of protection, Principles of protection, Domain of
protection, Access matrix.
Self study Component: File System Structure; File System Implementation.
Text Books:
Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne: Operating System
Principles, 8th edition, Wiley India, 2009
Reference Books:
1. D.M Dhamdhere: Operating systems - A concept based Approach,2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw- Hill, 2002.
2. P.C.P. Bhatt: Introduction to Operating Systems: Concepts and Practice, 2nd
Edition, PHI, 2008.
3. Harvey M Deital: Operating systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1990.

Introduction to Python Programming

Subject Code: CSE45
Hours/Week: 3Hrs
Exam Hours: 3Hrs
Total Hours: 40
Exam Marks: 100
________________________________________________________________________
UNIT - 1
8 Hours
Introduction to Python Programming: Features, basic syntax, Writing and
executing simple program, Basic Data Types such as numbers, strings, etc
Declaring variables, Performing assignments, arithmetic operations, Simple inputoutput, Precedence of operators, Type conversion, Control statements:
Terminating loops, skipping specific conditions, String Manipulation: declaring
strings, string functions, Manipulating Collections Lists, Tuples.
Self Study Component: Conditional Statements: if, if-else, nested ifelse,
Looping: for, while, nested loops.
UNIT - 2
8 Hours
Dictionaries Concept of dictionary, techniques to create, update & delete
dictionary items. Functions: Defining a function, calling a function, Advantages of
functions, types of functions, function parameters, Formal parameters, Actual
parameters, anonymous functions, global and local variables.
Self Study Component: Modules: Importing module, Creating & exploring
modules, Math module, Random module, Time module.
UNIT - 3
8 Hours
Python File Input-Output: Opening and closing file, various types of file modes,
reading and writing to files, manipulating directories. Regular Expressions
Concept of regular expression, various types of regular expressions, using match
function.
Self Study Component: Exception Handling What is exception, various
keywords to handle exception such try, catch, except, else, finally, raise.
UNIT - 4
8 Hours
GUI Programming in Python (using Tkinter/wxPython/Qt) - What is GUI, Advantages

of GUI, Introduction to GUI library, Layout management, Events and bindings,
Widget such as: Frame, Label, Button, Checkbutton, Entry, Listbox, Message,
Radiobutton, Text, Spinbox etc.
Self Study Component: Font, Colors, drawing on canvas (line, oval, rectangle,
etc.)
UNIT - 5
8 Hours
Database connectivity in Python Installing mysql connector, accessing
connector module, using connect, cursor, execute & close functions, reading
single & multiple results of query execution, understanding exceptions in database

connectivity.
Self Study Component: executing different types of statements, executing
transactions.
Text books:
1) Paul Gries , Jennifer Campbell, Jason Montojo, Practical Programming: An
Introduction to Computer Science Using Python 3, Pragmatic Bookshelf, 2/E 2014
2) James Payne, Beginning Python: Using Python 2.6 and Python 3, Wiley India,
2010
Reference Books:
1) Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python, Wiley, 2013
2) A. Lukaszewski, MySQL for Python: Database Access Made Easy, Pact
Publisher, 2010

UNIX SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
Subject Code: CSE46
Hours/Week: 03
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hours: 40
Exam Marks: 100
____________________________________________________________________________
UNIT - 1:
8 Hours
UNIX Operating System and Unix Commands: The Unix Operating System, The
UNIX architecture and Command Usage,The File System, Basic File Attributes
Self Study Component: Simple Filters
UNIT - 2:
8 Hours
Unix Editor, Environment and Shell: The vi Editor, The Process, The Shell and
Essential Shell Programming
Self Study Component: Customizing the environment
UNIT - 3:
8 Hours
UNIX Standards and Files: UNIX and ANSI Standards: The ANSI C Standard, The
ANSI/ISO C++ Standards, Difference between ANSI C and C++, The POSIX
Standards, The POSIX.1 FIPS Standard, UNIX and POSIX APIs: The POSIX APIs,
The UNIX and POSIX Development Environment, API Common Characteristics.
UNIX FILES: File Types, the UNIX and POSIX File System, Application Program
Interface to Files, UNIX Kernel Support for Files.
Self Study Component: Relationship of C Stream Pointers and File Descriptors.
UNIT - 4:
8 Hours
File APIs and UNIX Processes: UNIX File APIs: General File APIs, File and Record
Locking, Directory File APIs, Device File APIs, FIFO File APIs, Symbolic Link File
APIs.. UNIX Process: main function, Process Termination, Process Identifiers, fork,
vfork, exit, wait, waitpid Functions, Race Conditions, exec Functions
Self Study Component: UNIX Kernel Support for Processes
UNIT - 5:
8 Hours
Signals/Daemon Processes and Inter-Process Communication: SIGNALS AND
DAEMON PROCESSES: Signals: The UNIX Kernel Support for Signals, signal,
Signal Mask, sigaction, sigsetjmp and siglongjmp Functions, Alarm, Interval
Timers, Daemon Processes: Introduction, Daemon Characteristics, Coding Rules,
Error Logging, Client-Server Model. INTERPROCESS COMMUNICATION: Pipes,
popen, pclose Functions;
Self Study Component: FIFOs; Message Queues; Semaphores.
Text Books:
1. Sumitabha Das: UNIX Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2006.
2. Terrence Chan: UNIX System Programming Using C++, Prentice Hall India,
1999.
3. W. Richard Stevens: Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg: UNIX and Shell
Programming, Cengage Learning, 2005.
2. M.G. Venkateshmurthy: UNIX & Shell Programming, Pearson Education, 2005
3. Marc J. Rochkind: Advanced UNIX Programming, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2005.
4. Maurice J Bach: The Design of the UNIX Operating System, Pearson Education,
1987.

Algorithm Laboratory using C/C++
Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 50
Design, develop and implement the specified algorithms for the following
problems using C++ Language in LINUX / Windows environment.
1. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called QUICK_SORT
that represents the array of elements, with member functions to sort a given set of
elements using the Quicksort method and determine the time required to sort the
elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of elements
in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements
should be read from a file and also be generated using the random number
generator.
2. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called MERGE_SORT
that represents the array of elements, with member functions to sort a given set of
elements using the merge sort method and determine the time required to sort the
elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of elements
in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements
should be read from a file and also be generated using the random number
generator.
3a. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called BFS that
represents the adjacency matrix, with member functions. Print all the nodes
reachable from a given starting node in a digraph using BFS method.
b. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called DFS that
represents the adjacency matrix, with member functions. Print all the nodes
reachable from a given starting node in a digraph using DFS method.
4a. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called FLOYDS that
represents the cost adjacency matrix and member functions to Implement AllPairs Shortest Paths Problem using Floyd's algorithm.
b. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called WARSHALL
that represents the adjacency matrix, with member functions to compute the
transitive closure of a given directed graph using Warshall's algorithm. Print all
the matrices of transitive closure.
5. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called HORSPOOL that
represents the text and pattern string and member functions to search for given
pattern string in text string using Horspool method.
6. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called KNAPSACK that
represents the weights and profits of n objects, with member functions to
Implement 0/1 Knapsack problem using Dynamic Programming.
7. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called KRUSKAL that
represents the cost adjacency matrix, Find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a
given undirected graph using Kruskal's algorithm.
8. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called PRIMS that
represents the cost adjacency matrix presents and member functions to find
Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given undirected graph using Prims algorithm.
9. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called DIJKSTRA that
represents the cost adjacency matrix. From a given vertex in a weighted connected
graph, find shortest paths to other vertices using Dijkstra's algorithm.
10. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called
SUMOFSUBSET that represents the array of elements, and member functions to
find a subset of a given set S = {sl, s2,.....,sn} of n positive integers whose sum is
equal to a given positive integer d. For example, if S={1, 2, 5, 6, 8} and d = 9 there
are two solutions {1,2,6} and {1,8}. A suitable message is to be displayed if the
given problem instance doesn't have a solution.
11. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called QUEENS that
represents the number of queens and member functions Implement N Queen's
problem using Back Tracking.
12. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called TSP
represents the cost adjacency matrix and member functions to implement
scheme to find the optimal solution for the Traveling Salesperson problem
then solve the same problem instance using any approximation algorithm
determine the error in the approximation.
that
any
and
and

Microprocessors Laboratory
Exam Hours: 03
Exam Marks: 50
___________________________________________________________________________
Note:
Develop and execute the following programs using 8086 Assembly Language. Any
suitable assembler like MASM, TASM etc may be used.
Program should have suitable comments.
The board layout and the circuit diagram of the interface are to be provided to the
student during the examination.
1a. Write an ALP to conduct binary search for unsorted array of N numbers.
b. Read the status of eight input bits from the Logic Controller Interface and
display FF if it is the parity of the input read is even, otherwise display 00.
2a. Read an alphanumeric character and displays its equivalent ASCII code at the
center of the screen.
b. Read the status of two 8-bit inputs (X & Y) from the Logic Controller Interface
and display X*Y.
3a. Write an ALP to read an 8 bit number from the keyboard and check whether it
is a prime number or not.
b. Implement a BCD Up-Down Counter on the Logic Controller Interface.
4a. Write an ALP to read a string from the keyboard and check whether it is a
palindrome or not.
b. Display messages DSCE and 4CSE alternately with flickering effects on a
7-segment display interface for a suitable period of time. Ensure a flashing
rate that makes it easy to read both the messages (Examiner does not specify
these delay values nor is it necessary for the student to compute these values).
5a. Write an ALP to read two strings, store them in locations STR1 and STR2.
Check whether they are equal or not and display appropriate messages. Also
display the length of the stored strings.
b. Convert a 16-bit binary value (assumed to be an unsigned integer) to BCD
and display it from left to right and right to left for specified number of times
on a 7-segment display interface.
6a. Write an ALP to separate even and odd numbers from N array elements.
b. Scan an 8 x 3 keypad for key closure and to store the code of the key pressed
in a memory location or display on screen. Also display row and column
numbers of the key pressed.
7a. Write an ALP to generate and print first N Fibonacci numbers.

b. Drive a Stepper Motor interface to rotate the motor in specified direction
(clockwise or counter-clockwise) by N steps (Direction and N are specified by
the examiner). Introduce suitable delay between successive steps.
8a. Compute nCr using recursive procedure. Assume that n and r are nonnegative integers.
b. Display the system time on a 7-segment display interface.
9a. Develop an assembly level program to display the system date at the centre of
the screen.
b. Generate the Sine Wave using DAC interface (The output of the DAC is to be
displayed on the CRO).
10a. Read a pair of input co-ordinates in BCD and move the cursor to the specified
location on the screen.
b. Drive an elevator interface in the following way:
i. Initially the elevator should be in the ground floor, with all requests in
OFF state.
ii. When a request is made from a floor, the elevator should move to that
floor, wait there for a couple of seconds (approximately), and then come
down to ground floor and stop. If some requests occur during going up or
coming down they should be ignored.


B.E. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
MAT31
CV32
CV33
CT34
CV35
CT36
Surveying I
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Course
Type
Teaching
Department
Strength of Materials
BS
EC
EC
MAT
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
Materials of Construction
Fluid Mechanics
EC
EC
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
Construction Accounting &

Financial Management
EC
CV/CTM
CTL37
Surveying Practice I
EC
CTL38
Construction Material Testing Lab
EC
Board
Maths
Examination
P
0
0
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
3
3
3
CV/CTM
50
50
100
CV/CTM
50
Civil/ CT
Total
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
4
0
50
100
2
25
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of study.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling an Exposure to some other
discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.


B.E. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Subject
Code
Subject
MAT41 Engineering Maths-IV

Surveying II
CV42
CT43
CT44
CT45
CT46
CTL47
CTL48
Structural Analysis
Construction Technology
Concrete Technology
Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines
Surveying Practice II
Concrete Lab
Course
Type
BS
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
Total
Teaching
Department
MAT
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
CV/CTM
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
Maths
4
0
4
0
4
0
3
0
3
0
Civil / CT
3
0
1
0
1
0
Examination
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
CIE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
SEE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Credits
Total
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
25
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/Providing extended scope/ Enabling an Exposure to some other
discipline/domain /nurturing student proficiency skills.


B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Engineering Mathematics III
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
Examination
Credits
P
0
CIE
50
SEE
50
Total
100
MAT
Maths
CV33
Surveying - I
Strength of Materials
CV
CV
CV
CV
4
4
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
4
4
CV34
Applied Engineering Geology
CV
CV
50
50
100
CV35
Fluid Mechanics
CV
CV
50
50
100
CV36
CV
CV
50
50
100
CVL37
Building Materials and Construction

Practices
Basic Material Testing Lab
CV
CV
50
50
100
CVL38
Surveying Practice - I
CV
CV
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
1
2
3
MAT31
CV32
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a
said discipline of study.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling an
Exposure to some other discipline/domain/nurturing student proficiency skills.
Course Code:
CV32
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
L T P C
4 0 0 4
Title : SURVEYING I
students should learn making measurements of the relative positions of
natural and manmade features on the Earths surface, and the presentation of
this information either graphically or numerically
students should learn
1. Surveying and leveling theory for planning civil engineering projects.
2. Surveying Instruments, their construction, calibration and use.
3. Errors, their distribution and adjustment of instruments
1. Learn methods of surveying involving linear and angular
measurements using instruments such as Surveyors chain, tape,
compass, Total station etc., and make calculations to determine
relative positions of points on the ground.
2. Mapping land features to a drawing sheet using the method of plane
table and learn different techniques such as two point and three point
problems for locating ground objects on the drawing sheet.
MODULE 1
INTRODUCTION: Definition of Surveying, classification of surveying, uses of Surveying Units
of Measurements, topographical Maps and their numbering, Basic principles of surveying,
Errors, Classification, Precision and accuracy
MEASUREMENT OF HORIZONTAL DISTANCES: Classification of chains & tapes, EDM
devices (SL), Ranging of lines Direct and Indirect, Measurement of distances over sloping
grounds, Chain and Tape corrections - Numerical problems.
CHAIN SURVEYING: Selection of stations and lines, Offsets and types setting out of right
angles, use of optical square, prism square, cross staff, linear methods of setting out right angles,
Booking of chain survey work (SL), Field book, entries, conventional symbols, Obstacles in chain
survey, Numerical problems, Errors in chain survey and precautions to be taken.
12 hours
MODULE 2:
COMPASS SURVEYING: Meridians and bearings. Principle, working and use of Prismatic
compass, Surveyors compass, Magnetic bearing, true bearings, WCB and Reduced bearing,
Accessories required for compass surveying, Traverse - closed and open traverse. Local
attraction, determination and corrections, Dependent and independent co-ordinates, Checks for
closed traverse and determination of closing error and its direction, Bowditchs rule and transit
rule (SL).
8 hours
1
Note: SL - Self Learning Component
MODULE 3
LEVELLING: Principles and basic definitions, Fundamental axes and part of a dumpy level,
Types of adjustments and objectives, Temporary adjustments of a dumpy level, Sensitiveness of
bubble tube, Curvature and refraction correction, Type of leveling - Simple leveling, Reciprocal
leveling, Profile leveling, Cross sectioning, Fly leveling. Booking of levels - Rise and fall
method and Height of instrument method, comparison Arithmetic checks. Fly back leveling,
Errors and precautions. Contours and their characteristics, Methods of contouring, direct and
indirect methods, Interpolation techniques, Uses of contours, Numerical problems on
determining inter visibility, Grade contours and uses (SL).
10 hours
MODULE 4
PLANE TABLE SURVEYING: Plane table and accessories, Advantages and limitations of plane
table survey, Orientation and methods of orientation, Methods of plotting Radiation,
Intersection, Traversing, Resection method, Two point and three point problems, Solution to two
point problem by graphical method, Solution to three point problem Bessels graphical method,
Errors in plane table survey (SL).
10 hours
MODULE 5
THEDOLITE: Thedolite and types, Fundamental axes and parts of a transit theodolite, Uses of
theodolite, Temporary adjustments of a transit thedolite, Measurement of horizontal angles
Method of repetitions and re-iterations, Measurements of vertical angles, Permanent adjustment
of a dumpy level and transit theodolite-Two peg test and spire test (SL).
10 hours
Text Books:
1. Surveying and leveling, T P Kanetkar, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan
2. Surveying and Leveling R Subramanian. Oxford University Press (2007)
3. Fundamentals of Surveying - Milton O. Schimidt Wong, Thomson Learning.
References:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Plane and Geodetic Surveying by David Clark Vol I and II, CBS Publishers.
Plane Surveying A. M. Chandra New age international (P) Ltd
Higher Surveying A.M. Chandra New age international (P) Ltd
Fundamentals of Surveying - S.K. Roy Prentice Hall of India
Surveying Vol. I, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill - Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
Text Book of Surveying C. Venkataramiah. Universities Press.(2009 Reprint)
Course Code:
CV33
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
Title : STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
L T
4 0
P
0
C
4
1. To learn about the behavior of deformable bodies, concept of stress,

principal stress, strain for axially loaded beams and columns
2. To understand the theory of torsion and stresses in springs
1. Students will be able to determine the stresses and strains in the
members subjected to axial, bending and torsional loads
2. Students will be able to determine the principal stresses and strains in
structural members
3. They will learn to draw shear force and bending moment diagrams for
beams subjected to different loading for statically determinate beams.
4. Evaluate the slope and deflection of beams subjected to loads
5. Analyze the behavior of buckling of columns.
MODULE 1
SIMPLE STRESS AND STRAIN: Introduction, Properties of Materials, Stress, Strain, Hooks law,
Poissons Ratio, Stress Strain Diagram for structural steel and non ferrous materials, Principles
of superposition, total elongation of circular and rectangular cross sections bars, total elongation
of tapering bars(SL). Elongation due to self weight. Composite sections, Volumetric strain,
expression for volumetric strain, Elastic constants, relationship among elastic constants, thermal
stresses: including thermal stresses in compound bar (SL).
10 hours
MODULE 2:
COMPOUND STRESSES: Introduction, Stress components on inclined planes, General two
dimensional stress system, Principal planes and stresses, Mohrs circle of stress and strain (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 3
BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR FORCE IN BEAMS: Introduction, Types of beams loadings
and supports, Shearing force in beam, Bending moment, Sign convention, Relationship between
loading, shear force and bending moment, Shear force and bending moment equations, SFD and
BMD with salient values for cantilever beams, simply supported beams and overhanging (SL)
beams considering point loads, UDL, UVL (SL) and Couple.
10 hours
MODULE 4
BENDING STRESS, SHEAR STRESS IN BEAMS: Introduction Bending stress in beam,
Assumptions in simple bending theory, Pure bending derivation of Bernoullis equation,
Modulus of rupture, section modulus, Flexural rigidity, Expression for horizontal shear stress in
beam, Shear stress diagram for rectangular, symmetrical I and T section, hollow rectangular
section (SL)
DEFLECTION IN BEAMS: Introduction Definitions of slope, deflection, Elastic curve
derivation of differential equation of flexure, Sign convention Slope and deflection for standard
loading classes using Macaulays method for rectangular and overhanging beams (SL) subjected
to point loads, UDL and Couple.
11 hours
MODULE 5
TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFTS: Introduction Pure torsion-torsion equation of circular
shafts, Strength and stiffness, Torsional rigidity and polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft of
solid and hollow circular sections. Concept of springs - closed and open coiled helical springs,
leaf spring
ELASTIC STABILITY OF COLUMNS: Introduction Short and long columns, Eulers theory on
columns, Effective length slenderness ration, radius of gyration, buckling load, Assumptions,
derivations of Eulers Buckling load for different end conditions, Limitations of Eulers theory &
problems, Secant formula, Rankines formula and problems (SL)
11 hours
Text Books:
1. Elements of Strength of Materials, Timoshenko and Young, Affiliated East-West
Press,1968
2. Strength of Materials, Singer, F.L. 4th edition, Harper and Row Publications.
3. Strength of Materials, R.Subramanyam, Oxford University Press, Edition 2008
References:
1. Strength materials, 3rd edition, S.Timoshenko, Vol 1. Theory and applications, CBS
Publishers, Bangalore, 2004.
2. Mechanics of materials, J.M. Gere & S.P. Timoshenko, 2rd Ed., CBS Publishers
3. Mechanics of Materials, James M. Gere (5th Edition), Thomson Learning
4. Mechanics of Materials, E.P. Popov, S. Nagaraju, Z.A. Lu, Prentice Hall
Publications, 1991.
Course Code:
CV34
Title : APPLIED ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
L T
3 0
P
0
C
3
Students will be able to study and understand some fundamental and

basic concepts of geology, Earths various processes, events and
products.
Will be exposed to the study of various rocks and minerals and their
uses in civil engineering projects
Will be enabled to appreciate the advantages of emerging S&T fields
like RS, GIS and GPS along with their applications in geoengineering.
Students will acquire knowledge to study and interpret the various
satellite images with different resolutions and signatures to map
different classes of earth features including land use/land cover and
other natural resources.
The students will know about origin of the earth, its internal structure,
its evolutionary history, chemical composition and know how the
different events which took place produced the variety of rocks and
minerals.
They will know the earth processes i.e. exogenic and endogenic;
formation of rocks and minerals in space and time; geomorphic
processes denudation by running water, weathering of rocks,
earthquake, landslides etc.
Students will gain knowledge of engineering geology and its
application in civil engineering planning, design and construction.
This will be crucial and help to identify the adverse geological
problems during site selections and find the rational solutions thereon
to ensure safe foundation conditions and construction of the
infrastructure projects etc.
MODULE 1
INTRODUCTION :
Geology and its role in the field of civil engineering; Different branches of geology; Earth: Its
internal structure and composition (SL).
APPLIED MINERALOGY:
Description and identification of minerals, Rock forming minerals (silicate & non-silicate) and
Ore minerals (non-silicate) based on physical and special properties: Quartz group of minerals;
Feldspar group; Mica group; Amphibole group, Garnet group; Carbonate group and Sulphide
group, Oxide group, Sulphate group.
7 hours
5
MODULE 2:
PRIMARY ,SECONDARY and TRANSFORMED PETROLOGY.
Rocks: Introduction, definition and classification. Igneous rocks: Origin, classification (chemical
and textural), mode of occurrence; Identification and description of Granite, Syenite, Diorite,
Gabbro, Dunite; Pegmatite, Porphyries, Dolerite; and Basalt.
Sedimentary rocks: Origin, classification, primary structures and description of Sandstones,
Conglomerate, Breccia, Shale, Limestones and Laterite.
Metamorphic rocks: Kinds of metamorphism, description of Gneiss, Quartzite, Marble, Slate,
Phyllite and Schists. Rocks as fundamental units and building materials of the earth crust and
their engineering application. (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 3
GEOMORPHOLOGY and Geodynamics
Epigene and Hypogene geological agents; study of various landforms (SL); Rock weathering
process-physical and chemical weathering, engineering aspects of weathering; origin of soil, soil
profile, classification of soil, soil erosion and conservation methods; Geological action of rivers,
study of drainage patterns. Earthquakes- causes, effects, and seismic resisting structures.
Landslides; causes, effects and remedial measures
7 hours
MODULE 4
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY & ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Stress, strain and deformational effects on different rocks, out crop, dip, strike and Compass
Clinometer - folds, faults, joints and unconformities, their effects on civil engineering structures.
Geotechnical investigations for civil engineering projects: Study of toposheets and geological
maps, importance of lithological and structural features; studies for the construction of Dams,
Reservoirs, Tunnels, Bridges, Highways, Power house, disposal of municipal waste, e-waste
(SL)
8 hours
MODULE 5
REMOTE SENSING & HYDROGEOLOGY
Introduction to Remote Sensing (RS), Electro Magnetic spectrum Region (EMR),
RS Resolutions & types, types of satellite imagery and their applications in civil engineering
(SL).
Hydrological cycle; vertical distribution of ground water in the earth crust; properties of water
bearing geological formation: Aquifers and their types; selection of sites for well locations and
spacing of wells; geological, hydrological and Geophysical (electrical resistivity) investigations
for ground water exploration; artificial recharge of groundwater methods and rain water
harvesting (SL).
10 hours
6
Text Books:
1) Parbin Singh. Text book of Engineering and General Geology, Katson publishing house,
Ludhiana, 2009.
2) Gokhale, K. V. G. Principles of Engineering Geology, B S Publication, Hyderabad, 2011.
Reference Books:
1) Tyrrell, G. W. Principles of Petrology Chapman & Hall Ltd, 1978.
2) Todd, D. K. Groundwater Hydrology John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1980.
3) Billings, M. P. Structural Geology Prentice Hall, 1972.
4) Ravi, P Gupta. Remote sensing Geology, Springer Verilag, New York.
5) Anji Reddy, M. Remote sensing and GIS, B S Publlications, 2008.
6) Venkata Reddy, D. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering, Oxford and IBH
Publishing company, New Delhi, 1997.
7) Mukerjee, P. K. Text book of Geology, World Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkatta
Course Code:
CV35
Title : FLUID MECHANICS
L T
Course Objectives
1. Develop an understanding of fluid mechanics and its applications in

Civil, Environmental and other engineering fields.
2. Understand and use differential equations to determine pressure and
velocity variations in internal and external flows.
3. Understand the concept of Flow measurement through Pipe and Open
Channels. Learn to design solve pipe through problems.
Course Outcomes
1. Students will learn about ideal and real fluid flow, fluid friction,
principles of conservation of mass and momentum.
2. An ability to apply the Bernoulli equation, control volume analysis,
potential flow theory and dimensional analysis to solve problems in
fluid mechanics.
3. Knowledge of laminar and turbulent boundary layer fundamentals and
their relevance in practical flow situations.
4. Students will learn flow of water through pipes, application of
Bernoullis equation, Major and minor losses in pipes, Discharge
measurement. To solve pipe flow problems including losses due to
friction, flow in open channels and flow measurements.
MODULE 1
BASIC PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS:
Definition of Fluid, properties of fluid: Mass density, Specific weight, Specific gravity, Specific
volume, Viscosity, Cohesion, Adhesion, Surface tension, Bulk Modulus of Elasticity &
Capillarity. Newtons law of viscosity (theory & problems).Capillary rise in a vertical tube and
between two plane surfaces (theory & problems).
PRESSURE AND ITS MEASUREMENT:
Definition of pressure, Pressure at a point, Pascals law, Variation of pressure with depth. Types
of pressure. Vapor pressure. Measurement of pressure using simple, differential & inclined
manometers (theory & problems). Introduction to Mechanical and electronic pressure
measuring devices (SL).
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ON SURFACES:
Basic definitions, equations for hydrostatic force and depth of centre of pressure for Vertical and
inclined surface (plane and curved) - Problems
10 hours
MODULE 2:
KINEMATICS OF FLOW:
Methods of describing fluid motion, definitions of types of fluid flow, streamline, path line,
stream tube (SL). Three dimensional continuity equations in Cartesian Coordinates (derivation
and problems). General Continuity equation (problems). Velocity potential, Stream function,
Equipotential line, Physical concepts of Stream function. Introduction to flow net (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 3
DYNAMICS OF FLUID FLOW:
Energy possessed by a fluid body. Eulers equation of motion along a streamline and Bernoullis
equation. Assumptions and limitations of Bernoullis equation. Laminar flow and Turbulent
flow,Problems on applications of Bernoullis equation (with and without losses). Introduction to
Boundary layer theory (SL).
7 hours
MODULE 4
PIPE FLOW:
Losses in pipe flow, Darcy-Weisbach equation for head loss due to friction in a pipe. Pipes in
series, pipes in parallel, equivalent pipe-problems. Minor losses in pipe flow - problems.
Equation for pressure rise due to gradually valve closure & sudden closure for rigid and elastic
pipes problems, surge protection devices (SL)
8 hours
MODULE 5
DEPTH AND VELOCITY MEASUREMENTS:
Measurement of depth, point & hook gauges, self-recording gauges (SL). Staff gauge, Weight
gauge, float gauge. Measurement of velocity - pitot tube, Current meter- Problems.
DISCHARGE MEASUREMENTS:
Flow measurement, Venturimeter, Orificemeter, Venturiflume, Triangular notch, Rectangular
notch, Cipolletti notch, Ogee weir and Broad crested weir, Errors in flow measurement (SL).
7 hours
Text Books:
1. A TextBook of Fluid mechanics & Hydraulic Machines- R.K.Rajput, S.Chand & Co,
New Delhi, 2006 Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics P N Modi & S M Seth, Standard Book House,
2002
References:
1. Principles of Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines- N.Narayana Pillai, Universities
Press (India), Hyderabad, 2009 Edition.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Turbomachines- R K Bansal, PHI Learning Pvt. Limited, New
Delhi. 2009 Edition.
3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by D S Kumar, S K Kataria Publications
10
Course Code:
CV36
Title : BUILDING MATERIALS AND

CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
L T
Course Objectives
1. To understand the functions and properties of various building

materials used in building constructions.
2. To understand the functions of various building elements and masonry
construction practices.
3. To understand the construction Techniques of various building
components.
Course Outcomes
The students will be aware of the various building materials & building
components, their properties, functions and construction techniques.
MODULE 1
FOUNDATION: Function and requirements of a good foundation, Types of foundations,
Preliminary investigation of soil, Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (SL), Introduction to spread,
combined, strap, mat and pile foundations.
8 hours
MODULE 2
MASONRY AND PLASTERING: Classification of Masonry, Definition of terms used in
Masonry, Classification of bricks, Bonds in Brick work - English Bond, Flemish Bond,
Reinforced Brick Masonry, Common building stones, their properties and uses, Classification of
stone masonry, Joints in stone masonry, Introduction to load bearing, cavity and partition Walls.
Purpose of plastering, Materials of plastering, Methods of plastering, Defects in plastering (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 3
ROOFS: Introduction to arch, Definition and classification of Lintels, Definition and functions
of Chejja, Canopy & Balcony (SL), Types of Roofs & Roofing materials, Flat roof (RCC), Types
of pitched roofs, Wooden Truss, Steel trusses, Types of flooring, Factors affecting selection of
flooring materials
8 hours
11
MODULE 4
DOORS AND WINDOWS: Location of doors and windows, Definition of technical terms, Types
of Doors (SL), Types of windows, Varieties of materials for doors and windows & their
properties.
STAIRCASE, SHUTTERING & SCAFFOLDING: Definition of technical terms, Requirements of
ground stair, Types of Stairs (SL), Shuttering, scaffolding: Beams, Columns, Roofs,
Underpinning.
8 hours
MODULE 5
CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHING: Damp Proofing - Causes of Dampness, Effects of
Dampness, Methods of Damp Proofing, building construction safety, fire safety in buildings,
Concept of Green Buildings.
Introduction to Paintings and types of Painting, Constituents of paints & types, Purpose of
Painting, Defects in Painting (SL), Application of Paints to new and old surfaces
8 hours
Text Books:
1. Building Materials, S K Duggal, New Age International Publications, 2009
2. Engineering Materials, Sushil Kumar, Standard Publication and Distributors, New
Delhi.
3. Building Construction. Dr. B C Punmia, Er. Ashok K Jain, Dr. Arun K Jain, Laxmi
Publications.
References:
1. A Text Book Building Materials, by P.G. Varghese, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
Publication.
2. Advances in Building Materials and Construction by Mohan Rai and M.P. Jain Singh
publication by CBRI, Roorkee.
3. Elementary Building Construction, by Mitchell
12
Course Code:
CVL37
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
Title :
BASIC
LABORATORY
MATERIALS
TESTING
L T
Students should learn

To determine the mechanical properties of materials used in
engineering by performing tests of small specimens of material
To conduct material testing in the laboratory equipped with testing
machines capable of loading the specimens in variety of ways namely
static and dynamic loading, tension and compression, shear and
bending, impact loading, torsion and hardness testing using commonly
used engineering materials such as structural steel, aluminum, copper,
wood, brick etc.
Student will learn
The standards concerning specimen preparation
Setting up and conducting test taking and reading measurements
Processing and plotting the results and comparing with available
standard values.
To write the laboratory methods of each tests along with presentation
of results.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS TO BE CONDUCTED:

1. Tension test on Mild steel and HYSD bars.
2. Compression test of Mild Steel, Cast iron and Wood.
3. Torsion test on Mild Steel circular sections
4. Bending Test on Wood Under two point loading
5. Shear Test on Mild steel.
6. Impact test on Mild Steel, Aluminum (Charpy & Izod)
7. Hardness tests on ferrous and non-ferrous metals Brinells, Rockwell and Vickers
8. Test on Bricks
9. Tests on Fine aggregates Moisture content, Specific gravity, Bulk density, Sieve
analysis and Bulking
10. Tests on Coarse aggregates Absorption, Moisture content, specific gravity, Bulk density
and Sieve analysis
References:
1. IS Codes Tests on Bricks IS:3495 (Part1) 1992
2. Testing of Engineering Materials, Davis, Troxell and Hawk, International Student
Edition McGraw Hill Book Co. New Delhi.
3. Mechanical Testing of Materials, Fenner, George Newnes Ltd. London.
4. Experimental Strength of Materials, Holes K A, English Universities Press Ltd.
London.
5. Testing of Metallic Materials, Suryanarayana A K, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.
6. Engineering Materials by Richards .
13
Course Code:
CVL38
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
L T P C
0 1 2 2
Title : SURVEYING PRACTICE I
Students should be learn to measure horizontal distances, elevations of
points, bearings, etc. using the various instruments in accordance with
Surveying and leveling theory -1 (CV33), make the necessary calculations
and prepare maps.
Student will learn field surveying and leveling methods as required for the
practice of civil engineering profession and implementing these methods in
construction projects.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS TO BE CONDUCTED

1. To measure distance between two points using direct ranging, pacing
2. To set out perpendiculars at various points on given line using cross staff, optical
Square and tape.
1. Setting out of rectangle, hexagon using tape/chain and other accessories
2. Measurement of bearing of the sides of a closed traverse & adjustment of closing error by
angular method
3. To set out rectangles, pentagon, hexagon, using tape /chain and compass.
4. To determine the distance between two inaccessible points using chain/tape & compass.
5. To locate points using radiation and intersection method of plane table surveying
6. To solve 3-point problem in plane tabling using Bessels graphical solution
7. To determine difference in elevation between two points using fly levelling technique &
to conduct fly back levelling. Booking of levels using both HI and Rise & Fall methods.
8. To determine difference in elevation between two points using reciprocal leveling and to
determine the collimation error
9. To conduct profile levelling for water supply /sewage line and to draw the longitudinal
section to determine the depth of cut and depth of filling for a given formation level.
Text Books:
1. Surveying and Levelling R Subramanian. Oxford University Press (2007)
3. Surveying, Arther Bannister et al., Pearson Education, India
References:
1. Plane and Geodetic Surveying by David Clark Vol 1 and II, CBS Publishers.
2. Plane Surveying A. M. Chandra New age international (P) Ltd
3. Higher Surveying A.M. Chandra New age international (P) Ltd
4. Fundamentals of Surveying - S.K. Roy Prentice Hall of India
5. Surveying Vol. I, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill - Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Survey of India Publication on maps
7. Text Book of Surveying C. Venkataramiah. Universities Press.(2009 Reprint)
14


B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
Subject
No.
Code
Subject
MAT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Teaching
Department
MAT41
Engineering Mathematics-IV
CV42
Concrete Technology
CV43
CV44
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L kk T
P
Maths
4
0
0
Examination
Credits
CIE SEE
50
50
Total
100
CV
CV
50
50
100
Structural Analysis I
CV
CV
50
50
100
Environment Engineering I
CV
CV
50
50
100
Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines
CV
CV
50
50
100
CV
CV
50
50
100
CVL47
Surveying II
CV
CV
50
50
100
CVL48
Applied Engineering Geology Lab
CV
CV
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
CV45
CV46
Surveying Practice II
1. Core subject: This is the course which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a
said discipline of study.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/Providing extended scope/ Enabling an
Exposure to some other discipline/domain /nurturing student proficiency skills.
Course Code:
L T
4 0
Title : CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

CV42
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
The student should learn

The raw materials used for concrete and their properties.
The fresh and hardened properties of concrete. The importance of
durability of concrete
Concept of mix design of concrete and its variables
The student will be able to
Learn the importance of physical properties of raw materials
required to produce concrete of the required specifications
Learn the manufacture process of concrete and design a suitable
mix depending on variables and situation
Learn fresh and hardened properties of concrete and also durability
of concrete
MODULE 1
CEMENT AND AGGREGATES: Cement, Chemical composition, hydration of cement, Types
of cement, manufacture of OPC by wet and dry, process (flow charts only) Testing of cement Field testing, Fineness by sieve test and Blaine's air permeability test, Normal consistency,
testing time, soundness, Compression strength of cement and grades of cement, Quality of
mixing water.
Fine aggregate - grading, analysis, Specify gravity, bulking, moisture content, deleterious
materials. Coarse aggregate Importance of size, shape and texture. Grading of aggregates Sieve analysis, specific gravity, Flakiness and elongation index, crushing, impact and abrasion
tests (SL).
11 hours
MODULE 2
WORKABILITY AND ADMIXTURES: Workability - factors affecting workability,
Measurement of workability -slump, flow tests, Compaction factor and vee-bee consistometer
tests, Segregation and bleeding, Process of manufactures of concrete : Batching, Mixing,
Transporting, Placing, Compaction, Curing.
Chemical admixtures - plasticizers, accelerators, retarders and air entraining agents, Mineral
admixtures - Fly ash, Silica fumes and rice husk ash (SL).
10 hours
1
MODULE 3
HARDENED PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE: Factors affecting strength, w/c ratio, gel/space
ratio, maturity concept, Effect of aggregate properties, relation between compressive strength,
and tensile strength, bond strength, modulus of rupture, Accelerated curing, aggregate - cement
bond strength, Testing of hardened concrete - compressive strength, split tensile strength,
Flexural strength, factors influencing strength test results. Elasticity - Relation between modulus
of elasticity and Strength, factors affecting modulus of elasticity, Poisson Ratio (SL),
9 hours
MODULE 4
DURABILITY OF CONCRETE: Durability - definition, significance, permeability, Sulphate
attack, Chloride attack, carbonation, freezing and thawing, Factors contributing to cracks in
concrete - plastic shrinkage, settlement cracks, construction joints, Thermal expansion, transition
zone, structural design deficiencies Shrinkage - plastic shrinkage and drying shrinkage, Factors
affecting shrinkage, Creep - Measurement of creep, factors affecting creep, effect of creep (SL).
10 hours
MODULE 5
MIX DESIGN OF CONCRETE: Concept of Concrete Mix design, variables in proportioning,
exposure conditions, Procedure of mix design as per IS: 10262-1982, Numerical examples of
Mix Design
10 hours
Text Books:
1. Concrete technology Theory and practice, M.S. Shetty, S. Chand and Co, New Delhi,
2002
References:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Properties of Concrete" Neville, A.M., ELBS, London

"Concrete Technology" A.R.Santakumar. Oxford University Press (2007)
"Concrete Manual" - Gambhir Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
"Concrete Mix Design" - N.Krishna Raju, Sehgal - publishers.
"Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design" - IS:10262,BIS Publication
Course Code:
L T
Title : STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I

CV43
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
The course deals with modeling and analysis of different types of

structures such as statically determinate and indeterminate structures, their
classification based on the nature of the structure such as trusses, frames,
arches, the type of analysis, etc.
Students will learn to idealize a structure as a model for theoretical
analysis, classify the structural type and select a type of analysis based on
the structural type and apply the principles of statics or energy principles
to solve for the internal forces and support reactions such as axial forces,
bending or torsional moments. They will also learn to determine such
quantities as structural deflection or rotations of joints in structure.
MODULE 1
STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AND ENERGY CONCEPT:
Forms of structures, Conditions of equilibrium (SL), Degree of freedom, Linear and Non-linear
structures, one, two, three dimensional structural systems, Determinate and indeterminate
structures (Static and Kinematics). Strain energy and complimentary strain energy, Strain energy
due to axial load, bending and shear, Theorem of minimum potential energy, Law of
conservation of energy, and Principle of virtual work. Analysis of trusses (Statically determinate)
by method of joints, sections.
12 hours
MODULE 2
DEFLECTION OF BEAMS:
Moment area method, Conjugate beam method, the first and second theorem of Castigliano,
problems on beams, Bettis law, Clarke - Maxwells theorem of reciprocal deflection (SL)
10 hours
MODULE 3
ANALYSIS OF BEAMS AND FRAMES BY STRAIN ENERGY:
Analysis of beams (Propped cantilever and fixed beams) using strain energy and Unit Load
Method (SL),
8 hours
3
MODULE 4
ARCHES AND CABLES
Introduction to Arches and types of arches (SL), three hinged circular and parabolic arches with
supports at same levels and different levels, Determination of thrust, shear and bending moment,
Analysis of cables under point loads and UDL, length of cables (Supports at same levels and at
different levels).
10 hours
MODULE 5
ANALYSIS OF BEAMS AND ARCHES
Consistent deformation method Propped cantilever and fixed beams, Clapeyrons theorem of
three moments continuous beams and fixed beams. Two hinged parabolic arch, two hinged
Circular Arch (SL).
10 hours
Text Books:
1. Theory of Structures, Pandit and Guptha, Vol. I, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Basic Structural Analysis, Azmi Ibrahim, K. U. Muthu, M. Vijay Anand, and Maganti
Janardhana, I K International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2001
References:
1. Theory of Structures, S P Thimoshenko & D H Young, 2nd Edition, International
Student Edition
2. Elementary Structural Analysis, Norris and Wilbur, International Student Edition.
McGraw Hill Book Co: New York
3. Structural Analysis, 4th SI Edition by Amit Prasanth & Aslam Kassimali, Thomson
Learning.
4. Analysis of Structures, Thandava Murthy, Oxford University Press, Edition 2005
5. Structural Analysis, Russell C Hibbeler, Maxwell Machmillan International Editions.
6. Basic Structural Analysis, Reddy C. S., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Course Code:
CV44
L T
Title : ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING I

0
Course Objectives
To understand the basic characteristics of water and its determination

To expose the students to understand the design of water supply lines
To provide adequate knowledge about the water treatment processes
and its design
Course Outcomes
Analyze the characteristics of water and wastewater

Estimate the quantity of drinking water and domestic wastewater
Design of water supply systems
MODULE 1
INTRODUCTION:
Human activities and environmental pollution (SL). Need for protected water supply.
DEMAND OF WATER:
Types of water demands- domestic demand in detail, institutional and commercial, public uses,
fire demand. Per capita consumption factors affecting per capita demand, population
forecasting, different methods with merits &demerits- variations in demand of water. Fire
demand estimation by Kuichlings formula, Freeman formula & national board of fire
underwriters formula, peak factors, design periods & factors governing the design periods
8 hours
MODULE 2
SOURCES:
Surface and subsurface sources suitability with regard to quality and quantity.
COLLECTION AND CONVEYANCE OF WATER:
Intake structures different types of intakes; factor of selection and location of intakes. PumpsNecessity, types power of pumps; factors for the selection of a pump. Pipes Design of the
economical diameter for the rising main; Nomograms use; Pipe appurtenances (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 3
QUALITY OF WATER:
5
Objectives of water quality management, wholesomeness & palatability, water borne diseases.
Water quality parameters Physical, chemical and Microbiological. Sampling of water for
examination. Water quality analysis (IS: 3025 and IS: 1622) using analytical and instrumental
techniques. Drinking water standards BIS & WHO guidelines (SL). Health significance of
Fluoride, Nitrates and heavy metals like Mercury, Cadmium, Arsenic etc. and toxic / trace
organics.
WATER TREATMENT:
Objectives Treatment flow-chart. Aeration- Principles, types of Aerators
SEDIMENTATION:
Theory, settling tanks, types, design. Coagulant aided sedimentation, jar test, chemical feeding,
flash mixing, and clariflocculator (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 4
FILTRATION:
Mechanism theory of filtration, types of filters, slow sand, rapid sand and pressure filters
including construction, operation, cleaning and their design excluding under drainage system
back washing of filters. Operational problems in filters.
DISINFECTION:
Theory of disinfection, types of disinfection, Chlorination, chlorine demand, residual chlorine,
use of bleaching powder. UV irradiation treatment treatment of swimming pool water (SL)
8 hours
MODULE 5
SOFTENING:
Definition, methods of removal of hardness by lime soda process and zeolite process RO &
Membrane technique (SL).
MISCELLANEOUS TREATMENT:
Removal of color, odor, taste, use of copper sulfate, adsorption technique, fluoridation and
defluoridation.
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:
System of supply, service reservoirs and their capacity determination, methods of layout of
distribution systems.
8 hours
6
Text Books:
1. Water supply Engineering S.K.Garg, Khanna Publishers
2. Environmental Engineering I B C Punima and Ashok Jain
3. Manual on Water supply and treatment CPHEEO, Minstry of Urban Development,
New Delhi
References:
1. Hammer, M.J., (1986), Water and Wastewater Technology SI Version, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley and Sons.
2. Karia, G.L., and Christian, R.A., (2006), Wastewater Treatment Concepts and
Design Approach, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,New Delhi.
3. Metcalf and Eddy, (2003), Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse , 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
4. Peavy, H.S., Rowe, D.R., and Tchobanoglous, G., (1986), Environmental Engineering
Mc Graw Hill Book Co.
5. Raju, B.S.N., (1995), Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Sincero, A.P., and Sincero, G.A., (1999), Environmental Engineering A Design
ApproachPrentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Course Code:
CV45
Title : HYDRAULICS & HYDRALIC MACHINES
L T
Students should learn the subject of hydraulics and its applications in

engineering.
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
1. Analyze the dimensional principals to real flow situations and derive

non dimensional numbers. Significance of model studies.
2. To learn types of Hydraulic machines, Efficiency and performance
characteristics.
3. To understand the application of momentum principle of impact of
jets on plane and curved surfaces.
1. Should be able to compute flow in different types of open channels,
and flow over notches and weirs to find discharge.
2. Select the type of turbine required with reference to available head
of water and discharge.
3. To understand and illustrate the working of various hydraulic and
pneumatic devices.
4. Ability to explain the concept of specific energy, hydraulic Jump,
Critical Flow, Design best hydraulic sections.
MODULE 1
DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND MODEL STUDIES: Dimensions of quantities (SL),
Dimensional Homogeneity of an equation. Analysis- Buckinghams theorem- problems.
Model Studies, Similitude, and Non-dimensional numbers: Froude models-Undistorted and
Distorted models (SL). Reynolds models-Problems
7 hours
MODULE 2:
UNIFORM FLOW IN OPEN CHANNELS: Open channel flow, Geometric properties of
Rectangular, Triangular, Trapezoidal and Circular channels. Chezys equation, Mannings
equation-problems. Most economical open channels-Rectangular, Triangular, Trapezoidal and
Circular channels- problems, Practical applications
9 hours
MODULE 3
NON-UNIFORM FLOW: Specific energy, Specific energy diagram, Critical depth, Conditions
for Critical flow- Theory & problems. Hydraulic jump in a Horizontal Rectangular ChannelTheory and problems. Dynamic equation for Non-Uniform flow in an Open channel,
Classification of Surface profiles (SL).
8 hours
MODULE 4
IMPACT OF JET ON CURVED VANES: Force exerted by a jet on a fixed curved vane, moving
curved vane. Introduction to concept of velocity triangles, Impact of jet on a series of curved
vanes-problems.
PELTON WHEEL: Introduction to Turbines, Classification of Turbines. Pelton wheelcomponents (SL), working and velocity triangles. Maximum power, efficiency, working
proportions- problems.
8 hours
MODULE 5
FRANCIS TURBINES: Components, Working and Velocity triangles, Francis Turbine design
problems. Draft Tube: Types, efficiency of a Draft tube. Introduction to Cavitations in Turbines
(SL).
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS: Classification, Priming, methods of priming. Heads and Efficiencies.
Equation for work done, minimum starting speed, velocity triangles. Multistage Centrifugal
Pumps (Pumps in Series and Pumps in parallel). Characteristic Curves for a Single stage
Centrifugal Pumps- problems (SL).
8 hours
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics P N Modi & S M Seth, Standard Book House,
2009
2. A Text Book of Fluid mechanics & Hydraulic Machines- R.K.Rajput, S.Chand &
Co, New Delhi, 2006 Edition.
References:
1. Fluid Mechanics and Turbo machines- Madan Mohan Das, PHI Learning Pvt.
Limited, New Delhi. 2009 Edition.
2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics Robert w. Fox: Philip j. Pritchard: Alan t.
McDonald, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2009 Edition
3. Introduction To Fluid Mechanics Edward j. Shaughnessy,jr; Ira m. Katz:; James p
Schaffer, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005 Edition.
9
Course Code:
CV46
L T
Title : SURVEYING II
0
The student should learn making measurements of the relative positions of

natural and manmade features on the Earths surface, and the presentation
of this information either graphically or numerically.
Course Objectives
Students should learn

1. Surveying and leveling theory for planning civil engineering projects.
2. Surveying Instruments, their construction, calibration and use.
3. Errors, their distribution and adjustment of instruments
Course Outcomes
The student should be able to

Learn the use of theodilite to measure horizontal and vertical distances
and solve numerical problems
Solve numerical problems for curve setting.
MODULE 1:
Determination of elevation of objects when the base is accessible and inaccessible by single
plane and double plane method. Tacheometry: Basic principle, Types of tacheometric survey,
Tacheometric equation for horizontal line of sight and inclined line of sight in fixed hair method,
Anallactic lens in external focusing telescopes, Reducing the constants in internal focusing
telescope, Moving hair method and tangential method, Substance bar (SL).
9 Hours
MODULE 2:.
Curves Necessity Types, Simple curves, Elements, Designation of curves, setting out simple
curves by linear methods, setting out curves by Rankines deflection angle method. Compound
curves - Elements, Design of compound curves, Setting out of compound curves, and Reverse
curve between two parallel straights (Equal radius and unequal radius) (SL)
9 Hours
MODULE 3:
CURVE SETTING (Transition and Vertical curves)
Transition curves , Characteristics , Length of Transition curve, Setting out cubic Parabola and
Bernoullis Lemniscates (SL), Vertical curves Types Simple numerical problems.
7 Hours
10
MODULE 4:
Modern Surveying: Salient features of Total Station, Advantages of Total Station over
conventional instruments, Application of Total Station. Digital Planimeter, EDM, Introduction to
GIS & GPS, Laser distance meter (SL).
8 Hours
MODULE 5:
Triangulation: Principle of triangulation, purpose and classification of triangulation surveys,
layout of triangulation, field work, and triangulation stations, triangulation computations (SL),
7 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Surveying Vol 2 and Vol 3 - B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
11
Course Code:
CVL47
Course Objectives
Course Outcomes
Title : SURVEYING PRACTICE II
L T
Student should be learn

Measurement of horizontal and vertical distances and elevations
Setting out curves
Student should be able to
Measure horizontal and vertical angles between points
Set out simple and compound curves using linear and angular methods
Exercise 1
Measurement of horizontal angles with method of repetition and reiteration using theodolite,
Measurement of vertical angles using theodolite.
Exercise 2
To determine the elevation of an object using single plane method when base is accessible and
inaccessible.
Exercise 3
To determine the distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using
double plane method.
Exercise 4
To determine the tachemetric constants using horizontal and inclined line of sight.
Exercise 5
To set out simple curves using linear methods perpendicular offsets from long chord and
offsets from chords produced.
Exercise 6
To set out simple curves using Rankines deflection angles method.
Exercise 7
To set out compound curve with angular methods with using theodolite only.
Exercise 8
To set out the center line of a simple rectangular room using offset from base line
Exercise 9
To set out center lines of columns of a building using two base lines at right angles
12
Demonstration:
Exposure to use of Total Station. Traversing, Longitudinal sections, Block levelling, Usage of
relevant softwares for preparation of the contour drawings.
Any one of the above exercise is to be conducted in the examination by the student.
Text Books:
7. Surveying and Levelling R Subramanian. Oxford University Press (2007)
References:
4. Plane and Geodetic Surveying by David Clark Vol 1 and II, CBS Publishers.
5. Plane Surveying A. M. Chandra New age international (P) Ltd
8. Surveying Vol. II, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill - Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Survey of India Publication on maps
10. Text Book of Surveying C. Venkataramiah. Universities Press.(2009 Reprint)
13
Course Code:
CVL48
L T
Title :
APPLIED ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
0
LABORATORY
Will be exposed to the study and identification of various rocks and

minerals and characterize them based on their physical properties.
Study of topo sheets, topographical and geological maps
Conduct problems related to dip, strike and orientation/ properties of
Course Objectives
rocks to plan and locate suitable sites for locating Geo-engineering
structures.
Will be enabled to appreciate the advantages of emerging S&T fields
like RS, GIS and GPS along with their applications in geo-engineering
by field visit / practical demonstrations.
Provides knowledge of how to read the topo sheets and maps and
understand various features in them such as topography, drainage,
cultural aspects, elevation, scale, land use/land cover etc
Helps to understand the orientations of rock formations with regard
Course Outcomes
their dip, strike and orientations, thickness of strata, bedding planes
etc.
Expose to geological maps and sections to know the various rock
structures namely, faults, folds, joints, lineaments, unconformity etc
which bear great significance in site selection for bore wells and also
in siting artificial recharge structures.
1. Mineralogy: - Describe and identify the minerals based on their physical/special
properties, chemical composition and uses. Study of important rock forming minerals,
ores and other important industrial minerals. Quartz crystal, Rose quartz, White Quartz,
milky & grey quartz agate, jasper, opal, amethyst, Flint.
2. Descriptive study of feldspar group of minerals :Plagioclase Feldspar,Orthoclase
Feldspar, Microcline Feldspar.Mica Group: Biotite mica, Muscovite mica, Amphibole
group:Hornblende, Industrial Minerals Garnet , Corundum, Gypsum, Asbestos, and
Kaolin clay.
3. Identification of carbonates, such as calcite dolomite magnesite minerals Oxides of
metal magnetite, haematite, limonite, chromite, pyrolusite and Bauxite; sulphide ores,
such as chalcopyrite galena and pyrite
4. Petrology: Identification and descriptive study of Igneous rocks and their uses, such as
Granites and its Varieties, Syenite, Felsite porphyry, Pegmatite, Gabbro, Dolerite,
Basalt.
5. Sedimentary rocks Identifications and its group, its uses; Sand stone and its varieties,
Lime stone, Shale, Conglomerate, Breccia, Kanker and Laterite
6. Identification and classification
of metamorphic rocks- Gneiss, Marble, Slates,
Quartzites, Schists, charnockite
7. Study of Toposheets, Geological maps and their sections: interpreting them in terms of
selecting the sites for various civil engineering structures and projects such as dams ,
railway, and road projects etc
8. Dip and strike (surface method) problems: To find out the dip and strike of the
geological formation to select suitable site for civil engineering structures.
14
9. Borehole problems (sub surface dip and strike): triangular and square methods
10. Study and interpretation of the various satellite images with different resolutions and
signatures to map different classes of earth features including land use/ land cover and
other natural resources. Demo on GPS in field
Reference Lab Manual:
1. Gurrappa, Standard geological and topographical maps.
2. Satyanarayana Swamy, Engineering geology lab manual.
15


B.E. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subje
ct
Code
Subject Title
Cours
e
Type
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
Examination
P
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
1
2
MAT31
ES32
ENGINEERING MATHS-III (C)

NETWORK ANALYSIS (C)
BS
EEE
MAT
EC
Maths
EC
4
4
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
4
4
EC33
ELECTRO MAGNATIC FIELD THEORY (C)
EC
EC
EC
50
50
100
4
5
6
7
EC34
EC35
EC36
ECL37
ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS (FC)

LOGIC DESIGN (FC)
TRANSDUCERS & INSTRUMENTATION(FC)
AEC Lab
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
3
3
3
2
ECL38
LD Lab
EC
EC
EC
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Total
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/Enabling an Exposure to some other
Sub. Code: MAT31 CIE: 50
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Fourier series.
2. Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time
varying signals (continuous).
3. Finding solutions of equations and also evaluating approximate areas and volume
using numerical methods.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Fourier Series: Pe iodi fu tio s, Di i hlets o ditio s, Fou ie se ies of pe iodi fu tio s
of period 2 and with arbitrary period 2, Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series, Practical
Harmonic Analysis.
Self-Study: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive terms (pseries Ratio test, Comparison test).
12 hours
Module-2
Fourier Transforms: Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms,
Inverse Fourier transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution
theorem (without proof) and problems.
Self-Study: Properties of Fourier transforms (without proof).
10 hours
Module-3
Curve Fitting: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, Fitting of the curves of the form
+ , = , = .
=
+ , = 2+
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, RegulaFalsi method, Newton-Raphson method.
Self-Study: Fixed point iteration method.
10 hours
Module-4
Finite Differences: Forward and Backward diffe e es, Ne to s fo a d a d ackward
i te polatio fo ulae. Ne to s di ided diffe e e fo ula, Lag a ges i te polatio
formula and inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th ule, Weddles ule all fo ulae/ ules ithout
proof).
Self-Study: Trapezoidal rule.
10 hours
Module-5
Z-Transforms: Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial value
and final value theorems (without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms
to solve difference equations.
Self-Study: Region of convergence.
10 hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain Fourier series, reproduce Fourier transforms & Z- transform and list numerical
methods for various analytical problem.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) B.S. Grewal, Highe E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition, 2014
June, ISBN: 9788174091955.
2) Erwin Kreyszig, Ad a ed E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , John Wiley & Sons, 9th Edition,
2007, ISBN: 9788126531356.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. B.V. Ramana, Highe E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006, ISBN:
9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
E gi ee i g Co putatio , New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012, ISBN:
9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, Schaum, Outli e of Ad a ed Mathe ati s for Engineers and
ie tists , McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond Canale, Nu e i al ethods fo E gi ee s , McGrawHill Education, 7th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
NETWORK ANALYSIS
Sub Code: ES32 CIE: 50
Exam Hours: 03 SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To explain basic concepts of electrical networks and various simplification
techniques.
2. To teach various network theorems.
3. To discuss transient behavior of electrical components and circuits.
4. To provide the knowledge about the application of Laplace transforms to electrical
circuits.
COURSE CONTENT:
MODULE-1
Basic Concepts: Basic definitions. Practical sources, Source transformations, Network
reduction using Star Delta transformation, Loop and node analysis with linearly dependent
and independent sources for DC and AC networks, Concepts of super node and super mesh.
10 Hours
MODULE-2
Networks Theorem-1: Supe positio theo e , Re ip o it theo e , Mill a s theo e ,
Principle of duality.
10 Hours
MODULE-3
Network Theorems-2: The e i s a d No to s theo e s, Ma i u Po e t a sfe
theorem, numerical problems based on all mentioned theorems.
Self-Study: Network Topology: Graph of a network, Concept of tree and co-tree, incidence
matrix, tie-set and cut-set schedules, Formulation of equilibrium equations in matrix form,
solution of resistive networks.
11 Hours
MODULE-4
Resonant Circuits: Series and parallel resonance, frequency-response of series and parallel
circuits, Q factor, Bandwidth.
Transient behavior and initial conditions: Behavior of circuit elements under switching
condition and their representation, evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL, RC and
RLC circuits for AC excitations and RL, RC for DC excitations.
Self-Study: Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RLC circuits for DC excitations.
10 Hours
MODULE-5
Laplace Transformation & Applications: Solution of networks, step, ramp and impulse
responses, waveform Synthesis.
Two port network parameters: Definition of z, y, h and transmission parameters, modeling

with these parameters, relationship between parameters sets (only with independent
sources.
Self-Study: Initial and final value theorem.
11 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Analyze and solve any given electrical circuit
2. Use Laplace transforms for solving the given circuit.
3. Calculate resonance frequencies for series and parallel circuits.
4. Analyze transient and steady state behavior of the given circuits.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hayt, Kemmerly and Durbin, E gi ee i g Ci uit A al sis , TMH , 7th Edition, 2010.
2. Roy Choudhury, Net o ks a d s ste s , New Age International Publications., 2nd
Edition, 2006 re-print.
3. K. ChannaVenkatesh, D. Ganesh Rao, Net o k A al sis A si plified App oa h ,
FillipLearning, 2nd Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S hau s Outlines, M Nahvi & J A Edminister, Ele t i Ci uits , TMH, 5th Edition,
2009.
2. M. E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis , PHI, 3rd Edition, Reprint 2009.
3. David K. Cheng, A al sis of Li ea ste s , Narosa Publishing House, 11th reprint,
2002.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELD THEORY

Sub Code: EC33
Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 52
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To provide the concepts of electric and magnetic fields that will help students to
visualize real time effects and applications of field theory.
2. To derive Maxwell equations both in electric and magnetic fields and identify their
importance in the field of electronics and communication engineering.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Vector Analysis, Coordinate Systems: Three dimensional Coordinate systems-Cartesian,
cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems, and conversion from one coordinate system to
other.
Coulo s La and Electric Field Intensity: Coulo s la of ha ges, Ele t i field
intensity, Field due to line, area and volume charge distributions.
Self-Study: Review of vectors and vector algebra-simple problems.
11 Hours
Module-2
Ele t i flu de sit , Gauss la a d di e ge e: Ele t i flu de sit , Gauss la ,
Di e ge e, Ma ells Fi st e uatio Ele t ostati s , e to ope ato and divergence
theorem.
Energy and potential : Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field, The
line integral, Definition of potential difference and Potential, The potential field of a point
charge and system of charges, Potential gradient , Energy density in an electrostatic field.
Self-Study: Application of Gauss law.
11 Hours
Module-3
Conductors, dielectrics and capacitance: Current and current density, Continuity of current,
boundary conditions for perfect Dielectrics, capacitance.
Poisso s a d Lapla es e uatio s: Poisso s a d Lapla es E uatio s, U i ue ess theo e ,
E a ples of the solutio s to Lapla es a d Poisso s e uations (One dimensional only).
Self-Study: Metallic conductors, Conductor properties and boundary conditions. 10 Hours
Module-4
The steady magnetic field: Biot-Sa a t la , A pe es i uital la , Cu l, Stokes theo e ,
magnetic flux and flux density, scalar and Vector magnetic potentials. Magnetic forces:
Force on a moving charge and differential current element, Force between differential
current elements, Force and torque on a closed circuit.
Self-Study: Nature and classification of magnetic materials.
10 Hours
Module-5
5
Magnetic materials and inductance: Magnetization and permeability, Magnetic boundary

conditions, Magnetic circuit, Potential energy and forces on magnetic materials, Inductance
and Mutual Inductance.
Ti e a i g fields a d Ma ells e uatio s: Fa ada s la , displacement current,
Ma ells e uatio i poi t a d Integral form, retarded potentials.
Self-Study: Applications of static and dynamic fields.
10 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of Electromagnetic Field Theory.
2. Appl k o ledge of Poisso s a d Lapla es e uatio s to boundary value problems.
3. Appl Ma ells E uatio s to sol e p o le s i ele t o i s a d o
u i atio field.
4. Analyze the Boundary conditions for different mediums i.e. Dielectric to Dielectric,
Dielectric to conductor interfaces and give solution.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. William H Hayt Jr. and John A Buck, E gi ee i g Ele t o ag eti s , Tata McGrawHill, 7th edition, 2006.
2. John Krauss and Daniel A Fleisch, Ele t o ag eti s ith Appli atio s , McGrawHill, 5th edition, 1999.
3. B. B. Laud, Ele t o ag eti s , New Age International(p) Ltd, New Delhi (1987).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mathew N.O Sadiku, Ele e ts of Ele t o ag eti , New York Oxford University
Press, Fourth Edition, 2007.
2. David K Cheng, Field a d Wa e Ele t o ag eti s , Pearson Education Asia, 2nd
edition - 1989, Indian Reprint 2001.
3. Karl Lonngen, Sava V. Savov, and Randy J. Jost, Fu da e tals of Ele t o ag eti s
ith MATLAB , PHI-second Edition-2012.
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

Sub Code: EC34
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Ability to design, conduct and analyze the concepts of Analog Electronic Circuits.
2. Recognize various BJT parameters, connections and configurations.
3. Recall and Recognize construction and characteristics of JFETs and MOSFETs.
4. Demonstrate and generalize Frequency response of BJT at various frequencies.
5. Define, Demonstrate and Analyze Power amplifier circuits in different modes of
operation.
6. Describe, Recognize and Demonstrate Feedback and Oscillator circuits using BJT.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Diode Applications: Clippers and Clampers (Relevant problems) and voltage multipliers.
Transistor Biasing: Operating point, Fixed bias circuits, Emitter stabilized biased circuits,
Voltage divider biased, Transistor switching networks, BJT as a Switch, Bias stabilization.
Self-Study: PNP transistors.
8 Hours
Module-2
BJT AC Analysis: BJT modeling, re transistor model: Common Emitter Configuration,
Voltage-Divider Bias, CE Emitter-Bias Configuration (Excluding Pspice Analysis), Emitter
Follower Configuration and Darlington Connection( Relevant problems). The Hybrid
Equivalent Model, Hybrid pi model.
Self-Study: Effect of RL and RS, Cascaded Systems, Cascode Connection.
8 Hours
Module-3
Field Effect Transistors: Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer
Characteristics- Derivation, Depletion Type MOSFET: Basic Construction, Basic Operation
and Characteristics, Enhancement Type MOSFET Basic Construction, Basic Operation and
Characteristics. Relevant problems.
Self-Study: Appl i g Sho kle s E uatio , P-Channel Depletion Type MOSFET and Symbols, P
Channel Enhancement Type MOSFET and Symbols, CMOS.
FET Biasing: Introduction, Fixed-Bias Configuration, Self-Bias Configuration, Voltage-Divider
Biasing. Relevant problems.
8 Hours
Module-4
BJT frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency
considerations, RC- Coupled BJT Amplifier, low frequency analysis BJT low frequency
response, miller effect capacitance, BJT high frequency response, multistage frequency
effects.
Oscillators: Oscillator operation, Phase shift Oscillator, Wien bridge Oscillator, Tuned
Oscillator circuits, Crystal Oscillator. (BJT Version Only)
7
Self-Study: FET version
8 Hours
Module-5
Feedback Amplifiers: General Feedback Structure, Properties of Negative Feedback.
Self-Study: Four Basic Feedback Topologies-Series-Shunt, Series-Series, Shunt-Shunt &
Shunt-Series Amplifier (Qualitative Analysis).
Power amplifiers: Introduction definitions and amplifier types, series fed class A amplifier,
transformer coupled class A amplifier, class B amplifier operation, class B amplifier circuits:
Transformer Coupled Push-PullCircuits, Complementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier
Distortion, Relevant Problems.
Self-Study: Power transistor heat sink.
8 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Design clippers, clampers and voltage multiplier which uses diode as one of the
circuit element.
2. To determine, analyze and design the Q-point of a transistor bias circuit to work as
an amplifier.AC Analysis of transistor.
3. To attain the concept of feedback amplifier, oscillator and power amplifier using
transistor.
4. Interpretation of performance characteristics of transistors amplifiers, frequency
response and Oscillators.
5. Ability to understand and study the working principles of MOSFET and Biasing of FET.
6. Apply the knowledge gained in the design of transistorized circuits, amplifiers and
Oscillators.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Ele t o i De i es a d Ci uit Theo ,
PHI/Pearson Education., 10th Edition, ISBN: 9788131727003.
2. U.B. Mahadevaswamy, A alog Ele t o i s Ci uits: A i plified App oa h ,
Pearson/Sanguine, 2007.
3. J. Nagrath, Ele t o i s: A alog a d Digital , PHI.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jacob Millman & Christos C. Halkias, I teg ated Ele t o i s , Tata - McGraw Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2010
2. David A. Bell, Ele t o i De i es a d Ci uits, PHI, 4th Edition, 2004.
3. Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, Mi oele t o i Ci uits , 5th Edition, Oxford University
Press, Interantional Version, 2009.
LOGIC DESIGN
Sub Code: EC35 CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03 SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Illustrate, understand and analyze simplification of Algebraic Equations using KMaps, variable external mapping technique.
2. Design and analysis of Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers, Adders, Subtractors and
Binary comparators.
3. Design and analysis of Flip-Flops, Counters, Registers and state diagrams.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Principles of combinational logic: Definition of combinational logic, Canonical forms,
Generation of switching equations from truth tables, Karnaugh maps-3, 4 and 5 variables,
I o pletel spe ified fu tio s Do t Ca e te s , Si plif i g Ma te
e uatio s.
Variable Entered Mapping Technique.
Self-Study: Quine-McCluskey minimization technique.
8 Hours
Module-2
Analysis and design of combinational logic: General approach, Decoders-BCD decoders,
Encoders, Digital multiplexers, using multiplexers as Boolean function generators. Adders
and Subtractors, Cascading full adders, Carry Look Ahead Adder, Binary comparators.
8 Hours
Self-Study: Design methods of building blocks of combinational logics.
Module-3
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: Basic Bistable Element, Latches, SR Latch, Application of
SR Latch, A Switch Debouncer, The Clocked SR Flip Flop, JK Flip Flop, The Master-Slave JK
Flip-flop, Edge Triggered Flip-Flops. Characteristic equation and Timing diagram of Flip-Flop
circuits.
8 Hours
Self-Study: Conversion of Flip-Flops.
Module-4
Sequential Circuit Design: Registers, Counters - Binary Ripple Counters, Synchronous Binary
counters, Counters based on Shift Registers, Design of a Synchronous counters.
Self-Study: Case study of Sequence generator.
8 Hours
Module-5
Sequential design: Introduction, Mealy and Moore Models, State Machine Notation,
Synchronous Sequential Circuit Analysis and Design.
Self-Study: Construction of state Diagrams, Counter Design.
8 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Able to understand simplification techniques using K-map, and Variable Entered
Mapping technique.
2. Able to design and analyze Combinational circuits like Decoders, Encoders and
Multiplexers.
3. Able to design and analyze Sequential circuits like Flip-Flop, counters and shift
registers.
4. Able to analyze the Mealy and Moore circuits.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald D Givone, Digital P i iples a d Desig , Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2002.
2. R.P. Jain, Mode Digital Ele t o i s , Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd edition.
3. M Morris Mono, Digital Logi a d o pute desig , Prentice Hall.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Charles H Roth, Jr., Fu da e tals of logi desig , Thomson Learning, 2004.
2. Mono and Kim, Logi a d o pute desig Fu da e tals , Pearson, Second
Edition, 2001.
3. Ronald J Tocci, Neal S. Wildmer, and Gregory L. Moss, Digital ste s: P i iples
a d Appli atio s , Pearson, 9th Edition.
4. William I. Fletcher, A E gi ee i g App oa h to Digital Desig , Prentice-Hall,
1980.
10
TRANSDUCERS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Sub Code: EC36
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce the concept of measurement and the related instrumentation
requirement as a vital ingredient of electronics and communication engineering.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Digital Instruments: Digital Voltmeters Introduction, DVMs based on VT, VF and
Successive approximation principles, Resolution and sensitivity, Digital multi meter,
Digital frequency meters.
Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance: Kelvin Bridge, AC bridges,
Capacitance Comparison Bridge, Ma ells bridge, Wie s bridge (both qualitative and
quantitative analysis).
Self-Study: Whetstones bridge.
8 Hours
Module-2
Signal Generators: Introduction, Fixed and variable AF oscillator, AF sine and Square wave
generator, Function generator, Square and Pulse generator, Sweep frequency generator,
Frequency synthesizer.
Self-Study: Standard signal generator.
8 Hours
Module-3
Special Oscilloscopes: Dual beam and dual trace CROs, Analog storage, Sampling and
Digital storage oscilloscopes, Spectrum analyser.
Self-Study: Logic analyser.
8 Hours
Module-4
Transducers: Introduction- Electrical transducer, Resistive transducer, Resistive position
transducer, Strain gauges, Inductive transducer, Differential output transducers and LVDT,
Photo voltaic transducer.
Self-Study: Temperature transducers-RTD, Thermocouple.
8 Hours
Module-5
Display devices: Digital display system, classification of display, Display devices, LEDs, LCD
displays, Bolometer and RF power measurement.
Self-Study: Introduction to Signal conditioning.
8 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. To gain knowledge about the relevance of digital instruments in measurements
and to study different methods available for measurement of passive elements
like resistance, inductance & capacitance.
11
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ability to u de sta d a d use the spe ial CROs in measurements.

Ability to understand the importance of signal generators in measurements.
Ability to understand the need of transducers in measurements.
To gain knowledge about the working of display devices.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. H. S. Kalsi, Electronic Instrumentation , T MH, 2004
2. David A Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measureme ts , PHI/Pearson
Education, 2006.
3. Dr.R.S. Sedha, S. Chand & company, Ele t o i Measu e e ts and
I st u e tatio , first edition 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. John P. Beately, Principles of measurement systems , 3rdEdition, Pearson
Education, 2000
2. CooperD& ADHelfrick, Modern electronic instrumentation and measuring
techniques , PHI, 1998.
3. A K Sawhney, Dhanpat Rai & sons, Electronics & electrical measureme ts , 9th
edition.
12
ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS LAB

Sub Code: ECL37 CIE: 25
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs:
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To use Electronic Components such as DC, AC power supply, Signal Generator, CRO, Multi meter
adjustments and wiring of components.
1. To measure various parameters such as current and voltage of a circuit and various
performance characteristics of the circuit.
2. The various types of distortions in the received signal.
3. To measure the total resistance/impedance of the circuit and to find the condition at
which maximum power can be transferred to the load.
4. To design an amplifier circuit and to measure the performance for different
frequency signals.
5. To generate signals of desired frequency.
COURSE CONTENT:
List of Experiments
1. Testing of Diode clipping (Single/Double ended) circuits for peak clipping, peak
detection.
2. Testing of Clamping circuits: positive clamping /negative clamping.
3. Testing of Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifier circuits with and without
Capacitor filter. Determination of ripple factor, regulation and efficiency
4. Ve ifi atio of The e i s Theo e a d Ma i u Po e T a sfe theo e fo DC
Circuits.
5. Characteristics of Series and Parallel resonant circuits.
6. Wiring of RC coupled Single stage FET & BJT amplifier and determination of the gainfrequency response, input and output impedances.
7. Wiring of BJT Darlington Emitter follower with and without bootstrapping and
determination of the gain, input and output impedances (Single circuit) (One
Experiment).
8. Wiring of a two stage BJT Voltage series feedback amplifier and determination of the
gain, Frequency response, input and output impedances with and without feedback
(One Experiment).
9. Wiring and Testing for the performance of BJT-RC Phase shift Oscillator for fo 10
KHz.
10. Testing for the performance of BJT Colpitts Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
11. Testing for the performance of BJT Crystal Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
12. Testing of a transformer less Class B push pull power amplifier and determination
of its conversion efficiency.
13. Testing for the performance of BJT Hartley Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
14. Characteristics of MOSFET
13
NOTE: Use the Discrete components to test the circuits. Multisim can be used for the
verification and testing along with the above.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to Design
1. Half wave, full wave and center tapped rectifier circuits and to measure the amount
of ripples present in each output.
2. Clipping Circuits to know the different types of distortions that are incurred in the
received signal.
3. Clamping circuits to study the effect of addition of DC signal to AC.
4. The e i s a d Ma i u Po e T a sfe i uits
5. Resonance circuits to know the condition at which max frequency is obtained at the
output
6. RC Coupled amplifier to measure the amplified signals voltage, current, frequency,
equivalent input, output impedance of the circuit and the frequency band to which
the circuit responds.
7. To generate signals of desired frequency using Oscillator circuits.
8. A circuit for the current amplification, voltage follower and analyze the input and
output impedances using Darlington Emitter follower.
9. Two stage Voltage series feedback amplifier and to know the various parameters
such as resistance, frequency etc.
10. Class B push pull amplifiers and to find the efficiency of the circuit
14
LOGIC DESIGN LAB

Sub Code: ECL38
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs:
CIE:25
SEE: 50
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce the concept of digital logic and binary systems.
2. To design and analyze combinational logic circuits like Adders, Subtractors,
Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers and De-multiplexers and Sequential logic circuits
like Flip-Flops, Counters and Shift Registers.
COURSE CONTENT:
1. Simplification, realization of Boolean expressions using logic gates/Universal gates.
2. Realization of Half/Full adder and Half/Full Subtractors using logic gates.
3. Using 7483 chip
(i) Realization of parallel adder/Subtractors
(ii) BCD to Excess-3 code conversion and vice versa.
4. Realization of Binary to Gray code conversion and vice versa
5. MUX/DEMUX use of 74153, 74139 for arithmetic circuits and code converter.
6. Realization of One/Two bit comparator and study of 7485 magnitude comparator.
7. Use of a) Decoder chip to drive LED display, b) Priority encoder.
8. Truth table verification of Flip-Flops: (i) JK Master slave (ii) T type and (iii) D type.
9. Design and Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter
(7476, 7490, 7493, 74192, 74193).
10. Shift left; Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74LS95.
11. Wiring and testing Ring counter/Johnson counter.
12. Wiring and testing of Sequence generator.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this lab, Students will be able to
1. Apply the principles of Boolean algebra and minimize logic expressions.
2. Design and analyze the operations of combinational circuits like Adders, Subtractors,
Comparators, Decoders, Multiplexers and De-multiplexers.
3. Design and analyze the operations of Sequential circuits like Flip-Flops, Counters
(Both Asynchronous and Synchronous) and Shift Registers.
15
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS-I
Sub. Code: MATDIP301
Hrs./ Week: 4
Total Hrs.: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: -Credits: --
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Solve differential equations of first order and first degree, higher order linear differential
equations by various methods.
2. Understand the concept of Calculus and apply it appropriately in solving Engineering
problems.
3. Understand the usage of complex numbers and apply these techniques to complex
problems.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Revision Of Differentiation: Basic fundamentals.
Differential Calculus: Successive differentiation, nth derivatives of some standard functions,
Lei itzs Theo e state e t o l , Pola Cu es, A gle et ee the adius e to a d the
tangent to the polar curve, Angle between two polar curves, Length of the perpendicular
from the pole to tangent, Pedal equation(p- e uatio , Ta lo s Theo e fo a fu tio of
si gle a ia le, Ma lau i s se ies, Pa tial diffe e tiatio , Pa tial De i ati es, Ho oge eous
fu tio s, Eule s Theo e of Ho oge eous fu tio s.
12 Hours
Module-2
Revision Of Integration: Basic fundamentals of Integration, Definite integrals and its
properties.
,
,
Integral
Calculus:
Reduction
formulae
for
integrals:
problems with standard limits, Double and triple integrals simple

problems, Beta and Gamma functions and problems.
10 Hours
Module-3
Differential Equations: Order and Degree of an ordinary differential equation, Equations of
first order and of first degree, Solutions of Differential equation, Separation of variables,
Li ea Diffe e tial e uatio s, Be oullis e uatio s, E a t diffe e tial equations, Higher
order linear differential equations, Inverse Differential operator.
10 Hours
Module-4
Complex Numbers: Algebra of complex numbers, Conjugate of a complex number,
Geometrical representation and polar form of complex numbers, Geometrical
representation of algebraic operation on complex number, Exponential form, De-Moi es
Theorem (statement only), Roots of a complex number.
8 Hours
16
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course a student will be able to
1. Solve differential equation and use it to model simple engineering phenomena.
2. Identify, formulate and solve Engineering problems.
3. Evaluate double and triple integrals to find area.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Highe E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition, 2014
June, ISBN: 9788174091955.
2. B.V.Ramana, Highe E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006, ISBN:
9780070634190.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. H. K. Dass and Er. RajnishVerma, Highe E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Third Edition,
2014, ISBN: 9788121938907.
2. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A te t ook of E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Laxmi
Publications, 8th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 9788131808320.
3. R.K. Jain and S.R.K. Iyengar, Ad a ed E gi ee i g Mathe ati s , Narosa Publishing
House, 2002, ISBN: 8173194203.
4. Schaum, Outli e of Ad a ed Mathe ati s fo E gi ee s a d ie tists , Tata
McGraw Hill Education publishers, 1971, (Revised) ISBN-13: 9780070606142.
17


B.E. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION
IV SEMESTER
Subject
Sl.
Code
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MAT41
EC42
EC 43
EC 44
EC 45
EC46
ECL47
ECL48
Course
Type
Subject Title
ENGINEERING MATHS-IV (C)

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (C)
ANALOG COMMUNICATION (C)
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (FC)
MICRO PROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS (FC)
NANO ELECTRONICS (FC)
ANALOG COMMUNICATION Lab
MICRO PROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS Lab
Total
BS
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
Teaching
Departm
ent
MAT
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
Board
Maths
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
4
4
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Examination
Credits
CIE
SEE
Total
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
400
400
800
25
1. Core subject: This is the course, which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of study.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from the pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/ Enabling an Exposure to some other
discipline/domain /nurturing student proficiency skills.
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
integration.
Module-1
Numerical Methods-1: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first order
a d fi st deg ee: Pica ds ethod, Taylo s se ies ethod, Modified Eule s ethod, Ru geKutta ethod of fou th o de , P edicto a d Co ecto
ethod: Mil es Method No
derivations of formulae).
Self-Study: Ada sBashforth Method (No derivations of formula).
12 hours
Module-2
Numerical Methods-2: Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference
approximations to derivatives, Numerical solution of one-dimensional heat equation by
Schmidt method and by Crank-Nicholson Method, Numerical solution of one-dimensional
wave equation.
Self-Study: Numerical solution of two-di e sio al Laplaces e uatio .
10 hours
Module-3
Equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations,
Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z 2, w =
2
ez and = + z 0 , Bili ea t a sfo

Self-Study: Transformation = .
atio s. `
10 hours
Module-4
Complex Variables-Ii: Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Taylor & Laurent series (statements only). Cauchy residue theorem (statement only).
Self-Study: Singularities, Poles and Residues.
10 hours
Module-5
Probability Theory: Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and continuous),
Probability mass function, Probability density function, Cumulative density function,
Probability distributions: Geometric and Poisson distributions, Exponential and Normal
distributions.
Sampling distribution: Samples, Central limit theorem (statement only), Hypothesis testing
fo ea s, co fide ce li its fo ea s, tude ts t-distribution-illustrative examples.
Self-Study: Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit.
10 hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The Student will be able to
1. List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical
functions and reproduce concepts of Probability distribution.
2. Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, and employ probability
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publishers, 43rd edition,
2014 June, ISBN: 9788174091956.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Ad a ed E gi eeri g Mathe ati s , John Wiley & Sons, 9th
edition, 2007, ISBN: 9788126531356.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher E gi eeri g Mathe ati s , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;ISBN:
9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain, Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
Engineering Co putatio , New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012,
ISBN: 9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Ad a ed Mathe ati s for E gi eers a d
ie tists , McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum, Outli e of I trodu tio to Pro a ilit a d tatisti s , McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited (1 September 2005); ISBN-13: 978-0070605015.
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS

Sub Code: EC42
Hrs./ Week: 04
Total Hrs.: 52
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of Z-Transforms, differential and difference equations.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To give the basic introduction to the mathematical analysis of signals and systems.
2. To represent inputoutput relationships for Linear Time Invariant systems.
3. To understand Fourier and Z-Transforms and their interrelationships.
4. To analyse time-domain and frequency domain approaches for continuous and
discrete systems.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module1
Introduction: Definitions of a signal and system, Classification of signals: CT & DT, Even &
Odd, Periodic & Non-periodic, Deterministic and Random, Energy & Power, Basic Operations
on signals: Operation performed on dependent and independent variable, Impulse Function
and its properties
Self-Study: Elementary signals: Exponential, Sinusoidal, Step, Ramp
11 Hours
Module-2
System: Properties of systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time Invariance
and Linearity.
Time-domain representations for LTI systems: Introduction, Convolution Sum and
Evaluation Procedure, The Convolution Integral, Evaluation Procedure.
Self-Study: Systems viewed as Interconnections of operations
10 Hours
Module-3
Time-domain representations for LTI systems: Differential and Difference Equation
Representations of LTI Systems, Solving difference equation.
Z-Transforms: (*Brief review of Z-Transforms) properties of ROC, properties of Z-transforms,
Inversion of the z-Transforms, the Transfer function, Causality and Stability, the unilateral Ztransforms.
Self-Study: Relation between LTI system properties and the impulse response, Step
Response, Block diagram representations
11 Hours
Module-4
Fourier representation for signals: Introduction, Discrete time and continuous time Fourier
series (derivation of series excluded) and their properties (derivation of properties
excluded). Discrete and continuous Fourier transforms (derivations of transforms are
excluded) and their properties (derivation of properties excluded), Problems.
10 Hours
Module-5
Applications of Fourier representations [Qualitative analysis]: Introduction, Convolution
and Multiplication with mixtures of Periodic and Nonperiodic signals, Sampling: Sampling CT
Signals, Subsampling: Sampling DT Signals, Reconstruction of continuous time signals from
samples: Sampling Theorem, Ideal Reconstruction.
Self-Study: Fourier transform representation of periodic signals: Relating the FT to the FS,
Relating the DTFT to the DTFS, Fourier transform representation of discrete time signals:
Relating the FT to the DTFT, Relating the FT to the DTFS
10 Hours
*This has been covered in third semester M-III course, so quick review is recommended.
Note: The various concepts can be simulated using MAT LAB
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand and analyze various types of signals, systems and perform different
operations on signals.
2. Analyze LTI system by different methods.
3. Apply Fourier analysis for different signals.
4. To validate properties of LTI systems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Simon Haykin, ig als a d ste s , John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edn, 2008.
2. H. P Hsu, R. Ranjan, cha s outli es of ig als a d ste s, TMH, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Roberts, Fu da e tals of ig als & ste s , 2nd Edition, Tata McGrawHill, 2010.
2. Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S, Willsky and A Hamid Nawab, ig als a d ste s ,
Pearson Education Asia / PHI, 2nd Edition, 1997. Indian Reprint 2002.
3. B. P. Lathi, Li ear ste s a d ig als , Oxford University Press, 2005.
4. Vinay K. Ingle and John G. Proakis, Digital ig al Pro essi g Usi g MATLAB ,
Cengage Learning, Third Edition 2012.
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
Sub Code: EC43
Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 52
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To provide the concepts of Electronic communication methods.
2. To understand various modulation techniques used for efficient communication.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Random process: Random variables, Statistical averages: Function of Random variables,
moments, Mean, Correlation and Covariance function: Principles of autocorrelation
function, cross correlation functions. Central limit theorem - Related problems.
Self-Study: Several random variables, Gaussian process
10 Hours
Module-2
Amplitude modulation: Introduction to AM: Time-Domain description, Frequency Domain
description. Generation of AM wave: square law modulator, switching modulator. Detection
of AM waves: square law detector, envelop detector. Double side band suppressed carrier
modulation (DSBSC): Time-Domain description, Frequency-Domain representation,
Generation of DSBSC waves: ring modulator. Coherent detection of DSBSC modulated
waves.
Self-Study: Synchronization aspects-Costas loop.
11 Hours
Module-3
Single side-band modulation (SSB): Hilbert transform, properties of Hilbert transform,
Canonical representation of band pass signals (no derivation), Single side-band modulation,
Frequency-Domain description of SSB wave, Time-Domain description. Phase discrimination
method for generating SSB modulated wave, Demodulation of SSB waves.
Vestigial side-band modulation (VSB): Generation of VSB modulated wave, Envelop
detection of VSB wave with carrier, Comparison of amplitude modulation techniques,
Frequency translation, Frequency division multiplexing, Application: Radio broadcasting, AM
radio.
Self-Study: Pre-envelope concept, Canonical representation of band passes signalsderivation
11 Hours
Module-4
Angle modulation: Basic definitions of FM and PM, narrow band FM, wide band FM-time
and frequency domain expressions, transmission bandwidth of FM waves-Ca so s ule,
generation of FM waves: indirect FM and direct FM.
Demodulation of FM waves, Phase-locked loop, Non-linear model of the phase locked
loop, Nonlinear effects in FM systems.
Self-Study: FM stereo multiplexing.
10 Hours
Module-5
Noise: Introduction, shot noise, thermal noise, white noise, Noise equivalent bandwidth,
Narrow band noise, Noise Figure, Equivalent noise temperature, cascade connection of twoport networks.
Noise in continuous wave modulation systems: Introduction, Receiver model, Noise in DSBSC receivers, Noise in SSB receivers, Noise in AM receivers, Threshold effect, Noise in FM
receivers.
Self-Study: FM threshold effect, Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis in FM
10 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the concepts of random variables, statistical averages and gain
knowledge about AM and FM modulation techniques
2. Analyze different techniques of generation and detection of AM and FM signals
3. Understand different types of noise and analyze their effects on various analog
communication systems
4. Evaluate analog modulated wave form in time /frequency domain and also find
modulation index. Calculate bandwidth and power requirements for analog systems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Simon Haykins, Co
u i atio ste s , 5th Edition, JohnWilley, India Pvt. Ltd,
2009.
2. Simon Haykins, John Wiley, An Introduction to Analog and Digital
Communication , India Pvt. Ltd., 2008
3. Singh and Sapre, Communication Systems- A alog a d digital , TMH 2nd Edition,
2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. B. P. Lathi, Modern digital and analog Communication systems , Oxford University
Press., 4thed, 2010.
2. Harold P.E, Stern Samy and A Mahmond, Communication Systems , Pearson Edn,
2004.
3. K. Sam Shanmugam, Digital a d A alog Co
u i atio s ste s , Wiley
Publication,1985.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS

Sub Code: EC44
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce the concepts of Operational Amplifiers and other linear integrated
circuits
2. To study the various Op-Amp circuits in linear and non-linear applications
3. To understand the principles of Timers, data convertors, PLLs and their applications.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Operational Amplifier Fundamentals: Basic Op-Amp circuit, Op-Amp parameters Input
and output voltage, CMRR and PSRR, offset voltages and currents, Slew rate , Input and
output impedances ,Op-Amps as DC Amplifiers: Biasing Op-Amps, Direct coupled Voltage
Followers, Non-inverting Amplifiers, Inverting amplifiers
Self-Study: Summing amplifiers, Difference amplifier.
8 Hours
Module-2
Op-Amps as AC Amplifiers: Capacitor coupled Voltage Follower, High input impedance Capacitor coupled Voltage Follower, Capacitor coupled Non-inverting Amplifiers, High input
impedance - capacitor coupled Non-inverting Amplifiers, Capacitor coupled Inverting
amplifiers, Capacitor coupled Difference amplifier, setting the upper cut-off frequency, OpAmps frequency response and compensation.
Self-Study: Bandwidth, Slew rate effects, Zin Mod compensation.
8 Hours
Module-3
OP-AMP Applications: Voltage sources, current sources and current sinks, Current
amplifiers, instrumentation amplifier, precision rectifiers, Limiting circuits, sample and hold
circuits, Clamping circuits, Peak detectors, phase shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator.
Self-Study: V to I and I to V Converters , Multiplier and divider.
8 Hours
Module-4
Non-linear circuit applications: crossing detectors, inverting Schmitt trigger circuits,
Monostable & Astable multivibrator, Active Filters First and second order Low pass & High
pass filters, Voltage regulators, Series Op-Amp regulator, IC Voltage regulators, 723 general
purpose regulator.
Self-Study: Switching regulators.
8 Hours
Module-5
Other Linear IC applications: Basic 555 timer circuit, 555 timer used as Astable and
Monostable Multivibrator, PLL-operating principles, VCO; Basic DAC Techniques- weighted
resistor DAC , R-2R ladder DAC, A/D converters- counter type ADC, Servo Tracking ADC,
Successive Approximation converter
Self-Study: Phase detector / comparator, dual slope ADC
8 hours
7
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the characteristics of op-amps and their use in fundamental circuits.
2. Analyze the Linear and Non-Linear op-amp circuit applications and some function
specific ICs such as voltage regulators, PLL and its applications.
3. Design the functional blocks with linear integrated circuits.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David A. Bell, Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear ICs , 2nd edition, PHI/Pearson, 2004.
2. D. Roy Choudhury and Shail B. Jain, Li ear I tegrated Cir uits , 2ndedition, Reprint 2006,
New Age International.
3. David A. Bell, Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear ICs , 3rd edition, PHI/Oxford.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert. F.Coughlin & Fred.F.Driscoll, Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear I tegrated
Cir uits , PHI/Pearson, 2006.
2. George Clayton and Steve Winder, Operatio al A plifiers , Elsever3. 5th ed., 2008.
3. Ramakant A Gayakwad, Op-Amps and linear integrated circuits , PHI, 4e.
4. Sergio Franco, Desig
ith Operatio al A plifiers a d A alog I tegrated Cir uits ,
TMH, 3e, 2005.
MICROCONTROLLERS & MICROPROCESSORS

Sub Code: EC45
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To give comprehensive coverage of theoretical and programming concepts.
2. To discussion about the fundamentals of microcontroller with architecture and
memory organization.
3. To teach different instruction sets and addressing modes, that deals with methods of
accessing memory using instructions.
4. Provides exposure to assembly language and insight about timers and its operation
along with programming concepts using both C and assembly language.
5. To disseminate knowledge on serial communication, interrupts and its programming.
6. To enhance overall programming skills to develop mini projects based on hardware
interfaces.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Introduction: Overview of microcomputer systems and their building blocks, Introduction to
Microcontrollers: Difference between Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, RISC & CISC
Architectures, Harvard & Von-Neumann memory organizations, concepts of interrupts and
Direct Memory Access.
Self-Study: Comparative analysis of microprocessor and microcontroller, RISC & CISC
8 Hours
Module-2
8051 Microcontroller: Architecture, Memory organization, Pin diagram, Addressing modes:
Immediate, direct, Indirect, Register, Indexed, Instruction set: Data transfer, arithmetic and
logical, Bit manipulation, Jump and call instructions. Assembler directives
Self-Study: Instruction sets of microprocessors 8086
8 Hours
Module-3
Assembly programming: Assembly language programs, Software delay calculations,
Software delay programming, Subroutine call, Stack operations with programming.
Self-Study: Different types of stack and Stack memory details of different microcontrollers
and microprocessors
8 Hours
Module-4
Timers and serial communication: Timer introduction, Different modes of timer operations,
8051 Serial Communication and Interrupts: Basics of Serial Communication, RS 232
connections, Assembly and C programming on Timers and serial communication
Self-Study: Programming timers and serial communication in different modes of operations
8 Hours
Module-5
Interfacing: Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog converters with driver circuits, Stepper
and DC motor interface with driver circuits, LCD controller with command words and
interface, 7-segment interfacing with common anode and cathode modes, Keypad module
interfacing.
Self-Study: Interfacing programs for different combination of hardware peripherals.
8 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the fundamental concept about architecture and memory
organization of 8051 and MSP430.
2. Program various on-chip peripherals for application development.
3. Program in both C and assembly language.
4. Program various hardware peripherals and develop projects.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller , Penram International Publishing,
1996.
2. John Davis, MSP430 Microcontroller Basics , Newnes publication
3. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and Applications with
the 8085/8080A , Penram International Publishing, 1996.
4. Douglas Hall, Microprocessors Interfacing , Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinlay, The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems usi g asse l a d C , PHI, 2006
2. V Udayshankara and M S Mallikarjunaswamy, 8051 Microcontroller
3. D A Patterson and J H Hennessy, "Computer Organization and Design The hardware
and software interface , Morgan Kaufman Publishers.
10
NANO ELECTRONICS
Sub Code: EC46

Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To understand the Nanotechnology and methods.
2. To learn and understand basic and advance concepts of nano electronics
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Introduction: Introduction, Emergence of Nanotechnology, Bottom-Up and Top-Down
Approaches, Challenges in Nanotechnology.
Introduction to Physics of the Solid State: Structure, Crystal Structures, Face-Centered
Cubic Nanoparticles, Tetrahedrally Bonded Semiconductor Structures, Lattice Vibrations,
Energy Bands: Insulators, Semiconductors and Conductors, Localized Particles: Donors,
Acceptors, and Deep Traps, Mobility, Excitons
Self-Study: Size Dependence of Properties
8 Hours
Module-2
Carbon Nanostructures: Introduction, Carbon Molecules: Nature of carbon bond, New
carbon structure, Carbon Clusters: Small carbon clusters, discovery of C60, Structure and its
crystal, Carbon Nanotubes, Applications of Carbon Nanotubes
Size and Dimensionality effects: Size effects, conduction electrons and dimensionality,
Fermi Gas and Density of states, Potential wells, Partial confinement, Single Electron
Tunneling, Application of Infrared Detectors and Quantum dot lasers.
Self-Study: Alkali-Doped, Super conductivity
8 Hours
Module-3
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics:
Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Energy Quanta, Wave-Particle Duality, The Uncertainty
Principle, Schrodinger's Wave Equation, The Wave Equation, Physical Meaning of the Wave
Function, Boundary Conditions, Applications of Schrodinger's Wave Equation, Electron in
Free Space, The Injnite Potential Well, The Step Potential Function, The Potential Barrier,
Electrical Conduction in Solids, Density of States Function.
Self-Study: Extensions of the Wave Theory to Atoms.
8 Hours
Module-4
Metal-Oxide- Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor: Two-Terminal MOS Structure,
Capacitance-Voltage Characteristics, Frequency Limitations, The CMOS Technology, Nonideal Effects, MOSFET Scaling, Threshold Voltage Modifications.
Self-Study: The Basic MOSFET Operation
8 Hours
11
Module-5
Organic Compounds and Polymers: Introduction, Forming and characterizing Polymers,
Nanocrystals, Polymers, Biological Materials: Introduction, Biological Building Blocks,
Biological
Nanostructures,
Microelectromechanical
Systems
(MEMS),
Nanoelectromechanical Systems (NEMSs).
Self-Study: Supramolecular structure.
8 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the basic and advanced concepts of nanoelectronics, carbon nano
structures and applications in nanotechnology.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Charles P. Poole Jr and. Frank J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology , Wiley
Inter science, 2003.
2. Donald A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices Basic Principles", Third
Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher- Education, 2003.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. G. Cao, Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and
Applications , Imperial College Press, 2004.
2. David Ferry, Tra sport i Na o stru tures , Cambridge University press 2000.
3. Y. Imry, I trodu tio to Mesos opi Ph si s , Oxford University press 1997.
4. S. Dutta, Ele tro Tra sport i Mesos opi s ste s , Cambridge University press
5. H. Grabert and M. Devoret, i gle harge Tu eli g , Plenum press 1992
12
ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB

Sub Code: ECL47
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs:
CIE:25
SEE:50
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Attain knowledge of Digital Communication techniques, Microwave and Antenna
measurements
2. Analyze the performance of Optical fibres ,different types of antennas and
transmission lines
3. Design and compare of different types of Digital modulation techniques.
COURSE CONTENT:
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS USING DESCERTE COMPONENTS and LABVIEW 2009 can be used
for verification and testing.
1. TDM of two band limited signals.
2. ASK and FSK generation and detection
3. PSK generation and detection
4. DPSK generation and detection
5. QPSK generation and detection
6. PCM generation and detection using a CODEC Chip
7. Measurement of losses in a given optical fiber (propagation loss, bending loss) and
numerical aperture
8. Analog and Digital (with TDM) communication link using optical fiber.
9. Measurement of frequency, guide wavelength, power, VSWR and attenuation in a
microwave test bench
10. Measurement of directivity and gain of antennas: Standard dipole (or printed dipole),
microstrip patch antenna and Yagi antenna (printed).
11. Determination of coupling and isolation characteristics of a stripline (or microstrip)
directional coupler
12. (a) Measurement of resonance characteristics of a microstrip ring resonator and
determination of dielectric constant of the substrate. (b) Measurement of power division
and isolation characteristics of a microstrip 3 dB power divider.
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand the concepts of Digital Communication and Microwave
Engineering
2. Analysis the working operation of Digital and Microwave Communication System
3. Evaluate and Record experimental results connected with Digital and Microwave
Communication System.
13
MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB

Sub Code: ECL48
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs:
CIE: 25
SEE:50
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. The course syllabus is designed to provide understanding of assembly language
programming concepts and improve the programming skill.
2. To provide wide variety of examples with reasonable depth.
3. To familiarize students with different sets if instructions available for programming.
4. To give exposure on interfacing concepts using C and ALP language with different
peripherals.
5. To provide foundation for building innovative projects.
COURSE CONTENT:
I. Assembly Language Programming
ALP simulation programs on 8086

1. Data Transfer Programs - 8086
a. Exchange with and without XCH command
b. Finding largest element in an array
2. Conditional execution of arithmetic operations
3. Boolean & Logical Instructions
a. Conditional execution of logical operations.
4. Bit manipulation : Bitwise logical operations
5. Counters : Hex counters using software delay
6. Conversion : 8086
a. HEX - ASCII
b. ASCII - HEX
a. Block data transfer with and without overlap
b. Bubble Sorting algorithm
2. Arithmetic operation : Square and cube of 8 bit number
3. Boolean & Logical Instructions: Conditional execution of logical operations.
4. Bit manipulation : Bit addressable memory access
5. Counters : BCD counter using software delay
6. Conversion: 8051
a. ASCII Decimal
b. Decimal ASCII
7. Implementation of Mod counters with 1 sec delay using Timer - 8051
8. Serial data transmission with variable baud rate - 8051
14
II. Interfacing Programming in C
Write ALP programs to interface 8086 chip to Interfacing modules to develop single chip
solutions
1. Implementation of DAC 0808 interface to generate square, triangular, ramp and sine
wave using interrupts to change frequency and amplitude.
2. Stepper motor interface to 8051.
a. Clock wise rotation
b. Counter clockwise rotation
3. DC motor interface to 8051
4. Mod 10 counter implementation on 7 segment display.
Write C programs to interface 8051 chip to Interfacing modules to develop single chip
solutions
5. Alphanumeric LCD panel interface to 8051
6. 4 level Elevator interface to 8051.
7. ADC interface with potentiometer or temperature sensor.
Note: Application should be developed by student using 8051 OR 8086 with a team
comprising of 3-4 students.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Able to write both assembly as well as embedded C program.
Able to understand the hardware issues related to interfacing process.
Develop a projects based.
Good programming ability.
Improve programming skills and analytical ability
15
ADVANCED MATHEMATICS-II
Sub. Code: MATDIP401
Hrs./ Week: 4
Total Hrs.: 40
CIE: 50
SEE:-Credits: --
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Explain Laplace transform and apply it to solve ordinary differential equations.
2. Differentiate a scalar and vector point function and solve the problems on vector
differentiation.
3. Using Greens Theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem to solve
integral problems.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module-1
Laplace Transfoms: Definitions, Laplace transforms of elementary function, Derivatives and
Integrals, periodic functions, Unit step function, Impulse function.
10 hours
Module-2
Inverse Laplace Transfoms: Inverse transforms, Convolution theorem (statement only) and
problems, Applications of Laplace transforms to differential equations.
10 hours
Module-3
Vector Differentiation: Vector algebra: Vector addition, Dot and Cross product of vectors,
Triple products, Vector differentiation, Velocity, Acceleration of a vector point function,
gradient, curl and divergence, solenoid and irrotational fields, simple and direct problems.
10 hours
Module-4
Vector Integration: Concept of line, surface and volume integrals, Greens Theorem, Gauss
Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem (statements only), simple problems.
10 hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Apply Laplace transform method to solve differential equations.
2. Know vector operations and its applications.
3. Apply Greens Theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem to solve
integral problems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher E gi eeri g Mathe ati s , Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition,
2014 June, ISBN: 9788174091955.
2. B.V.Ramana, Higher E gi eeri g Mathe ati s , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006,
ISBN: 9780070634190.
16
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H. K. Dass and Er. RajnishVerma, Higher E gi eeri g Mathe ati s , Third Edition,
2014, ISBN: 9788121938907.
2. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A te t ook of E gi eeri g Mathe ati s ,Laxmi
Publications, 8th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 9788131808320.
3. R.K. Jain and S.R.K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics ,Narosa
Publishing House, 2002, ISBN: 8173194203.
4. Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists ,Tata
McGraw Hill Education publishers, 1971, (Revised) ISBN-13: 9780070606142.
17


B.E. (ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
MAT31 Engineering Maths-III (Core)

EE32
Network Analysis (Core)
EE33
Electrical Machines I (Core)
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
4
0
MAT
EEE
EEE
Maths
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
Examination
P
0
0
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
4
4
4
50
50
100
EC34
EC35
Logic Design (Foundation Course)
EEE
EEE
50
50
100
6
7
EE36
EEL37
Electrical & Electronic Measurements

Analog Electronic Circuits Lab
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
3
0
0
1
0
2
50
50
50
50
100
100
3
2
EEL38
Logic Design Lab
EEE
EEE
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Analog Electronic Circuits (Foundation Course)
Total
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Fourier series.
2. Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time varying
signals (continuous).
3. Finding solutions of equations and also evaluating approximate areas and volume using
numerical methods.
Course Content:
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Periodic functions, Dirichlet s conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period
and with arbitrary period 2 , Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series, Practical Harmonic
Analysis.
Self Study Component: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of
positive terms (p-series Ratio test, Comparison test).
12 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without
proof) and problems.
10
hours
MODULE 3
10 hours
MODULE 4
FINITE DIFFERENCES: Forward and Backward differences, Newton s forward and
Backward interpolation formulae. Newton s divided difference formula, Lagrange s
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddle s rule all formulae/rules
without proof).
10
hours
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial value and final
value theorems (without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve
difference equations.
10
hours
Text Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, (igher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers,
June,
ISBN: 9788174091955.
rd
Edition, 2014
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, (igher Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006,
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2.
M. K. Jain, S. R. K. )yengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific

and Engineering Computation , New Age )nternational Publications, th Edition, 2012,
ISBN: 9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and

4. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond Canale, Numerical methods for Engineers , McGrawHill Education, 7th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
Course outcomes:
NETWORK ANALYSIS
Sub Code: EE32 CIE:50
Exam Hours: 03 SEE:50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are:
1. To explain basic concepts of electrical networks and various simplification
techniques.
2. To teach various network theorems.
4. To provide the knowledge about the application of Laplace transforms to electrical
circuits.
Course Content:
MODULE-1:
Basic Concepts: Basic definitions. Practical sources, Source transformations, Network
reduction using Star Delta transformation, Loop and node analysis with linearly dependent
and independent sources for DC and AC networks, Concepts of super node and super mesh.
10Hours
MODULE-2:
Networks Theorem-1: Superposition theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millman s theorem.
10Hours
MODULE-3:
Network Theorems-2: Thevenin s and Norton s theorems, Maximum Power transfer
theorem, numerical problems based on all mentioned theorems.
Self Study: Network Topology: Graph of a network, Concept of tree and co-tree, incidence
11Hours
MODULE-4
Resonant Circuits: Series and parallel resonance, frequency-response of series and
parallel circuits, Q factor, Bandwidth.
condition and their representation, evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL, RC and
RLC circuits for AC excitations and RL, RC for DC excitations.
Self Study : Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RLC circuits for DC excitations.
10 Hours
MODULE-5:
Two port network parameters: Definition of z, y, h and transmission parameters,
modeling with these parameters, relationship between parameters sets (only with
independent sources.
Self Study: Initial and final value theorem
11 Hours
Text Books:
1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, Hayt, Kemmerly and Durbin,TMH ,7th Edition, 2010
2. Networks and systems, Roy Choudhury, New Age International Publications.,2nd
edition,
2006 re-print
3. Network Analysis A simplified Approach, K. Channa Venkatesh, D. Ganesh Rao, Fillip
Learning,2nd Edition, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Electric Circuits, Schaum s Outlines,M Nahvi & J A Edminister,TM(, th Edition,
9.
2. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, PHI, 3rd Edition, Reprint 2009.
3. Analysis of Linear Systems, David K. Cheng, Narosa Publishing House, 11th reprint,
2002
Course outcomes:
A t the end of the course students will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
Analyze and solve any given electrical circuit

Use Laplace transforms for solving the given circuit.
Calculate resonance frequencies for series and parallel circuits.
Analyze transient and steady state behavior of the given circuits.
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. To prepare the students to have a basic knowledge of transformers.
2. To prepare the students to have a basic knowledge of induction motors.
3. To understand a practical transformer.
Course Content:
MODULE-1:
Basic Concepts :, Principle of operation of transformer, Classification ,Constructional
details of shell type and core type single-phase, Constructional details of three-phase
transformers, EMF equation of single phase transformer, Concept of ideal transformers,
operation of practical power transformer under no load and on load with phasor diagrams.
Open circuit and Short circuit tests.
11 hours
MODULE-2:
Single-phase Transformers: Equivalent circuit, Determination of Parameters from
calculation of parameters of equivalent circuit, Voltage Regulation, Per Unit Calculation,
losses, efficiency, condition for maximum efficiency, all day efficiency, predetermination
of efficiency and regulation, Polarity test, Sumpner s test.
Self Study : Auto-transformers, constant Voltage transformer, constant current

transformer.
10 hours
MODULE-3:
Three-phase Transformers: Introduction, choice between single unit three-phase
transformer and bank of single-phase transformers. Transformer connection for three

phase operation star/star, delta/delta, star/delta, delta/zigzag-star and vee/vee, choice
of connection, Phase conversion - Scott connection for three-phase to two-phase
conversion. Labelling of three-phase transformer terminals, phase shift between primary
and secondary and vector groups. Load sharing, Equivalent circuit of three-phase
transformer. Parallel operation - need, conditions to be satisfied for parallel operation.
Self Study: Load sharing in case of similar and dissimilar transformers
10 hours
Module-4:
Three Phase Induction Machines: Concept of rotating magnetic field, Principle of
operation, construction, classification and types, Slip, torque, torque-slip characteristic,
Maximum torque, Phasor diagram of induction motor on no-load and on load, No-load test,
blocked rotor tests, Equivalent circuit, Losses, efficiency, Circle diagram.
Self Study: Cogging and crawling
10 hours
MODULE-5:
Starting and speed Control of Three-phase Induction Motors: Need for starter, Direct
on line (DOL) starter, Star-Delta and autotransformer starting. Speed control of three phase
IM.
Single-phase Induction Motor: Double revolving field theory and principle of operation.
Types of single-phase induction motors: resistance split-phase, capacitor split-phase,
Applications.
Induction generator - Principle, Operation of doubly fed Induction generator.
Self Study: Rotor resistance starting, soft starters
11 hours
Text Books:
1. Electric Machines, I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, T.M.H, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Theory of Alternating Current Machines, Alexander Langsdorf, T.M.H, 2nd edition,
2001.
Reference Books:
1. Performance and Design of A.C. Machines, M. G. Say, C.B.S, Publishers, 3rd Edition,
2002.
2. Electrical Machines and Transformers, Kosow, Pearson, 2nd edition, 2007.
3. Transformers, BHEL, TMH, 2nd Edition, Eight reprints 2008.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course the Students will be:
1. Able to analyse the performance of the AC machines.
2. Able to design and calculate the losses, efficiency and parameters of the machines.
3. Able to generate the concepts regarding basics of Electrical Engineering such as, active
power, Reactive Power, Power Factor will be enhanced.

Sub Code: EC34 CIE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Ability to design, conduct and analyze the concepts of Analog Electronic Circuits.
Recognize various BJT parameters, connections and configurations.
Recall and Recognize construction and characteristics of JFETs and MOSFETs
Demonstrate and generalize Frequency response of BJT at various frequencies
Define, demonstrate and analyze Power amplifier circuits in different modes of operation.
Describe, Recognize and Demonstrate Feedback and Oscillator circuits using BJT
Course Content:
MODULE-1:
Diode Applications- Clippers and Clampers (Relevant problems) and voltage multipliers.
Self study: PNP transistors
8 Hours
MODULE-2:
Voltage-Divider Bias, CE Emitter-Bias Configuration (Excluding PSpice Analysis), Emitter
Follower Configuration and Darlington Connection( Relevant problems). The Hybrid
Equivalent Model, Hybrid pi model.
Self study: Effect of RL and RS, Cascaded Systems, Cascade Connection.
8 Hours
MODULE-3:
Field Effect Transistors: Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs,
Transfer Characteristics- Derivation, depletion type MOSFET: Basic Construction, Basic
Operation and Characteristics, Enhancement Type MOSFET Basic Construction, Basic
Operation and Characteristics, Relevant problems.
Self-study: Applying Shockley s Equation, P-Channel Depletion Type MOSFET and Symbols,
P Channel Enhancement Type MOSFET and Symbols, CMOS
FET Biasing
Introduction, Fixed-Bias Configuration, Self-Bias Configuration, Voltage-Divider Biasing,
Relevant problems.
8 Hours
MODULE-4:
BJT frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency
considerations, RC- Coupled BJT Amplifier, low frequency analysis BJT low frequency
response, miller effect capacitance, BJT high frequency response, multistage frequency
effects.
Self study: FET version
8 Hours
Module-5
Feedback Amplifiers: General Feedback Structure, Properties of Negative Feedback
Power amplifiers: Introduction definitions and amplifier types, series fed class A
amplifier, transformer coupled class A amplifier, class B amplifier operation, class B
amplifier circuits: Transformer Coupled Push-PullCircuits, Complementary Symmetry

Circuits, Amplifier Distortion, Relevant Problems
Self-study: Four Basic Feedback Topologies-Series-Shunt, Series-Series, Shunt-Shunt &

Shunt-Series Amplifier (Qualitative Analysis). Power transistor heat sink.
8 Hours
Text Books:
Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory , Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,
PHI/Pearson Education. 10th Edition.ISBN:9788131727003
2. Analog Electronics Circuits: A Simplified Approach , U.B. Mahadevaswamy,
3. J. Nagrath, Electronics: Analog and Digital , P()
1.
Reference Books:
)ntegrated Electronics , Jacob Millman & Christos C. Halkias, Tata - McGraw Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2010
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits , David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition, 2004
3. Microelectronic Circuits , Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press,
International Version, 2009.
1.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. Design clippers, clampers and rectifier which uses diode as one of the circuit
element.
2. To determine, analyze and design the Q-point of a transistor bias circuit to work as an
amplifier.AC Analysis of transistor.
3. To attain the concept of feedback amplifier, oscillator and power amplifier using Transistor
4. Interpretation of performance characteristics of transistors amplifiers, frequency Response
and Oscillators.
5. Ability to understand and study the working principles of MOSFET and Biasing of FET
Oscillators.
LOGIC DESIGN
Exam Hrs: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
This course will enable student to
1. Illustrate, understand and analyze simplification of Algebraic Equations using K-Maps,
Quine-McCluskey technique.
2. Design and Analysis of Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers, Adders, Subtractors and
Binary comparators
3. Design and Analysis of Flip-Flops, Counters, Registers and state diagrams.
Course Content:
MODULE 1:
)ncompletely specified functions Don t Care terms , Simplifying Max term equations.
Quine-McCluskey minimization technique.
Self study: Variable Entered Mapping Technique
8 Hours
MODULE 2:
Encoders, Digital multiplexers, using multiplexers as Boolean function generators. Adders
and Subtractors, Cascading full adders, Carry Look Ahead Adder, Binary comparators.
Self study: Design methods of building blocks of combinational logics
8 Hours
MODULE 3:
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: Basic Bistable Element, Latches, SR Latch,
Application of SR Latch, A Switch Debouncer, The Clocked SR Flip Flop, JK Flip Flop, The
Master-Slave JK Flip-flop, Edge Triggered Flip-Flops. Characteristic equation and Timing
diagram of Flip-Flop circuits.
Self study: Conversion of Flip-Flops.
8 Hours
:
Sequential Circuit Design: Registers, Counters - Binary Ripple Counters, Synchronous
Binary counters, Counters based on Shift Registers, Design of a Synchronous counters.
Self study: Case study of Sequence generator.
Module 5
8 Hours
Self study: Construction of state Diagrams, Counter Design.
8 Hours
Text books:
1. Digital Principles and Design, Donald D Givone, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2002.
2. Modern Digital Electronics, R.P. Jain, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd edition.
3. Digital Logic and computer design, M Morris Mono, Prentice Hall.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of logic design, Charles H Roth, Jr; Thomson Learning, 2004.
2. Logic and computer design Fundamentals, Mono and Kim, Pearson, Second edition, 2001.
3. Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, Ronald J Tocci, Neal S.Wildmer, and Gregory L.
Moss, Pearson, 9th Edition.
4. An Engineering Approach to Digital Design, William I. Fletcher, Prentice-Hall, 1980.
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand simplification techniques using K-map, and Quine-McCluskey
Techniques.
Multiplexers.
3. Able to design and analyse Sequential circuits like Flip-Flop, counters and shift registers.
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS

Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of the course are:
1. To enhance the knowledge of the electrical and electronics measuring instruments
which are used in electrical power system.
2. To teach construction and working principle of various measuring instruments.
3. To guide and train the students to apply their acquired knowledge practically.
Course Content:
Module 1
Measurement of Resistance Inductance and Capacitance: Sources and detectors
Whetstone s bridge, sensitivity, limitations. Kelvin s double bridge. Earth resistance,
measurement by fall of potential method. Maxwell s inductance bridge, Maxwell s
inductance & Capacitance Bridge, (ay s bridge, Anderson s bridge, Quality factor for all
bridges. Desauty s bridge with modified bridge to measure dissipation factor.
Self Study: Earth resistance, measurement by fall of potential method, Schering Bridge
Units and Dimensions: Review of fundamental and derived units. S.I. units. Dimensional
equations, problems.
8 Hours
Module 2
Extension of Instrument Ranges: Construction and working of moving iron and Moving
coil instruments Shunts and multipliers. Construction and theory of instrument
transformers, Equations for ratio and phase angle errors of C.T. and P.T (derivations
excluded).
Self Study: Turns compensation, illustrative examples on turns compensation. Testing of
instrument transformers -Silsbee s method of testing CT.
8 Hours
Module 3
Measurement of Power and Related parameters: UPF and LPF wattmeter
construction, theory, Induction type energy meter construction, theory, errors,
adjustment and calibration. Principle of working of electronic energy meter. Prepaid
energy meter.
Self Study: Measurement of real and reactive power in three-phase circuits using two watt
meter method. Construction and operation of electro-dynamometer single-phase power
factor meter.
8 Hours
Module 4
Electronic Instruments: Introduction. True RMS responding voltmeter. Electronic
multimeters. Digital voltmeters-different types of DVM . Q meter. Dual trace oscilloscope
front panel details of a typical dual trace oscilloscope.
Self Study: Method of measuring voltage, current, phase, frequency and period. Working of
a digital storage oscilloscope. Brief note on current probes.
8 Hours
Module 5
Transducers: Classification and selection of transducers. Strain gauges, LVDT,
Measurement of temperature and pressure. Photo-conductive and photo-voltaic cells.
Introduction to data acquisition system and a case study.
Self Study: Display Devices and Signal Generators: X-Y recorders. LCD and LED display.
Interfacing resistive transducers to electronic circuits, Signal Generators: Signal generators
and function generators.)
8 Hours
Text Books
1. Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, A. K. Sawhney,
Dhanpatrai and Sons, New Delhi.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measuring Techniques, Cooper D. and A.D.
Heifrick, PHI, 2009 Edition.
References
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement, David A. Bell, oxford Publication ,2nd
Edition,2009.
2. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments, Golding and Widdies, Pitman
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course the Students will be able to:
1. Acquire the knowledge of units & dimensions and different types of bridges.
2. Describe the construction and working principle of various measuring instruments.
3. Select appropriate measuring instrument for the measurement of various parameters in
the practical classes.
4. Demonstrate the construction of different display devices and conversion devices
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY

Sub Code
: EEL37
Hrs/ Week
: 03
Total Credits :2
CIE : 50
Exam Hours : 03
SEE Marks : 50
Course Objectives:
1. The course intends to provide an overview of the principles, operation and
application of the basic electronic components.
2. Understand the Characteristics of the active devices.
3. To understand the frequency response of different amplifiers
Course Content:
1. Wiring of RC coupled Single stage FET & BJT amplifier and determination of the
gain-frequency response, input and output impedances.
Experiment)
3. Wiring of a two stage BJT Voltage series feed back amplifier and determination of
the gain, Frequency response, input and output impedances with and without
feedback (One Experiment)
4. Wiring and Testing for the performance of BJT-RC Phase shift Oscillator for f0 10
KHz
5. Testing for the performance of BJT Hartley & Colpitts Oscillators for RF range f0
K(z.
6. Testing for the performance of BJT -Crystal Oscillator for f0 > 100 KHz
detection
9. Testing of a transformer less Class B push pull power amplifier and determination
of its conversion efficiency.
10. Testing of Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifier circuits with and without
Capacitor filter. Determination of ripple factor, regulation and efficiency
11. Verification of Thevinin s Theorem and Maximum Power Transfer theorem for DC
Circuits.
Course outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
1. Make basic connections to instrumentation such as power, input signal, voltage
measurement, time and frequency domain measurements.
2. Understand and apply characteristic equations for circuit components (transistors,
resistors) to analyze and design circuits.
3. Write and prepare a lab report that details design procedures and experimental
results.
4. Work in a team using available resources to design circuits to meet a given
specification.
5. Design circuit for amplification using bipolar transistors.
LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY

Sub Code
: EEL38
Hrs/ Week : 03
Total Credits :2
CIE : 50
Exam Hours : 03
SEE Marks : 50
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is
1. To implement the combinational and sequential digital circuits using )C s.
2. To understand the designing skills for combinational and sequential circuits.
3. To impart practical knowledge ,so that the students can design practical digital systems
for different applications using different logic gates.
Course Content:

3. (i) Realization of parallel adder/Subtractors using 7483 chip

7. Use of a) Decoder chip to drive LED display and b) Priority encoder.
8. Truth table verification of Flip-Flops: (i) JK Master slave (ii) T type and
(iii) D
type.
9. Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter design (7476,
7490, 74192,74193).
10. Shift left; Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74S95.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students are able to
1. Acquire the practical knowledge of combinational and sequential digital circuits using
)C s.
2.Develop the designing skill of combinational and sequential circuits.

3. Design and develop the modules for different practical applications.


B.E. (ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Subject
Code
MAT41
EE42
EE43
EE44
EE45
EE46
EEL47
EEL48
Subject
Engineering Maths-IV (Core)

Electrical Machines II (Core)
Electrical Power Generation (Core)
Field Theory (Foundation Course)

Microcontrollers (Foundation Course)
Linear ICs and Applications
Electrical Machines Lab - I
Microcontroller Lab
Total
Teaching
Department
MAT
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
Board
Maths
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
EEE
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
4
0
3
0
3
0
3
0
0
1
0
1
Examination
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
400
400
800
25
IV SEMESTER SYLLABUS
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
integration.
MODULE 1
NUMERICAL METHODS-1:Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first
order and first degree: Picards method, Taylors series method, Modified Eulers method,
Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Predictor and Corrector method: Milnes Method No
Self Study: AdamsBashforth Method (No derivations of formula).
12 hours
MODULE 2
NUMERICAL METHODS-2:Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite

difference approximations to derivatives, Numerical solution of one-dimensional heat
equation by Schmidt method and by Crank-Nicholson Method, Numerical solution of onedimensional wave equation.
Self Study: Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplaces equation.
10 hours
MODULE 3
COMPLEX VARIABLES-I: Functions of complex variables, Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann

Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2, w

= ez and
, Bilinear transformations. `
Self Study: Transformation
10 hours
MODULE 4
COMPLEX VARIABLES-II:Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Self Study: Singularities, Poles and Residues.
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and
continuous), Probability mass function, Probability density function, Cumulative density
function, Probability distributions: Geometric and Poisson distributions, Exponential and
Normal distributions.
Sampling distribution: Samples, Central limit theorem (statement only), Hypothesis
testing for means, confidence limits for means, Students t-distribution-illustrative
examples.
Self Study : Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit.
10 hours
Text Books:
2014 June, ISBN: 9788174091956.
rd
Edition,
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, (igher Engineering Mathematics , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. )yengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and

Engineering Computation , New Age )nternational Publications, th Edition, 2012, ISBN:
9788122433234.
Scientists McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited (1 September 2005); ISBN-13: 978-0070605015.
Course outcomes:
1. List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical functions
and reproduce concepts of Probability distribution.
2. Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability
ELECTRICAL MACHINES -II

Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course objectives:
1. To expose the students to the concepts of various types of electrical machines and
its applications.
2. To empower students to understand the working of electrical machines.
3. To prepare students to perform the analysis of DC & AC machines.
Course Content:
MODULE - 1
DC Machines:
Review of basics of DC machines & classification, armature winding: lap & wave winding
(including problems), EMF equation, no-load characteristic, armature reaction, load
characteristics. Commutation, types of commutation, commutation difficulties, Back EMF,
significance, & torque equation of a DC Motors
Self Study: Inters poles, compensating winding and equalizer rings
10 Hours
MODULE 2
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS & SPEED CONTROL OF DC MACHINES
Characteristics of shunt, series & compound motors, speed control of shunt, series and
compound motors. DC motor starters, Losses in DC machines, power flow diagram,
efficiency, condition for maximum efficiency. Applications of shunt, series & compound
motors
Self Study: Maintenance in DC machines, faults in DC machines,
10 Hours
MODULE 3
BRAKING & TESTING OF DC MACHINES
Braking- Plugging, dynamic braking, regenerative braking, Direct & indirect methods of
testing of DC machines- Brake test, Swinburns test, (opkinsons test, Retardation test,
Fields test
Self Study: Temperature rise test, merits and demerits of tests.
10 Hours
MODULE - 4
SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES
Basic principle of operation, construction of salient & non-salient pole synchronous
machines, generated EMF, Armature reaction, synchronous reactance, leakage reactance,
phasor diagram of non salient type alternator. Phasor diagrams, torque and torque angle of
synchronous motors. Effect of distribution and chording of winding, harmonics-causes,
reduction and elimination.
11Hours
MODULE 5
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES
Voltage regulation by EMF, MMF, ZPF & ASA method, Short circuit ratio and its importance.
Slip test and Regulation, parallel operation & Operating characteristics of alternators.
Synchronizing to infinite bus bars, effect of change in load, effect of change in excitation, V
and inverted V curves. Methods of starting synchronous motors.
Self Study: Synchronous condenser, hunting and damping.
11 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electrical machinery, P.S Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers
2. Theory & performance of Electric Machines, J B Gupta, S. K. Kataria & Sons, 15th
Edition:2015
3. Electrical machines, DP Kothari, I.J.Nagarath, TMH, 4th edition, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Performance & Design of Alternating Current machines, M. G. Say, CBS
publishers,3rd Edition,2002.
2. The Performance & Design of DC machines A.E Clayton & N.N.Hancock CBS
Publication,3rd Edition,2004.
3. Electrical Technology, Volume II, B L Theraja & A K Theraja, S Chand Publishers

4. Electrical Machines, Ashfaq Hussain, Dhanpat Rai Publications.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, the students are able to:
1. Explain the construction, operation and working principle of DC & Synchronous
Machines.
2. Describe the performance characteristics of D.C & Synchronous machines and
various operational methods.
3. Illustrate the importance of paralleling of machines and synchronization.
4. Determine the various losses, voltage regulation and efficiency of different electrical
machines.
ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION

Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the conventional power generation plants like
Hydro electric, Thermal, Diesel power and Nuclear power plants.
2. To enable the students to understand the non-conventional sources of power generation.
3. To teach as to how power is transmitted and distributed across the country
4. To enable students understand cost of power generation and tariff construction.
5. To teach about substations, importance of grounding systems in power systems
Course Content
Module -1
Sources of Electrical Power: Wind, solar, fuel cell, tidal, geo-thermal, hydro-electric,
thermal-steam, diesel, gas, nuclear power plants (block diagram approach only). Concept of
co-generation. Combined heat and power distributed generation. Basic structure of
power system, Major electrical equipments in power stations.
10 Hours
Module-2
Thermal Power Generation: Introduction. Main parts of a thermal power plant. Working.
Plant layout, Fuels for thermal power plants.
Diesel electric plants. Gas turbine plants. Mini, micro, and bio generation.
Self Study: Concept of
distributed generation.
11 Hours
Module-3
Hydro Power Generation: Selection of site. Classification of hydro-electric plants. General
arrangement and operation. Hydroelectric plant power station structure and control.
Nuclear Power Station: Introduction. Pros and cons of nuclear power generation.
Selection
of site, cost, Components of reactors. Description of fuel sources. Safety of
nuclear power
reactor.
10 Hours
Module -4
Economics Aspects: Introduction. Terms commonly used in system operation. Diversity
factor, load factor, plant capacity factor, plant use factor, plant utilization factor and loss
factor, load duration curve. Cost of generating station, factors influencing the rate of tariff
designing, tariff, types of tariff. Power factor Improvement. Combined operation of power
stations, advantages of interconnection
Substations: Introduction, types, Bus bar arrangement schemes, Location of substation
equipment.
Self Study: Reactors and capacitors.
11 Hours
Module-5
Grounding Systems: Introduction, grounding systems. Neutral grounding. Ungrounded
system. Resonant grounding. Solid grounding, reactance grounding, resistance grounding.
Earthing transformer. Neutral grounding transformer.
Self Study: Current limiting reactors. Symmetric short circuit MVA calculations
10 Hours
Text Books
1. Power System Engineering, A. Chakrabarti, M. L. Soni, and P.V. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai and
Co.,
New Delhi.
2. Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution, S. N. Singh, PHI, 2nd Edition,
2009.
References
1. Elements of Electrical Power System Design, M. V. Deshpande, PHI, 2010
Course outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
1. Describe the working of power generation family of conventional and nonconventional sources of power generation
2. Describe as to how power transmission and distribution takes place across the
country
3. Describe and understand as to the need of intermediate substations and how the
ultimate consumer is receiving power from generating stations.
4. Know how the tariff is constructed,
5. Describe the grounding systems of power systems
FIELD THEORY
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of the course are
1. To enhance the knowledge of vector application on fields and waves.
2. This course provides the skills required to understand, develop engineering
applications which involves electromagnetic field.
3. To teach the concepts of magnetic materials.
Module 1
Coulombs Law and electric field intensity: Introduction to coordinate systems

Coulombs law in vector form, Electric field intensity, Field due to continuous volume charge
distribution, Field of a line charge.
Electric flux density, Gauss law and divergence: Electric flux density, Gauss law,
Divergence, Maxwells First equation, vector operator and divergence theorem.
Self Study: Field due to surface charge distribution. Electrostatics
08 Hours
Module 2
Energy and potential: Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field, The
line integral, Definition of potential difference and Potential, The potential field of a point
charge and system of charges, Potential gradient. Energy density in an electrostatic field .
Conductors, dielectrics and capacitance: Current and current density, continuity of
current, convection current, conduction current and equation of continuity. Conductor
properties, ohms law for the conductor, boundary conditions for perfect dielectrics.
Self Study: .Capacitance and examples
08 hours
Module 3
Poissons and Laplaces equations: Derivations of Poissons and Laplaces Equations,

Uniqueness theorem, Examples of the solutions of Laplaces and Poissons equations.
The steady magnetic field: Biot- Savart law, Amperes circuital law, Curl, Stokes theorem,
magnetic flux and flux density, scalar and Vector magnetic potentials.
08 Hours
Module 4
Magnetic forces: Force on a moving charge and differential current element, Force
between differential current elements, Force and torque on a closed circuit.
Magnetic materials and inductance: Magnetic boundary conditions, Potential energy and
forces on magnetic materials, self Inductance and Mutual Inductance.
Time varying fields and Maxwells equations: Faradays law, displacement current,
Maxwells equation in point and )ntegral form.
08 Hours
Module 5
Uniform plane wave: General wave equations ,Wave propagation in a perfect dielectric
medium and conducting medium , Phase velocity, Poyntings theorem and wave power,
propagation in good conductors, skin effect. Reflection of uniform plane waves at normal
incidence, standing wave ratio
Self Study: SWR, Plane wave propagation in general directions.
08 Hours
Text Book:
1. Engineering Electromagnetics, William H Hayt Jr. and John A Buck, Tata McGraw-Hill,
7th edition, 2009.
2. Principles of Electromagnetics, Matthew N.O. Sadiku, 4th Edition, Oxford University
Press,
2009.
Reference Books:
1. Electromagnetics with Applications, John Krauss and Daniel A Fleisch, McGraw-Hill,
5th edition,1999.
2. Electromagnetism-Theory and Applications, Ashutosh Pramanik, PHI, 2nd edition,
Reprint 2009.
3. Field and Wave Electromagnetics, David K Cheng, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd edition,
- 1989, Indian Reprint 2001.
Course Outcomes
After completion of this course the Students will be able to:

1. Understand the vector analysis in different coordinate systems.
2. Use Gausss Law, Coulombs law and Poissons equation to find fields and potentials for
a various situations including charge distribution and capacitors.
3. Understand the behavior of magnetic and electric fields in the presence of dielectric and
magnetic materials.
4. Understand Maxwells Equations for time-harmonic fields and the boundary conditions
across media boundaries.
5. Analyze electromagnetic wave propagation in various medium and propagation
through boundaries between media
MICROCONTROLLERS
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide familiarity to microcontroller assembly and C language programming.
2 To demonstrate the usage of instruction set, timers and counters of 8051 microcontroller
to carry out programming in both polling and interrupt driven environments.
3. To provide the knowledge about the microcontroller interfacing with common
peripheral devices.
Course Content:
Module-1
8051 Microcontroller Architecture
Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, The 8051 Architecture, pin diagram
and memory organization.
Self Study: RISC & CISC CPU Architectures, Harvard & Von-Neumann CPU architecture,
Memory Variants, Memory hierarchy, )
8 Hours
Module-2
8051 Instruction set & Assembly programming
Addressing Modes, Instruction set: Instruction timings, 8051 instructions: Data transfer
instructions, Arithmetic instructions, Logical instructions, Branch instructions, Subroutine
instructions, and Bit manipulation instruction.
Self Study: Programming for all instruction set variants and subroutine execution.
8 Hours
Module-3
Embedded C programming & Timer operation
Introduction to Embedded C programming, data types, basic embedded C programs, Timer
register functionality, Time delay calculation, Counter operation, programming of
timer/counter with assembly
Self Study: Programming of timer/counter with C programming).
8 Hours
Module-4
Interrupt programming & serial communication with 8051
Definition of an interrupt, types of interrupts, Timers and Counter programming with
interrupts in assembly and C language. 8051 Serial Communication: Data communication,
Basics of Serial Data Communication, 8051 Serial Communication.
Self Study: Connections of RS-232, Serial communication Programming in assembly and C.
8 Hours
Module-5
Small scale embedded system design with 8051
Basics of I/O concepts, I/O Port Operation, Interfacing 8051 to LCD, Keyboard, parallel and
serial ADC, DAC, Stepper motor interfacing and DC motor interfacing.
Self Study: Introduction to Embedded Systems, Definition of Embedded System, Embedded
Systems Vs. General Computing Systems, Embedded Hardware and software, types of
embedded Systems.
8 Hours
Text Books:
1. The 8
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using assembly and C -,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinley; PHI,
2006 / Pearson, 2006
2. The 8
Microcontroller Architecture, Programming & Applications , e Kenneth J.
Ayala ;,Penram International, 1996 / Thomson Learning 2005.
3. "Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction" Frank
Vahid, Tony D. Givargis, Wiley publications, 2009.
Reference Books:
The 8
Microcontroller , V.Udayashankar and MalikarjunaSwamy, TM(,
2009
2. K.V. Shibu, "Introduction To Embedded Systems", Tata McGraw, 2009.
3. Rajkamal Embedded System Architecture: Programming & Design , TM(,
2010.
1.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course ,the students are able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
Understand the architecture and memory organization of microcontrollers

Write programs in both Assembly Language and Embedded C language
Able to interface external peripherals to microcontroller
Design and develop a small scale embedded system.
LINEAR ICS AND APPLICATIONS

Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
1. To expose the students to Op-Amp as an AC amplifier and its characteristics.
2. To familiarize usage of Op-Amp to process signals.
3. To understand application of Op-Amplifiers in nonlinear circuits.
4. To teach the areas of applications- Signal generators, regulated power supplies and
specialized applications.
Course Content:
Module-1
OP-AMPS AS AC AMPLIFIER: Capacitor coupled voltage follower, capacitor coupled noninverting amplifier, capacitor coupled inverting amplifier, setting upper cut off frequency,
capacitor coupled difference amplifier, and use of single polarity supply.
Self Study: OP-AMP AS DC AMPLIFIER: Introduction, definitions and characteristics, high
Zin capacitor coupled voltage follower, high Zin capacitor coupled non-inverting amplifier.
8 Hours
Module-2
OP-AMPS FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND COMPENSATION: Op amp circuits stability,
frequency and phase response, frequency compensating methods, op-amp circuit band
width, slew rate effects, stray capacitance effects.
Self Study: Manufacturers recommended compensation, load capacitance effects, Zin
mode compensation, circuit stability precautions.
8 Hours
Module-3
SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITS: Precision half wave & full wave rectifiers, Limiting
circuits, clamping circuits, peak detectors.
OPAMPS AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Op-amps in switching circuits, zero crossing
detectors, inverting schmitt trigger circuits, non-inverting schmitt circuits
Self Study: Sample & hold circuit, DAC and ADC Flash and successive approximations,
astable multivibrator, and monostable multivibrator)
8 Hours
Module-4
SIGNAL GENERATOR: Triangular/rectangular wave generator, waveform generator
design, phase shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator, and signal generators.
ACTIVE FILTERS: First and second order high pass and low pass filters band pass filter,
band stop filter.
Self Study: Oscillator amplitude stabilization, output controllers, second order high pass
and low pass derivation.
8 Hours
Module-5
DC VOLTAGE REGULATORS: Voltage regulators basics, voltage follower regulator,
adjustable output regulator, precision voltage regulators. Integrated circuit voltage
regulators.
Self Study: Specialized IC Applications: Universal active filter, switched capacitor filter,
phase locked loops, power amplifiers.
8 Hours
Text Books:
1.
Operational amplifiers and linear ICs, David A Bell, Oxford University Press, 2010.
2.
Operational amplifiers and linear ICs,Ramakanth A Gayakwad, PHI, 4th
edition,2009.
3.
Linear integrated circuits, S.P.Bali,TMH,2009.
Reference Books:
1. Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits-Concepts and Applications, James
M.Fiore,Cengage Learing,2009.
2. Op Amps, Design, Applications and Trouble Shooting,Elsevier,2nd Edition.
3. Operational amplifiers and linear ICs,Stanley William D, - 4th edition, Pearson
Education.
4. Linear Integrated Circuits- Analysis,Design and Applications,B.Somanathan Nair,
Wiley India, First,Edition, 2009.
Course Outcomes:
The Student will be able to:
1. Differentiate between linear and non-linear applications of operational amplifier.
2. Analyze and implement active low-pass, high-pass, notch, and band-pass and other
filters using op-amps.
3. Design regulators and signal generators using different types of op-amps.
ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY-I

Sub Code
: EEL47
Hrs/ Week : 03
Total Credits :2
CIE : 50
Exam Hours : 03
SEE Marks : 50
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge pertaining to type and range of various instruments that
will be used for the measurements of various parameters.
2. To impart training in conducting the experiments on different electrical machines
to evaluate their performance characteristics.
3. To enable the students to check circuits and to solve problem pertaining to the
experimental setup and to take corrective action
Course Content:
1. (a)Predetermination of efficiency and regulation by Open Circuit and Short circuit
tests on single - phase transformer.
(b)Calculation of parameters of equivalent circuit from the readings of the tests and
determination of efficiency and regulation from the equivalent circuit.
2. Parallel operation of two dissimilar (different kVA) single-phase transformers and
determination of load sharing and analytical verification given the Open Circuit and
Short circuit tests details.
3. Polarity test and connection of 3 single-phase transformers in star delta and
determination of efficiency and regulation under balanced resistive load.
4. Scott connection with balanced and unbalanced resistive loads.
5. Study of different characteristics by conducting load test on 3-phase induction motor
6. Predetermination of performance of 3-phase induction Motor from the Circle
diagram.
7. (a)Determination of parameters of the equivalent circuit of a 3-phase Induction
motor by conducting No load and Blocked rotor tests.
(b)Determination of performance quantities of the induction motor from the
equivalent circuit to correlate the results obtained from the load test or circle
diagram.
8. Speed control of 3-phase induction motor by varying rotor resistance.

9. Load test on Induction Generator.
10. Load test on single- phase induction motor
11.Sumpners test on similar transformers and determination of combined and
individual transformer efficiency.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course the student will be able to:
1. Identify the various instruments like MC & MI meters, watt meters etc. and can
select appropriate meters for different experiments.
2. Conduct different tests on transformers, induction generator and induction motors
and can evaluate their performance.
3. Acquire skills by applying the concepts in the laboratory environment and utilize
the same in trouble shooting while carrying out experiments.
4. Communicate, lead and initiate to solve and demonstrate the problems pertaining
to the above and to experience the same in their work environment.
MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Sub Code
: EEL48
Hrs/ Week : 03
Total Credits :2
CIE : 50
Exam Hours : 03
SEE Marks : 50
Course Objective:
1. To understand the procedure of creating source code for reprogrammable embedded
system board using IDE such as Keil Vision.
2. To develop assembly level programs and providing the basics of the processors.
3. To gain the practical hands on experience of programming and interfacing different
peripherals to 8051 microcontroller according to the user requirements to create novel
products and solutions for the real time problems.
Course Contents:
I. Programming:
1. Data Transfer - Block move, Exchange, Sorting, Finding largest element in an array.
2. Arithmetic Instructions - Addition/subtraction, multiplication and division, square, Cube
(16 bits Arithmetic operations bit addressable).
3. Counters.
4. Boolean & Logical Instructions (Bit manipulations).

5. Conditional CALL & RETURN.
6. Code conversion: BCD ASCII; ASCII Decimal; Decimal - ASCII; HEX - Decimal and
Decimal - HEX.
7. Programs to generate delay, Programs using serial port and on-Chip timer / counter.
II. Interfacing:
solutions.
8. Interfacing LCD to 8051.
9. Interfacing Hex keypad input interface to 8051.

10. Interfacing Stepper motor to 8051.
11. Interfacing DC motor to 8051.
12. Interfacing temperature sensor to 8051.
Course Outcome:
1. The student will be able to write programs in both Assembly and C language for 8051
Microcontroller.
2. Student will be able to write programs in both Assembly and C language to interface and
control the operation of external hardware interfaced to the 8051 microcontroller.
3. The students will be able to design small scale embedded system using microcontroller.
DAYANANDASAGARCOLLEGEOFENGINEERING
(AnAutonomous Institution affiliated to Visvesvaraya Technological University, Belagavi)

SCHEMEOFTEACHINGANDEXAMINATION2016-2017
B.E. ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Teaching
Department
Subject
Teaching
Board Hours/Week
L
T
CIE
SEE
Total
Examination
Credits
MAT31
Engineering Mathematics III (Core)
MAT
Maths
50
50
100
EE32
Network Analysis (Core)
EIE
EEE
50
50
100
EI33
Electrical and Electronic Measurements

(Core)
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EC34
Analog Electronic Circuits (Core)
EIE
ECE
50
50
100
EC35
Logic Design (Core)
EIE
ECE
50
50
100
EI36
Computer Architecture and Organization

(Core)
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EIL37
Analog Electronics Circuits Lab
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EIL38
Logic Design Lab
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Total
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. Generalize a periodic function as a sum of series of trigonometric functions using Fourier
series.
2. Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time varying signals
(continuous).
numerical methods.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Periodic functions, Dirichlets conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period
and
with arbitrary period 2 , Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series, Practical Harmonic Analysis.
Self Study Component: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive
terms (p-series Ratio test, Comparison test).
12 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof) and
problems.
10 hours
MODULE 3
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, RegulaFalsi method, Newton-Raphson method.
10 hours
MODULE 4
Backward interpolation formulae. Newtons divided difference formula, Lagranges interpolation
formula and inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddles rule (all formulae/rules without
proof).
10 hours
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
equations.
10 hours

Text Books:
ISBN: 9788174091955.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006, ISBN:
9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
9788122433234.
McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
Course outcomes:
2. Expand a function using Fourier series, operate Fourier transform, Z-transform and practice
numerical methods.
3. Rewrite a function using Fourier series, summarize Fourier and Z-transforms and compare
numerical solution with analytical solution.
NETWORK ANALYSIS
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To explain basic concepts of electrical networks and various simplification techniques.

To teach various network theorems.
To discuss transient behavior of electrical components and circuits.
To provide the knowledge about the application of Laplace transforms to electrical
circuits.
Course Content:
MODULE-1
Basic Concepts: Basic definitions. Practical sources, Source transformations, Network reduction
using Star Delta transformation, Loop and node analysis with linearly dependent and
independent sources for DC and AC networks, Concepts of super node and super mesh.
10Hours
MODULE-2
Networks Theorem-1: Superposition theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millmans theorem.
10Hours
MODULE-3
Network Theorems-2:
Thevenins and Nortons theorems, Maximum Power transfer theorem, numerical problems
based on all mentioned theorems.
Self Study: (Network Topology: Graph of a network, Concept of tree and co-tree, incidence
solution of resistive networks)
11Hours
MODULE-4
condition and their representation, evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL, RC and RLC
circuits for AC excitations and RL, RC for DC excitations.
Self Study: (Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RLC circuits for DC excitations.)
10 Hours
MODULE-5
with these parameters, relationship between parameters sets (only with independent sources.
Self Study: (Initial and final value theorem)
11 Hours
Text Books:
2. Networks and systems, Roy Choudhury, New Age International Publications.,2nd edition,
2006 re-print
Reference Books:
1. Electric Circuits, Schaums Outlines,M Nahvi & J A Edminister,TMH,5th Edition,2009.
3. Analysis of Linear Systems, David K. Cheng, Narosa Publishing House, 11th reprint, 2002
Course outcomes:
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MESUREMENTS

Sub Code: EI33
Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs :52
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 04
Course Objective
To explain the operating concepts of electrical measuring instruments and

apply appropriate units and dimensions for various measurements.
To explore the need of calibration and thereby understanding the terminology of accuracy
and error in measurement.
To design a suitable bridge circuit that is used to calculate the unknown electrical
parameters such as resistance, inductance and capacitance.
To understand and analyse the display system such as Cathode Ray Oscilloscope with
reference to its operating concepts, construction and applications.
Module 1
Units & Standard: Introduction, Unit , Absolute Unit, Fundamental and Derived Unit,
Dimensions, CGS System of Units, MKS System, SI Units, Base Units of SI, Standard and their
classification, standards for Mass and Length, Electrical Standard, EMF Standard, Resistance
Standard.
10 Hours
Module 2:
Introduction, Measurement of Current, Voltage, Power and Energy: Review of AC circuit
analysis. Faradays law of electromagnetic induction, Lenzs law, Statically and Dynamically
induced emf-Galvanometers Moving Coil and Moving Iron Instruments - Principle of
operation, construction- sources of errors and compensation dynamometer and rectifier type
ammeter and voltmeter
11 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Wattmeter Energy meter)
Module 3
Measurement of Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance: Measurement of low, medium and
high resistance Wheatstone bridge Kelvin double bridge Meggar Direct deflection
methods A.C Bridges Measurements of inductance, capacitance Maxwell bridge Wien
bridge Hay bridge Schering bridge Anderson bridge Desautys bridge
10 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Errors in A.C bridges and their compensations detectors.)
Module 4:
Analog Meters: Amplified DC Meter AC Voltmeter Using Rectifiers True RMS-Responding
VoltmeterElectronic Multimeter Harmonic distortion analyser Calibration: Need for
Calibration, Accuracy Comparison, Calibration of DC/AC Voltmeter and Ammeter, 11 Hours
Module 5
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: General purpose oscilloscope Cathode Ray Tube CRT screen
characteristics Vertical Deflection system Delay Line Horizontal Deflection system
Sampling Oscilloscope.
10 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Measurement of frequency and Phase by Lissajous method)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will:
be able to comprehend the operating concepts of electrical measuring instruments and

apply appropriate units and dimensions for various measurements.
be explored the need of calibration and thereby understanding the terminology of
accuracy and error in measurement.
design a suitable bridge circuit that is used to calculate the unknown electrical parameters
such as resistance, inductance and capacitance.
understand and analyse the display system such as Cathode Ray Oscilloscope with
reference to its operating concepts, construction and applications.
Text Books
1) A.K Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation,
Dhanpat Rai& Co. New Delhi, 19th Edition 2013.
2) David A Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Oxford University, New
Delhi 2013,
Reference Books
1. R.K. Rajput, Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, S.Chand Publisher,
2008,NewDelhi.
2. Kalsi H S, Electronic Instrumentation, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Company, 2004,
NewDelhi.

Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 03
Course Objectives:
Module-1
Transistor Biasing: Operating point, Fixed bias circuits, Emitter stabilized biased circuits, Voltage
divider biased, Transistor switching networks, BJT as a Switch, Bias stabilization.
SELF STUDY: (PNP transistors)
8 Hours
Module-2
Voltage-Divider Bias, CE Emitter-Bias Configuration (Excluding PSpice Analysis), Emitter
Follower Configuration and Darlington Connection( Relevant problems). The Hybrid Equivalent
Model, Hybrid pi model.
SELF STUDY: (Effect of RL and RS, Cascaded Systems, Cascode Connection.)
8 Hours
Module-3
Field Effect Transistors
Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer Characteristics- Derivation,
depletion type MOSFET: Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Enhancement
Type MOSFET Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Relevant problems.
SELF STUDY: (Applying Shockleys Equation, P-Channel Depletion Type MOSFET and
Symbols, P Channel Enhancement Type MOSFET and Symbols, CMOS )
FET Biasing
Relevant problems.
8 Hours
Module-4
BJT frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency considerations,
RC- Coupled BJT Amplifier, low frequency analysis BJT low frequency response, miller effect
capacitance, BJT high frequency response, multistage frequency effects.
SELF STUDY: (FET version)
8 Hours
Module-5
SELF STUDY: (Four Basic Feedback Topologies-Series-Shunt, Series-Series, Shunt-Shunt &
Shunt-Series Amplifier -Qualitative Analysis.)
Transformer Coupled Push-Pull Circuits, Complementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier
Distortion, Relevant Problems
SELF STUDY: (Power transistor heat sink.)
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Design clippers, clampers and rectifier which uses diode as one of the circuit element.
Transistor
Response and Oscillators.
Oscillators.
Text Books:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,
2. Analog Electronics Circuits: A Simplified Approach, U.B. Mahadevaswamy,
3. J. Nagrath, Electronics: Analog and Digital, PHI
Reference Books:
1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman & Christos C. Halkias, Tata - McGraw Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2010
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition, 2004
3. Microelectronic Circuits, Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University
Press, International Version, 2009.
LOGIC DESIGN
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
1. Illustrate, understand and analyze simplification of Algebraic Equations using KMaps, Quine-McCluskey technique.
Binary comparators
Module 1
Incompletely specified functions (Dont Care terms), Simplifying Max term equations. QuineMcCluskey minimization technique.
SELF STUDY: (Variable Entered Mapping Technique)
8 Hours
Module 2
Encoders, Digital multiplexers, using multiplexers as Boolean function generators. Adders and
Subtractors, Cascading full adders, Carry Look Ahead Adder, Binary comparators.
SELF STUDY: (Design methods of building blocks of combinational logics)
8 Hours
Module 3
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: Basic Bistable Element, Latches, SR Latch, Application
of SR Latch, A Switch Debouncer, The Clocked SR Flip Flop, JK Flip Flop, The Master-Slave
JK Flip-flop, Edge Triggered Flip-Flops. Characteristic equation and Timing diagram of FlipFlop circuits.
SELF STUDY: (Conversion of Flip-Flops.)
8 Hours
Module 4
SELF STUDY: (Case study of Sequence generator. )
Module 5
8 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Construction of state Diagrams, Counter Design.)
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Techniques.
Multiplexers.
Text books:
Reference Books:
2. Logic and computer design Fundamentals, Mono and Kim, Pearson, Second edition,
2001.
3. Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, Ronald J Tocci, Neal S.Wildmer, and
Gregory L. Moss, Pearson, 9th Edition.
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION

Sub Code: EI36
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs : 40
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 03
Course Objective
To identify the various components of a computer and analyse their performance
To understand the different architectures- RISC and CISC
To analyse the organization of computer system
To understand the computers memory and the I/O sub-systems
Module 1
Introduction: Function and structure of a computer, Functional components of a computer,
Interconnection of components, Performance of a computer.
8 Hours
Module 2
Representation of Instructions: Machine instructions, Operands, Addressing modes,
Instruction formats, Instruction sets, Instruction set architectures - CISC and RISC architectures.
8 Hours
Module 3
Processing Unit: Organization of a processor - Registers, ALU and Control unit, Data path in a
CPU, Instruction cycle, Organization of a control unit - Operations of a control unit, Hardwired
control unit, Micro-programmed control unit.
8 Hours
Module 4:
Memory Subsystem: Semiconductor memories, Memory cells - SRAM and DRAM cells,
Internal Organization of a memory chip, Organization of a memory unit, Error correction
memories, Interleaved memories, Cache memory unit - Concept of cache memory, Mapping
methods
8 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Organization of a cache memory unit, Fetch and write mechanisms, Memory
management unit - Concept of virtual memory, Address translation, Hardware support for
memory management)
Module 5
Input /Output Subsystem: Access of I/O devices, I/O ports, I/O control mechanisms - Program
controlled I/O, Interrupt controlled I/O and DMA controlled I/O - I/O interfaces - Serial port,
Parallel port, PCI bus, SCSI bus, USB bus, Firewall, I/O peripherals Input devices, Output
devices, Secondary storage devices
8 Hours
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course students will be able to:
Identify the various components of a computer and analyse their performance
Understand the different architectures- RISC and CISC
Analyse the organization of computer system
Understand the computers memory and the I/O sub-systems
Text Books:
1. C. Hamacher, Z. Vranesic and S. Zaky, "Computer Organization ", McGraw- Hill, 2002.
Reference Books
1. W. Stallings, "Computer Organization and Architecture - Designing for Performance",
Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
2. D. A. Patterson and J. L. Hennessy, "Computer Organization and Design - The
Hardware/Software Interface ", Morgan Kaufmann,1998.
3. J .P. Hayes, "Computer Architecture and Organization ", McGraw-Hill, 1998.
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB

Sub Code: EIL37 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 36
Credits: 02
Course Objectives:
The student will learn to
1. Use Electronic Components such as DC, AC power supply, Signal Generator, CRO,
Multi - meter adjustments and wiring of components.
2. Analyze the performance characteristics of the clipping, clamping and rectifier circuits
3. Analyze the characteristics of series and parallel resonance and verify the network
theorems for DC Circuits
4. Design an amplifier circuit and to measure the performance for different frequency
signals.
5. Design and analyze the performance of various oscillator circuits
Course Content:
List of Experiments
detection.
3. Testing of Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifier circuits with and without Capacitor
filter. Determination of ripple factor, regulation and efficiency
4. Verification of Thevenins Theorem and Maximum Power Transfer theorem for DC
Circuits.
6. Wiring of RC coupled Single stage FET & BJT amplifier and determination of the gainfrequency response, input and output impedances.
Experiment).
8. Wiring of a two stage BJT Voltage series feedback amplifier and determination of the
gain, Frequency response, input and output impedances with and without feedback (One
Experiment).
9. Wiring and Testing for the performance of BJT-RC Phase shift Oscillator for fo 10
KHz.
10. Testing for the performance of BJT Colpitts Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
11. Testing for the performance of BJT Crystal Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
12. Testing of a transformer less Class B push pull power amplifier and determination of its
conversion efficiency.
13. Testing for the performance of BJT Hartley Oscillators for RF range fo 100KHz.
14. Characteristics of MOSFET
NOTE: Use the Discrete components to test the circuits. Multisim should be used for the
verification and testing along with the above.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the different electronic components in the field of electronic circuits
theoretically and practically
2. Analyze the performance characteristics of the clipping, clamping and rectifier circuits
3. Analyze the characteristics of series and parallel resonance and verify the Thevenins
and Maximum Power Transfer theorems for DC Circuits
4. Design the various amplifier circuits like RC Coupled, Darlington, voltage series
feedback amplifiers and to measure the performance for different frequency signals
5. Design and analyze the various types of oscillators like RC Phase shift, Colpitts and
Hartley oscillators and their applications in different electronic fields
LOGIC DESIGN LAB

Sub Code: EIL38
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 36
CIE:50
SEE:50
Credits :02
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concept of digital logic and binary systems.
2. To design and analyze combinational logic circuits like Adders, Subtractors, Decoders,
Encoders, Multiplexers and Demultiplexers
3. To design Sequential logic circuits like Flip-Flops, Counters and Shift Registers.
Course Content:
3. Using 7483 chip
(i) Realization of parallel adder/Subtractors
7. Use of a) Decoder chip to drive LED display, b) Priority encoder.
9. Design and Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter
(7476, 7490, 7493, 74192, 74193).
10. Shift left; Shift right, SIPO, SISO, PISO, PIPO operations using 74LS95.
Course Outcomes:
After completing this lab, Students will be able to
1. Apply the principles of Boolean algebra and minimize logic expressions.
2. Design and analyse the operations of combinational circuits like Adders, Subtractors,
Comparators, Decoders, Multiplexers and Demultiplexers.
3. Design and analyse the operations of Sequential circuits like Flip-Flops, Counters (Both
Asynchronous and Synchronous) and Shift Registers.
DAYANANDASAGARCOLLEGEOFENGINEERING
(AnAutonomous Institution affiliated to Visvesvaraya Technological University, Belagavi)

SCHEMEOFTEACHINGANDEXAMINATION2016-2017
B.E. ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
Examination
P
CIE
SEE
Total
Credits
MAT41
Engineering Mathematics - IV (Core)
MAT
Maths
50
50
100
EC42
Signals & Systems (Core)
EIE
ECE
50
50
100
EI43
Microcontrollers (Core)
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EC44
Linear Integrated Circuits &

applications (Core)
EIE
ECE
50
50
100
EI45
Fundamentals of HDL (Core)
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EI46
Analytical Instrumentation (Core)
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EIL47
Microcontrollers Lab
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
EIL48
HDL Lab
EIE
EIE
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
Total
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
integration.
MODULE 1
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first order and first degree: Picards
method, Taylors series method, Modified Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order,
Predictor and Corrector method: Milnes Method (No derivations of formulae).
12 hours
MODULE 2
Self Study Component: Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplaces equation. 10 hours
MODULE 3
and
Self Study Component: Transformation
10 hours
MODULE 4
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:
10 hours
Text Books:
ISBN: 9788174091956.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006; ISBN:
9780070634190.
9788122433234.
McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education (India)
Course outcomes:
2. Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability distribution
for real life problem.
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS

Sub Code: EC42
CIE:50
Hrs./ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs.: 52
Credits: 04
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of Z-Transforms, differential and difference equations.

Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To give the basic introduction to the mathematical analysis of signals and systems.
To represent inputoutput relationships for Linear Time Invariant systems.
To understand Fourier and Z-Transforms and their interrelationships.
To analyse time-domain and frequency domain approaches for continuous and discrete
systems.
Course Content:
Module-1
Introduction: Definitions of a signal and system, Classification of signals: CT & DT, Even &
Odd, Periodic & Non-periodic, Deterministic and Random, Energy & Power, Basic Operations
on signals: Operation performed on dependent and independent variable, Impulse Function and
its properties
Self-Study: (Elementary signals: Exponential, Sinusoidal, Step, Ramp)
11 Hours
Module-2
System: Properties of systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time Invariance and
Linearity.
Time-domain representations for LTI systems: Introduction, Convolution Sum and
Evaluation Procedure, The Convolution Integral, Evaluation Procedure.
Self-Study: (Systems viewed as Interconnections of operations)
10 Hours
Module-3
Self-Study: (Relation between LTI system properties and the impulse response, Step Response,
Block diagram representations)
11 Hours
Module-4
series (derivation of series excluded) and their properties (derivation of properties excluded).
Discrete and continuous Fourier transforms (derivations of transforms are excluded) and their
properties (derivation of properties excluded), Problems.
10 Hours
Module-5
Applications of Fourier representations [Qualitative analysis]: Introduction, Convolution and
Multiplication with mixtures of Periodic and Non periodic signals, Sampling: Sampling CT
Signals, Sub sampling: Sampling DT Signals, Reconstruction of continuous time signals from
Self-Study: (Fourier transform representation of periodic signals: Relating the FT to the FS,
Relating the FT to the DTFT, Relating the FT to the DTFS)
10 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand and analyze various types of signals, systems and perform different
2. Able to analyze LTI system by different methods.
3. Able to apply Fourier analysis for different signals.
4. Able to validate properties of LTI systems.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin,Signals and Systems, John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edn, 2008.
2. H. P Hsu, R. Ranjan, Signals and Systems, Schams outlines, TMH, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Michael Roberts, Fundamentals of Signals & Systems, 2nd ed, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2010.
2. Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S, Willsky and A Hamid Nawab, Signals and Systems
Pearson Education Asia / PHI, 2nd edition, 1997. Indian Reprint 2002.
3. B. P. Lathi, Linear Systems and Signals, Oxford University Press, 2005.
4. Vinay K. Ingle and John G. Proakis , Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB,
Cengage Learning, Third Edition 2012.
MICROCONTROLLERS
Sub Code: EI43
Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs :52
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 04
Course Objectives:
To impart the knowledge of the internal organization of the popular microcontrollers.

To inculcate the ability to write and debug programs for hardware and software
interaction and integration.
Be able to design the microcontrollers based application systems.
Module 1
Introduction to computing: Internal organisation of computer, Inside CPU, Microcontrollers versus
general purpose processor, Microcontrollers and embedded systems, PIC Microcontrollers; History and
features
SELF-STUDY: (fundamentals of Von neumann/Harvard architectures, types of microcontrollers,
selection of microcontrollers)
10 Hours
Module 2
PIC Architecture and Assembly Language Programming: The WREG register, PIC file
register, Using instructions with the default access bank, PIC Status register, PIC data format and
directives, introduction to PIC assembly programming, assembling and linking a PIC program,
the program counter and program ROM space in the PIC.
SELF-STUDY: (RISC architecture in the PIC, viewing register and memory with MPLAB
simulator)
11 Hours
Module 3: Instruction Set: Arithmetic instructions, signed number concepts, logic operation
instruction, Rotate and data serialization, BCD and ASCII conversion, Branch instructions and
looping ,call instruction and stack, PIC 18 time delay and instruction pipeline
10 Hours
Module 4:
PIC I/O, Timer and Serial port programming : I/O port Programming, I/O bit manipulation
programming, Programming Timer 0 and 1, counter programming, programming Timers 2 and 3,
Basics of serial communication ,Connection to RS 232,serial port programming. Programming
timer interrupts and serial communication interrupts.
11 Hours
Module 5: Interfacing PIC MICROCONTROLLER to I/O devices: Interfacing
semiconductor and flash memory, LCD, Keyboard, ADC DAC, Stepper motor, Relays and
sensors. Compare and capture mode programming, PWM programming.
10 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Understand the architecture used in embedded systems
Write, Debug, Analyze and conduct programs related to PIC microcontrollers
Design and develop hardware interfaces
Design and analyze an mini project based on PIC microcontroller
Text Books:
1. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using assembly and C -, Muhammad
Ali Mazidi,Rollin D. McKinlay and Danny Causey; Pearson Education International,
2008
Reference Books
1. PIC Microcontroller, Gaonkar R.S, Penram International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Data sheets of Microchips.

Sub Code: EC44
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE:50
SEE:50
Credits: 03
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts of Operational Amplifiers and other linear integrated circuits
Course Content:
Module-1
Operational Amplifier Fundamentals: Basic Op-Amp circuit, Op-Amp parameters Input and
output voltage, CMRR and PSRR, offset voltages and currents, Slew rate , Input and output
impedances ,Op-Amps as DC Amplifiers: Biasing Op-Amps, Direct coupled Voltage
Followers, Non-inverting Amplifiers, Inverting amplifiers
SELF STUDY: (Summing amplifiers, Difference amplifier.)
8 Hours
Module-2
impedance - capacitor coupled Non inverting Amplifiers, Capacitor coupled Inverting amplifiers,
Capacitor coupled Difference amplifier, setting the upper cut-off frequency, Op-Amps frequency
response and compensation
SELF STUDY: (Bandwidth, Slew rate effects, Zin Mod compensation)
8 Hours
Module-3
OP-AMP Applications: Voltage sources, current sources and current sinks, Current amplifiers,
instrumentation amplifier, precision rectifiers, Limiting circuits, sample and hold circuits,
Clamping circuits, Peak detectors, phase shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator.
SELF STUDY: ( V to I and I to V converters, Multiplier and divider)
8 Hours
Module-4
purpose regulator.
SELF STUDY: (Switching regulators)
8 Hours
Module-5
Other Linear IC applications: Basic 555 timer circuit, 555 timer used as Astable and
Monostable Multivibrator, PLL-operating principles, VCO; Basic DAC Techniques- weighted
resistor DAC , R-2R ladder DAC, A/D converters- counter type ADC, Servo Tracking ADC,
Successive Approximation converter
SELF STUDY: (Phase detector / comparator, dual slope ADC )
8 hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the characteristics of op-amps and their use in fundamental circuits
specific ICs such as voltage regulators, PLL and its applications
3. Design the functional blocks with linear integrated circuits
Text Books:
1. Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs, David A. Bell, 2nd edition,PHI/Pearson, 2004.
2. Linear Integrated Circuits, D. Roy Choudhury and Shail B. Jain, 2ndedition, Reprint 2006,
3. Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs, David A. Bell,3rd edition, PHI/Oxford.
Reference Books:
1. Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits, Robert. F.Coughlin &
Fred.F.Driscoll, PHI/Pearson, 2006.
2. Operational Amplifiers, George Clayton and Steve Winder, Elsever3. 5th ed., 2008.
3. 3 Op-Amps and linear integrated circuits Ramakant A Gayakwad, PHI, 4e
4. Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, Sergio Franco,
TMH, 3e, 2005.
FUNDAMENTALS OF HDL
Sub Code: EI45
Hrs/Week: 3
Total Hrs : 40
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 03
Course Objectives:
To understand the constructs and conventions of the Verilog HDL and VHDL
programming.
To simulate and analyse various combinational and sequential digital systems using
various descriptions.
To design complex real time digital systems using advanced features of HDL
Module 1
Introduction to HDL : A Brief History of HDL, Need of HDL, Structure of HDL Module,
Operators, Data types, Types of Descriptions, simulation and synthesis, Brief comparison
of VHDL and Verilog
8 Hours
Module 2
Data Flow Descriptions: Highlights of Data-Flow Descriptions, Structure of Data-Flow
Description, Signal declaration and assignment statements, assigning delay to signal
assignment statements ,Data types, Common Programming errors
8 Hours
Module 3
Behavioral Descriptions &Structural Description : Behavioral Description highlights,
structure of HDL behavioral Description, Sequential statements-IF, CASE, LOOP Common
Programming error , Highlights of structural description, Binding
SELF STUDY: Generate (HDL), Generic (VHDL), Parameter (Verilog)
8 Hours
.
Module 4
Synthesis Basics: Highlights of Synthesis, Synthesis information from Entity and Module,
Mapping Process and Always in the Hardware Domain, Mapping If, Case, Loop statements,
Mapping procedure/task and function statement
8 Hours
Module5
Advance features: Highlights of Procedures, tasks, and Functions, Mixed Type & Mixed
Language Descriptions, Mixed-languageDescription Examples
8 Hours
SELF STUDY:VHDL and Verilog file processing
Course Outcomes:
Understand the constructs and conventions of the Verilog HDL and VHDL programming.
Simulate and analyse various combinational and sequential digital systems using various
descriptions.
Design complex real time digital systems using advanced features of HDL
Text Books:
1. HDL Programming (VHDL and Verilog)- Nazeih M.Botros- John Weily India
Pvt. Ltd. 2008.
Reference Books
1. Fundamentals of HDL Cyril P.R. Pearson/Sanguin 2010.
2. Verilog HDL Primer- J.Bhaskar BS Publications
ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Sub Code: EI46
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs :40
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 3
Course Objectives:
To understand about the widely used analytical methods used for analysis.
To understand the basics of Chromatography & its types.
To analyse the working principle of different types of Gas Analysers.
To apply the knowledge of analytical instrumentation in real time applications
Module 1
Visible ultraviolet spectrophotometers: Electromagnetic radiation Beer Lambert law,
absorption instruments, colorimeters, spectrophotometers, infrared spectroscopy theory,
instrument and its types.
8 Hours
Module2
Flame photometers, Fluorimeters & Phosphorimeters: Principle of flame photometers
constructional details of flame photometers, accessories of flame photometers, interference in
flame photometry and Principle of fluorescence measurement of fluorescence spectro
fluorescence ,microprocessor based spectro fluorescence, Measurement of Phosphorescence.
8 Hours
SELF STUDY :( Determinations of photometry)
Module 3
Automated bio-chemical analysis systems &Chromatography: Basic concept, system details,
system components, typical multiple analysis system, flow injection analysis, Gas
chromatograph- basic concepts, Liquid chromatography-basic concepts, types of liquid
chromatography.
8 Hours
SELF STUDY: (Parts of gas chromatograph.)
Module 4
Electrophoresis and densitometers: Basic Electrophoresis, Electrophoresis techniques, paper
Electrophoresis, spectrodensitometer, and microprocessor based densitometer, micro
electrophoresis. Electrophoresis apparatus
8 Hours
Module 5
Blood gas analyzer: Principle of pH measurement, electrode of pH measurement, measurement
of Blood pCO2, measurement of Blood pO2, complete Blood gas analyser, blood pH
measurement
8 Hours
SELF STUDY: (commercially available Blood gas analyzers,)
Course Outcomes:
understand about the widely used analytical methods used for analysis.
understand the basics of Chromatography & its types.
analyse the working principle of different types of Gas Analysers.
apply the knowledge of analytical instrumentation in real time applications
Text Books:
1. Hand book of analytical Instruments by R. S. Khandpur, TMH Publications 1st Ed 1989,
New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Instrumental methods of analysis by H. H. Willard, L. L.Merritt& J. A. Dean, CBS
Publications 7th Ed 1988
2. Principles of Instrumental analysis by S. J. Holler & T. A.Nilman Saunders college
Publications Fifth Ed 1998
MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
Sub Code: EIL47
Hrs/Week: 3
Total Hrs : 36
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 2
Course Objectives:
To write and execute assembly/C programs for a given application using suitable
development tool (MPLAB and PROTEUS).
To realize a microcontroller based application by interfacing peripheral devices.
To design an embedded system with PIC Microcontroller and supporting ICs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Introduction to Software Tools MPLAB, PROTEUS, and QL-2006 programmer.
2. Introduction to PIC16F84A
3. To implement Arithmetic and logical functions using PIC Microcontrollers
4. Delay Loops Applications Flasher & Counter using PIC Microcontrollers
5. Experiment #5 Interrupt Application Controlling flashing speed of a flasher using PIC
Microcontrollers
6. TMR0 Application Counter Using TMR0 using PIC Microcontrollers
7. Study and analysis of interfacing of graphical LCD using PIC Microcontroller
8. Study and interface of IR (RC5 Protocol) and RF Communication using PIC
Microcontroller
9. Study of implementation of DC Motor control using PWM method with PIC
Microcontrollers.
10. Application for Keypad and LCD Security System using PIC Microcontrollers
11. Interfacing of Analog Digital Conversion using PIC Microcontrollers
12. To interface PWM based voltage regulator using PIC Microcontroller.
Tools Required:
PIC Microcontroller, MPLAB software, PROTEUS software, USB Programmer.
Course Outcomes:
write and execute assembly/C programs for a given application using suitable
development tool (MPLAB and PROTEUS).
realize a microcontroller based application by interfacing peripheral devices.
design an embedded system with PIC Microcontroller and supporting ICs.
Text Books:
1. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using assembly and C -, Muhammad
Ali Mazidi,Rollin D. McKinlay and Danny Causey; Pearson Education International,
2008
Reference Books
1) PIC Microcontroller, Gaonkar R.S, Penram International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2) Design reference notes and data sheets of Microchips.
3) PIC Microcontroller Lab Manual
HDL LAB
Sub Code: EIL48
Hrs/Week: 3
Total Hrs :36
CIE: 50
SEE:50
Credits : 02
Course objectives:
To understand the constructs and conventions of the Verilog &VHDL programming

using Xilinx tools.
To write, debug and simulate the VHDL and Verilog codes for various combinational
and sequential circuits.
To design the real time systems using VHDL and Verilog.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note: Programming can be done using any compiler.
Download the programs on a
FPGA/CPLD boards such as Apex/Acex/Max/Spartan/Sinfi/TK B a s e or equivalent a n d
performance testing may be done using 32 channel pattern generator and logic analyzer apart
from verification by simulation with tools such as Altera/Modelsim or equivalent.
PROGRAMMING (using VHDL /Verilog)
1.
2.
Write HDL code to realize all the logic gates

Write a HDL program for the following combinational designs
a. 2 to 4 decoder
b. 8 to 3 (encoder without priority & with priority)
c. 8 to 1 multiplexer
d. 4 bit binary to gray converter
e. Multiplexer, de-multiplexer, comparator.
3. Write a HDL code to describe the functions of a Full Adder Using three modelling styles.
4. Write a model for 32 bit ALU with following specifications:
ALU should pass the result to the out bus when enable line in high, and tri-state the out
bus when the enable line is low. ALU should decode the 4 bit op-code according to the
given in example below.
OPCODE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ALU OPERATION
A+B
AB
A Complement
A*B
A AND B
A OR B
A NAND B
A XOR B
5. Develop the HDL code for the following flip-flops, SR, D, JK, T.
6. Design
reset)
bit
binary,
BCD
counters
(Synchronous
reset and Asynchronous
INTERFACING (at least four of the following must be covered using VHDL/Verilog)
1. Write HDL code to display messages on the given seven segment display and LCD and
accepting Hex key pad input data.
2. Write HDL code to control speed, direction of DC and Stepper motor.
3. Write HDL code to accept 8 channel Analog signal, Temperature sensors and display the
data on LCD panel or Seven segment display.
4. Write HDL c o d e t o g e n e r a t e different waveforms (Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp
etc.,) using DAC change the frequency and amplitude.
5. Write HDL code to simulate Elevator operations
6. Write HDL code to control external lights using relays.
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be familiar with and be
able to:
to understand the constructs and conventions of the Verilog &VHDL programming

using Xilinx tools.
to write, debug and simulate the VHDL and Verilog codes for various combinational
and sequential circuits.
to design the real time systems using VHDL and Verilog.
Text Books:
1. HDL Programming (VHDL and Verilog)- Nazeih M.Botros- John Weily India Pvt.
Ltd. 2008.
Reference Books
1. Fundamentals of HDL Cyril P.R. Pearson/Sanguin 2010.


B.E. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT

III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
1
2
MAT31
IM32
IM33
4
5
6
7
ME34
IM35
IM36
IML37
IML38
Subject

Thermodynamics

Mechanics of Materials
Introduction to Manufacturing Process
Material Science and Metallurgy
Machine Shop Laboratory
Laboratory
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
3
0
MAT
IEM
IEM
MAT
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
4
3
1
0
0
0
0
1
IEM
IEM
Examination
P
0
0
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
4
4
3
0
0
2
2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
4
3
3
2
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
Fourier series.
2. Explain the concept of Fourier and Z transform and state the use of it in time varying
signals (continuous).
numerical methods.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES: Periodic functions, Dirichlets conditions, Fourier series of periodic
functions of period 2 and with arbitrary period 2, Half-range Fourier sine and cosine
series, Practical Harmonic Analysis.
10 hours
Self Study Component: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of
positive terms (p-series Ratio test, Comparison test).
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS: Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine
transforms, Inverse Fourier transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms,
Convolution theorem (without proof) and problems.
10 hours
Self Study Component:Properties of Fourier transforms (without proof).
MODULE 3
+ , = , = .
=
+ , = 2+

11 hours
Self Study Component:Fixed point iteration method.
MODULE 4
Backward interpolation formulae. Newtons divided difference formula, Lagranges
Page 1 of 16
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddles rule (all formulae/rules
without proof).
10 hours
Self Study Component:Trapezoidal rule.
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS: Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial
value and final value theorems (without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Ztransforms to solve difference equations.
11 hours
Self Study Component:Region of convergence.
Text Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers,
June, ISBN:9788174091955.
rd
Edition, 2014
2. Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9th Edition,
2007, ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006,
ISBN:9780070634190.
Engineering Computation , New Age International Publications, th Edition, 2012, ISBN:
9788122433234.
4. Steven C. Chapra and Raymond Canale, Numerical methods for Engineers , McGrawHill Education, 7th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
Course outcomes: On completion of the course student will be able to
Page 2 of 16
THERMODYNAMICS
Sub Code: IM32 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04 SEE:50
Credits : 4
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. To learn about the basic concepts of Engineering Thermodynamics.
2. To provide knowledge about laws of thermodynamics and gas mixtures
3. The ability to identify and formulate elementary level engineering problems related to
thermodynamics and energy transformation in a conceptual form as well as in terms of
mathematical/physical models.
4. Be able to analyze and evaluate various thermodynamic cycles used for energy
production - work and heat, within the natural limits of conversion.
Course content:
MODULE -1
Fundamental Concepts & Definitions: Thermodynamics definition and scope,
Microscopic and Macroscopic approaches. Some practical applications of engineering
thermodynamic Systems, Characteristics of system boundary and control surface,
examples. Thermodynamic properties; definition and units, Intensive and extensive
properties. Thermodynamic state, state point, state diagram, path and process, quasi-static
process, cyclic and non-cyclic ;Processes; Thermodynamic equilibrium; definition,
mechanical equilibrium; diathermic wall, thermal equilibrium, chemical equilibrium,
Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Temperature; concepts, scales, fixed points and
measurements.
Work and Heat: Definition of work and its limitations. Thermodynamic definition of work;
examples, sign convention.
11 hours
MODULE-2
Displacement work: as a part of a system boundary, as a whole of a system boundary,
expressions for displacement work in various processes through p-v diagrams.
First Law of Thermodynamics: Joules experiments, equivalence of heat and work.
Statement of the First law of thermodynamics, extension of the First law to non - cyclic
processes, energy, energy as a property, modes of energy, pure substance; definition,
Specific heat at constant volume, enthalpy, specific heat at constant pressure. 10 hours
MODULE-3
APPLICATION OF FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Extension of the First law to
control volume; steady state-steady flow energy equation, important applications, analysis
of unsteady processes such as film and evacuation of vessels with and without heat
transfer.
SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS Qualitative difference between heat & work;
Cyclic heat engine; Energy Reservoirs; Kelvin-Planck statement of the Second law of
Page 3 of 16
Thermodynamics; Clausius's statement of Second law of Thermodynamics; (Equivalence of

two statements not included)
11hours
Self Study Component:
Entropy: Clasius inequality, Entropy; definition, a property, change of entropy, principle of
increase in entropy, entropy as a quantitative test for irreversibility, calculation of entropy
using Tds relations
MODULE -4
Gas power cycle: Air Standard cycles: Carnot, Otto, Diesel, Dual and, P-V and T-S diagrams,
description, efficiencies and mean effective pressures, Comparison of Otto, Diesel and dual
cycles.
10 hours
Combustion thermodynamics: Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air and excess air for
combustion of fuels. Mass balance, actual combustion. Exhaust gas analysis. A./ F ratio,
Energy balance for a chemical reaction, Combustion efficiency, adiabatic flow temperature
MODULE-5
I.C. Engine: Testing of two stroke and four stroke SI and CI engines for performance
Related numerical problems, heat balance, Motoring Method, Willians line method, Morse
test.
Real Gases: Introduction. Van-der Waal's Equation of state, Van-der Waal's constants in
terms of critical properties, Law of corresponding states, compressibility factor;
compressibility chart.
10 hours
Ideal gasmixture : Ideal gas mixture; Dalton's laws of partial pressures, Amagat's law of
additive volumes, evaluation of properties, Analysis of various processes.
Course Outcome
1. Understand and correctly use thermodynamic terminology, concepts of heat, work, and
energy.
2. Analyze basic thermodynamic cycles.
3. Derive and discuss the laws of thermodynamics, develop the General Energy Equation
4. Evaluate the performance of I.C Engines
5. Analyze the behavior of gases
TEXT BOOKS:
2. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, P.K.Nag, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub. 2002
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Thermal engineering by R.K. Rajput Laxmi Publications
Page 4 of 16

Sub Code: IM33
Hrs/ Week: 03
Credits : 03
CIE:50
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives
To impart the knowledge of standards importance and conversion
To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain,
pressure and temperature measurements
To identify, analyze the concept and the principle advantages and applications of
the above measurements
Course content:
Module-1
Standards of measurement: Definition and Objectives of metrology, Standards of
length-International prototype meter, Imperial standard yard, subdivision of standards,
line and end standard, calibration of end bars (Numerical), Slip gauges, Wringing
phenomena, Numerical problems on building of slip gauges
System of Limits, Fits, Tolerance and Gauging: Definition of tolerance, Specification in
assembly, Principle of interchangeability and selective assembly limits of size, Indian
standards, concept of limits of size and tolerances, definition of fits, types of fits,
geometrical tolerance, positional-tolerances, hole basis system, shaft basis system,
classification of gauges, Types of gauges
08 hours
Self Study Component: Indian Standards (M-81,M-12), Types of gauges-plain plug gauge,
ring gauge, snap gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials
Module-2
Comparators and Angular measurement: Introduction to comparators, characteristics,
classification of comparators, mechanical comparators-Johnson Mikrokator, sigma
comparators, dial indicator, optical comparators- principles, Zeiss ultra optimeter, LVDT,
pneumatic comparators, back pressure gauges. Angular measurements, bevel protractor,
sine principle and use of sine bars, sine center, use of angle gauges (numerical on building
of angles)
Interferometer and screw thread, gear measurement: Interferometer, interferometry,.
Terminology of screw threads, measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch,
angle and effective diameter of screw threads by 2 - wire and 3-wire methods, best size
wire. Tool maker's microscope, gear tooth terminology.
08 hours
Self Study Component: Electric and electronic comparators- principles, LVDT.
Advantages and application of various types of transducers
Page 5 of 16
Module3
Measurements and measurement systems: Definition, significance of measurement,
generalized measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision,
calibration, threshold, sensitivity, hysterisis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect. Error
sin measurement, classification of errors.
08 hours
Module-4
Intermediate modifying and terminating devices:
Transducers, transfer efficiency, primary and secondary transducers, electrical,
mechanical, electronic transducers,Mechanical systems, inherent problems, electrical
intermediate modifying devices, Terminating devices, mechanical, cathode ray
oscilloscope, oscillographs, X-Y plotters
Sensors: Introduction to sensors, types of sensors, application of sensors 08 hours
Self Study Component : Measurementofforce and torque:Principle, analytical balance,
platform balance, proving ring. Torque measurement, Prony brake, hydraulicdynamometer
Module-5
Temperature and strain measurement: Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law
of thermocouple, materials used for construction, pyrometer, optical pyrometer. Strain
measurements, strain gauge, preparation and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor,
methods of strain measurement.
08 hours
Self Study Component :Measurement of pressure measurements, principle, use of elastic
members, Bridgeman gauge, McLeod gauge, Pirani gauge.
Course outcomes: By the end of the course
1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the
standards and their conclusion.
2. Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the
fundamental concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data
and interpret the results
3. Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature
Text books
1. Mechanical Measurements, Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education,
6th Ed., 2006.
3. Metrology for Engineers, J F W Gayler, C R Shotbolt, Fifth edition
Reference books:
1. Engineering Metrology, I.C. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi.
2. Mechanical Measurements, R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers, 1994
4. Measurement Systems Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doebelin, 5th Ed., McGraw
Hill Book Co.
5. Metrology & Measurement, Anand K. Bewoor & Vinay A. Kulkarni, Tata McGraw Hill
Pvt. Ltd., New-Delhi
Page 6 of 16
Sub Code: ME34
Hrs/ Week: 04
Credits : 04
CIE:50
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. To understand and convey knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain, Youngs
modulus, etc. and to understand the above concepts by solving problems of practical
interest.
2. Understand stress analysis, materials behavior, D stress systems and Mohrs circle.
3. Understand shear force diagrams, bending moment diagrams, and stresses in beam
4. Learn the concepts of deflection of beams and elastic stability of columns
MODULE 1:
Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials,
Linear elasticity, Hooke's Law and Poisson's ratio, Stress-Strain relationships: behavior in
tension for mild steel, cast iron and nonferrous metals. Extension / Shortening of a bar,
bars with cross sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections
(Circular), Elongation due to self-weight, Principle of super position, Volumetric strain,
expression for volumetric strain, elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain.
08Hours
Self Study: Extension / Shortening of rectangular bar
01Hour
MODULE 2:
compound bars.
Compound Stress: Uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state, Definition of Plane stress and
Plane strain states, Stresses on inclined sections, Principal stresses, Principal planes,
Principal axes, Maximum shear stress, Mohr's circle, Numerical examples.
08 Hours
02 Hours
MODULE 3
concentrated loads, uniformly distributed load (UDL), uniformly varying load (UVL) and
couple.
Page 7 of 16
Thick and Thin cylinders: Stresses in thin cylinders, Thick cylinders, Lames equation.
(Compound cylinders not included).
10 Hours
Self-Study: Thin cylinders: Derivation and Numericals on change in volume. 02 Hours
MODULE 4
Bending stresses in Beams:Introduction, Theory of simple bending, Bending stress
equation, Moment carrying capacity of a section.(Composite / notched beams not
included).
Numerical examples.
torsional equations, polar modulus, Power transmitted by solid and hollow circular
shaftsNumerical examples.
08 Hours
Self-Study: Shear stresses in beams- derivation and Numericals on circular and T sections.
02 Hours
MODULE 5
Elastic Stability of Columns:Euler's theory for axially loaded elastic long columns. Euler's
load for variousend conditions (Both ends hinged and one end fixed other free) limitations
of Euler's theory, Rankine's formula.
08 Hours
Self-Study:
Deflection of Beams: Derivation of Differential equation for deflection. Elastic Stability of
Columns: Derivation of Eulers load for different end conditions (Both ends fixed, one end
fixed other hinged).
03 Hours
Text Books:
1) S.S.Bhavikatti,Strength of Materials, Vikas publications House Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed., 2008.
2) R K Bansal, A Textbook Of Strength Of Materials, Laxmi Publications-New Delhi, 5th
Edition.
3) S Ramamrutham,Strength of Materials, Dhanpatrai Publishing company(p) Ltd, New
Delhi 2003.
References:
1) Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johston Mechanics of materials , in SI Modules, th Ed.,
TATA McGraw Hill- 2003.
Page 8 of 16
2) R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials , Prentice Hall. Pearson Edu., 00

3) James. M. Gere, Mechanics of materials , Thomson, Fifth edition 00 .
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to gain the basic engineering knowledge that how
a material behaves when an external load or pressure is applied on it.
CO304.1
Student will be able to understand, interpret and analyze the effect of 2D

stress state condition on the behavior of materials.
Student will be able to Analyze and evaluate stresses and deflection in
beams of different cross sections subjected to various loading conditions.
CO304.2
CO304.3
CO304.4
CO-PO matrices
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12 PSO1 PSO2
C304.1
C304.2
C304.3
C304.4
Note: No Questions to be set from self study topics for Examination
Page 9 of 16
INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Credits : 03
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives:
1. Understand the types of production processes, steps involved in casting, types of
patterns, pattern making, pattern allowance, cores, furnaces, advantages and limitations
of casting.
2. Understand the principle of welding, classification, types of welding processes such as
TIG, MIG, SAW, FCAW,
3. Study of NDT using different techniques like X-ray radiography, dye-penentrant
ultrasonic test, magnetic particle inspection,.
4. In addition to the above, the students will be engaged in the laboratory pertaining to the
above topics like testing of moulding sand, preparation of moulds using cope and drag
with patterns or without pattern and also forging models.
Course content:
Module-1
Introduction: Concept of Manufacturing process, its importance. Classification of
manufacturing processes. Introduction to Casting process & steps involved. Varieties of
components produced by casting process. Advantages & Limitations of casting process.
Patterns: Definition, functions, Materials used for pattern, various pattern allowances and
their importance. Classification of patterns.
Sand Moulding: Types of base sand, requirement of base sand. Moulding sand mixture
ingredients for different sand mixtures. Method used for sand moulding, such as Green
sand, dry sand and skin dried moulds. Cores: Definition, Need, Types. Method of making
cores, Binders used, core sand moulding.
09 hours
Self Study Component: BIS color coding of pattens. Binder: Defination, Types of binder
used in moulding sand. Additives: Need, Types of additives used and their properties.
Module-2
Concept of Gating & Risers. Principle and types. Fettling and cleaning of castings. Basic
steps, Casting defects, Causes, features and remedies. Moulding Machines: Jolt type,
Squeeze type, Jolt & Squeeze type and Sand slinger.
Special moulding Process:No bakemoulds, Sweep mould, CO2 mould, Shell mould,
Investment mould.
07 hours
Self Study Component: Study of important moulding processes: Flask moulds.
Module-3
Metal moulds: Gravity die-casting, Pressure die casting, Centrifugal casting, Squeeze
Casting, Slush casting, Thixo-casting and Continuous Casting Processes.
Page 10 of 16
Melting Furnaces: Classification of furnaces. Constructional features & working principle

of Coke fired pit furnace, Oil & Gas fired pit furnace, Resistance furnace.
07 hours
Self Study Component: Melting Furnaces: Coreless Induction Furnace. Electric Arc
Furnace, Cupola Furnace
Module-4
Welding process: Definition, Principles, Classification, Application, Advantages &
limitations of welding.
Arc Welding: Principle, Metal Arc welding (MAW), Flux Shielded Metal Arc Welding
(FSMAW), Inert Gas Welding (TIG & MIG) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW).
Gas Welding: Principle, Oxy Acetylene welding, Chemical Reaction in Gas welding, Flame
characteristics. Gas torch construction & working. Forward and backward welding.
Principles of soldering & brazing: Parameters involved & Mechanism. Different Types of
Soldering & Brazing Methods.
Inspection Methods Methods used for Inspection of casting and welding. Visual, Magnetic
particle, Fluorescent particle, Ultrasonic, Radiography.
09 hours
Self Study Component: Welding Process: Atomic Hydrogen Welding Process(AHW).
Module-5
Special types of welding: Seam welding, Butt welding, Spot welding. Friction welding,
Explosive welding, Laser welding.
Metallurgical aspect in welding: Structure of welds, Formation of different zones during
welding. Heat affected zone (HAZ). Parameters affecting HAZ. Effect of carbon content on
structure and properties of steel. Types of electrodes. Welding defects Detection causes &
remedy.
08 hours
Self Study Component: Special Types of Welding: Resistance welding, Projection welding,
Thermit welding, Laser welding and Electron Beam Welding.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will have familiarity about
1. Types of moulding sands and core sands, their properties, patterns-types, materials and
Allowances, cores, moulding machines and different types of furnaces.
2. Welding-different methods of welding in the application of fabrication works, and
joining of
two metals/alloys. Newer method of welding which is used generally in the present day
technology. Principles, operations and know how about the NDT equipment.
3. The practical training on different types of sand testing carried out in foundry and
preparation of moulds using patterns, without pattern, also completing some models
pertaining to forging, enrich the above theoretical content into practicality.
Page 11 of 16
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Process-I , Dr. K.Radhakrishna, Sapna Book House, 5th Revised Edition
2009.
2. Manufacturing & Technology: Foundry Forming and Welding , P.N.Rao, rd Ed., Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Process and Materials of Manufacturing , Roy A Lindberg, th Ed. Pearson Edu. 00 .
2. Manufacturing Technology , SeropeKalpakjian, Steuen. R.Sechmid, Pearson Education
Asia, 5th Ed. 2006.
Page 12 of 16

Credits : 03
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand about crystal structure, effect of imperfection on materials properties.
2. Understand the mechanism of plastic deformation and important modes of failure.
3. Understand the inference of phase diagram, its application and basics of iron carbon
diagram in the field of material science.
4. Understand the different heat treatment methods in enhancing the materials
properties.
5. Understand the basics of composite materials.
MODULE 1:
Crystal Structure: Unit Cells, Crystal systems, BCC, FCC, and HCP structures, Coordination
number and atomic packing factors Crystal Imperfection-Point, line and surface
imperfections, Atomic Diffusion: Fick's laws of diffusion, Factors affecting diffusion.
08 hours
Self Study Component : Mechanical Behavior: Stress-strain diagram, Mechanical
properties in elastic and plastic region.
MODULE 2:
Plastic Deformation: Plastic deformation of single crystal by slip and twinning.
Fracture: Ductile and brittle fracture, Ductile to brittle transition.
Fatigue: Cyclic stresses, Stages involved in fatigue failure, Factors affecting fatigue life,
Fatigue test and SN curve
Creep: Creep test, creep curve and parameters, Stress and temperature effects, Factors
affecting creep
08 hours
MODULE 3:
Phase Diagrams: Solid solutions, Types of solid solutions, Hume Rothary rule, Gibbs phase
rule, Binary phase diagrams, Construction and interpretation of binary phase diagram,
Problems involving complete and partial solubility.
Iron Carbon equilibrium Diagram: Description of phases and Invariant reactions.
08 hours
Self Study Component : Solidification: Mechanism of solidification, Homogenous and
Heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast metal structures, TTT curves.
MODULE 4:
Heat treating of metals: Annealing and its types. Normalizing, Hardening, Hardenability
Tempering, Martempering, Austempering, Surface hardening methods like carburizing,
cyaniding, nitriding, flame hardening and induction hardening, Age hardening of
aluminium-copper alloys.
08 hours
Page 13 of 16
MODULE 5:
Composite Materials: Definition, classification, types of matrix materials &
reinforcements, fundamentals of production of FRP's and MMC's advantages and
application of composites.
08 hours
Self Study Component : Ferrous and non ferrous materials: Properties, Composition
and uses of Grey cast iron, malleable iron, SG iron and steel Copper alloys-brasses and
bronzes. Aluminium alloys-Al-Cu,Al-Si,Al-Zn alloys.
COURSE OUTCOMES
By the end of the course students should be able to
CO 1: Understand and apply the basic knowledge of crystal structure, failure analysis and
heat treatment.
CO 2: Apply the basics of phase diagram and evaluate simple problems of binary phase
diagram.
CO 3: Select the right composite material for various applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering , bySmith, McGraw Hill, 5th
Edition.
2. Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers , by Shackleford., & M. K.
Muralidhara,Pearson Publication 6th Edition.
3. Engineering Materials Science , by W.C.Richards, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to Metallurgy , by Alan Cottrell, Universities Press India Oriental
Longman Pvt. Ltd.,2nd Edition
2. Physical Metallurgy , by Lakhtin, Mir Publications 1st Edition.
Page 14 of 16
MACHINE SHOP Laboratory

Sub Code: IML37 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Credits : 02
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives:
1. Perform the operations on the machines
2. To analyze the given geometry and choose the suitable machines to perform the
operations
3. Machine shop is a place where components are produced on a large scale. The students
will be conducting experiments in the laboratory pertaining to lathe work, shaping
machine, milling, grinding.
Course content:
Individual Exercises
Preparation of three models on lathe involving Plain turning, Taper turning, Step turning,
Thread cutting, Facing, Knurling, Drilling, Boring, Internal Thread cutting and Eccentric
turning.
Group Exercises
Cutting of V Groove/ dovetail / Rectangular groove using a shaper.
Cutting of Gear Teeth using Milling Machine.
Viva -Voice:
10 Marks
---------------------------------------------------Total :
50 Marks
1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the
operation, procedure, conduction and analyzing the results of experiments
2. Students able to create the models using the above machines, study their importance
and applications.
Page 15 of 16
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY LABORATORY

Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Credits : 02
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives:
1. To choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure,
temperature,linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique.
2. To identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth tester
3. To identify screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine.
Tests conducted are listed below
Part A
6. Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges
Part B
a) Lathe tool Dynamometer b) Drill tool Dynamometer.
11. Measurement of Screw thread Parameters using two wire or Three-wiremethod.
12. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/MechanicalComparator
13. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier /Gear toothmicrometer
Viva -Voice:
10 Marks
---------------------------------------------------Total :
50 Marks
Course outcomes:
1. Students will be able to select the proper measuring instruments for the
measurement ofpressure, temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc.,
using calibration technique
2. Students will be able to identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth
tester
3. Students will be able to demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature,
thread components, angular components
Page 16 of 16


B.E. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT
IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
MAT41
IM42
3
4
5
6
7
IM43
IM44
AU45
IM46
IML47
Metallography and Material Testing

Laboratory
IML48
Foundry and Forging Laboratory
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
MAT
MAT
Fluid Mechanics
Kinematics of Machines
Metal Removal Process
Computer Aided Machining Drawing
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
IEM
4
4
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
IEM
IEM
Computer Integrated Manufacturing
Examination
P
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
100
0
0
0
0
0
2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
3
3
3
2
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
SubCode:MAT41 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Credits : 04
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
integration.
MODULE 1
NUMERICAL METHODS-1: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first
order and first degree: Picard s method, Taylor s series method, Modified Euler s method,
Runge-Kutta method of fourth order,Predictor and Corrector method: Milne s Method No
10 hours
Self Study Component:Adam sBashforth Method (No derivations of formula).

MODULE 2
NUMERICAL METHODS-2: Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite

difference approximations to derivatives, Numerical solution of one-dimensional heat
equation by Schmidt method and by Crank-Nicholson Method, Numerical solution of onedimensional wave equation.
10 hours
Self Study Component:Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplace s equation.
MODULE 3
COMPLEX VARIABLES-I: Complex Variables-I: Functions of complex variables,Analytic

function, Cauchy-Riemann Equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of
Cauchy-Riemann Equations, Construction of analytic functions.
Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2, w
2
= ezand = + z , Bilinear transformations.

Self Study Component:Transformation = .
11 hours
MODULE 4
COMPLEX VARIABLES-II : Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Self Study Component:Singularities, Poles and Residues.
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY : Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and
continuous),Probability mass function, Probability density function, Cumulative density
function, Probability distributions: Geometric and Poisson distributions, Exponential and
Normal distributions.
Sampling distribution: Samples, Central limit theorem (statement only), Hypothesis
testing for means, confidence limits for means, Student s t-distribution-illustrative
examples.
11 hours
Self Study Component:Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit.
Text Books:
June, ISBN:9788174091956.
rd
Edition, 2014
2. Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9th Edition,
2007,
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, (igher Engineering Mathematics , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;
ISBN:9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. )yengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and
Engineering Computation , New Age )nternational Publications, 6th Edition, 2012, ISBN:
9788122433234.
Scientists McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited (1 September 2005); ISBN-13: 978-0070605015.
Course outcomes : On completion of the course student will be able to
1. List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical functions
and reproduce concepts of Probability distribution.
2. Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability
FLUID MECHANICS
Sub Code: IM42
Hrs/ Week: 04
Credits : 04
CIE:50
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
1. A foundation in the fundamentals of fluid mechanics
2. Practice in the analytical formulation of fluid mechanic s problems using Newton s Laws
of motion and thermodynamics.
3. Understand the concept of viscosity and where viscosity is important in real flows.
4. Learn to use dimensional analysis to design physical or numerical experiments and to
apply dynamic similarity.
Module-1
Properties of Fluids: Introduction, Types of fluid, Properties of fluids, viscosity,
thermodynamic properties, surface tension, capillarity, vapour pressure and cavitation.
Pressure and its measurements: Fluid pressure at a point, Pascal s law, pressure
variation in a static fluid, absolute, gauge, atmospheric and vacuum pressures, simple
manometers and differential manometers.
11 Hours
Self Study Component: Total pressure and center of pressure on submerged plane
surfaces; horizontal, vertical and inclined plane surfaces
Module-2
Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow, continuity equation in 2D and 3D (Cartesian Coordinates only), velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function.
10 Hours
Self Study Component: Buoyancy: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, metacentre and
metacentric height
Module-3
Fluid Dynamics: )ntroduction equation of motion, Euler s equation of motion, Bernoulli s
equation from first principles and also from Euler s equation, limitations of Bernoulli s
equation
Fluid Flow Measurements: Venturimeter, orificemeter, vertical orificemeter 10 Hours
Module-4
Dimensional Analysis: Introduction, derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities,
dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh s method, Buckingham -theorem, dimensionless
numbers.
Flow through pipes: Minor losses through pipes. Darey s and Chezy s equation for loss of
head due to friction in pipes.
11 Hours
Module-5
Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynold s number, critical Reynold s number, laminar
flow through circular Pipe-(agen Poiseille s equation.Flow between two stationary parallel
plates
10 Hours
Self Study Component: Flow past immersed bodies :Drag, Lift, expression for lift and
drag, boundary layer concept, displacement, momentum and energy thickness.
1. Remember the fundamental concepts of fluid mechanics including: continuum, velocity
field, viscosity, surface tension and pressure (absolute and gage); flow visualization
using timelines, pathlines, streaklines, and streamlines; flow regimes: laminar, turbulent
and transitional flows compressibility and incompressibility; viscous and inviscid.
2. Apply the Euler s and Bernoulli s equations and the conservation of mass to determine
velocities, pressures, and accelerations for incompressible and inviscid fluids
3. Evaluate flow rates, pressure changes, minor and major head losses for viscous flows
through pipes, ducts, simple networks.
4. Evaluate Drag coefficients and drag forces exerted on such bodies.
5. A knowledge of laminar and turbulent boundary layer fundamentals
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics, Dr. Bansal, R.K.Lakshmi Publications, 2004
2. Fluid Mechanics, Oijush.K.Kundu, IRAM COCHEN, ELSEVIER, 3rd Ed. 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics (SI Units), Yunus A. Cengel John M.Oimbala, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill,
2006
2. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulics, Dr. Jagadishlal: Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd., 1997.
Credits : 04
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives:
1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in design of
mechanism and their inversions that are required to construct a machine with the help
of different linkages.
2. Ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs to transfer and
transmit different motion by different mechanism, gear system and follower and cam
drives.
3. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems of different motions by
construction of mechanisms, design of gears and cams.
Course content:
Module-1
Introduction: Definitions Link or element, kinematic pairs, Degrees of freedom, Grubler's
criterion (without derivation), Kinematic chain, Mechanism, Structure, Mobility of
Mechanism, Inversion, Machine.
Kinematic Chains and Inversions: Inversions of Four bar chain; Single slider crank chain
and Double slider crank chain.
10 hours
Module-2
Mechanisms: Quick return motion mechanisms-Drag link mechanism, Whitworth
mechanism and Crank and slotted lever Mechanism. Straight line motion mechanisms
Peaucellier's mechanism and Robert's mechanism. Intermittent Motion mechanisms Geneva wheel mechanism and Ratchet and Pawl mechanism. Toggle mechanism,
Pantograph.
Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms (Analytical Methods): Analytical
determination of velocity and acceleration of the piston of a reciprocating
engine(Derivation). Simple problems.
11 hours
Condition for correction gearing condition,Ackerman steering gear mechanism.
Velocity acceleration analysis using complex algebra [Ravens Approach]
Module-3
Velocity Analysis by Instantaneous Center Method: Definition, Kennedy's Theorem,
Determination of linear and angular velocity using instantaneous center method. Klein's
Construction: Analysis of velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism.
Gear Trains: Simple gear trains, Compound gear trains for large speed. Reduction,
Epicyclic gear trains, Algebraic and tabular methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic
gear trains. Tooth load and torque calculations in epicyclic gear trains.
11 hours
Module-4
Spur Gears: Gear terminology, law of gearing, Characteristics of involute action, Path of
contact. Arc of contact, Contact ratio of spur. Interference in involute gears. Methods of
avoiding interference, Back lash. Comparison of involute and cycloidal teeth. 10 hours
Self Study Component: Path of contact, Arc of contact, Contact ratio of Helical, Bevel and
worm gears.
Module-5
Cams: Types of cams, Types of followers. Disc cam with reciprocating follower having
knife-edge, roller and flat-face follower. Follower motions including SHM, Uniform
acceleration and retardation and Cycloidal motion.
10 hours
Self Study Component : Velocity and Acceleration time curves for cam profiles. Disc cam
with oscillating roller follower
1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of mathematics,
science and Engineering in the field of different motions by different mechanisms.
2. Ability to communicate effectively to fulfill the needs of the society by solving different
class of engineering problems.
3. The broad education to understand the impact of engineering solutions in the global and
social contest to design mechanical components involving different mechanisms.
4. Ability to engage in life long learning by satisfying the needs of customer with advance
technology and processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. "Theory of Machines , Rattan S.S, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi, and 3rd edition -2009.
2. "Theory of Machines , Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd, Indian
Branch New Delhi, 2nd Edi. 2006
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines & Mechanisms", J.J. Uicker, G.R. Pennock,J.E. Shigley. OXFORD 3rd
Ed. 2009
2. Mechanism and Machine theory, Ambekar, PHI, 2007 Graphical Solutions may be
obtained either on the Graph Sheets or on the Answer Book itself.
METAL REMOVAL PROCESS

Credits : 03
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives:
1. To know the fundamentals of metal cutting like various cutting forces, tool materials,
about tool life and machinability.
2. To know all the machining process and parameters affecting the machining process
Course content:
Module-1
Theory of Metal Cutting : Single point cutting tool nomenclature, Mechanics o fChip
Formation,Types of Chips, Merchants circle diagram and analysis, problems of Merchant s
analysis. Tool Wear and Tool failure, tool life. Effects of cutting parameters on toollife. Tool
Failure Criteria ,Taylor s Tool Life equation. Problems on tool life evaluation.
Heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting heat generation. Heat distribution in tool
and work piece and chip.
09 hours
Self Study Component : Desired properties and types of cutting tool materials HSS,
carbides, ceramics. Cutting fluids. Desired properties, types and selection. Heat generation
in metal cutting, factors affecting heat generation.
Module-2
Turning (Lathe), Shaping, Planning and drilling Machines: Classification, constructional
features of Turret and Capstan Lathe. Tool Layout, Different operations on lathe.
Classification of drilling, types of drilling machine, drilling & related operations. Types of
drill & drill bit nomenclature, drill materials. Introduction to shaping and planning
08hours
Self Study Component : Driving mechanisms shaping and planning machines, Different
operations on shaping machine and planning machine.
Module-3
Milling machines: Classification, constructional features, milling cutters nomenclature,
milling operations, up milling and down milling concepts. Various milling operations.
Indexing: Simple, compound, differential. Simple problems on simple and compound
indexing.
08 hours
Self Study Component : Introduction to CNC machines- Principles of operation. Axes of NC
machine-Coordinate systems. Basics of Manual part programming methods.
Module-4
Grinding machines: Types of abrasives, Grain size, grinding wheel types. Classification,
constructional features of grinding machines (Center less, cylindrical and surface grinding).
Dressing and truing of grinding wheels.
Broaching process - Principle of broaching. Details of a broach. Types of broaching

machines-constructional details.
07 hours
Self Study Component : Grade and structure of grinding wheels, Selection of grinding
wheel. Grinding process parameters
Module-5
Finishing and other Processes Lapping and Honing operationsPrinciples, arrangement
of set up.
Non-traditional machining processes: Need for non-traditional machining, Principle,
equipment & operation of Laser Beam, Plasma Arc Machining, Electro Chemical Machining,
Ultrasonic Machining, Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining
08 hours
Self Study Component : Principle, equipment & operation of IBM, EDM
Course outcomes: By the end of course the student should be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of metal cutting, merchant circle diagram, to solve tool life
problems, types of tool wear, tool-tip temperature
2. Apply the Problem solving skills on machining time, metal removal rate.
3. Understand the Principles and operations of non-traditional machining process
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Workshop Technology, Hazara Choudhry, Vol-II, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt.
Ltd. 2004
2. Production Technology, R.K.Jain, Khanna Publications, 2003.
3. Production Technology, HMT, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2001.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
2. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill,
2000.
3. Metal cutting principles, Milton c shaw, Second edition.

Sub Code: AU45
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03(1I + 2P) SEE:50
Credits : 03
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To acquaint with the tools of drafting and modeling software
To draw the solutions to sections of solids, draw orthographic views of simple
machine parts using software
To sketch and explain various thread forms and their application
To calculate parameters related to riveted joints and sketch them
To prepare assembly drawing from the list of components
To create solid models and draw the sectional views of automotive systems
PART-A
MODULE-1
Introduction: Review of graphic interface of the software, Review of basic sketching
commands and navigational commands.,Starting a new drawing sheet. Sheet sizes, Naming
a drawing. Drawing units, grid and snap.
Sections of Solids: Sections of Pyramids, Prisms, Cubes, Tetrahedrons, Cones and
Cylinders resting only on their bases. True shape of sections. Orthographic views:
Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic projections of simple machine parts with or
without section. Bureau of Indian Standards conventions are to be followed for the
drawings, Hidden line conventions. Precedence of lines.
06 Hours
MODULE-2 :
Thread Forms: Thread terminology, forms of threads BSW Thread, Sellers thread, ISO
Metric thread, square and Acme thread. Conventional representation of threads. Fasteners:
Hexagonal headed bolt and nut with washer -assembly, square headed bolt and nut with
washer-assembly.
05 Hours
PART-B
MODULE-3
Riveted Joints: lap joints- single and double riveted lap joints, butt joints with
single/double cover straps Chain and Zigzag, using snaphead rivets.
05 Hours
MODULE-4
Couplings: Split Muff coupling, Protected type flanged coupling, pin bush type flexible
coupling, Oldham's coupling and universal coupling Hooks' Joint
04 Hours
PART-C
MODULE-5
Assembly Drawings-Part drawings should be given
Assembly drawing of following machine parts -3D parts to be created and assembled and
then getting 2D drawing with required views, along with 3D part drawings.
1) Plummer block-Pedestal Bearing
2)
3)
4)
5)
Petrol Engine piston

I.C. Engine connecting rod
Screw jack
Machine Vice
20Hours

MODULE-1 No problems on, axis inclinations, spheres and hollow solids.
MODULE-3Keys, Cotter and knuckle Joints: Types of Keys, Cotter and knuckle Joints
MODULE-5 Fuel injector, Tailstock
COURSE OUTCOMES:
C405.1
Sketch the solutions of the sections of solids; determine the inclination
of the cutting plane when true shape of section of an object is given.
C405.2
Use the Solid Edge software for drawing and solid modeling.
C405.3
Sketch and draw two views of different components like couplings and
joints
C405.4
Create solid models of different parts and assemble them and draw their
sectional views using Solid Edge software.
th
C405 is the 5 course in 4thsem and 405.1 to 405.4 are the outcomes of this course
Text books
. Machine Drawing , K.R. Gopala Krishna, Subhash Publication.
2. A Primer on Computer Aided Machine Drawing , Published by VTU, Belgaum.
3. Machine Drawing , N.D.Bhat & V.M.Panchal
4. Machine Drawing , N.Siddeshwar,P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri,published by Tata Mc
GrawHill,2006 5. Automobile Engineering Drawing , R.B.Gupta, Satya Prakashan, New
Delhi
Reference Books
1. A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing , S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS
2. Machine Drawing with Auto CAD . Goutam Purohit & Goutham Ghosh, 1st Indian
print Pearson Education, 2005
. Auto CAD 006, for engineers and designers'. Sham Tickoo. Dreamtech 2005
NOTE: Internal assessment: 50 Marks
All the sheets should be drawn in the class using software. Sheet sizes should be A3/A4. All
sheets must be submitted at the end of the class by taking printouts.
Two questions to be set from each Part-A, Part-B and Part-C
Student has to answer one question each from Part-A and Part-B for 20 marks each and
one question from Part-C for 60 marks.
i.e. PART-A 1x20 = 20 Marks
PART-B 1x20 = 20 Marks
PART-C 1x60 = 60 Marks
Total = 100 Marks
COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

Sub Code: IM46
Hrs/ Week: 03
Credits : 03
CIE:50
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
Course objectives
To understand the manufacturing system and fundamentals of CAD system

To understand the automation system
To get familiarized with CNC and robotics
Course content:
Module-1
Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems: Introduction, Automation definition,
Types of automation, CIM, processing in manufacturing, Production concepts, Mathematical
Models-Manufacturing lead time, production rate, components of operation time, capacity,
Utilization and availability, Work-in-process, WIP ratio, TIP ratio and numerical 09 hours
Module-2
High Volume Production System: Introduction, Automated flow line symbols, objectives,
Work part transport-continuous, Intermittent, synchronous, Pallet fixtures, Transfer
Mechanism-Linear-Walking beam, roller chain drive, Rotary-rack and pinion, Rachet &
Pawl, Geneva wheel, Buffer storage, control functions-sequence, safety, Quality, Automation
for machining operation.
08hours
Self Study Component : Balance delay methods of line balancing-largest Candidate rule,
Kilbridge and Westers method, Ranked positional weight method, Numerical problems
covering all above methods and computerized line balancing.
Module-3
Analysis of Automated Flow Line & Line Balancing: General terminology and analysis,
Analysis of Transfer Line without storage upper bound approach, lower bound approach
and problems
Minimum Rational Work Element: Work station process time, Cycle time, precedence
constraints. Precedence diagram
07 hours
Self Study Component : Escapement and placement analysis of Multistation Assembly
Machine analysis of single station assembly.
Module-4
Automated Assembly Systems: Design for automated assembly systems, types of
automated assembly system, Parts feeding devices-elements of parts delivery systemhopper, part feeder, Selectors, feedback, escapement and placement
Automated Guided Vehicle System: Introduction, Vehicle guidance and routing, System
management, Quantitative analysis of AGV's with numerical problems and application.
08 hours
Module-5
CNC Machining Centers: Introduction to CNC, elements of CNC, CNC machining centers,
fundamental steps involved in development of part programming for milling and turning.
Robotics: Introduction to Robot configuration, Robot motion, programming languages of
Robots, technical features of robot and Robot applications.
08 hours
Self Study Component : Writing manual part program for milling and turning profiles
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Automation, Production system & Computer Integrated manufacturing, M. P. Groover
Person India, 2007 2nd edition.
2. Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing, S. Kant Vajpayee, Prentice Hall India.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Computer Integrated Manufacturing, J. A. Rehg & Henry. W. Kraebber.
2.CADlCAM by Zeid, Tata McGraw Hill.
METALLOGRAPHY AND MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Credits : 02
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the preparation of surface for studying the microstructure of specimen.
2. Understand the behaviour materials before and after the conduction of heat
treatment.
3. Understand the wear mechanism and result for different materials under different
parameters.
4. Analyze and demonstrate the behaviour of materials till failure under varying
loading conditions by destructive testing methods.
TESTS CONDUCTED ARE LISTED BELOW
1. Preparation of specimen for Metallographic examination of different engineering
materials. Identification of microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I,
SG iron, Brass, Bronze & composites.
2. Heat treatment: Annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering of steel. Hardness
studies of heat-treated samples.
3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials
for different parameters.
(a) Ultrasonic flaw detection
(b) Magnetic crack detection
(c) Dye penetration testing.
5. To study the defects of Cast and Welded specimens
6. Tensile, shear and compression tests of metallic and nonmetallic specimens using
Universal Testing Machine
7. Torsion Test
8. Bending Test on metallic and nonmetallic specimens.
9. Izod and Charpy Tests on M.S, C.I Specimen.
10. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers s (ardness test.
11. Fatigue Test.
COURSE OUTCOMES: At the course the students will be able to
1. Identify the material based on its microstructure.
2. Analyze the application of heat treatment in improving the hardness of material.
3. Analyze and identify the critical parameters in the loss of materials under wear
testing.
4. Evaluate the limiting value of mechanical properties of materials and draw
inference based on the result obtained and mode of failure observed.
FOUNDRY AND FORGING LABORATORY

Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Credits : 02
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to make the student aware of:
1. The basic concepts regarding structure-property-processing relations across all
material classes.
2. To Use principles of sound craftsmanship to fabricate a core box which will produce
an effective sand core
3. To Demonstrate the problems which can occur when patterns are incorrectly
designed
Course Content
1. Testing of Molding sand and Core sand
Preparation of sand specimens and conduction of the following tests:
1. Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.
2. Permeability test
3. Core hardness & Mould hardness tests.
4. Sieve Analysis to find Grain Fineness number of Base Sand
5. Clay content determination in Base Sand
2. Foundry Practice.
Use of foundry tools and other equipments:
1. Preparation of moulds using two molding boxes using patterns or without patterns.
(Split pattern, Match plate pattern and Core boxes).
2. Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or cast iron-Demonstration only)
3. Forging Operations :
1. Calculation of length of the raw material required to do the model.
2. Preparing minimum three forged models involving upsetting, drawing and bending
operations.
(Out of these three models, at least one model is to be prepared by using Power Hammer.)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Apply knowledge for conducting tests on core sand
2. Design and conduct experiment using foundry tools and understand patterns and
moulds.
3. Apply the knowledge of forging practice to prepare the models
4. Use technical methodology in analyzing a casting design in terms of casting parameters
and cost estimates


B.E. INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MAT31
IS32
IS33
IS34
IS35
IS36
ISL38
ISL37
Subject

Digital Systems and Logic Design
Data Structures with C
OOPs with C++
Graph Theory and combinatorics
Digital Systems and Logic Design
Lab
Data Structures with C and OOPS
LAB
Teaching
Department
Board
MAT
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
Maths
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
4
0
4
0
3
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
Examination
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
CIE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
SEE
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Credits
Total
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25


B.E. INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

IV SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subject
Code
Subject
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
0
MAT41
MAT
IS42
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
ISE
Maths
ISE
3
4
5
6
IS43
IS44
IS45
Microprocessors
Computer Networks-I
IS46
Finite Automata and Formal

Languages
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
ISE
4
3
3
3
ISL47
Design and Analysis of Algorithms

LAB
ISE
ISE
ISL48
Microprocessors LAB
ISE
ISE
Operating System
Examination
P
0
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
100
50
50
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
4
3
3
3
50
50
100
50
50
100
Total
400
400
800
25
DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND LOGIC DESIGN

Sub Code: IS32
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Students will learn representation of data in various formats.

Students will learn to analyze Boolean expressions and learns to minimize
and optimize it using various methods.
Students will understand the operation of digital circuit and learn to design
and analyze it.
MODULE 1
10 Hours
Digital Principles, Digital Logic: Introduction to Binary Systems, Definitions for Digital
Signals, Digital Waveforms, Digital Logic: Positive and Negative Logic.
Gates: The Basic Gates: NOT, OR, AND, Universal Logic Gates: NOR, NAND, Integrated
Circuits: Levels of Integration, Digital Logic Families
Boolean Algebra: Basic Definitions, Axiomatic Definition of Boolean Algebra, Basic
Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra
Canonical and Standard Forms I: Sum-of-Products Method, Truth Table to Karnaugh
Map, Pairs Quads, and Octets, Karnaugh Simplifications
Self-Study Component: (Number systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal
,Conversion from one system to another, Representation of negative numbers,
Representation of BCD numbers, Character representation, Character coding schemes,
ASCII, EBCDIC etc.)
MODULE 2
10 Hours
Canonical and Standard Forms II: Don t-care Conditions, Product-of-sums Method
and simplifications, Simplification by Quine-McClusky Method.
Data-Processing Circuits: Multiplexers, De-multiplexers, 1-of-16 Decoder, Encoders,
Exclusive-or Gates, Parity Generators and Checkers, Magnitude Comparator,
Programmable Array Logic, Programmable Logic Arrays.
MODULE -3
10 Hours
Clocks, Flip-Flops: Clock Waveforms, Edge triggering and Level Triggering, Clocked D
FLIP-FLOP, Edge-triggered D FLIP-FLOP, Edge-triggered JK FLIP-FLOP, FLIP-FLOP
Timing, JK Master-slave FLIP-FLOP, Various Representation of FLIP-FLOPs, Analysis of

Sequential Circuits
Self-Study Component: (Switch Contact Bounce Circuits,)
MODULE -4
10 Hours
Registers: Types of Registers, Serial In - Serial Out, Serial In - Parallel out, Parallel In Serial Out, Parallel In - Parallel Out, Applications of Shift Registers
Counters: Asynchronous Counters, Synchronous Counters, Changing the Counter
Modulus, Counter Design as a Synthesis problem, A Digital Clock
Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential Circuits I: Design of
Asynchronous Sequential Circuit, Problems with Asynchronous Sequential Circuits.
MODULE -5
10 Hours
Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential Circuits II: Design of

Synchronous Sequential Circuit: Model Selection, State Transition Diagram, State
Synthesis Table, Algorithmic State Machine, and State Reduction Technique, Problems
with
Verilog Implementation: Introduction, Implementation
Combinational Circuits, Verilog Constructs for Storage
Models,
Verilog
for
Text Books:
1. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino & GoutamSaha : Digital Principles and
Applications, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Stephen Brown, ZvonkoVranesic: Fundamentals of Digital Logic Design with
Verilog, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. M Morris Mano: Digital Logic and Computer Design, 10th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2008.
2. R D Sudhaker Samuel: Illustrative Approach to Logic Design, Sanguine-Pearson,
2010.
Course Outcomes:
Students will learn about various gates and the application of it in higher-level
data processing circuits.
Knowledge about the various simplification methods of a Boolean
expression.
Students will learn about the application of clock in digital systems as well as
gain knowledge about flip-flops and registers.
DATA STRUCTURES WITH C
Sub Code: IS33
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Understanding the concepts of primitive and non primitive data structure

Implementation of data structure to solve various problems
Understand and applying various data structure such as stacks, queues, trees
and graphs to solve various computing problems using C programming
language
Ability to effectively choose the data structure that efficiently model the
information to a problem.
MODULE 1
10 Hours
BASIC CONCEPTS: Introduction to Data Structure and its classification, The need for
Data structure, Algorithm specification, performance analysis & measurements,
Structure & Union and Sparse Matrices.
Self-Study Component: (Dynamic Memory Allocation)
MODULE 2
10 Hours
STACKS AND QUEUES: Introduction to Stacks, Stacks Using Dynamic Arrays, Evaluation
of Expressions, Introduction to Queues, Types of Queue: Ordinary queue, Circular
Queues & Double ended queue, Application of stacks and Queues.
Self-Study Component: (Multiple Stacks and Queues)
MODULE 3
10 Hours
LINKED LISTS: Definition of Linked lists and Chains, Representing Chains in C, Types of
Linked List: Singly Linked List, Circular Singly Linked List, Doubly Linked Lists &
Circular doubly linked list, Application of Linked List.
Self-study components: (Operation on Linked list using Stacks, Queues, Polynomials)
MODULE 4
10 Hours
TREES: Introduction to Binary Search Trees (BST), Properties of Binary Tree, Operation
on BST, Traversals in Binary Trees, Heaps, Selection Trees, Forests tree, Counting
Binary Trees (Distinct binary Counting).
Self-Study Component: (Introduction to Graph, properties of graph, Representation of
graph in memory)
MODULE 5
10 Hours
EFFICIENT BINARY SEARCH TREES: Optimal Binary Search Trees, AVL Trees,
Properties of AVL tree, Construction of AVL tree, Red-Black Trees, Properties of red
black tree, Construction of red black tree.
Self-Study Component:( Splay Trees)
Text Book:
1. Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson-Freed: Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd
Reference Books:
2. Richard F. Gilberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan: Data Structures A Pseudocode
Approach with C, Cengage Learning, 2005.
3. A.M Padma Reddy, Approach of Data Structures , Person Publication, th
Edition, 2015
4. Reema Theraja Data Structure using C. st Edition ,
Course Outcomes:
Knowledge about various data structures

Application of data structure concepts in real time problems
Knowledge on searching, insertion, deletion, traversing mechanism operations
in various data structures.
Compare and contrast the benefits of data structures implementations
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++

Sub Code: IS34
Hrs/ Week: 3
Total Hrs:40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Understand the basic concepts of object oriented programming languages and

the techniques of software development in C++.
Learn the role of inheritance, polymorphism, dynamic binding and generic
structures in building reusable code.
Understand object oriented or non-object oriented techniques to solve bigger
computing problems.
Build C++ classes using appropriate encapsulation and design principles.
MODULE 1
8 Hours
Introduction: Overview of C++ with a Sample C++ program, C++ programming

concepts.
Classes & Objects I: Class Specification, Class Objects, Scope resolution operator,
Access members, Defining member functions, Data hiding, Constructors, Destructors,
Parameterized constructors, Static data members, Functions.
MODULE 2
8 Hours
Classes & Objects II: Friend functions, Passing objects as arguments, Returning
objects, Arrays of objects, Dynamic objects, Pointers to objects, Copy constructors,
Generic functions and classes, Applications Operator overloading using friend functions
such as +, - , pre-increment, post-increment,[ ] etc., overloading <<, >>.
MODULE 3
8 Hours
Inheritance I: Base Class, Inheritance and types, programming on inheritance

concepts.
MODULE 4
8 Hours
Inheritance II: Constructors, Destructors and Inheritance, Passing parameters to base

class constructors, Granting access, Virtual base classes.
MODULE 5
8 Hours
Virtual functions, Polymorphism: Virtual function, Inheritance of Virtual attributes,

Virtual functions as hierarchical, pure virtual functions, Abstract classes, Early and late
binding, C++ stream classes.
Self-Study Component (Exception Handling: Exception handling fundamentals
Introduction Object Oriented Programming using Java: Object Oriented Concepts,
Abstraction & Encapsulation, Relationships, Polymorphism, Interfaces and Packages.)
Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt: The Complete Reference C++, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2003.
2. Robert Lafore : Object oriented Programming in turbo C++, (GALGOTIA
Publications).
Reference Books:
1. Stanley B.Lippmann, JoseeLajore: C++ Primer, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2005.
2. Paul J Deitel, Harvey M Deitel: C++ for Programmers, Pearson Education,
2009.
3. Programming With Java : A Primer 4th Ed by E Balagurusamy TataMcgraw
Hill Education Private Limited-Paperback_Edition-4th : A Primer (English)
4th Edition.
Course Outcomes:
Understand the basics of OOPs concepts

Apply the knowledge of basic I/O operations of files, exception handling and
virtual functions during implementation of the programs
Ability to design classes and implement the given real world application
using various OOPs concepts.
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
Sub Code: IS35
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 03
Course Objectives:
To learn and understand about the fundamental concepts of how Computer

Systems works & its basic principles.
To learn and understand I/O device address, Interrupts and different buses.
To learn and understand the current state of art in memory system design.
To impart knowledge on arithmetic concepts of signed numbers, Adders Design,
Multiplication and floating point numbers.
MODULE 1
08 Hours
Basic Structure of Computers: Functional Units, Basic Operational Concepts,

Performance Processor Clock, Basic Performance Equation, Clock Rate, Performance
Measurement.
Machine Instructions and Programs: Numbers, Arithmetic Operations and
Characters, Memory Location and Addresses.
Self-Study Component: (Computer Types, Historical Perspective, Memory Operations,
Instructions and Instruction Sequencing )
MODULE 2
08 Hours
Input/Output Organization: Accessing I/O Devices, Interrupts Interrupt Hardware,

Enabling and Disabling Interrupts, Handling Multiple Devices, Controlling Device
Requests, Exceptions
Self-Study Component :(Addressing Modes, Assembly Language, Basic Input and Output
operation)
MODULE 3
08 Hours
Direct Memory Access, Buses, Interface Circuits, Standard I/O Interfaces PCI Bus, SCSI
Bus, USB.
MODULE 4
08 Hours
Memory System: Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read Only Memories,
Speed, Size, and Cost, Cache Memories Mapping Functions, Replacement Algorithms,
Performance Considerations, Virtual Memories.
Self-Study Component: (Secondary Storage)
MODULE 5
08 Hours
Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction of Signed Numbers, Design of Fast Adders,

Multiplication of Positive Numbers, Signed Operand Multiplication, Fast Multiplication,
Integer Division, Floating-point Numbers and Operations, IEEE Standard for Floatingpoint Numbers.
Self-Study Component: (Basic Processing Unit: Single bus organization, Execution of a
Complete Instruction, Multiple Bus Organization, Hard-wired Control, and Micro
programmed Control)
Text Books:
1. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky: Computer Organization, 5th Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
(Listed topics only from Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 6)
Reference Books:
1. William Stallings: Computer Organization & Architecture, 7th Edition, PHI, 2006.
2. Computer Systems Design and Architecture by Vincent P. Heuring& Harry
F.Jordan, Ed2, Pearson Education, 2004.
Course Outcomes:
The student will have knowledge of the fundamental concepts of how Computer
Systems works & its basic principles.
The student will have knowledge of I/O device address, Interrupts and different
buses.
The student will be able to design simple memory systems.
The student will have the knowledge on arithmetic concepts of signed numbers,
Adders design, Multiplication and floating point numbers.
GRAPH THEORY AND COMBINATORICS

Sub Code: IS36
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
To be aware of the fundamentals of Graph Theory

To gain knowledge on application of techniques of Graphs theory in real time
applications
To comprehend an insight on optimization techniques and its applications
To gain knowledge on counting techniques and its application in real time
problems
MODULE 1
8 Hours
Introduction to Graph Theory: Definitions and Examples, Sub graphs, Complements

and Graph Isomorphism, Vertex Degree, Euler Trails and Circuits.
MODULE 2
8 Hours
Planar Graphs: Hamilton Paths and Cycles, Graph Colouring, Chromatic Polynomials.
Trees: Definitions, Properties and Examples, Routed trees, Trees and Sorting, Weighted
Trees and Prefix Codes.
MODULE 3
8 Hours
Optimization: Minimal Spanning Trees The algorithms of Kruskal and Prim, Dijkstra s
Shortest Path Algorithm, Min cut theorem and Matching.
MODULE 4
8 Hours
Principles of Counting: The Rules of Sum and Product, Permutations, Combinations

The Binomial Theorem, Combinations with Repetition, the Catalan Numbers.
MODULE 5
8 Hours
The Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion: The Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion,
Generalizations of the Principle, Derangements Nothing is in its Right Place, Rook
Polynomials.
Self-Study Component: (Generating Functions: Introductory Examples, Definition and
Examples. Generating functions cont.: Partitions of Integers, the Exponential Generating
Function. )
Text Books:
1. Ralph P. Grimaldi: Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.
2. D.S. Chandrasekharaiah: Graph Theory and Combinatorics, Prism, 2005.
Reference Book:
1. Introduction to Graph Theory by Gary Chartrand and Ping Zhang, Tata McGrawhill Edition 2006.
Course Outcomes:
Awareness on basic concepts of graph theory

To be able to analyze and apply various techniques of graph theory in various
domains
To be able to use different techniques of algorithms on optimization and
matching in real time problems
To be able to solve counting problems and apply in real time problems
DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY

Sub Code: ISL37
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 3
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 36
Credits: 2
Course objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:
Gain knowledge of various basic gates as well as its application in data

processing circuits.
Will learn the designing and working of various data processing circuits.
Will learn the working of flip-flops and verify the working of various
registers.
Will learn the design, implementation and working of synchronous as well
as asynchronous circuits.
Will learn the Verilog implementation of digital circuits.
PART A
Familiarization of digital ICs and digital IC trainer kit by verifying the truth tables
Study of Combinational Circuits:
1. To design and set up the circuit a BCD to Excess-3 converter
2. Simplify the given expression and realize it with universal gates
3. To design and verify the truth table of a three bit odd parity generator and
checker
4. A. Given a four variable expression, simplify using Entered Variable Map (EVM)
and realize the simplified logic using 8:1 MUX.
Flip Flops Using Gates and Familiarization of ICs:
5. To Setup the flip flops using gates and verify the truth table also familiarize the
flip flop ICs
6. Realize a J-K Master/Slave FF using NAND gates and verify its truth table.
Shift Registers and Counters:
7. To set up and verify the performance of shift registers using D FF
8. Design and implement ring counter and Johnson counter using 4-bit shift
register and demonstrate its working.
9. Design and implement a sequence generator counter using JK FF IC s and
demonstrate its working.
10. Design and implement asynchronous up down counter of the given modulus and
demonstrate its working.
PART B
1. For a given expression, design and develop a Verilog code after simplifying it.
Simulate and verify the working of the same.
2. Design and develop the Verilog code for 8:1 MUX. Simulate and verify the
working of the same.
3. Design and develop the Verilog code for any two specified Flip Flops with
positive edge triggering.
4. Design and develop the Verilog code to represent any give type of Register and
verify the working of the same.
5. Design and develop the Verilog code for ring counter and switched tail counter.
Simulate and verify the working of the same.
6. Design and develop the Verilog code for a counter. Simulate and verify the
working of the same.
7. Design and develop the Verilog code for a given FSM. Simulate and verify the
working of the same
Practical Examination Procedure:
All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical

examination.
Students should pick one experiment each from Part A and Part B.
Strictly follow the instructions as printed on the cover page of answer
script for breakup of marks
Course Outcomes: After undergoing the course, students will be able to:
Gain knowledge on various gates as well as data processing circuits.

Gain knowledge about the working of flip-flops and the register
implementation and working.
Gain knowledge on the Verilog implementation of various digital circuits.
Gain knowledge on the working of synchronous and asynchronous circuits.
DATA STRUCTURES WITH C/C++ LABORATORY

Sub Code: ISL38
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 36
Credits: 2
Course objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:
Learn fundamental concepts of data structures and OOPS

Selecting appropriate data structure for a given problem and write
programs
Designing the algorithms using the procedural and object oriented concepts
Understand and implement fundamentals of data structures
Understand and implement fundamentals of object-oriented programming
using C++
Develop ability to apply data structure and C++ concepts in solving realworld problems
Laboratory Programs:
1. Write a C program to create a sequential file with at least 5 records , each record
having the structure shown below.
a. To display all records in the file.
b. To search for a specific record based on the USN. In case the record is not
found, suitable message should be displayed. Both the options in this case must
be demonstrated.
2. Design, develop and execute a program in C to convert a given valid
parenthesized infix arithmetic expression to postfix expression and then print
both the expressions. The expression consists of single character operands and
the binary operators +, - , * , /
3. Design, develop, and execute a program in C to simulate the working of a queue
of integers using an array. Provide the following operations:
a. Insert b. Delete c. Display
4. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ based on the following
requirements:
An EMPLOYEE class is to contain the following data members and member
functions: Data members: Employee_Number (an integer), Employee_Name (a
string of characters), Basic_Salary (an integer) ,All_Allowances (an integer), IT
(an integer), Net_Salary (an integer). Member functions: to read the data of an
employee, to calculate Net_Salary and to print the values of all the data members.
(All_Allowances = 123% of Basic; Income Tax (IT) = 30% of the gross salary (=
basic_Salary _ All_Allowance); Net_Salary =Basic_Salary + All_Allowances IT)
5. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ to create a class called STRING
and implement the following operations. Display the results after every
operation by overloading the operator <<.
i. STRING s = VTU
ii. STRING s = BELGAUM
iii. STIRNG s3 = s1 + s2; (Use copy constructor)

6. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ to create a class called STACK
using an array of integers and to implement the following operations by
overloading the operators + and - :
i. s1=s1 + element; where s1 is an object of the class STACK and element is an
integer to be pushed on to top of the \stack.
ii. s1=s1- ; where s1 is an object of the class STACK and operator pops off the
top element.
Handle the STACK Empty and STACK Full conditions. Also display the contents of
the stack after each operation, by overloading the operator <<.
7. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ to create a class called LIST
(linked list) with member functions to insert an element at the front of the list as
well as to delete an element from the front of the list. Demonstrate all the
functions after creating a list objects.
8. Design, develop, and execute a program in C to read a sparse matrix of integer
values and to search the sparse matrix for an element specified by the user. Print
the result of the search appropriately. Use the triple <row, column, value> to
represent an element in the sparse matrix.
9. Design, develop, and execute a program in C to create a max heap of integers by
accepting one element at a time and by inserting it immediately in to the heap.
Use the array representation for the heap. Display the array at the end of
insertion phase.
10. Design, develop, and execute a program in C to implement a doubly linked list
where each node consists of integers. The program should support the following
operations:
i. Create a doubly linked list by adding each node at the front.
ii. Insert a new node to the left of the node whose key value is read as an input.
iii. Delete the node of a given data if it is found, otherwise display appropriate
message.
iv. Display the contents of the list.
(Note: Only either (a,b and d) or (a, c and d) may be asked in the examination)
11. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ to create a class called DATE with
methods to accept two valid dates in the form dd/mm/yy and to implement the
following operations by overloading the operators + and -. After every operation
the results are to be displayed by overloading the operator <<.
i.
no_of_days = d1 d2; where d1 and d2 are DATE objects, d1 >=d2 and

no_of_days is an integer.
ii. d2 = d1 + no_of_days; where d1 is a DATE object and no_of_days is an integer.

12. Design, develop, and execute a program in C++ to create a class called BIN_TREE
that represents a Binary Tree, with member functions to perform inorder,
preorder and postorder traversals. Create a BIN_TREE object and demonstrate
the traversals.
Reference Books:
1. Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson-Freed: Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd
Practical Examination Procedure:
1. All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
2. Students are allowed to pick one experiment from the lot.
3. Strictly follow the instructions as printed on the cover page of answer script
for breakup of marks
Course Outcomes : After undergoing the course, students will be able to:
Analyze algorithms and determine algorithm correctness..

To demonstrate the paradigm of OOP through Classes & objects.
Design and implement object-oriented concepts of polymorphism,
Familiarize the utilities of Friend functions & Inline functions.
To apply the concept of Inheritance - protected members, protected base
class inheritance, inheriting and multiple base classes.
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Sub Code: IS42
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Learn to design and analyze asymptotic complexity of algorithms including

formulating recurrence relations.
To understand recursive and non-recursive algorithms using the asymptotic
notations and basic efficiency classes.
To understand the design classification using Greedy strategy, Divide and
Conquer approach, Dynamic Programming ,Backtracking,
Branch and Bound
Basic knowledge on NP and NP-Completeness.
MODULE-1
10 Hours
Introduction: What is an Algorithm, Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem solving, and

Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency, Mathematical Analysis of NonRecursive and Recursive Algorithms. Brute Force: Selection Sort and Bubble Sort,
Sequential Search.
Self-Study Component: (Brute Force String Matching)
MODULE-2
10 Hours
Divide and Conquer: General Method, Binary Search, Merge Sort, Quick Sort and its
performance.
Decrease and Conquer: Introduction, Insertion Sort, Depth First Search, Breadth First
Search, Topological Sorting.
Self-Study Component: (Job Sequencing with deadlines, Defective chessboard Problem)
MODULE-3
10 Hours
Space and Time Tradeoffs: Introduction, Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in

string Matching.
Dynamic Programming: General Method, Warshall s Algorithms, Floyd s Algorithm for
All-Pairs Shortest Paths Problem, 0/1 Knapsack problem.
Self-Study Component: (The Travelling Salesperson problem)
MODULE-4
10 Hours
The Greedy Method: General Method, Knapsack Problem, Minimum-Cost Spanning
Trees: Prim s Algorithm, Kruskal s Algorithm, Single Source Shortest Paths, Huffman
tress and codes.
PRAM Algorithms: Introduction, Computational Model, Parallel Algorithms for prefix
Computation.
Self-Study Component: (List Ranking and Graph Problems)
MODULE-5
10 Hours
Tractable and Non-Tractable Problems: Introduction, Upper and Lower Bounds,

Efficiency and Tractability, NP-Completeness, Polynomial Time Reductions, Problem
Classes P, NP, and Others. Backtracking and Branch and Bound: n-Queens Problem,
Sum of Subset Problem, Assignment Problem.
Self-Study Component: (Knapsack Problem, Hamiltonian Circuit Problem.)
Text Books:
1. AnanyLevitin: Introduction to the Design & Analysis of Algorithms, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007. (Listed topics only from the Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9).
2. Parag Himanshu Dave, HimanshuBhalchandra Dave: Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Pearson. (Listed topics only from the Chapters 17: 17.1,
17.2, 17.3 (excluding 17.3.2, 17.3.3, 17.3.4, 17.3.5) 17.4, 17.5, 17.6 (excluding
17.6.1))
Reference Books:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L. Rivest, Clifford Stein:
Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2010.
2. Kenneth A. Berman, Jerome L. Paul: Algorithms, Cengage Learning, 2002.
Course Outcomes:
Mathematically analyze recursive and nonrecursive algorithms by using

asymptotic notations and its properties.
Ability to understand and analyze algorithm techniques and derive its time
complexity
Identify, analyze, and choose the appropriate algorithmic design technique for the
given problem.
Ability to know and understand basic computability concepts and the
complexity classes P, NP, and NP-Complete
MICROPROCESSORS
Sub Code:IS43
Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 50
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives
Module 1
Understand the architecture of 8086 microprocessor

Able to write software and hardware programs using assembly language
programming
Interface peripheral devices like 8255, 8259
Understand and describe Interfacing external devices like memory and
other hardware devices
10 Hours
Introduction, Microprocessor Architecture 1: A Historical Background, the

Microprocessor-Based Personal Computer Systems. The Microprocessor and its
Architecture: Internal Microprocessor Architecture, Real Mode Memory Addressing.
Microprocessor Architecture 2, Addressing Modes: Introduction to Protected
Mode Memory Addressing, Memory Paging, Flat Mode Memory Addressing Modes: Data
Addressing Modes, Program Memory Addressing Modes, Stack Memory Addressing
Modes
Module 2
10 Hours
Programming 1: Data Movement Instructions: MOV Revisited, PUSH/POP, LoadEffective Address, String Data Transfers, Miscellaneous Data Transfer Instructions,
Segment Override Prefix, Assembler Details. Arithmetic and Logic Instructions:
Addition, Subtraction and Comparison, Multiplication and Division.
Programming 2: Arithmetic and Logic Instructions (continued): BCD and ASCII
Arithmetic, Basic Logic Instructions, Shift and Rotate, String Comparisons. Program
Control Instructions: The Jump Group, Controlling the Flow of the Program, Procedures,
Introduction to Interrupts, Machine Control and Miscellaneous Instructions.
Self-Study Component: (Programming 3: Using Assembly Language with C/C++ for
16-Bit DOS Applications and 32-Bit Applications Modular Programming, Using the
Keyboard and Video Display, Data Conversions, Example Programs)
Module 3
10 Hours
Hardware Specifications, Memory Interface 1: Pin-Outs and the Pin Functions,

Clock Generator, Bus Buffering and Latching, Bus Timings, Ready and Wait State,
Minimum versus Maximum Mode. Memory Interfacing: Memory Devices
Module 4
10 Hours
Memory Interface 2, I/O Interface 1: Memory Interfacing (continued): Address

Decoding, 8088 Memory Interface, 8086 Memory Interface. Basic I/O Interface:
Introduction to I/O Interface, I/O Port
Module 5
10 Hours
I/O Interface 2, Interrupts, and DMA: I/O Interface (continued): The Programmable
Peripheral Interface 82C55, Programmable Interval Timer 8254. Interrupts: Basic
Interrupt Processing, Hardware Interrupts: INTR and INTA/; Direct Memory Access:
Basic DMA Operation and Definition.
THE ARM PROCESSOR: ARM Characteristics, Register structure, Addressing Modes,
Instructions, assembly Language, Example Programs
Text Book:
1. Barry B Brey: The Intel Microprocessors, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
(Listed topics only from the Chapters 1 to 13)
2. Computer Organization and Embedded systems. I revised Six Edition (Tata McGraw
Hill) Author: Carl Hamacher, zvonkovranesic, Safwatzaky, NaraigManjikian.
Reference Books:
1. Douglas V. Hall: Microprocessors and Interfacing, Revised 2nd Edition, TMH, 2006.
2. K. Udaya Kumar & B.S. Umashankar : Advanced Microprocessors & IBM-PC Assembly
Language Programming, TMH 2003.
3. James L. Antonakos: The Intel Microprocessor Family: Hardware and Software
Principles and Applications, Cengage Learning, 2007.
Course Outcomes
Ability to understand the architecture of Microprocessor-8086

Able to write programs in Assembly level language
Ability to Interface standard hardware device with 8086
Ability to understand the working of ARM processor.
COMPUTER NETWORKS - I
Sub Code: 15IS44
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
Course Objective:
To gain ample understanding of key concepts of networks and topologies
To gain comprehensive knowledge about the layered communication architectures
To understand the design principles and significance of each layer in ISO and
TCP/IP
To know the basic concepts of wireless networks and its design principles
MODULE - 1
8 Hours
Introduction: Data Communications, Networks, The Internet, Protocols &Standards,

Layered Tasks, The OSI model, Layers in OSI model, TCP/IP Protocol suite
MODULE-2
8 Hours
Physical Layer-1: Analog & Digital Signals, Transmission Impairment, DataRate limits,
Performance, Digital-digital conversion -Only Line coding: Polar, Bipolar and
Manchester coding
Self-Study Component: (Addressing, Analog-to-digital conversion - only PCM,
Transmission Modes, Digital-to-analog conversion, Multiplexing, Spread Spectrum, HDLC,
PPP - Framing, Transition phases only)
MODULE-3
8 Hours
Data Link Layer-1: Error Detection & Correction: Introduction, Block coding, Linear
block codes, Cyclic codes, Checksum.
Data Link Layer-2: Framing, Flow and Error Control Protocols, Noiseless Channels, Noisy
channels
MODULE-4
8 Hours
Multiple Access & Ethernet: Random access, Controlled Access, Channelization,

Ethernet: IEEE standards, Standard Ethernet, Changes in the standard, Fast Ethernet,
Gigabit Ethernet
MODULE-5
8 Hours
Wireless LANs and Cellular Networks: Introduction, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth,

Connecting devices, Cellular Telephony.
Self-Study Component: (Network Layer: Introduction, Logical addressing, IPv4
addresses, IPv6 addresses, Internetworking basics, IPv4, IPv6, Comparison of IPv4 and IPv6
Headers.)
Text Books:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan,: Data Communication and Networking, 4th Edition Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2006.
(Chapters 1.1 to 1.4, 2.1 to 2.4, 4.1, 10.1 to 10.5, 11.1 to 11.5, 12.1 to 12.3, 13.1 to 13.5,
14.1, 14.2, 15.1, 16.1)
Reference Books:
1. Alberto Leon-Garcia and IndraWidjaja: Communication Networks - Fundamental
Concepts and Key architectures, 2nd Edition Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.
2. William Stallings: Data and Computer Communication, 8th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2007.
3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie: Computer Networks A Systems Approach,
4th Edition, Elsevier, 2007.
4. Nader F. Mir: Computer and Communication Networks, Pearson Education, 2007.
Course Outcome:
Define the terminology and concepts of OSI and TCP/IP reference model
Identify the internet protocols and addressing schemes.
Realize different encoding techniques, flow control algorithms, modes of
communication and signalling schemes
Provide solutions to various networking problems in the current trend
OPERATING SYSTEM
Sub Code: IS45

Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Understand the services provided by the Operating System.

Learn what a process is and how processes are Synchronized and Scheduled.
Understand different approaches to Memory Management and methods for
handling Deadlocks.
To acquire the knowledge on File System Management.
MODULE 1
8 Hours
Overview-Introduction: What operating systems do; Operating System Structure,

Operating System operations. System Structures: Operating System Services, User
Operating-System Interface, System calls, Types of System calls, Operating System
design and implementation.
Self-Study Component: (Distributed system; Special-purpose systems; Computing
environments. Operating System structure; Virtual machines.)
MODULE 2
8 Hours
Process Management-Process concept, Process scheduling, Operation on Processes.

Multi-Threaded Programming: Overview, Multithreading models, threading issues.
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts, scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms,
Multiple-Processor scheduling.
Self-Study Component: (Inter Process Communication, Thread Libraries.)
MODULE 3
8 Hours
Process Coordination- Synchronization: The Critical section problem, Semaphores,

Classical problems of synchronization. Deadlocks: System model, Deadlock
characterization, Methods for handling deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock
avoidance Deadlock detection and recovery from deadlock.
Self-Study Component: (Petersons solution, Monitors)
MODULE 4
8 Hours
Memory Management-Memory Management Strategies: Background, Swapping

,Contiguous memory allocation, Paging, Virtual Memory management: Background,
Demand paging, Copy-on-write, Page replacement, Allocation of frames.
Self-Study Component: (Segmentation, Thrashing.)
MODULE -5
8 Hours
Storage Management-File System: File concept, Access methods, Directory and Disk
structure, File system mounting, File sharing, Protection. Secondary Storage Structures:
Overview of Mass storage structures, Disk scheduling. System Protection: Goals of
protection, Principles of protection, Domain of protection, Access matrix.
Self-Study Component: (File System Structure, File System Implementation.)
Text Books:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne: Operating System
Principles, 8th edition, Wiley India, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. D.M Dhamdhere: Operating systems - A concept based Approach,2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw- Hill, 2002.
2. P.C.P. Bhatt: Introduction to Operating Systems: Concepts and Practice, 2nd
Edition, PHI, 2008.
3. Harvey M Deital: Operating systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1990.
Course outcomes:
Gain knowledge on components and its management of the system

Identify, design and analyze the scheduling algorithms for real world
applications
Implement Memory Management techniques and solve problems of process
management and synchronization
Explain the cause, effect and solution to Deadlock and File System
management
FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY
Sub Code: IS46
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Understand basic properties of formal languages and formal grammars.

To present the theory of finite automata, as the first step towards learning
advanced topics such as compiler design.
Understand basic properties of deterministic and nondeterministic finite
automata and discussing the applications of finite automata towards text
processing.
Understand the relation between types of languages and types of finite automata
and to develop an understanding of computation through Turing Machines.
MODULE 1
8 Hours
Introduction to Finite Automata: Introduction to Finite Automata; The central

concepts of Automata theory; Deterministic finite automata; Nondeterministic finite
automata, An application of finite automata.
Finite Automata, Regular Expressions: Finite automata with Epsilon-transitions;
Regular expressions; Finite Automata and Regular Expressions;
Self-Study Component: (Applications of Regular Expressions)
MODULE 2
8 Hours
Regular Languages, Properties of Regular Languages: Regular languages; Proving

languages not to be regularlanguages; Closure properties of regular languages;
Decision properties of regular languages; Equivalence and minimization of automata
Context-Free Grammars and Languages: Context free grammars; Parse trees; The
pumping lemma for CFGs.
Self-Study Component: (Applications)
MODULE 3
8 Hours
Pushdown Automata: Definition of the Pushdown automata; the languages of a PDA;

Equivalence of PDA s and CFG s; Deterministic Pushdown Automata. Properties of
Context-Free Languages: Normal forms for CFGs, Closure properties of CFL.
MODULE 4
8 Hours
Introduction To Turing Machine: Problems that Computers cannot solve; The turning
machine; Programming techniques for Turning Machines.
Self-Study Component: (Turing Machine and Computers , Extensions to the basic
Turning Machines)
MODULE 5
8 Hours
Un-decidability: A Language that is not recursively enumerable; An Undecidable

problem that is RE; Post s Correspondence problem;
Text Books:
1. John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D.Ullman: Introduction to

AutomataTheory, Languages and Computation, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
2007. (Chapters: 1.1, 1.5, 2.2 to 2.5, 3.1 to 3.3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.1 to 8.4, 8.6, 9.1, 9.2,
9.4.1, 9.5)
Reference Books:
2. Elaine Rich: Automata, Computability and Complexity,1st edition, Pearson
Education, 2008.
3. 2.Raymond Greenlaw, H. James Hoover: Fundamentals of the Theory of
Computation, Principles and Practice, Elsevier, 1998.
4. 3.John C Martin: Introduction to Languages and Automata Theory, 3rd Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
5. 4.Thomas A. Sudkamp: An Introduction to the Theory of Computer Science,
Languages and Machines, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
6. 5.K.L.P. Mishra: Theory of Computer Science, Automata, Languages, and
Computation, 3rd Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
Couse Outcomes:
Proficiency with mathematical tools & formal method

Ability to solve problems on Deterministic finite automata and Non
Deterministic machines
Ability to understand the regular languages, its properties, equivalence and
minimization of automata
Ability to analyze and solve problems related to pushdown automata and
Turing machines
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LABORATORY

Sub Code: ISL47
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 36
Credits: 2
Course Objectives:
To provide students with practical knowledge of programming skills and the

design of Algorithm.
To learn how to analyze the time complexity of algorithms
To understand the significance of implementation of sorting, searching
techniques.
To understand various design techniques using Greedy strategy, Divide and
Conquer approach, Dynamic Programming, Backtracking, Branch and Bound
Laboratory Experiments:
Design, develop and implement the specified algorithms for the following
problems using C/C++ Language in LINUX / Windows environment.
1. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called QUICK_SORT that
represents the array of elements, with member functions to sort a given set of elements
using the Quicksort method and determine the time required to sort the elements.
Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of elements in the list to be
sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements should be read from a
file and also be generated using the random number generator.
2. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called MERGE_SORT that
represents the array of elements, with member functions to sort a given set of elements
using the merge sort method and determine the time required to sort the elements.
Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of elements in the list to be
sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n. The elements should be read from a
file and also be generated using the random number generator.
3a. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called BFS that represents
the adjacency matrix, with member functions. Print all the nodes reachable from a given
starting node in a digraph using BFS method.
b. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called DFS that represents
the adjacency matrix, with member functions. Print all the nodes reachable from a given
starting node in a digraph using DFS method.
4. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called FLOYDS that
represents the cost adjacency matrix and member functions to Implement All-Pairs
Shortest Paths Problem using Floyd's algorithm.
5. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called WARSHALL that
represents the adjacency matrix, with member functions to compute the transitive
closure of a given directed graph using Warshall's algorithm. Print all the matrices of
transitive closure.
6. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called HORSPOOL that
represents the text and pattern string and member functions to search for given pattern
string in text string using Horspool method.
7. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called KNAPSACK that
represents the weights and profits of n objects, with member functions to Implement
0/1 Knapsack problem using Dynamic Programming.
8. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called KRUSKAL that
represents the cost adjacency matrix, Find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given
undirected graph using Kruskal's algorithm.
9. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called PRIMS that represents
the cost adjacency matrix presents and member functions to find Minimum Cost
Spanning Tree of a given undirected graph using Prim s algorithm.
10. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called DIJKSTRA that
represents the cost adjacency matrix. From a given vertex in a weighted connected
graph, find shortest paths to other vertices using Dijkstra's algorithm.
11. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called SUMOFSUBSET that
represents the array of elements, and member functions to find a subset of a given set S
= {sl, s2,.....,sn} of n positive integers whose sum is equal to a given positive integer d.
For example, if S={1, 2, 5, 6, 8} and d = 9 there are two solutions {1,2,6} and {1,8}. A
suitable message is to be displayed if the given problem instance doesn't have a
solution.
12. Design, develop, and execute a program to create a class called QUEENS that
represents the number of queens and member functions Implement N Queen's problem
using Back Tracking.
Reference Books:
1. AnanyLevitin: Introduction to The Design & Analysis of Algorithms, 2nd
2. Parag Himanshu Dave, Himanshu Bhalchandra Dave: Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Pearson.
3. Kenneth A. Berman, Jerome L. Paul: Algorithms, Cengage Learning, 2002.
Course Outcomes:
Programming Knowledge about different algorithms paradigms

Ability to analyze time complexity of the algorithms.
Implementation of various searching, sorting algorithmic techniques
Implementation of various algorithmic techniques like Greedy strategy,

Divide and Conquer approach, Dynamic Programming, Backtracking,
Branch and Bound
MICROPROCESSORS LABORATORY
Sub Code: ISL48
CIE: 50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 36
Credits: 2
Course Objectives:
Develop and execute the following programs using 8086 Assembly Language. Any
suitable assembler like MASM, TASM etc may be used.
Program should have suitable comments.
The board layout and the circuit diagram of the interface are to be provided to the
student during the examination.
1. a) Search a key element in a list of n
-bit numbers using the Binary search
algorithm.
b) Read the status of eight input bits from the Logic Controller Interface
and display FF if it is the parity of the input read is even; otherwise
display 00.
2. a) Write two ALP modules stored in two different files; one module is to read
a character from the keyboard and the other one is to display a character. Use
the above two modules to read a string of characters from the keyboard
terminated by the carriage return and print the string on the display in the
next line.
b) Implement a BCD Up-Down Counter on the Logic Controller Interface.
3. a) Sort a given set of n numbers in ascending order using the Bubble Sort
algorithm.
b) Read the status of two 8-bit inputs (X & Y) from the Logic Controller
Interface and display X*Y.
4. a) Read an alphanumeric character and display its equivalent ASCII code at
the center of the screen.
b) Display messages FIRE and HELP alternately with flickering effects on a 7segment display interface for a suitable period of time. Ensure a flashing rate
that makes it easy to read both the messages (Examiner does not specify
these delay values nor is it necessary for the student to compute these
values).
5. a) Reverse a given string and check whether it is a palindrome or not.
b) Assume any suitable message of 12 characters length and display it in the
rolling fashion on a 7-segment display interface for a suitable period of time.
Ensure a flashing rate that makes it easy to read both the messages.
(Examiner does not specify these delay values nor is it necessary for the
student to compute these values).
6. a) Read two strings, store them in locations STR1 and STR2. Check whether
they are equal or not and display appropriate messages. Also display the
length of the stored strings.
b) Convert a 16-bit binary value (assumed to be an unsigned integer) to BCD
and display it from left to right and right to left for specified number of times
on a 7-segment display interface.
7. a) Read your name from the keyboard and display it at a specified location on
the screen after the message What is your name? You must clear the entire
screen before display.
b) Scan a 8 x 3 keypad for key closure and to store the code of the key
pressed in a memory location or display on screen. Also display row and
column numbers of the key pressed.
8. a) Compute nCr using recursive procedure. Assume that n and r are nonnegative integers.
b) Drive a Stepper Motor interface to rotate the motor in specified direction
(clockwise or counter-clockwise) by N steps (Direction and N are specified by
the examiner). Introduce suitable delay between successive steps. (Any
arbitrary value for the delay may be assumed by the student).
9. a) Read the current time from the system and display it in the standard
format on the screen.
b) Generate the Sine Wave using DAC interface (The output of the DAC is to
be displayed on the CRO).
10. a) Write a program to simulate a Decimal Up-counter to display 00-99.
b) Generate a Half Rectified Sine wave form using the DAC interface. (The
output of the DAC is to be displayed on the CRO).
11. a) Read a pair of input co-ordinates in BCD and move the cursor to the
specified location on the screen.
b) Generate a Fully Rectified Sine waveform using the DAC interface. (The
output of the DAC is to be displayed on the CRO).
12. a) Write a program to create a file (input file) and to delete an existing file.
b) Drive an elevator interface in the following way:
i. Initially the elevator should be in the ground floor, with all requests
in OFF state.
ii. When a request is made from a floor, the elevator should move to that
floor, wait there for a couple of seconds (approximately), and then come
down to ground floor and stop. If some requests occur during going up or
coming down they should be ignored.
Note: In the examination, each student picks one question from the lot of all
12 questions.
Course Outcomes:
Understand the architecture of 8086 microprocessor
Able to write software and hardware programs using assembly language
programming
Interface peripheral devices like 8255, 8259
Understand and describe Interfacing external devices like memory and other
hardware devices
Dayananda Sagar College of Engineering

SCHEME OF TEACHING AND EXAMINATION 2015-2016/2016-17
Department: DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES

Course: MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
I SEMESTER MBA
Sl.No
1
Subject Code
Teaching hours/week
L
T
P
Name of the Subject
MBA11
Principles of Management
MBA12
Economics for Managers
MBA13
SEE Hours
Examination
CIE SEE Total
CREDITS
50
50
100
50
50
100
Accounting for Managers
50
50
100
MBA14
Quantitative methods-I
50
50
100
MBA15
Business, Government and Society
50
50
100
MBA16
Written Business Communication
50
50
100
300
300
600
25
Total
CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination, L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
1Hr. Theory= 1 credit, 2Hrs. Practical=1 credit, 1Hrs. Tutorial =1 credit
[Numerical Subjects 1 Hour Tutorial]


II SEMESTER MBA
Sl.No
Subject Code
Teaching hours/week
L
T
P
Name of the Subject
SEE Hours
Examination
CIE SEE Total
CREDITS
MBA21
Human Resource Management& OB
50
50
100
MBA22
Financial Management
50
50
100
MBA23
Quantitative methods-II
50
50
100
MBA24
Marketing Management
50
50
100
MBA25
Oral Business Communication
50
50
100
MBA26
Entrepreneurial Development
50
50
100
300
300
600
25
Total
[Numerical Subjects 1 Hour Tutorial]


III SEMESTER MBA
Sl.No
Subject
Code
Teaching
hours/week
L
T
P
Name of the Subject

Internship (6 weeks duration)
(Report & Evaluation
-Viva-voce) ( Organizational Study)
Production and Operations Management
MBA31
2
MBA32
MBA33
MBAXX34
MBAXX35
MBAXX36
MBAXX37
International Business Management

Elective subject 1
[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject 2
[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject 3
[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject 4
[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Total
SEE Hours
Examination
CREDITS
CIE
SEE
Total
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
350
300
650
25
Note:
1. Internship of 6-week duration should be taken up by each student in any Industry, prepare a report by the end of 6 weeks. Evaluation will be done through Viva voce
exam in the presence of internal guide and Chairman(HOD). [End of II Semester and beginning of III Semester 21st June 2016 to 20th August 2016
2. Classes: August 22nd 2016 to November 2016 [Semester End Examination SEE - 1st week of December]

ELECTIVES
Subject
Code
MBAMM34
Marketing Electives
Subject
Sales, Distribution and CRM
Subject
Code
MBAFM34
MBAMM35
Retail Management
MBAFM35
MBAMM36
MBAFM36
MBAMM37
Consumer Behaviour & Market

Analytics
Business to Business Marketing
MBAMM38
Digital marketing
MBAFM38
Operations Electives
Subject Code
Subject
MBAOP34
Outsourcing and IT
delivery Models
MBAOP35
Procurement and
Vendor management
MBAOP36
ERP in SCM
MBAFM37
Finance Electives
Subject
Investment Analysis &
Portfolio Management
Corporate Restructuring &
Strategic Alliances
Merchant Banking &
Financial Services
Advance Financial
Management
Banking & its Operations
Information Technology Electives

Subject Code
Subject
Knowledge Management
MBAIT34
MBAIT35
Software Engineering
Management
MBAIT36
Database Management
Human Resource Electives

Subject
Subject
Code
MBAHR34 Recruitment and Selection
MBAHR35
MBAHR36
MBAHR37
MBAHR38
MBABK36
Women & MUDRA

Banking
Rural Banking & Micro
Financing
Digital Banking
MBAOP37
Green SCM
MBAIT37
Data Centre Management
MBABK37
MBAOP38
Service Operations
Management
MBAIT38
ERP-Modules
Integration
MBABK38
Their
Quantitative Human Resource

Management
Personal Growth &
Interpersonal Effectiveness
Banking Electives
Subject Code
Subject
MBABK34
Principles & practices of
Banking
MBABK35
Legal Aspects of
Banking
System
&
Performance and
Compensation Management
Training and Development

IV SEMESTER MBA
Sl.No
Subject Code
1
MBA41
2
MBA42
MBA43
MBAXX44
MBAXX45
MBAXX46
MBAXX47
Teaching hours/week
L
T
P
Name of the Subject

Internship (10 weeks duration)
(Report & Evaluation
-Viva-voce) ( Dissertation Project)
Strategic Management
Total Quality Management
Elective subject
1[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject - 2[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject
3[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Elective subject - 4[MM/FM/HR/IT/OP/BK]
Total
SEE Hours
Examination
CIE
SEE
Total
CREDITS
100+100
200
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
50
50
100
300
500
800
25
1. Internship of 10-week duration should be taken up by each student in any Industry with a research problem, prepare a report by the end of 10 weeks. [End of III
Semester and beginning of IV Semester 12th December 2016 to 25th February 2017
2) Project Evaluation: Project Evaluation shall be taken up at the end of the IV Semester. Evaluation of final report by the internal guide and one external examiner [50
+ 50 marks]
1) Project Viva-Voce will be 100 marks conducted by a committee consisting of the following:
a) Head of the Department (Chairman)
b) Internal Guide
c) One External Examiner

Marketing Electives
Subject Code
Subject
MBAMM44
MBAMM45
MBAMM46
MBAMM47
MBAMM48
ELECTIVES
Finance Electives
Subject Code
Subject
Services Marketing
Integrated Marketing
Communication
Product and brand
management
Rural Marketing
MBAFM44
MBAFM45
Marketing of
Technology and Product
Innovation Management
MBAFM48
Operations Electives
Subject Code
Subject
MBAOP44 World Class
Manufacturing
Management
MBAOP45 BPRE and Robust
Design
Taxation
Financial derivatives
Human Resource Electives

Subject
Subject
Code
MBAHR44 Knowledge Management
MBAHR45 Industrial and Employee
MBAFM46
Cost Management
MBAHR46
MBAFM47
Strategic Credit
Management
Project appraisal,
Planning and control
MBAHR47
Information Technology Electives

Subject Code
Subject
MBAIT44 E Commerce Technology
MBAHR48
Banking Electives
Subject Code
Subject
MBABK44
Strategic Credit
Management
and Management
MBAIT45
Data
Driven
making
Decision
MBABK45
International Banking
Banking Technology
Management
Risk Management in
Banks
Retail Banking
MBAOP46
Project Management
MBAIT46
Information Security
MBABK46
MBAOP47
Supply chain Modeling

and Design
Lean six Sigma and SCM
MBAIT47
Business Intelligence and

Applications
MBABK47
MBAIT48
Cloud computing
MBABK48
MBAOP48
Relations
Leadership and Team
Development
Organizational Change
and Development
Workplace Ethics and
Value System
a. Total Marks I Semester to IV Semester: 2650

b. Total Credit I Semester to IV Semester: 100

Department :MCA
Course :MCA
III SEMESTER
Sl.No
Subject
Code
Teaching
hours/week
Name of the Subject
SEE
Hours
4
4
0
0
0
0
Examination
CREDITS
CIE
SEE
Total
3
3
50
50
100
100
100
100
4
4
50
100
100
50
100
100
1
2
MCA31
MCA32
MCA33
MCA34
Computer Networks
Java Programming-I
Analysis
and
Design
Algorithms
Software Engineering
MCA35
Elective-1
50
100
100
6
7
8
MCA36
MCA37
MCA38
Networks Lab
Java Lab
Analysis and Design Lab
1
1
1
0
0
0
2
2
2
3
3
3
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
2
2
2
400 650
800
26
of
TOTAL
ELECTIVE-I
MCA351
MCA352
MCA353
UNIX system Programming

Advanced Topics in DBMS
MCA354 Operations Research

MCA355 Principles of User Interface Design
Probability Statistics
[All Labs will have 1hr instruction class]
1/8
SEMESTER III
COMPUTER NETWORKS
Sub Code: MCA31 CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04 SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course helps students to get an insight into computer networks and various
networking devices.
It gives a deep understanding of the TCP/IP and the OSI network models.
It helps students understand the different data transmission modes along with error
detection and correction concepts.
It gives a clear understanding of the routing and congestion control concepts in data
transmission.
MODULE 1
Introduction and Physical layer
13 Hours
Networking Devices, Classification of Computer Networks, Network Protocol Stack (TCP/IP and
ISO-OSI).
Data Transmission Concepts, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Guided and Wireless
transmission, communication media, Digital Modulation techniques (FDMA,TDMA,CDMA) and
mobile telephone systems (1G,2G,3G and 4G).
MODULE 2
Data Link Layer and MAC Sub layer
9 Hours
Error Detection and Correction Codes, Data Link Protocols and Sliding window protocols.
Multiple access protocols and Examples: Ethernet, Wireless LAN, Broadband Wireless and
Bluetooth, Data Link Layer Switching.
MODULE 3
Network Layer
14 Hours
Network Layer Design issues, Routing algorithms, Congestion Control Algorithms, Quality of
Service, Internetworking and the Network Layer in the Internet
MODULE 4
Transport Layer
12 Hours
The Transport Service, Elements of Transport Protocols, Congestion Control, the Internet
Transport Protocols: UDP & TCP, Performance Issues.
MODULE 5
Application Layer
DNS, Email, WWW, Streaming audio and Video and Content Delivery.
4 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
Have a clear understanding of various network devices and differentiate between
different networking models like TCP/IP and OSI.
Understand the different data transmission modes along with error detection and
correction techniques.
Comprehend the routing and congestion control algorithms in data transmission.
Text Books
. Co puter Net orks
A dre Ta e au , Da id J Wetheral, th Editio , Pearso
2012
. Data a d Co puter Co
u i atio s
Willia talli gs, a o e 7th editio ,
Reference Books
. Co puter Net orks Principles, Technologies and Protocols for Network Design, by
NATALA OLIFER and VICTOR OLIFER, 2010
. Co puter Net orks- A top-do approa h , Ja es F Kurose, Keith W oss, fifth editio
JAVA PROGRAMMING -I
Subject code : MCA32
CIE : 50
Hours/Week : 04
SEE:100
Total Hours : 50
Exam Hours:3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Introduction to objects and classes.
Understanding of inheritance in Java.
Introduction to the use of Java APIs.
Understanding collection frameworks.
Module 1
12Hours
Introduction to Java:Java Architecture,JVM, JRE, JDK,Setting up Java Environment,Introduction
to different Java IDE,Simple HelloWorld Java Application,Variables, datatypes and keywords,O
perators in Java ,If and Switch statement,Loops and Iterators ,Writing, compiling and running a
program,
Classes
and
Objects
in
Java:
Defining a Class and Creating Object,Instance Data and Class Data,Methods Passing parameter
by value and by reference,Constructors and Instantiation,Access Modifiers,Encapsulation,Static
methods and fields (The toString method, overloading methods)Class variables and
methods,Constants,Initializing
variables,Arrays
Declarations,
Construction
and
Initialization,Wrapper classes and Boxing,Garbage collection.
Module 2
10Hours
Inheritance in Java,Type Casting,Method Overriding,Polymorphism,The Object Class,Delegation

,Abstract class,Abstract classes and methods,Extending abstract class,Abstract class and Polym
orphism,Implementing an interface,Polymorphism with interfaces,Inheriting interfaces,Package
s,The import Statement,Static Imports,CLASSPATH and Import,Defining Packages,Package Scop
e, String, StringBuilder and StringBuffer.
Module 3
10Hours
Threading Concept ,synchronizations ,Exceptions, Handling vs. Declaring Exceptions, Standard

Exception Handling Options, Exception Class Hierarchy, Checked vs. Unchecked Exceptions,
Catching an Exception: try and catch blocks, Methods Which Throw Exceptions: the throws
lause, The tr -throw- at h stru ture, The fi all
lause, E eptio hai i g, Tr
ith
Resources, Catch Block Handling Multiple Exceptions, System Exceptions vs. Application
Exceptions, Writing Custom Exceptions, Working with the Assertion Mechanism.
Module:4
10Hours
Overview of Streams, Streams & FilesInput & Output Streams,Object Streams, Object Serializati
on,Readers & Writers,Bytes vs. Characters,Converting Byte Streams to Character Streams,File
Object,File Streams(FileInputStream and FileOutputStream),FileReader and FileWriter,Buffered
Reader and BufferedWrite,PrintWriter,Reading and Writing Objects,Basic and Filtered Streams,
The Input and Output Classes,Types of Input and Output Streams,Bytebased stream,Character-based stream,Reader and Writers.
Module:5
8Hours
FileInputStream and FileOutputStream,Set Interface,List Interface,Map Interface,Queue Interfa
ce,Vector,Hashtable, Properties,The Java Collections Framework,Collections Interfaces (java.uti
l.Collection, java.util.List, java.util.Map, java.util.Set),Concrete Collections (java.util.ArrayList, jav
a.util.HashMap, java.util.HashSet,java.util.Iterator, the java.lang Package),ArrayList Basics,Iterat
or and ListIterator.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course the student should be able to:
1. Use Data, variables, Conditionals and looping structure appropriately in a Java program
2. Use object-oriented concepts including interfaces and abstract classes when developing
programs;
3. Store, manipulate and retrieve data from a Collection using Iteration.
Text Books:
Java 6 Programming, Black Book, KoGenT , dreamtech Press, 2012.
Java Fundamentals, A comprehensive Introduction by Herbert Schildt, Dale Skrien.
Reference Books:
1. Java Programming by Hari Mohan Pandey, Pearson Education, 2012. 4
2. Programming with Java by T V Suresh Kumar, B Eshwara Reddy and P Raghavan,
Sanguine Technical Publishers, 2011.
3. Programming in JAVA2 by Dr K Somasundaram ,Jaico publications
4. Java Programming by Hari Mohan Pandey, Pearson Education, 2012.
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ALGORITHMS

Sub Code
: MCA33
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 04
SEE: 100
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To study paradigms and approaches used to analyze and design algorithms and to
appreciate the impact of algorithm design in practice.
Ensures students understand worst-case time complexity, asymptotic notation for
classification of algorithms.
Use different computational models (e.g., divide-and-conquer), order notation and
various complexity measures (e.g., running time, disk space) to analyze the
complexity/performance of different algorithms.
Understand the difference between the lower and upper bounds of various problems
and their importance in deciding the optimality of an algorithm.
Module 1
Introduction, Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency, Brute Force
10 Hours
Notion of Algorithm, Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving, Important Problem Types,

Fundamental data Structures. Analysis Framework, Asymptotic Notations and Basic efficiency
classes, Mathematical analysis of Recursive and Non-recursive algorithms, Examples. Selection
Sort and Bubble Sort, Sequential Search and String Matching.
Module 2
Divide-and-Conquer
10 Hours
Mergesort, Quicksort, Binary Search, Binary tree Traversals and related properties,
Multipli atio of large i tegers, tresse s Matri Multipli atio .
Module 3
Decrease-and-Conquer
5 Hours
Insertion Sort, Depth First and Breadth First Search, Topological sorting, Algorithms for
Generating Combinatorial Objects.
Space and Time Tradeoffs
5 Hours
Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in String Matching, Hashing.

Module 4
Dynamic Programming
5 Hours
Co puti g a i o ial oeffi ie t, Warshall s a d Flo d s Algorith s, The K apsa k Pro le

and Memory Functions .
Greedy Technique
Pri
5 Hours
s Algorith , Kruskal s Algorith , Dijkstra s Algorith , Huffmann Trees.
Module 5
Coping with Limitations of Algorithm Power
10Hours
Backtracking: n-Queens problem, Hamiltonian Circuit Problem, Subset Sum Problem. Branchand-Bound: Assignment Problem, Knapsack Problem, Travelling Salesperson Problem, LowerBound Arguments, Decision Trees, P, NP and NP-Complete Problems.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Use Various Analyzing techniques for efficient design and development of algorithms
2. Determining the time and space complexity of various real time problems
3. Use searching and sorting through analytical techniques to solve real world problems
Text Books:
1. Anany Levitin: Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
Pearson Education, 2nd Edition.(Chapters 1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.4, 7.17.3, 8.1, 8.2, 8.4, 9.1-9.4, 11.1-11.3, 12.1-12.3)
Reference Books:
1. Coremen T.H., Leiserson C.E., and Rivest R.L.: Introduction to Algorithms, PHI 1998.
2. Horowitz E., Sahani S., Rajasekharan S.: Computer Algorithms, Galgotia Publication 2001.
3. Michael T Goodrich and Roberto Tamassia : Algorithm Design, Wiley India
4. R C T Lee, S S Tseng, R C Chang, Y T Tsai : Introduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithms: A
Strategic Approach, Tata McGraw Hill
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Sub Code
: MCA34
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week: 04
SEE: 100
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course helps students to get an insight into Software Engineering and different
software process models.
It gives a deep understanding of the requirements engineering process and design phase in
detail.
It helps students understand Component based Software Engineering and Distributed
Software Engineering.
It gives a clear understanding of the testing process
Module 1
Overview
03 Hours
Introduction: Professional Software Development Attributes of good software, software

engineering diversity, IEEE/ ACM code of software engineering ethics, case studies.
Software Process & Agile Software Development
7 Hours
Software Process models: waterfall, incremental development, reuses oriented, Process

activities; Coping with change, The rational Unified process. Agile methods, Plan-driven and
agile Development, Extreme Programming, Agile project management, Scaling agile methods.
Module 2
Requirements Engineering
06 Hours
Functional and non-functional requirements, The software requirements document,

Requirements specification, Requirements engineering processes, Requirement elicitation and
analysis, Requirements validation, Requirements management.
Component-based software engineering
04 Hours
Components and component model, CBSE process, Component composition

Module 3
System Modeling, Architectural Design
10 Hours
Context models, Interaction models, Structural models, Behavioral models, Model-driven

engineering, Software architecture: the role of software architecture, architectural views,
component and connector view, Architectural styles for C&C view, Documenting architectural
design.
Module 4
Design and implementation
05 Hours
Design: Design concepts, Function oriented design, detailed design, verification, matrix
(Complexity matrix for function oriented design)
Distributed Software engineering
05 Hours
Distributed system issues, Client-server computing, Architectural patterns for distributed

systems, Software as a service.
Module 5
Planning a software Project
05 Hours
Process planning, Effort estimation, Project scheduling and staffing, Software configuration
management plan, Quality plan, Risk Management, Project monitoring plan.
Software Testing
05 Hours
Testing fundamentals, Black-box testing, White-box testing, Testing process

Software Engineering Code of Ethics and Professional Practice.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Have an insight into software engineering and its process models with a detailed
knowledge about requirements engineering, process and design concepts
2. To have clear understanding about component based software engineering and
distributed software engineering
3. Comprehend the software testing process and procedures
Text Books:
1. Ian Sommerville : Software Engineering, 9th edition, Person Education Ltd, 2011.
(Chapters-: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 17, 18)
2. Pankaj Jalote: Software Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2010)
(Chapters-:4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.5, 6.6)
http://www.acm.org/about/se-code#full.
Reference Books:
1. Roger S Pressman: Software Engineering-A Practitioners approach, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill,
2010.
2. Hans Van Vliet: Software Engineering Principles and Practices, 3rd Edition, WileyIndia, 2010
Elective I
UNIX SYSTEM PROGRAMMING

Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The aim of this course is to enable the student to:
To define and classify the Standards of UNIX.
Illustrate the Unix file System in detail and to show how to work in Unix
Understand the functions of process and illustrate the process control
To create a networking environment through Socket Programming
MODULE 1
Introduction of Operating System and UNIX : Introduction UNIX and ANSI Standards: The ANSI
C Standard, The ANSI/ISO C++ Standards, Difference between ANSI C and C++, The POSIX
Standards, The POSIX.1 FIPS Standard, The X/Open Standards. UNIX and POSIX APIs: The POSIX
APIs, The UNIX and POSIX Development Environment, API Common Characteristics.
6 Hours
MODULE 2
UNIX Files
File Types, The UNIX and POSIX File System, The UNIX and POSIX File Attributes, Inodes in UNIX
System V, Application Program Interface to Files, UNIX Kernel Support for Files, Relationship of
C Stream Pointers and File Descriptors, Directory Files, Hard and Symbolic Links.
UNIX File APIs -General File APIs, File and Record Locking, Directory File APIs, Device File APIs,
FIFO File APIs, Symbolic Link File APIs, General File Class, regfile Class for Regular Files, dirfile
Class for Directory Files, FIFO File Class, Device File Class, Symbolic Link File Class, File Listing
Program.
16 Hours
MODULE 3
UNIX Processes
The Environment of a UNIX Process: Introduction, main function, Process Termination,
Command-Line Arguments, Environment List, Memory Layout of a C Program, Shared Libraries,
Memory Allocation, Environment Variables, setjmp and longjmp Functions, getrlimit, setrlimit
Functions, UNIX Kernel Support for Processes.
Process Control
Introduction, Process Identifiers, fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, waited, wait3, wait4 Functions,
Race Conditions, exec Functions, Changing User IDs and Group IDs, Interpreter Files, system
Function, Process Accounting, User Identification, Process Times.
Process Relationships: Introduction, Terminal Logins, Network Logins, Process Groups, Sessions,
Controlling Terminal, tcgetpgrp, tcsetpgrp, and tcgetsid Functions, Job Control, Shell Execution
of Programs, Orphaned Process Groups.
16 Hours
MODULE 4
Signals and Daemon Processes -Signals: The UNIX Kernel Support for Signals, signal, Signal
Mask, sigaction, The SIGCHLD Signal and the waitpid Function, The sigsetjmp and siglongjmp
Functions, Kill, Alarm, Interval Timers, POSIX.lb Timers. Daemon Processes: Introduction,
Daemon Characteristics, Coding Rules, Error Logging, Single- instance daemons; Daemon
conventions;
Interprocess Communication -Introduction; Pipes, popen, pclose Functions; Coprocesses; FIFOs;
XSI IPC; Message Queues; Semaphores
7 Hours
MODULE 5
Network IPC: Sockets Introduction; Socket Descriptors; Addressing; Connection establishment;
Data transfer; Socket options; Out-of-band data; Nonblocking and asynchronous I/O.
5 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Interpret the need of Standards in UNIX system and visualize the file system
Show the process execution and controlling
Introduce Socket Programming
Text Book:
1. Terrence Chan: Unix System Programming Using C++, Prentice-Hall of India /
Pearson Education, 1999. (Chapters 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)
2. W.Richard Stevens, Stephen A. Rago: Advanced Programming in the UNIX
Environment, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education / Prentice-Hall of India, 2005.
(Chapters 7, 8, 9, 13, 15, 16)
ADVANCED TOPICS IN DBMS

Sub Code
: MCA352
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 04
SEE: 100
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Demonstrate the Data storage file organization and indexing performance of Memory
RAID, space management in the database system
Demonstration of Transaction Process, concurrency control recovery management using
ARIES algorithm
Illustrating the Tree structure indexing Hash Indexing, Query evaluation and sorting
Illustrating various join set aggregation operation, data base design query optimization
and tuning to make Inference on the database design in the real world application
Module 1
Over view of Storage and Indexing, Disks and Files
10 Hours
Data on external storage; File organizations and indexing; Index data structures; Comparison of
file organizations; Indexes and performance tuning Memory hierarchy; RAID; Disk space
management; Buffer manager; Files of records; Page formats and record formats. Introduction
to Transaction Processing; Transaction and System Concepts; Desirable Properties of
Transactions.
Module 2
Transaction Management
6 Hours
Characterizing Schedules based on Recoverability; Characterizing Schedules based on

Serializability; Two-Phase Locking Techniques for Concurrency Control; Concurrency Control
based on Timestamp Ordering; Multiversion Concurrency Control Techniques; Validation
Concurrency Control Techniques;. Granularity of Data Items and Multiple Granularity Locking;
Recovery Concepts, Recovery Techniques based on Deferred Update; Recovery Techniques
based on Immediate Update; Shadow Paging; The ARIES Recovery Algorithms; Recovery in
Multidatabase Systems; Database Backup and Recovery from Catastrophic Failures.
Hash-Based Indexing
4 Hours
Static hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear hashing, comparisons

Module 3
Tree Structured Indexing
7 Hours
Intuition for tree indexes; Indexed sequential access method; B+trees, Search, Insert, Delete,
Duplicates, B+tress in practice
Overview of Query Evaluation, External Sorting
3 Hours
The system catalog, Introduction to operator evaluation; Algorithm for relational operations;
Introduction to query optimization; Alternative plans; A motivating example; what a typical
optimizer does. When does a DBMS sort data? A simple two-way merge sort; External merge
sort
Module 4
Evaluating Relational Operators
4 Hours
The Selection operation; General selection conditions; The Projection operation; The Join
operation; The Set operations; Aggregate operations; The impact of buffering.
A Typical Relational Query Optimizer
6 Hours
Translating SQL queries in to Relational Algebra; Estimating the cost of a plan; Relational
algebra equivalences; Enumeration of alternative plans; Nested sub-queries; other approaches
to query optimization.
Module 5
Physical Database Design and Tuning
6 Hours
Introduction; Guidelines for index selection ,examples; Clustering and indexing; Indexes that
enable index-only plans, Tools to assist in index selection; Overview of database tuning; Choices
in tuning the conceptual schema; Choices in tuning queries and views; Impact of concurrency;
DBMS benchmarking.
More Recent Applications
4 Hours
Mobile databases; Multimedia databases; Geographical Information Systems; Genome data

management.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, student is able to
1. Gain in depth knowledge of transaction process, concurrency control recovery
management
2. Design database for real world application like mobile, multimedia GIS and Gnome data
3. Take up database administrator activities like file organization, space management,
query evaluation, optimization and tuning.
Text Books:
1. Raghu Ramakrishna and Johannes Gehrke: Database Management Systems,3rd Edition,
McGraw-Hill,2003, (Chapters 8,9,10,11,12,13.1 to 13.3, 14,15,20)
2. Elmasri and Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems,5th Edition, Pearson Education,
2007. (Chapter 30)
Reference Books:
Conolly and Begg: Database Systems,4th Edition, Pearson Education,2002.
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

Sub Code: MCA353
Hours/ Week: 04
Total Hours: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This subje t gi es the k o ledge a out Ba e s Theore , Total Pro a ilit
Theorem, Random Variables and Distributions
This subject gives the knowledge of testing of hypothesis for all size of samples.
This subject
also gives the knowledge of finding out the coefficient of
correlation, regression line equations and queuing theory.
A ilit to differe tiate o ditio s to appl Ba e s Theore a d Total Pro a ilit
Theorem.
MODULE 1
10 Hours
Introduction
Motivation, Probability Models, Sample Space, Events, Algebra of Events, Probability Axioms,
Combinatorial Problems, Conditional Probability, Independence of Events, Bayes Rules.
MODULE 2
10 Hours
Random Variables
Introduction, Random variables types, functions of random variables, Probability mass
functions, The Probability distribution functions.
MODULE 3
10 Hours
Cumulative distribution function, expected values of x, moments, moment generating function.
Discrete Distributions, binomial distribution,
MODULE 4
10 Hours
Poisson distribution, Geometric distribution, continuous distribution, normal distribution,
exponential distribution.
MODULE 5
10 Hours
Regression and Analysis of Variance: Introduction, Least-squares Curve Fitting, The Coefficients
of Determination, Confidence Intervals in Linear Regression, Trend Detection and Slop
estimation, Correlation Analysis, Simple Non-Linear Regression.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Capable of applying Probability and statistical methods in research activity and project
evaluation across industries
Test for hypothesis using suitable statistical test.
Simulate real world scenario for decision making activities
Text Books
. Kishore Tri edi Pro a ility & Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science
Appli atio s , Wile Pu li atio s, e tio Editio ,
.
. Ar old O Alle , Pro a ilit , tatisti s a d Queui g Theor
ith Co puter ie e
Appli atio s , e o d Editio , ELEVIE Pu li ations, 2012.
Reference Books
. Murra .piegel, Pro a ilit a d tatisti s , M Gra -Hill, hau s Outli e eries.
. A.Papoulis a d .U ikrish a Pillai, Pro a ilit , a do Varia les a d to hasti
Pro esses , M Gra -Hill 4th Edition.
3. Probabality and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists 8th Edition by Ronald E Walpole Sharon
L. Myers, Keyire Ye.
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Sub Code
: MCA354
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 04
SEE: 100
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To understand definition, scope, objectives, phases, models & limitations of operations
research.
To understand different application areas of operations research like transportation
problem, assignment model, sequencing models, dynamic programming, game theory,
replacement models & inventory models.
To succeed in stating whether a problem can be solved using operations research.
Ability to use knowledge of operations research to solve transportation problems,
assignment problems, sequencing problems, dynamic programming & game theory.
Module 1
Introduction and Overview of the OR Modeling Approach
4 Hours
The origin of OR, the nature of OR, the impact of OR, defining the problem and gathering data,
Formulating a mathematical model, deriving solutions from the model, testing the model,
preparing to apply the model, implementation.
Introduction to Linear Programming
6 Hours
Formulation of linear programming problem (LPP), examples, Graphical solution, the LP Model,
Special cases of Graphical method, assumptions of Linear Programming (LP), additional
example.
Module 2
Solving LPP - the Simplex Method
10 Hours
The essence of the simplex method, setting up the simplex method, algebra of the simplex
method, the simplex method in tabular form, special cases in the simplex method, tie breaking
in the simplex method, adopting to other model forms (Two Phase method, Big-M method),
post optimality analysis.
Module 3
Duality Theory and Sensitivity Analysis
10 Hours
The essence of duality theory, economic interpretation of duality, primal dualrelationship,

adapting to other primal forms, the role of duality in sensitive analysis, the dual simplex
method
Module 4
Transportation and Assignment Problems
6 Hours
The transportation problem, a stream line simplex method for the transportation problem, the
assignment problem, a special algorithm for the assignment problem
PERT and CPM
4 Hours
Network representation, Critical path (CPM) computations and PERT networks.

Module 5
Game Theory
10 Hours
The formulation of two persons, zero sum games, solving simple games- a prototype example,
games with mixed strategies, graphical solution procedure, solving by linear programming,
extensions
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course student is able to
1. Analyze and develop mathematical and computational models for decision making
2. Identify the optimization technique to solve engineering, research and strategic
management issues
3. Choose appropriate techniques to solve social and economical issues
Text Books:
1. Frederick S.Hillier & Gerald J.Lieberman: Introduction to Operations Research, 8thEdition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. (Chapters 1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.2-3.4, 4.1-4.7, 6.1-6.7, 7.1, 8.1-8.4, 13.13.4, 14.1-14.6)
2. Hamdy A Taha: Operations Research - An Introduction, 7th Edition, Pearson Education 2007
Chapter 6.6(except 6.6.3 and 6.6.4)
Reference Books:
1. Wayne L. Winston: Operations Research Applications and Algorithms, 4th
Edition, Thomson Course Technology, 2003.
2. Theory and Problems of Operations Research, Richard Bronson and 51
Go i dasa i Naadi uthu, hau
s Outli e, Tata M Graw Hill, 2nd Edition, 1997.
PRINCIPLES OF USER INTERFACE DESIGN

Sub Code
: MCA355
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 04
SEE: 100
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Prototyping and testing initial versions of user interfaces

Analyzing the cognitive and perceptual constraints that affect interface design
Illustrating techniques for evaluating the usability of an interface
Documentation of design of various online and offline user interface material
Module 1
Introduction
10 Hours
Usability of Interactive Systems: Introduction, Usability Goals and Measures, Usability
Motivation, Universal Usability, Goals for our profession. Guideline, principles, and theories:
Introduction, Guidelines, principles, Theories,
Module 2
Development Processes
5 Hours
Managing Design Processes: Introduction, Organizational Design to support Usability, The Four
Pillars of Design, Development methodologies: Ethnographic Observation, Participatory Design,
Scenario Development, Social Impact statement for Early Design Review, Legal Issues.
Evaluating Interface Design
5 Hours
Introduction, Expert Reviews, Usability Testing and Laboratories, Survey Instruments,

Acceptance tests, Evaluation during Active Use, Controlled Psychologically Oriented
Experiments
Module 3
Interaction Styles
10 Hours
Direct Manipulation and Virtual Environments: Introduction, Examples of Direct Manipulation,

Discussion of direct manipulation, 3D Interfaces, Tele-operation, Virtual and Augmented Reality
Menu Selection, Form Filling and Dialog Boxes: Introduction, Task-Related Menu Organization,
Single Menus, Combination of Multiple Menus, Content Organization, Fast Movement Through
Menus, Data Entry With Menus, Form Filling, Dialog Boxes and Alternatives, Audio Menus and
Menus for Small Displays
Module 4
Command and Natural Languages
5 Hours
Introduction, Command-organization functionality strategies and structure, Naming and

Abbreviations, Natural Language in computing.
Interaction Devices: Introduction, Keyboards and Keypads, Pointing Devices, Speech and
Auditory interfaces, Displays-Small and Large
Design Issues
5 Hours
Quality of Service: Introduction, Models of Response-Time Impacts, Expectations and Attitudes,

User Productivity, Variability in Response time, Frustrating Experiences Balancing Function and
Fashion: Introduction, Error Messages, Non-anthropomorphic Design, Display design, web page
design, Window Design, Color
Module 5
User Documentation and Online Help :
5 Hours
Introduction, Online versus paper documentation, Reading from paper versus Displays, Shaping
the content of the Manuals, Accessing the Documentation, Online Tutorials and animated
demonstrations, Online Communities for User Assistance, The Development Process.
Information Search and Visualization
5 Hours
Introduction, Search in Textual Documents and Database Querying, Multimedia document

searches, Advanced filtering and Search Interfaces.
Information Visualization : Introduction, Data tyoe by task taxonomy, Challenges for
information visualization.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After a successful completion of the course module the student is expected to:
0 Design an effective and adaptable interface to serve users of different ethnicity
1 Design an interface for agile human interactions
2 Pursue research to improvise usability
TextBooks
1. Ben Shneiderman, Plaisant, Cohen, Jacobs: Designing the User Interface,
5th Edition, Pearson ,Education, 2010
Reference Books
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finalay, Gregory D AbiwdmRussel Bealel: Human-Computer
Interaction, III Edition, Pearson ,Education, 2008.
2. Eberts: User Interface Design, Prentice Hall, 1994
3. Wilber O Galitz: The Essential Guide to User Interface Design- An
Introduction to GUI Design, Principles and Techniques, Wiley-Dreamtech
India Pvt Ltd, 2011
NETWORKS LABORATORY
Sub Code
: MCA36
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 03
SEE: 50
Total Hour : 42
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course helps students to get an insight into computer networks and various
networking devices.
It helps students understand the different data transmission modes along with error
detection and correction concepts.
It gives a clear understanding of the routing and congestion control concepts in data
transmission.
1. Write a TCL script to simulate the network described below

Consider a small network with five nodes n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, forming a star topology. The node
n4 is at the center. Node n0 is a TCP source, which transmits packets to node n3 (a TCP sink)
through the node n4. Node n1 is another traffic source, and sends UDP packets to node n2
through n4. The duration of the simulation time is 10 seconds.
Write a Tcl script (in the text area below) to simulate this scenario. Once you have written your
simulation script, click on the "Run" button to execute it. You can verify your code by clicking on
the "View Solution" button at the bottom of the page.
2. Write a TCL script to simulate a file transfer with ns2 Consider a client and a server. The
server is running a FTP application (over TCP). The client sends a request to download a file of
size 10 MB from the server. Write a script to simulate this scenario. Let node #0 be the server
and node #1 be the client. TCP packet size is 1500 B. Assume typical values for other
parameters.
Note: This simulation require transfer of a fixed size file. Therefore, time required for the
transfer would be constant for a given bandwidth of a link. To verify this, determine the time
that would roughly be required for the transfer. Then look at the bottom of the trace file and
verify whether there is any transmission beyond the time calculated.
To verify that the client has downloaded the entire file, plot the "Bytes Received " curve for
node #1. The y-axis is in Kbits. Convert it to MB and verify whether it approximates the
specified file size. TCP headers would effectively increase the count of received bytes at node #
1.
3.Setting up a local area network with ns2
In this exercise you will be simulating a CSMA/CD based LAN with ns2. Consider the LAN
with seven nodes to be an isolated one i.e. not connected to the Internet. Node # 0 in the LAN
act as a UDP traffic source, and node # 6 is the destination node. Assume CBR traffic to be
flowing between the nodes. The simulation lasts for 25 seconds.
In Ethernet a packet is broadcasted in the shared medium, and only the destination node
accepts the packet. Other nodes simply drop it. What should be the number of hops a packet
from node # 0 to node # 6 travel? Verify this from the "Hop Count" plot.
Additional Task:
Suppose the above LAN is to be connected to the Internet. Add node # 7 into the network so
that it act as the gateway. Connect node # 0 and # 7 with a 1 Mb wired link. Move the UDP
source to node # 7. How the hop count should get affected in this case? Verify from the plot.
4. Simulating link errors
Consider the following network diagram
Here node # 2 act as a router. Any traffic to or from the LAN passes through it. Consider node #
1 running a FTP server, and node # 5 is downloading a file of size 4 MB. However, the link
between node # 2 and # 3 is fault. It drops packets with a fixed probability of 0.2. Implement a
link error model to reflect this.
It may be noted here that the file download time will be more than the we had in exercise # 2
of experiment # 1. Try different values of the simulation time to ensure that the file has been
entirely transferred. Is the plot of bytes received a linear curve or non-linear? Why?
Presence of link errors cause one or more packets to be retransmitted. Verify this from the
"Packet Retransmissions" plot.
5. Measuring Network Performances
Bottleneck in the network Consider a dumbbell topology with eight nodes as shown as in the
following figure. Consider nodes# 2 and 3 to be two routers connecting two different networks.
When the bandwidth of the link 2-3 is much lower than the sum of bandwidths of the other
links in the network, it act as a bottleneck.
Assume node # 0 running a FTP application (over TCP) and sending data to node # 6. Node # 1 is
sending CBR data node # 7. Assume all the links except 2-3 has a bandwidth of 1 Mb,
propagation delay of 10ms and queue type as DropTail. (All are duplex links).
Tasks:
The link 2-3 has a propagation delay of 10 ms. Vary it's bandwidth from 0.5 Mb to 2.5 Mb in
steps of 0.25Mb.
Compute the throughput for node # 3 in each case
Plot the throughput vs. bandwidth data in the "Custom Plot" section below
Based on the above plots, suggest what should be the recommended bandwidth of the link 2-3.
Now, plot the end-to-end delay between nodes 0 and 6 for the above chosen values of link 2-3
bandwidth. Revisit your previous answer (i.e. optimum bandwidth of link 2-3) based on these
graphs. Measuring Network Performances
6. Bandwidth sharing between TCP and UDP
Consider the dumbbell topology from our previous exercise:
Node # 0 is a TCP source, and the corresponding sink is at node # 6. Node # 1 is a UDP source
(CBR traffic) with a null agent attached to node # 7. These two traffic flows through the
common link 2-3. The aim of this exercise is to examine how TCP and UDP share the bandwidth
between themselves when the rate of CBR traffic is changed.
Set the TCP packet size to 1460 B. The UDP and CBR packet sizes are 1500 B. All the links in the
network have same bandwidths (say, 4 Mb), delay and queue types.
Part 1:
Set the initial rate of CBR traffic to 0.5 Mb. Run the simulation, and plot the "Bytes Received"
by node #s 4 and 5 (sinks for TCP and UDP traffic)
Now, increment the rate up to 4 Mb, the link bandwidth, in steps of 0.5 Mb. Run the
simulation and plot the graphs again.
How does the graphs change after each run? In particular, what's the nature of the graphs
when the rate of CBR traffic is 50% of the bandwidth?
Part 2: Behaviour of UDP
Reduce the bandwidth of the link 2-3 to say, 2 Mb. Repeat the above steps and observe the
graphs in this case. From the graphs plotted observe how UDP occupies a larger portion of the
bandwidth. How does
the behaviour change for other variations of TCP (Newreno, Vegas)?
7. Write a TCL script to simulate the following scenario with ns2 simulator.
Consider six nodes, (as shown in the figure below) moving within a flat topology of 700m x
700m.
The initial positions of nodes are 0 (150,300) ,1 (300,500),2 (500,500),3 (300,100),4(500,100)

and 5(650,300) respectively.A TCP connection is initiated between node 0 (source) and node 5
(destination) through node 3 and node 4 i.e the route is 0-3-4-5.
At time t = 3 seconds the FTP application runs over it.
After time t=4.0 sec, node 3 (300,100) moves towards node 1 (300,500) with a speed of
5.0m/sec
and after some time the path break, then the data transmit with a new path via node 1 and
node 2 i.e the new route 0-1-2-5.
The simulation lasts for 60 secs. In the above said case both the route has equal cost. Use DSR
as the routing protocol and the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol.
Now Analyze the trace file and determine when the use of second route commence, and Plot
the number of packets received by each node over the entire time duration of the simulation
8. Simulate a wired network and demonstrate Distance Vector Routing algorithm.
9. Simulate a network which will create congestion in the network. With the trace file created
identfy the points at which congestion occurs by writing sed / awk scripts. Also write a
mechanism to correct/control the congestion.
Note : Network Free and open source software simulators like NS2 / NS3 could be used. If NS2
is used tcl scripting should be introduced . If NS3 is used c++ with python has to be introduced
during first two or three weeks of the labs. Only above 9 experiments should be included for
the laboratory exam.
Note: In the examination each student should do one question out of the above 9 questions
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion, the student is able to:
3 Deal with error detection and correction mechanism
4 Understand how data is handled in a network
5 Understand routing algorithms and congestion handling mechanism
JAVA LAB0RATORY

Total Hours: 42
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To program Java classes and methods using a subnet of data types and using
assignment, method calls, while loops, for loops and conditionals
To use the object-oriented design principles including encapsulation and information
hiding.
Demonstrate the use of variety of basic control structures including selection and
repetition; classes and objects in a tiered architecture.
1. a. Write a JAVA Program to demonstrate Constructor Overloading and

Method
Overloading.
b. Write a JAVA Program to implement Inner class and demonstrate its Access protection.
2. Write a program in Java for String handling which performs the following:
i) Checks the capacity of String Buffer objects.
ii) Reverses the contents of
upper case.
a string given on console and converts the resultant string in
iii) Reads a string from console and appends it to the resultant string.
3. a. Write a JAVA Program to demonstrate Inheritance.
b. Simple Program on Java for the implementation of Multiple inheritance using interfaces to
calculate the area of a rectangle and triangle.
4. Write a JAVA program which has
i. A Class called Account that creates account with 500Rs minimum balance, a deposit() method
to deposit amount, a withdraw() method to withdraw amount and also throws
LessBalanceException if an account holder tries to withdraw money which makes the balance
become less than 500Rs.**
ii. A Class called LessBalanceException which returns the statement that says withdraw amount
( Rs) is not valid.
iii. A Class which creates 2 accounts, both account deposit money and one account tries to
withdraw more money which generates a LessBalanceException take appropriate action for the
same
5 Write a JAVA program using Synchronized Threads, which demonstrates Producer Consumer
concept.
6. Write a JAVA program to implement a Queue using user defined Exception Handling (also
make use of throw, throws.).
7. Complete the following:
a. Create a package named shape.
b. Create some classes in the package representing some common shapes like Square, Triangle,
and Circle.
c. Import and compile these classes in other program.
8. Write a JAVA Program a. Create an enumeration Day of Week with seven values SUNDAY
through SATURDAY. Add a method is Workday( ) to the DayofWeek class that returns true if the
value on which it is called is MONDAY through FRIDAY. For example, the call
DayOfWeek.SUNDAY.isWorkDay ( ) returns false.
9. Write a JAVA program which has
i. A Interface class for Stack Operations
ii. A Class that implements the Stack Interface and creates a fixed length Stack.
iii. A Class that implements the Stack Interface and creates a Dynamic length Stack. iv. A Class
that uses both the above Stacks through Interface reference and does the Stack operations that
demonstrates the runtime binding.
10. Write a JAVA Program which uses FileInputStream / FileOutPutStream Classes.
11. Write Java Program Remove an element from Collection using Java Iterator.
12. Write JAVA program which demonstrates utilities of Linked List using Iterator.
13. Write Ja a progra o Hash Map ope s file spe ified i File eader s o je t o stru tor a d
calculates number of occurrences for each word.
Course Outcomes:
Understand and use all data type primitives, statements, functions and all standard
objects available through Java script.
Ability to write efficient java programs using applets, AWT, Swing and other multithreading concepts.
Develop Java programs using Java standard class library.
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN LABORATORY
Sub Code : MCA 38
CIE: 50
Hour/ Week : 03
SEE: 50
Total Hour : 50
Exam Hour: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Describe and use major algorithmic techniques (divide-and-conquer, dynamic
programming, linear programming, greedy paradigm, graph algorithms) and cite
problems for which each technique is suitable;
Evaluate and compare different algorithms using worst-, average-, and best-case
analysis.
Implement the following using C/C++ Language.
1. Implement Recursive Binary search and Linear search and determine the time
required to search an element. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the
number of elements in the list to be searched and plot a graph of the time taken versus
n.
Sort a given set of elements using the Heapsort method and determine the time
required to sort the elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the
number of elements in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.
Sort a given set of elements using Merge sort method and determine the time required
to sort the elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of
elements in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.
Obtain the Topological ordering of vertices in a given graph.
Implement 0/1 Knapsack problem using dynamic programming.
From a given vertex in a weighted connected graph, find shortest paths to other vertices
using Dijkstra's algorithm.
Sort a given set of elements using Quick sort method and determine the time required
sort the elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of
elements in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.
Find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given undirected graph using Kruskal's algorithm.
Print all the nodes reachable from a given starting node in a digraph using BFS method.
Check whether a given graph is connected or not using DFS method.
Find a subset of a given set S = {sl,s2,.....,sn} of n positive integers whose sum is equal to
a given positive integer d. For example, if S= {1, 2, 5, 6, 8} and d = 9 there are two
solutions{1,2,6}and{1,8}.A suitable message is to be displayed if the given problem
instance doesn't have a solution.
a. Implement Horspool algorithm for String Matching.
b. Find the Binomial Co-efficient using Dynamic Programming.

Find Minimum Cost Spanning Tree of a given undirected graph usi g Pri s algorith .
a.I ple e t Flo d s algorithm for the All-Pairs- Shortest-Paths Problem.
b.Compute the transitive closure of a given directed graph using Warshall's algorithm
Implement N Queen's problem using Back Tracking.
Note: In the examination questions must be given based on above lots.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
0 Validate Time complexities of algorithms to solve real world problems and conclude
on its efficiency
1 Recommend appropriate solutions to solve problems in multidisciplinary
environment
2 Design implement and evaluate computer based systems, processes in
communication and computational domain

Department :MCA
Course :MCA
IV SEMESTER
Subject
Code
Sl.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCA41
MCA42
MCA43
MCA44
MCA45
MCA46
MCA47
MCA48
Teaching
hours/week
Name of the Subject

Java programming-II
Web Application Development
Software Testing
Elective- 2
Elective-3
Java 2 Lab
Web Application Development
Lab
Software Testing Lab
SEE
Hours
4
4
4
4
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Examination
CREDITS
CIE
SEE
Total
3
3
3
3
3
3
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
4
4
2
50
50
100
50
50
100
400 650
800
26
TOTAL
MCA441
ELECTIVE-II
Internetworking
MCA451
Elective-III
Cryptography & Network Security
MCA442
Data Science
MCA452
Network Management
MCA443
Web Engineering
MCA453
NOSQL
MCA444
Software Architecture
MCA454
Internet of Things
MCA445
Theory of Computation (FAFL)
MCA455
System Simulation and Modeling
1Hr. Theory= 1 credit, 2Hrs. Practical=1 credit, 1Hrs. Tutorial =1 credit.
[All Labs will have 1hr instruction class]
1/8
IV SEMESTER
JAVA PROGRAMMING-II
Sub Code: MCA41

Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Introduction to Server side Programming & Java database connectivity
Introduction to Java beans and Enterprise java bean concepts
Introduction to Hibernate Frameworks.
Module 1:Servlets:
8 Hours
Servlet Structure, Servlet packaging, HTMLbuilding utilities, Lifecycle, Single Thread model
interface, Handling Client Request : Form Data, Handling Client Request: HTTP Request
Headers. Generating server Response: HTTP Status codes, Generating server Response: HTTP
Response Headers, Handling Cookies, Session Tracking.
Module 2: JSP:
12 Hours
Overview of JSP Technology, Need of JSP, Benefits of JSP, Advantages of JSP, Basic syntax,
Invoking java code with JSP scripting elements, creating Template Text, Invoking java code from
JSP, Limiting java code in J S P , using jsp expressions, comparing servlets and jsp, writing
scriptlets. For example Using Scriptlets to make parts of jsp conditional, using declarations,
declaration example. Controlling the Structure of generated servlets: the JSP page directive,
import attribute, session attribute, isElignore attribute, buffer and auto flush attributes, info
attribute ,errorPage and is errorPage attributes, is Thread safe Attribute, extends attribute,
language attribute, Including files and applets in jsp Pages, using java beans components in JSP
documents.
Module 3: Java Beans & Annotations:
6 Hours
Creating Packages, Interfaces, JAR files and Annotations. The core java API package, New java.
Lang Sub package, Built-in Annotations. Working with Java Beans. Introspection, Customizers,
creating java bean, manifest file, Bean Jar file, new bean, adding controls, Bean properties,
Simple properties, Design Pattern events, creating bound properties, Bean Methods, Bean an
Icon, Bean info class, Persistence ,Java Beans API.
Module 4: JDBC & EJB
12 Hours
Talking to Database, Immediate Solutions, Essential JDBC program, using prepared Statement
Object, Mapping, Basic JDBC data types, Advanced JDBC data types.
Enterprise java bean specification. Components Types. Server Side Component Types, Session
Beans, Message Driven Beans, Entity Beans, The Java Persistence Model. Container services,
Developing your first EJB. Preparation. Session bean, Message Driven Bean, EJB and
PERSISTENCE.
Module 5: Hibernate
12 Hours
What is the problem with JDBC - paradigm mismatch .What is ORM? Understanding different
components of Hibernate, How to persist objects using Hibernate.? How to use mapping files,
configuration files and Session object Instance states , How to generate ID, How to implement
Inheritance in Hibernate Working with relationship between entities? Transactions in
Hibernate. Querying with HQL (Hibernate Query Language). Named and native queries.
Working with Criteria Interface. Query by example QBE. Caching and fetching. Using
Hibernate in different types of applications.
Text Books:
1. Marty Hall, Larry Brown. Core Servlets and Java Server Pages. Volume 1: Core Technologies.
Second Edition. (Chapter 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14).
2.
Java
Programming
17,18,19,20,21,22,27,28,29,30).
Black
Book,
Dreamtech
Press.
2012
(Chapter
3. Andrew LeeRubinger, Bill Burke. Developing Enterprise Java Components. Enterprise

Ja aBea s . .O eill . Chapte
, , , , , , , , ,
4. Harnessing Hibernate, A step by step Guide for Java Persistence By James Elliott, Timothy M.
O'Brien, Ryan Fowler , O eill .
Reference Books:
1. Michael Sikora, EJB 3 Developer Guide, A practical guide for developers and architects to the
Enterprise Java Beans Standard, Shroff Publishers & Distributors PVT LTD. July 2008.
2. Herbert Schildt, Java The Complete Reference, Eight Edition. Comprehensive coverage of the
Java Language. Tata McGraw-Hill Edition 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course the student should be able to:
1. U de sta d a d de elop se e side p og a
i g la guages like se lets a d JP s.
2. Understand and apply JDBC concepts
3. Use of Java beans and Enterprise Beans concepts
4. Understand the Hibernate framework.
WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

Sub Code: MCA42
Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVE :
The subject course provides
To comprehend and understand the underlying principles, methods and approaches of

Web technologies using PHP and Ruby over rails
Illustrate the difference between the traditional web applications and Web 2.0
applications
Understand the essentials of web services
Module 1
14 Hours
Introduction to PHP-Client/server communication, server side scripts, how web works - Setting
up the environment (LAMP server).Origins and uses of PHP, Overview of PHP, General syntactic
characteristics, Primitives, operations and expressions, Output, Control statements, Arrays,

Functions, Pattern matching, Form handling, Files handlers.
Building Web applications with PHP, tracking users, cookies, sessions, Using Databases,
Handling XML.
Module 2
14 Hours
Introduction to Ruby and Rails- Origins and uses of Ruby, Scalar types and their operations,
Simple input and output, Control statements, Arrays, Hashes, Methods, Classes, Code blocks
and iterators, Pattern matching.
Module 3
10 Hours
Web Development with Rails- MVC Architecture, Overview of Rails, Document requests,
processing forms, Rails directory structure, Scaffolding, Views and Layouts, Ruby on Rails- AJAX,
File uploading, Rails applications with Databases.
Module 4
8 Hours
Web 2.0
Introduction web 2.0, What is Web 2.0?, Folksonomies and Web 2.0, Difference between Web
2.0 and traditional web, Software As a Service (SaaS), Data and Web 2.0, Convergence, Iterative
development, Rich User experience, Multiple Delivery Channels, Social Networking.
Module 5
8 Hours
Web Services-Web Services: SOAP, RPC Style SOAP, Document style SOAP, WSDL, REST
services.
Course Outcomes:
Comprehend client/server approach and to work in web environment.

Build web applications using PHP and Ruby on Rails.
Experience Rich internet applications using web 2.0.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robert W. Sebesta: Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Pearson Education,
2012.
2. Chris Bates: Web Programming Building Internet Applications, 3rd Edition, Wiley India,
2006
3. Michael Hartl: Learn Web Development with Rails, The Ruby on Rails Tutorial, 3 rd
Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ja es Lee, B e tWa e , Ope ou e De elop e t ith LAMP: Using Linux, Apache,
M QL,Pe l, a d PHP Addiso Wesle , Pea so
.
2. te e Holz e , The Co plete efe e e - PHP , Tata M G a Hill,
. Mike M g ath, PHP & M QL i eas teps , Tata M G a Hill,
.
4. www.ruby-lang.org/en/
SOFTWARE TESTING
Sub Code: MCA43
Hours/ Week: 04
Total Hours: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Discussion of the fundamental concepts in software testing, including software testing

objectives, process, criteria, strategies, and methods.
Illustrating the various software testing issues and solutions in software unit test; integration,
regression, and system testing.
Illustration of planning a test project, design test cases and data, conduct testing operations,
manage software problems and defects, generate a testing report.
Understand software test automation problems and solutions and demonstration of how to
write software testing documents
Gaining the techniques and skills on how to use modern software testing tools to support
software testing projects.
Module 1
12 Hours
Basics of Software Testing

Humans, Errors and Testing, Software Quality; Requirements, Behavior and Correctness,
Correctness Vs Reliability; Testing and Debugging; Test Metrics; Software and Hardware
Testing; Testing and Verification; Defect Management; Execution History; Test Generation
Strategies; Static Testing; Test Generation from Predicates. Basic Principles, Test case selection
and Adequate Sensitivity, Redundancy, Restriction, Partition, Visibility and Feedback, Test
Specification and cases, Adequacy Criteria,
Module 2
14 Hours
Comparing Criteria A perspective on Testing, Examples

Basic definitions, Test cases, Insights from a Venn diagram, Identifying test cases, Error and
fault taxonomies, Level of testing, Examples: Generalized pseudocode, The triangle problem,
the NextDate function, The commission problem, The SATM (Simple Automation Teller
Machine) problem, The currency converter, Saturn windshield wiper. Boundary value testing,
Equivalence class testing,
Decision table based testing Boundary value analysis, Robustness testing, Worst-case testing,
special value testing, Examples, Random testing, Equivalence classes, Equivalence test cases for
triangle problem, NextDate function and commission problem, Guidelines and observations,
Decision tables, Test cases for triangle problem.
Module 3
6 Hours
Path Testing, Data flow testing

DD Paths, Test coverage metrics, Basis path testing, guidelines and observations, Definition Use
testing, Slice based testing, Guidelines and observations.
Module 4
6 Hours
Levels of Testing, Integration Testing

Traditional view of testing levels, Alternative life cycle models, the SATM systems, separating
integration and system testing, Guidelines and observations.
Module 5
6 Hours
Fault Based Testing

Assumptions in fault-based testing, Mutation Analysis, Fault-based Adequacy Criteria;
Variations on mutation Analysis; From Test case specification to Test Cases, Scaffolding, Generic
vs specific Scaffolding, Test Oracles, Self checks as oracles, Capture and Replay. Planning and
Monitoring the Process.
Documenting Analysis and Test
6 Hours
Quality and Process, Test and Analysis strategies and plans, Risk Planning, Monitoring the
Process, Improving the process, The quality team, Organizing documents, Test strategy
document, Analysis and test plan, Test design specifications documents, Test and analysis
reports.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, the student should:
Understand and apply software testing knowledge and engineering methods.
Ability to design and conduct a software test process for a software testing project.
Ability to identify the needs of software test automation, and define and develop a test tool to
support test automation.
understand and identify various software testing problems, and solve these problems by
designing and selecting software test models, criteria, strategies, and methods.
Ability to use software testing methods and modern software testing tools for their testing
projects.
Text Books :
. Adith a P.Mathu
Fou datio s of oft a e Testi g Fundamental Algorithms and
Te h i ues , Pearson Education India, 2011
2. MauroPezze, Michael Young, Software testing and Analysis- Process, Principles and
Te h i ues, Wile I dia,
. Paul C Jou ge se , oft a e Testi g A C aft a s App oa h ,
Aueredach publications, 3rd edition, 2011.
Reference Books :
1. Kshirasagara Naik, Priyadarshi Tripathy: Software Testing and Quality Assurance, Wiley India
2012
2. M.G.Limaye: Software Testing-Principels, Techniques and Tools McGrawHill, 2009
3. Brain Marick: The Craft of Software Testing, Pearson Education India, 2008
4. Ron Patton: Software Testing, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2013
. ahul he de, , oft a e Auto atio testi g tools fo Begi
distributors, 2012.
e s . h off pu lishe s a d
ELECTIVE II
INTERNETWORKING
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The aim of this course is to enable the student to:
To discuss the TCP/IP applications and its services
To Simulate & build TCP/IP models
To study the performance of TCP/IP on different types of networks.
To understand the standards of TCP/IP
Demonstrate the TCP/IP Implementation
MODULE 1
8 Hours
Introduction : History of TCP/IP, TCP Applications and Services, Performance Study of TCP/IP,
Meaning of TCP Performance. TCP/IP Fundamentals TCP, TCP Services , Header Format,
Encapsulation in IP, Acknowledgment Mechanism, Retransmission Mechanism, Connection
Establishment and Termination, Control and Sliding Window, Congestion Control ,UDP ,UDP
Services, Header Format ,Encapsulation in IP,IP Services, Fragmentation and Reassembly ,
Header Format and IP Version 6
Performance Measurement of TCP/IP Networks- Reasons for Network Measurement,
Measurement Tasks, Classification of Measurement Tools, Popular Measurement Tools and
Their Applications, Tcpdump, Tcpstat, Ttcp & Netperf.
MODULE 2
8 Hours
TCP/IP Network Simulation: The Role of Simulation, Steps of a Systematic Simulation Study,
Types of Simulations, Continuous versus Discrete Event, Terminating versus Steady State,
Synthetic versus Trace-Driven Simulation, Simulation Validation and Verification, Confidence
Level of Simulation Results, Confidence Level Formula, Terminating Simulation, Steady-State
Simulation, Common Simulation Mistakes, Simulation with Self-Similar Traffic. Network
Simulators: Model Construction and Parameter Setting Data Collection, Simulation Execution,
Presentation of Results and Examples of TCP/IP Simulation.
TCP Modeling- Motivation for Mathematical Modeling of TCP, Essentials of TCP Modeling,
Window Dynamics Packet-Loss Process, Gallery of TCP Models, Periodic Model, Detailed Packet
Loss Model, Stochastic Model, Control System and Network System Model.
MODULE 3
20 Hours
TCP/IP Performance over Wireless Networks-Wireless Networks: Generic Characteristics,
Wireless Local Area Networks and Cellular Communications Networks. TCP Performance Issues
over Wireless Links, Inappropriate Reduction of Congestion Window ,Throughput Loss in
WLANs and Throughput Loss in Cellular Communication Systems .Improving TCP Performance
over Wireless Links : Splitting TCP Connections ,Snooping TCP at Base Stations ,Notifying the
Causes of Packet Loss, Adding Selective Acknowledgments to TCP and Comparison of
Enhancement Schemes .Wireless System Evolution and TCP/IP: Trends in Cellular
Communication Systems, Trends in Wireless LAN Systems , TCP/IP over Heterogeneous Wireless
Systems.
TCP/IP Performance over Mobile Networks-Cellular and Ad Hoc Networks :TCP Performance in
Cellular Networks, Mobile IP, Impact of Mobility on TCP Performance, Approaches to Improve
TCP Performance ,TCP Performance in Ad Hoc Networks, Dynamic Source Routing ,Impact of
Mobility on TCP Performance, Approaches to Improve TCP Performance.
TCP/IP Performance over Satellite Networks-A Brief History of Data Satellites, Motivations for
Using Satellites, Types of Satellites, Satellite Internet Architectures, Satellite Characteristics
Affecting TCP: Long Feedback Loop, Link Impairment, Bandwidth-Delay Product, Bandwidth
Asymmetry, Variable Delays, LEO Handoff Spectral Congestion, Security. TCP Enhancements for
Satellite Networks :Path MTU Discovery ,TCP for Transactions, Window Scaling ,Large Initial
Window, Byte Counting, Delayed ACKs after Slow Start ,Explicit Congestion Notification ,
Multiple Connections, Pacing TCP Segments, TCP/IP Header Compression, Security Issues
Conclusions for TCP Enhancements. Advanced Enhancements and New Versions of TCP: QuickStart TCP, High Speed TCP, TCP Peach, Explicit Transport Error Notification TCP Westwood and
XCP. New Transport Protocols for Satellite Links: Satellite Transport Protocol, Space
Communications Protocol Specifications-Transport Protocol TCP/IP Performance over
Asymmetric Networks Types of Network Asymmetry: Bandwidth Asymmetry, Media-Access
Asymmetry, Loss Rate.
Asymmetry Impact of Asymmetry on TCP Performance: Bandwidth Asymmetry, Media-Access
Asymmetry. Improving TCP Performance over Asymmetric Networks: Uplink Bandwidth
Management Handling Infrequent ACK . Experimental Evaluation of Performance Improvement
Techniques Experiments with Bandwidth Asymmetry, Experiments with Media- Access
Asymmetry.
MODULE 4
9 Hours
New TCP Standards and Flavors: Duplicate Acknowledgments and Fast Retransmit, Fast
Recovery and TCP Reno, TCP NewReno, TCP with Selective Acknowledgments, Forward
Acknowledgments, TCP Vegas ,Overview of Other Features and Options and Performance
Comparison of TCP Flavors Active Queue Management in TCP/IP Networks Passive Queue
Management: Tail-Drop, Drop-From-Front, Push-Out, Problems with Passive Queue
Management, Active Queue Management: Random Early Detection, Classifying the RED
Variants: RED Variants with Aggregate Control, RED Variants with Per-Flow Accounting,
Performance Evaluation and Comparison of AQM Schemes: Throughput and Fairness, Delay and
Jitter, Time Response, Traffic Oscillation, AQM &Differentiated Service.
MODULE 5
5 Hours
TCP Implementation : TCP Implementation Overview, Buffering and Data Movement, Accessing
User Memory, TCP Data Exchange, Retransmissions, Congestion, High Performance TCP: HighBandwidth- Delay Products Round-Trip Estimation, Path MTU Discovery ,Reducing End-System
Overhead :Overhead, CPU Utilization, and Bandwidth , The Role of Application Processing,
Sources of Overhead for TCP/IP, Per-Packet Overhead ,Interrupts, Checksums and Connection
Management. Copy Avoidance: Page Remapping, Scatter/Gather I/O, Remote Direct Memory
Access and TCP Offload.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Interpret the need of TCP/IP

Simulate, Verify and validate TCP/IP models
Illustrate the performance of TCP/IP on various types of networks
Understood the standards of TCP/IP
Will be able to implement TCP
Text Book:
High Performance TCP/IP: Networking Concepts, Issues, and Solutions, Mahbub Hassan and
Raj Jain, IST Edition, 2009 PHI Learning
Chapters 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 ( excluding those topics which are not in the syllabus )
Reference
TCP/IP Illustrated (Volume I, Volume II and Volume III), W. Richard Stevens, Addison-Wesley
DATA SCIENCE
Sub Code: MCA442
CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Learn Multidimensional schemas suitable for data warehousing

Understand various data mining functionalities.
Inculcate knowledge on data mining query languages.
Know in detail about data mining algorithms.
Module 1
8 Hours
Introduction, what is Data Mining, Motivating Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Which technologies are
used, which kinds of applications are targeted by Data Mining.
Module 2
12 Hours
Types of Data, Data Reprocessing, Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity, Data Mining Applications
Module 3
8 Hours
Frequent Item set Generation, Rule Generation, Compact Representation of Frequent Item sets,
Alternative methods for generating Frequent Item sets, FP Growth Algorithm, Evaluation of
Association Patterns.
Module 4
8 Hours
Basics, General approach to solve classification problem, Decision Trees, Rule Based
Classifiers, Nearest Neighbour Classifiers. Bayesian Classifiers, Estimating Predictive accuracy of
Classification methods.
Module 5
14 Hours
Overview, Features of cluster analysis, Types of Data and Computing Distance, Types of Cluster
Analysis Methods, Partition Methods, Hierarchical Methods, Density Based Methods, Quality
and Validity of Cluster Analysis Outlier detection methods, Statistical Approaches, Clustering based
applications, Classification based approached.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Design a data mart or data warehouse for any organization

Develop skills to write queries using DMQL
Extract knowledge using data mining techniques
Adapt to new data mining tools.
Text Books:
1. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar: Introduction to Data Mining, Addison-Wesley, 2005.
2. G. K. Gupta: Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies, 3 rd Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2009.
3Data mining - Concepts & Techniques, Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufmann ,2nd Ed.2006.
Reference Books:
1. Arun K Pujari: Data Mining Techniques University Press, 2nd Edition, 2009.
2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber: Data Mining - Concepts and Techniques, 2nd Edition, Morgan
Kaufmann Publisher, 2006.
WEB ENGINEERING
Sub Code: MCA443
CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04
Total Hours: 50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Understands the web engineering frame work, building webE team.
Learn different types of models for analysis of modelling webApps
Understands knowledge on various models and design patterns.
Module 1
10 Hours
Web Engineering
What is Web Engineering?, Components of Web Engineering, Web Engineering Best Practices.
A Web Engineering Process: Defining the framework, Incremental process flow, Generic actions
and tasks for the WebE Framework, Umbrella activities
Communication: Communication activity, formulation, elicitation, identifying
increments, negotiation.
MODULE 2
WebApp
10 Hours
Planning: Understanding scope, refining framework activities, building a WebE team, Managing
Risk, Developing a schedule, managing quality, managing change, Project tracking
Modelling Activity: Concept, Models we create, Modelling framework, Modelling languages.
Module 3
8 Hours
Analysis Modelling for WebApps: Understanding Analysis in context of WebE, Analysis

modelling for WebApps, Understanding users, Content model, Interaction Model, Functional
Model, Configuration Model, Relationship-Navigation analysis
Module 4
WebApp Design: Design goals, Design process.
12 Hours
Interaction design- principles and guidelines, workflow, preliminaries- understanding

characteristics of WebApp users, Interface design steps, aesthetic design, usability,
Information Design: Information architecture, content organization and structure, accessing
information wireframe model, Navigation Design,
Functional Design: Nature of WebApp Functionality, Function design and architecture.
Design Patterns: Understanding the concept, WebApp Pattern, Pattern Repository.
Module 5
10 Hours
Testing: Testing concepts, Process, Content testing, User Interface Testing, Usability Testing,
Compatibility Testing, Navigation and Configuration Testing, Security and Performance Testing,
Change Management for Web Engineering, Content Management .
Evolving Web Technologies and Web 2.0.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the conclusion of the course, the students are expected to be able to:
Understand and comprehend on the web engineering and its framework.
Gains knowledge on different design patterns to solve real world problems in web
engineering
Learns various types of testing for web management and content management.
Text Book:
1. Web Engineering- A P a titio e s App oa h: oge P ess a a d Da id Lo e,
Publisher: McGraw Hill, 2008.
References:
1. Web Engineering: Emelia Mendes, Nile Mosley (Eds), Publisher: Springer, ISBN-13: 9783540281962/ISBN-10: 3540281967
2. HTML and CSS: Comprehensive 7th edition, by by Denise M. Woods and William J.
Dorin. Publisher: Cengage Learning; (2012) ISBN-10: 1133526144

3. Internet & World Wide Web How to Program, 5/e Paul J. Deitel, Harvey M. Deitel, Abbey
Deitel, Publisher: Pearson Education 2012.
SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
Sub Code: MCA444
CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Through this course the student will
Understand software architecture and its importance
Learn the relationships between system qualities and software architectures
have a sound technical exposure to software architectural patterns and tactics, and their
relationship to system qualities
Understand Software architecture documentation and evaluation
Module 1
Introduction to Software Architecture and its context
10 Hours
What software architecture is and what it is not; Architectural Structures and views;
A hite tu al patte s; hat akes a good a hite tu e? Wh is soft a e i po ta t?
Technical Context; Project life-cycle context; Business context; Professional context; Stake
holders; How is Architecture influenced?, What Do Architecture influence?
Module 2
Understanding Quality Attributes
10 Hours
Architecture & Requirements; Functionality; quality attribute considerations; Specifying and
achieving Quality attribute requirements; Guiding quality design decisions; Availability;
Interoperability; Modifiability; Performance; Security; Testability; Usability
Module 3
Quality Attribute modeling and Analysis
06 Hours
Modeling Architecture to enable quality attribute analysis; Quality attribute check lists; Through
experiments and Back-of-the envelope analysis; Experiments; Simulations and prototypes;
Analysis at different stages of the life cycle
Module 4
Requirements, Designing, Documentation, Implementation and Testing
18 Hours
Gathering ASRs from requirements documents; ASRs by interviewing stake holders; ASRs by
understanding the business; capturing ASRs in a utility tree; typing the methods together,
Designing an Architecture: Design strategy; the attribute driven design methods; the steps of
ADD.
Documenting Software Architecture: Uses and Audiences for architecture documentation;
Notations, View and Behavior; Documentation and quality attributes.
Architecture, Implementation & Testing: Architecture and implementation; Architecture and
testing.
Module 5
Architectural Patterns
06 Hours
Introduction to patterns; From Mud to structure; Layers; Pipes and filters; Blackboard;
Distributed systems; Brocker; Interactive systems; Model-view-control; Presentation
abstraction- control; Adaptable systems; Microkernel.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the conclusion of the course, the students are expected to be able to:
Argue the importance and role of software architecture in large scale software systems.
Recognise major software architectural styles, design patterns, and frameworks
Identify and assess the quality attributes of a system at the architectural level, generate
architectural alternatives for a problem and select among them.
Text Books
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, Rick Kazman: Software Architecture in Practice, 3d Edition, Pearson
Education, 2013 (Listed Topics only from Chapters 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14,16,17,18,19)
2. Frank Buschmann, Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal:
Pattern- Oriented Software Architecture, A System of Patterns, Volume 1, John Wiley and Sons,
2012 (chapter 2)
Reference Books
1. Richard N. Taylor, Nenad Medvidovic and Eric M. Dashofy: Software Architecture:
Foundations, Theory, and Practice, Wiley- India 2012
2. Mary Shaw and Dav id Garlan : Software Architecture-Perspectives on an Emerging
Discipline, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
THEORY OF COMPUTATION (FINITE AUTOMATA AND FORMAL LANGUAGES)

Sub Code: MCA445
Hours/ Week: 04
Total Hours: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. Introduce the student to the concepts of Theory of computation in computer science.
2. The students
should acquire insights into the relationship among formal
languages, formal grammars, automata, regular expression, pushdown automata &
Turing Machine.
MODULE 1
10 Hours
Introduction and Finite Automata: What is (not) a computer, The idea of computing,
Computing Machines and Languages, What is the Science of Computing, Programming. Data
Structures, Algorithms and Science, Birth of Science computing, Computability, Undecideability,
Intractability and Intelligence, Why Study Science computing and Key Ideas, Automata- The idea
of computing Machine, Automata Definition, Constructing Simple Automata, Handling End
Condition, Handling Reject States, A Step-by-Step model for constructing Automata, States as
Memory, Why Finite number of states, Constructing more complex Automata, Mantras for
constructing Automata, Limitations of Finite Automata, Automata with Combinatorial States.
MODULE 2
10 Hours
NFA and Regular Expression
The idea of Non-Determinism, Constructing Non-Deterministic Automata, Eliminating NonDeterministic: converting NFA to DFA, Jumping States without Input, A method for minimizing
Automata, Finite State Transducers, The idea of formal languages, Languages of Automata,
Regular Expression, Constructing Regular Expressions, Converting Regular Expressions to
Automata, Equivalence of Regular Expressions, Method for Constructing Regular Expressions,
Regular Expressions in Practice.
MODULE 3
10 Hours
Regular Grammars and Languages: The idea of Grammar, The ideas of parsing and Derivation,
Grammars for Regular Languages, Constructing Regular Grammars, converting automata to
regular grammars, converting regular grammars to automata, constructing regular grammars:
mantras, Closure properties, Answering questions about regular languages, Why are some
languages not regular, The Pigeonhole Principle and Pumping Lemma, Using Pumping Lemma
an Adversarial Game.
Context Free Grammars: The idea and nature of context free grammar, Constructing Context
free grammars (LGs and Non LGs), Introduction to Parsing, Ambiguity and Eliminating
ambiguity, The idea of Chomsky normal form, Converting to Chomsky normal form, The ideas of
Griebach Normal form, Simple Linear and other grammars.
MODULE 4
10 Hours
Pushdown Automata and Nature of Context Free Languages: Machines for Context Free
Languages, Adding Memory: Why Stack Behavior, Constructing PDAs, Constructing CFGs to
PDAs, Converting PDAs to CFGs, Nondeterminism in PDAs, The CFL-CFG-PDA Triad, Closure
Properties, Union of CFLs, Answering Questions about CFLs, Why are some languages not
context-free, The pumping lemma for context free languages.
MODULE 5
10 Hours
Turing Machines: The ideas of Universal Computing Machine, Constructing simple Turing
machines, Constructing more complex Turing machines, Mantras for Constructing Turing
Machines, The ideas of computation, computable functions, The Church-Turing Thesis,
Variations of Turing Machines, The Universal Turing Machine.
The Chmosky Hierarchy: Languages, Grammars and Machines, Recursively Enumerable
Languages, Counting Alphabets, Languages and Computing Machines, The idea of Enumeration,
The idea of Diagnoalization, The ideas of Acceptance and Membership, Recursive Languages,
Context Sensitive Languages and Grammars, The ideas of context, Other Grammars and
Automata, Linear and Deterministic Context-Free Langauges.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Classify machines by their power to recognize languages,
2. Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing,
3. Explain deterministic and non-deterministic machines,
4. Comprehend the hierarchy of problems arising in the computer sciences
Text Books:
1. Kavi Mahesh: Theory of Computation: A problem solving approach, Wiley India, 2012
Reference Books:
1. A. M. Padma Reddy, Finite Automata and Formal Languages: A simple Approach,
Pearson Education India, 2010.
2. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation, Addison Wesley
Publishing company, 2010.
3. Aho & Ulman:Theory of computation, Pearson Education.
ELECTIVE III
CRYPTOGRAPHY & NETWORK SECURITY

Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Develop an understanding of information assurance as practiced in computer operating

systems, distributed systems, networks and representative applications.
Gain familiarity with prevalent network and distributed system attacks, defenses against
them, and forensics to investigate the aftermath.
Develop a basic understanding of cryptography, how it has evolved, and some key
encryption techniques used today.
Develop an understanding of security policies (such as authentication, integrity and
confidentiality), as well as protocols to implement such policies in the form of message
exchanges.
MODULE 1
Introduction and Classical Encryption Technique:
10 Hours
OSI Security Architecture, Security Attacks, Security Services, Security Mechanism, Model for
Network Security.
Symmetric Cipher Model, Substitution Techniques, Transposition Techniques .
MODULE 2
Block Ciphers, Data Encryption Standard and Advanced Encryption Standard
14 Hours
Block Cipher Principles, The Data Encryption Standard, Block Cipher Design Principles and
Modes of operation, Evaluation Criteria for AES, AES Cipher-Encryption and Decryption, Data
Structure, Encryption Round.
Principles of Public Key Cryptosystem, RSA algorithm, Key management, Diffie Hellman Key
Exchange.
MODULE 3
Message Authentication and Hash Function and Authentication Applications 10 Hours
Authentication Requirement, Authentication Functions, Message Authentication Code, Hash
Functions, Digital Signatures, Digital Signature Standard.Kerberos, X.509 Authentication Service
MODULE 4
Electronic Mail Security, IP Security and Web Security
10 Hours
Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME. IP Security Overview; IP Security Architecture;
Authentication Header; Encapsulating Security Payload; Combining Security Associations; Key
Management.
Web security Considerations; Secure Socket layer (SSL) and Transport layer Security (TLS);
Secure Electronic Transaction (SET).
MODULE 5
System Security
6 Hours
Intruders, Intrusion Detection, Firewall Design Principles- Characteristics, Types of Firewall and
Firewall Configuration.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
To identify network security threats and determine efforts to counter them
To write code for relevant cryptographic algorithms.
To ite a se u e a ess lie t fo a ess to a se e hould e a le to se d a d
receive secure mails
To determine firewall requirements, and configure a firewall.
Text Books
Willia talli gs, C ptog aph a d Net o k e u it P i iples a d P a ti es , th Editio ,
Pearson Education, 2009. (Chapters: 1, 2.1-2.3, 3.1,3.2,3.5, 5.1,5.2, 6.2, 9.1,9.2, 10.1,10.2, 11.111.4, 13.1, 13.3, 14.1, 4.2, 15.1, 15.2, 16.1-16.6, 17.1-17.3, 18.1, 18.2, 20.1; Exclude the topic
not mentioned in the syllabus)
Reference books
.Beh ouz A. Fo ouza a d De deep Mukhopadh a : C ptog aph a d Net o k
e u it , d Editio , Tata M G a -Hill, 2010.
.Atul Kahate, C ptog aph a d Net o k e u it
d Editio TMH.
NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Sub Code: MCA452
Hours/ Week: 04
Total Hours: 50
CIE:50
SEE:100
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course helps students to understand the management of networked systems and
about the network management architecture.
It gives a deep understanding of IP network management and network monitoring.
It helps students understand MPLS and interfaces.
It gives a clear understanding of Optical networks and web based management.
MODULE 1
Management of Networked systems and Network management architecture
11 Hours
Management Scenarios, Management functions, Organizational aspects of Management,
Time aspects of ManagementBackground, Defining Network Management, Network
Management Mechanisms, Architectural Considerations.
MODULE 2
IP Network Management and IP based service implementation
15 Hours
Choosing to manage the network, choosing a configuration method, Management information
Base, Simple Network Management Protocol, Extensible markup Language, Common Object
Request Broker Architecture.Simple Network Management Protocol, IP- Based Service
Implementation-OSS, Provisioning Issues, Network Management Issues, OSS Architecture.
MODULE 3
SLA and Network Monitoring
05 Hours
Passive and Active Network Monitoring, Passive Network Monitoring, Active Network
Monitoring.
MODULE 4
MPLS Network management and Interfaces
10 Hours
A brief Introduction to MPLS, MPLS Applications, Key Aspects of MPLS Network management,
Management Information Base Modules for MPLS.The basics of Management Interfaces,
Command line interface, CORBA, XML, BulkFile Transfer, Simple Network Management Protocol
MODULE 5
Optical Networks and Web based management
11 Hours
Network Management functions, Optical Layer Services and Interfacing, Layers within the
Optical Layer, Multivendor Interoperability, Performance and Fault Management, Configuration
NMS with Web Interface and Web- Based Management Web Interface to SNMP Management,
Embedded Web- Based Management, Desktop management interface, Web-Based Enterprise
Management, WBEM: Windows Management Instrumentation, Java management Extensions,
Management of a Storage Area Network: Future Directions.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Have a clear understanding of managing networked systems.
Comprehend IP network management and monitor networks.
Understand MPLS network management and Interfaces.
Understand and evaluate optical networks and web based management systems
Text Books
1. Network Management- Know it all by Adrian Farrel, Elsevier publications.
2. Network Management- Principles and Practice, Mani Subramanian, Pearson Education.
Reference Books
1. Network Management, Morris, Pearson Education
2. Practical Guide to SNMPv3 and Network Management, David Zeltserman, PHI.
NOSQL
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Illustration of various NoSQL systems and their features
Demontration of Advanced NoSQL databases with each other and relational systems
Illustration of BIG data , migration from RDBMS to NOSQL
Development Web application with NOSQL
Module 1
6 Hours
Introduction to NOSQL
Definition of NOSQL, History of NOSQL and Different NOSQL products, Exploring MongoDB
Java/Ruby/Python, Interfacing and Interacting with NOSQL
Module 2
12Hours
NOSQL Basics
NOSQL Storage Architecture, CRUD operations with MongoDB, Querying, Modifying and
Managing NOSQL Data stores, Indexing and ordering datasets(MongoDB/CouchDB/Cassandra)
Module 3
8 Hours
Advanced NOSQL
NOSQL in CLOUD, Parallel Processing with Map Reduce,
Module 4
10 Hours
BigData with Hive Working with NOSQL

Surveying Database Internals, Migrating from RDBMS to NOSQL, Web Frameworks and NOSQL,
using MySQL as a NOSQL
Module 5
14 Hours
Developing Web Application with NOSQL and NOSQL Administration

Php and MongoDB, Python and MongoDB, Creating Blog Application with PHP, NOSQL
Database Administration.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, student is capable of:
Understanding the basics of NOSQL

Understanding of Mongo DB Java/Ruby/Python, Interfacing and Interacting with NOSQL
Analysing and demonstrating the database internals and migration from RDBMS to
NOSQL
Creating web frame for NOSQL
Designing and Developing platform and frame for the Blog application and database
administration
Text Books
. P ofessio al NOQL
10.11.12.13.15)
hasha k Ti a i,
, WOX P ess Chapte
, , , , , , , , ,
2. The Definitive guide to MongoDB, The NoSQL Database for Cloud and Desktop Computing,
Apress 2010 (Chapter 6,7,8,9)
Reference Book:
Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases and the NoSQL Movement
Author: Eric Redmond and Jim R. Wilson
NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence
Author: Pramod J. Sadalage and Martin Fowler
INTERNET OF THINGS
Sub Code: MCA454
CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
IOT enables embedding technology into the different real world entities.
Learns virtualization techniques, System management for mobile applications.
Data analytics for IOT emphasizes on learning hadoop which helps in big data.
Module 1
12 Hours
INTRODUCTION & CONCEPTS

Introduction to Internet of Things: Introduction, Physical Design of IoT, Logical Design of IoT, IoT
Enabling Technologies, IoT Levels & Deployment Templates
Domain Specific IoTs: Introduction, Home Automation, Cities, Environment, Energy, Retail, Logistics,
Agriculture, Industry, Health and lifestyle.
IoT and M2M: Introduction, M2M, Difference between IoT and M2M, Software Defined Networks and
Network Function Virtualization
IoT System Management : Need for IoT System Management, Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP), Network Operator Requirements
Module 2
10 Hours
DEVELOPING INTERNET OF THINGS

IOT Platforms Design Methodology: Introduction, IOT Design Methodology, Case study on IoT
system for Weather Monitoring, Python programming: Functions, Modules, Packaging,File
handling, Date/Time Operations, Classes, Python packages of Interest for IoT (JSON, XML,
HTTPLib & URL Lib, SMTP Lib)
Module 3
10 Hours
IOT PHYSICAL DEVICES AND ENDPOINTS

What is an IOT Device? , Raspberry Pi, Board, Linux on Raspberry Pi, Raspberry Pi Interfaces,
Programming Raspberry Pi with Python, Other IoT Devices: pcDuino, BeagleBone Black, Cubie
board
Module 4
8 Hours
IOT PHYSICAL SERVERS AND CLOUD OFFERINGS

Introduction to Cloud Storage Models & Communication APIs, WAMP - AutoBahn for IoT, Xively Cloud
for IoT, Python Web Application Framework Django Designing a RESTful Web API, Amazon Web
Services for IoT, SkyNet IoT Messaging Platform.
Module 5
10 Hours
DATA ANALYTICS FOR IOT

Introduction, Apache Hadoop, Using Hadoop MapReduce for Batch Data Analysis, Apache Oozie, Apache
Spark, Apache Storm, Using Apache Storm for real time data analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES:

Implementing embedded technology in real world problems.
Understands and implements applications with IOT kits.
Analysis of real time data is possible through learning hadoop.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Internet of Things (A Hands-on- Approach), Arshadeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, 2014
ISBN:978-0996025515. http://www.internet-of-things-book.com
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. The Internet of Things, Samuel Greengard, MIT Press Essential Knowledge Series, 2015
2. The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols, Olivier Hersent, David
Boswarthick, Omar Ellourmi, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2015

3. Getting Started with the Internet of Things, Cuno Pfister, Shroff Publication, 2011
SYSTEM SIMULATION AND MODELING
Sub Code: MCA455
CIE:50
Hours/ Week: 04
SEE:100
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Understands various simulation models, random number generation and solving
problems through probability and statistical functions.
Scheduling events and queuing models for real time applications.
Learns verification, validation and optimization techniques on simulation models.
Apply and understands estimation of absolute performance and computer system
simulation.
Module 1
Introduction and Statistical Model in Simulation
12 Hours
When simulation is the appropriate tool and when it is not appropriate; Advantagesand
disadvantages of Simulation; Areas of application; Systems and systemEnvironment;
Components of a system; Discrete and continuous systems; Model of a system;Types ofModels;
Discrete-Event System Simulation; Steps in a Simulation Study.Review of terminology and
concepts; Random Variables, Probability Distribution,Probability distribution function, Useful
statistical models; Discrete distributions;Continuous distributions; Poisson process; Empirical
distributions.
Module 2
Random-Number Generation, Random-Variate Generation
8 Hours
Properties of random numbers; Generation of pseudo-random numbers; Techniquefor
generating random numbers; Tests for Random Numbers, Random-Variate Generation:Inverse
transform technique; Acceptance-Rejection technique; Special properties.
Module 3
Queuing Models
8 Hours
Characteristics of queuing systems; Queuing notation Simulation Examples: Queuing,Inventory
System.
Module 4
General Principles, Simulation Software and Input Modeling
12 Hours
Concepts in Discrete-Event Simulation: The Event-Scheduling / Time-AdvanceAlgorithm, World
Views, Manual simulation Using Event Scheduling; List processing.Simulation in Java;Data
Collection; identifying the distribution with data; Parameter estimation; Goodness ofFit Tests;
Fitting a non-stationary Poisson process; Selecting input models withoutdata; Multivariate and
Time-Series input models, uniformity and independence, Chi-Squaretest, K-S Test.
Module 5
Verification and Validation
10 Hours
Verification, Calibration, and Validation; Optimization: Model building, verification and
Validation; Verification of simulation models; Calibration and validation of models.
Estimation of Absolute Performance & Computer System Simulation
Types of simulations with respect to output analysis; Stochastic nature of output data;
Absolute measures of performance and their estimation; Output analysis for terminating
Simulations; Output analysis for steady-state simulations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1 Learning scheduling of events and event management in real time applications.
2 Simulating techniques based on probability and randomization techniques caters to
work in real time environment.
3 Performance measures, chi-square techniques allow for the mathematical related
research in multidisciplinary areas.
Text Books:
1. Jerry Banks, John S. Carson II, Barry L. Nelson, David M. Nicol: Discrete-Event System
Simulation, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2010. (Listed topics only from Chapters1 to 12)
Reference Books:
1. Lawrence M. Leemis, Stephen K. Park: Discrete Event Simulation: A First Course,
Pearson / Prentice-Hall, 2006.
2. Averill M. Law: Simulation Modeling and Analysis,4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. Simulation 5ed Ross Elsevier
4. Theory of modeling and simulation, Zeiglar, Elsevier
JAVA-II LABORATORY
Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Course examines topics in various Java technologies.

Content includes inner classes, multithreading, reflection, collection classes, Swing,
TCP/IP networking, Java database connectivity (JDBC), remote method invocation (RMI),
servlets, and Java server pages (JSP).
Students will be able to develop distributed object applications and write Web pages
using advanced server side programming through servlets and Java server pages.
1. Write a JAVA Servlet Program to implement a dynamic HTML using Servlet (Debit card
number and CVV should be accepted using HTML and displayed using a Servlet).
2. Write a JAVA Servlet Program to Auto Web Page Refresh (Consider a webpage which
is displaying Date and time or stock market status. For all such type of pages, you would
need to refresh your web page regularly; Java Servlet makes this job easy by providing
refresh automatically after a given interval).
3. Write a JAVA Servlet Program to implement and demonstrate get() and Post
methods(Using HTTP Servlet Class).
4. Write a JAVA Servlet Program using cookies to remember user preferences.
5. a. Write a JAVA JSP Program to implement verification of a particular user login and
display a Welcome page.
b. Write a JSP program to demonstrate the import attribute
6. Write a JAVA JSP Program which uses jsp:include and jsp:forward action to display a
Webpage.
7. Write a JAVA JSP Program which uses <jsp:plugin> tag to run a applet.
8. Write a JAVA JSP Program to get student information through a HTML and create a
JAVA Bean class, populate Bean and display the same information through another JSP.
9. Write a JAVA Program to insert data into Student DATA BASE and retrieve info based
o pa ti ula ue ies Fo e a ple update, delete, sea h et .
10. Write a JSP program to implement all the attributes of page directive tag.
11. An EJB application that demonstrates Session Bean (with appropriate business logic).
12. An EJB application that demonstrates MDB (with appropriate business logic).
13. An EJB application that demonstrates persistence (with appropriate business logic).
COURSE OUTCOMES:
to develop distributed business applications,

To develop web pages using advanced server-side programming through servlets and
Java server pages.
WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY

Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Lea s to desig e page s a d e sites fo the eal o ld s e a ios.
Implements a miniproject using web technologies with documentation.
Adopts to work in team and enhances ones leadership qualities.
PART A
1. Write a PHP program to store current date-ti e i a COOKIE a d displa the last isited o
date-time on the web page upon reopening of the same page.
2. Write a PHP program to store page views count in SESSION, to increment the count on each
refresh, and to show the count on web page.
3. Work on Ruby Projects and build Static Web Pages.
4. Write a PHP program to read student data from an XML file and store into the MySQL
database. Retrieve and display using SEARCH function.
5. Build a Rails application to accept book information viz. accession number, title, authors,
edition and publisher from a web page and store the information in a database and to
search for a book with the title specified by the user and to display the search results with
proper headings.
PART B
Develop a web application project using the languages and concepts learnt in the
theory and exercises listed in part A with a good look and feel effects. You can use
any web technologies and frameworks and databases.
Note:
1. In the examination each student picks one question from part A.
2. A team of two or three students must develop the mini project. However during the exam
ination, each student must demonstrate the project individually.
3. The team must submit a brief project report (25-30 pages) that must include the following
a. Introduction
b. Requirement Analysis
c. Software Requirement Specification
d. Analysis and Design
e. Implementation
f. Testing
4. The report must be evaluated for 10 Marks. Demonstration and Viva for 20 Marks.
Instructions:
1. In the examination, one exercise from part A is to be asked for 20 marks.
2. Mini project student group size is limited to two students only.
3. The mini project under part B has to be evaluated for 30 marks.
4. Project report duly signed by the Guide and HOD need to be submitted during
Examination.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Design websites for various commercial business applications.
Understands to work in team and builds leadership qualities.
Implements projects along with documentation.
SOFTWARE TESTING LABORATORY

Total Hours: 50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Learns various testing techniques and test suites.
Can be an expertise in testing on web site applications.
PART A
1. Design and develop a program in a language of your choice to solve the triangle problem
defined as follows: Accept three integers which are supposed to be the three sides of a
triangle and determine if the three values represent an equilateral triangle, isosceles triangle,
scalene triangle, or they do not form a triangle at all. Derive test cases for your program based
on decision-table approach, the test cases and discuss the results.
defined as follows: Accept three integers which are supposed to be the three sides of a triangle
and determine if the three values represent an equilateral triangle, isosceles triangle, scalene
triangle, or they do not form a triangle at all. Assume that the upper limit for the size of any
side is 10. Derive test cases for your program based on boundary-value analysis, execute the
test cases and discuss the results.
defined as follows: Accept three integers which are supposed to be the three sides of a triangle
and determine if the three values represent an equilateral triangle, isosceles triangle, scalene
triangle, or they do not form a triangle at all. Assume that the upper limit for the size of any
side is 10. Derive test cases for your program based on equivalence class partitioning, execute
the test cases and discuss the results.
4. Design, develop, code and run the program in any suitable language to solve the commission
problem. Analyze it from the perspective of dataflow testing, derive different test cases,
execute these test cases
and discuss the test results.
problem. Analyze it from the perspective of boundary value testing, derive different test cases,
execute these test
cases and discuss the test results.
problem. Analyze it from the perspective of equivalence class testing, derive different test
cases, execute these
test cases and discuss the test results.
7.Design, develop, code and run the program in any suitable language to solve the commission
problem. Analyze it from the perspective of decision table-based testing, derive different test
cases, execute these test cases and discuss the test results.
8.Design, develop, code and run the program in any suitable language to implement the binary
search algorithm. Determine the basis paths and using them derive different test cases, execute
these test cases
and discuss the test results.
PART B
Testing Case / Suite Implementation
Using Selenium IDE, Write a test suite containing minimum 4 test cases.Conduct a test suite for
any two web sites
Install Selenium server and demonstrate it using a script in Java/PHP
Write and test a program to login a specific web Page
Write and test a program to provide total number of objects present / available on the
Page**
Write and test a program to get the number of list items in a list / combo box.
Write and test a program to count number of items present on a desktop
Note:
In the examination each student picks one question from the lot of all 8 questions.
The programs must be executed in UNIX / LINUX environment.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Write test cases to various applications of real world.
Understands several testing techniques to work in industry.
Knowledge on improvising the code through test suites.

AN AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION AFFILIATED TO VTU, BELAGAVI

B.E. Mechanical Engineering
III SEMESTER
Sl.
No
Subject
Code
Title
Teaching Hours
/Week
Theory
Practical/
Drawing
04
Examination
Duration
CIE Marks
SEE Marks
03
50
50
Total
Marks
100
Credits
MAT31
ME32
Material Science & Metallurgy
03
03
50
50
100
ME33
Basic Thermodynamics
04
03
50
50
100
ME34
Mechanics of Materials
04
03
50
50
100
AU35/45
Computer Aided Machine Drawing
01
03
50
50
100
ME36
Manufacturing Process-I
03
03
50
50
100
MEL37
Material Testing Lab
1I+2P
03
50
50
100
MEL38
Foundry & Forging Lab
1I+2P
03
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
TOTAL
1I+2P
III Semester B.E

Sub Code: ME32
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 39
Credits: 3
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Students are expected to
1
2
3
4
Recall the fundamentals of material structures summarize the material properties

and apply advance science and engineering principles to material systems.
Design, characterize and evaluate the material system based on mechanical
properties for metallurgical and materials applications considering the
environmental sustainability.
Analyze suitable thermo-mechanical heat treatment process to modify the
properties of metals and alloys for specific engineering applications
Distinguish the metals and non-metals based on composition, microstructural
characteristics and justifying its applications in industrial sector.
MODULE -1
Mechanical Behaviour: Stress-strain diagram showing ductile and brittle behaviour of
materials, linear and non linear elastic behaviour and properties, mechanical properties in plastic
range, yield strength offset yield strength, ductility, ultimate tensile strength, toughness.
SELF STUDY: Crystal Structure: BCC, FCC and HCP Structures, coordination number and
atomic packing factors, crystal imperfections -point line and surface imperfections. Atomic
Diffusion: Phenomenon, Ficks laws of diffusion, Factors affecting diffusion
8 Hours
MODULE - 2
Fracture: Type I, Type II and Type III.
Creep: Description of the phenomenon with examples. three stages of creep, creep properties,.
Types of drill & drill bit nomenclature, machining time numerical problems. Drill materials
Solidification: Mechanism of solidification, Homogenous and Heterogeneous nucleation, crystal
growth, cast metal structures.
SELF STUDY: Stress relaxation. Fatigue: Types of fatigue loading with examples, Mechanism
of fatigue, fatigue properties, fatigue testing and S-N diagram.
8 Hours
MODULE - 3
Phase Diagram I: Solid solutions Hume Rothers rule substitutional and interstitial solid
solutions and Gibbs phase rule.
Phase Diagram II: Construction of equilibrium diagrams involving complete and partial
solubility, lever rule. Iron carbon equilibrium diagram description of phases,invariant
Reactions(Eutectic, Eutectoid, peritectic, peritectoid) No Numericals
.
SELF STUDY: Intermediate phases, solidification of steels and cast irons
8 Hours
MODULE - 4
Heat treating of metals: TTT curves, continuous cooling curves, annealing and its types.
Normalizing, hardening, tempering, martempering, austempering, Hardenability, surface
hardening methods like carburizing, Cyaniding, nitriding, flame hardening and induction
hardening.
SELF STUDY: Age hardening of aluminium-copper alloys
7 Hours
MODULE - 5
Ferrous and non ferrous materials: Properties, Composition and uses of Grey cast iron,
malleable iron, SG iron and carbon steels
Composite Materials: Definition, classification, types of matrix materials &reinforcements,
fundamentals of production of FRP's and MMC's (Two production process one from FRP and
one from MMC). Advantages and application of composites.
SELF STUDY: alloys-brasses and bronzes. Aluminium alloys-Al-Cu, Al-Si, alloys
8 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, Smith, 4th Edition McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Materials Science, Shackleford. & M. K. Muralidhara, Pearson Publication 2007.
3. Materials Science and Engineering, William D. Callister Jr., John Wiley & Sons. Inc, 5th
Edition, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. An Introduction to Metallurgy; Alan Cottrell, Universities Press India Oriental Longman
Pvt. Ltd., 1974.
2. Engineering Materials Science, W.C.Richards, PHI, 1965
3. Physical Metallurgy; Lakhtin, Mir Publications
4. Materials Science and Engineering, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2002

5. Elements of Materials Science and Engineering, H. VanVlack, Addison-Wesley Edn., 1998
6. The Science and Engineering of Materials, Donald R. Askland and Pradeep.P. Phule,
Cengage Learning, 4lh Ed., 2003
COURSE OUTCOME:
1
Understand the concept of material structures and properties
2
Analyze the material system suitable for environmental sustainability
3
Select the suitable heat treatment process for engineering applications
4
Differentiate between metals and non-metals used in industrial sectors
CO
C302.1
C302.2
C302.3
C302.4
PO1
3
3
3
3
PO2
3
3
3
PO3
3
3
3
PO4
PO5
3
3
PO6
3
3
3
3
PO7
3
3
PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12

3
3
3
3
BASIC THERMODYNAMICS
Sub Code: ME33
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Learning Objectives:

1
Recall and outline the fundamentals of thermodynamics, its first and second laws, and the
various energy interactions taking place.
Apply the laws of thermodynamics and entropy principles to various physical problems.
Analyse the various thermodynamic relations and its applications to ideal gas mixtures.
Interpret the behaviour of pure substance and its applications to practical problems.
MODULE 1
Fundamental Concepts & Definitions: Thermodynamics definition and scope, Microscopic
and Macroscopic approaches. Some practical applications of engineering thermodynamic
Systems, Characteristics of system boundary and control surface, examples. Thermodynamic
properties; definition and units, intensive and extensive properties. Thermodynamic state, state
point, state diagram, path and process, quasi-static process, cyclic and non-cyclic processes.
Thermodynamic equilibrium; definition, mechanical equilibrium; diathermic wall, thermal
equilibrium, chemical equilibrium, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Temperature; concepts,
scales, fixed points and measurements. Numericals.
Work and Heat: Mechanics, definition of work and its limitations. Thermodynamic definition
of work; examples, sign convention. Displacement work; as a part of a system boundary, as a
whole of a system boundary, expressions for displacement work in various processes through p-v
diagrams. Heat; definition, units and sign convention. Numericals.
Self Study: Shaft work; Electrical work. Other types of work.
10 Hours
MODULE -2
First Law of Thermodynamics: Joules experiments, equivalence of heat and work. Statement
of the First law of thermodynamics, extension of the First law to non - cyclic processes, energy,
energy as a property, modes of energy, pure substance; definition, two-property rule, Specific
heat at constant volume, enthalpy, specific heat at constant pressure. Extension of the First law to
control volume; steady state-steady flow energy equation, important applications. Numericals.
Self Study: Analysis of unsteady processes such as filling and evacuation of vessels with and
without heat transfer.
10 Hours
MODULE -3
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Devices converting heat to work; (a) in a thermodynamic
cycle, (b) in a mechanical cycle. Thermal reservoir. Direct heat engine; schematic representation
and efficiency. Devices converting work to heat in a thermodynamic cycle; reversed heat engine,
schematic representation, coefficients of performance. Kelvin - Planck statement of the Second
law of Thermodynamics; PMM I and PMM II, Clausius statement of Second law of
Thermodynamics, Equivalence of the two statements; Reversible and irreversible processes;
factors that make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines, Carnot cycle, Carnot principles.
Numericals.
Self Study: Entropy as a quantitative test for irreversibility. Calculation of entropy using T.ds
relations. Entropy as a coordinate.
11 Hours
MODULE -4
Entropy: Clasius inequality; Statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle. Entropy;
definition, a property, change of entropy, principle of increase in entropy.
Pure Substances: P-T and P-V diagrams, triple point and critical points. Subcooled liquid,
saturated liquid, mixture of saturated liquid and vapour, saturated vapour and superheated vapour
states of pure substance with water as example. Enthalpy of change of phase (Latent heat).
Dryness fraction (quality),T-S and H-S diagrams, representation of various processes on these
diagrams. Throttling calorimeter, separating and throttling calorimeter.
Numericals.
Self Study: Available and Un-available energy, Steam tables and its use, Mollier Chart and its
use.
11 Hours
MODULE 5
Ideal gas mixture: Ideal gas; equation of state, Ideal gas mixture; Dalton's laws of partial
pressures, Amagat's law of additive volumes, evaluation of properties, Analysis of various
processes. Numericals.
Real Gases: Introduction. Van-der Waal's Equation of state, Van-der Waal's constants in terms
of critical properties, Law of corresponding states, compressibility factor; compressibility chart.
Numericals.
Self Study: Maxwell relations, Clausius Clayperon's equations.
10 hours
Data Handbooks:
1. Thermodynamic data hand book, B.T. Nijaguna & Samaga, Sudha Publications, 2014.
2. Steam Tables with Mollier Diagram in S.I. units by R.S.Khurmi, S.Chand Publishers, June
2014.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:
2. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics, G.J.Van Wylen and R.E.Sonntag, Wiley
Eastern. 2005.
4. An Introduction to Thermodynamics, Y.V.C.Rao, Wiley Eastern, 1993,

6. Engineering Thermodynamics, J.B.Jones and G.A.Hawkins, John Wiley and Sons. 2000.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1
Summarize the basic concepts and laws of Thermodynamics
Apply the laws of thermodynamics to real time engineering problems
Analyze thermodynamics problems and to come out with probable solutions
Synthesis and Evaluate different concepts to come out with ideas along with its relevant
summary
CO-PO matrices of courses selected

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1
Sub Code: ME34
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. To understand and convey knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain, Youngs
modulus, etc. and to understand the above concepts by solving problems of practical
interest.
2. Understand stress analysis, materials behavior, 2D stress systems and Mohrs circle.
3. Understand shear force diagrams, bending moment diagrams, and stresses in beam
4. Learn the concepts of deflection of beams and elastic stability of columns.
MODULE 1:
Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, Stress, strain, mechanical properties of
materials, Linear elasticity, Hooke's Law and Poisson's ratio, Stress-Strain relationships:
behavior in tension for mild steel, cast iron and nonferrous metals. Extension / Shortening
of a bar, bars with cross sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross
sections (Circular), Elongation due to self-weight, Principle of super position, Volumetric
strain, expression for volumetric strain, elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain.
Self-Study: Extension / Shortening of rectangular bar
09 Hours
MODULE 2:
compound bars.
Compound Stress: Uni-axial, Biaxial, General 2D stress state, Definition of Plane stress
and Plane strain states, Stresses on inclined sections, Principal stresses, Principal planes,
Principal axes, Maximum shear stress, Mohr's circle, Numerical examples.
10 Hours
MODULE 3
concentrated loads, uniformly distributed load (UDL), uniformly varying load (UVL) and
couple.
Thick and Thin cylinders: Stresses in thin cylinders, Thick cylinders, Lames equation.
(Compound cylinders not included).
Self-Study: Thin cylinders: Derivation and Numericals on change in volume. 12 Hours
MODULE 4
Bending stresses in Beams: Introduction, Theory of simple bending, Bending stress
equation, Moment carrying capacity of a section.(Composite / notched beams not
included).
Numerical examples.
torsional equations, polar modulus, Power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts.
Numerical examples.
Self-Study: Shear stresses in beams- derivation and Numericals on circular and T
sections.
10 Hours
MODULE 5
Elastic Stability of Columns: Euler's theory for axially loaded elastic long columns.
Euler's load for variousend conditions (Both ends hinged and one end fixed other free)
limitations of Euler's theory, Rankine's formula.
Self-Study:
Deflection of Beams: Derivation of Differential equation for deflection. Elastic Stability
of Columns: Derivation of Eulers load for different end conditions (Both ends fixed, one
end fixed other hinged).
11 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1) S.S.Bhavikatti,Strength of Materials, Vikas publications House Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed., 2008.
2) R K Bansal, A Textbook Of Strength Of Materials, Laxmi Publications-New Delhi, 5th
Edition.
3) S Ramamrutham,Strength of Materials, Dhanpatrai Publishing company(p) Ltd, New
Delhi 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1) Ferdinand Beer & Russell JohstonMechanics of materials, in SI Modules, 5th Ed.,
TATA McGraw Hill- 2003.
Course Outcomes:
CO304.1
The student will be able to gain the basic engineering knowledge that how a
material behaves when an external load or pressure is applied on it.

CO304.2
Student will be able to understand, interpret and analyze the effect of 2D stress
state condition on the behavior of materials.
CO304.3
Student will be able to Analyze and evaluate stresses and deflection in beams
of different cross sections subjected to various loading conditions.
CO304.4
CO-PO matrices
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1 PSO PSO

2
1
2
C304.
1
C304.
2
C304.
3
C304.
4

Sub Code:
AU35/AU45
Hrs/ Week: 04
CIE : 50
SEE : 50
Total Hrs: 39
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the standards of machine drawing practiced by Bureau of Indian standards
(B.I.S.)
2. Comprehend general projection theory, with an emphasis on the use of orthographic
projection to represent three-dimensional objects in Two-dimensional views
3. Apply auxiliary or sectional views to most practically represent engineered parts
4. Assemble important parts used in major mechanical engineering applications.
Introduction:
Review of basic sketching, Lines, Lettering and Scales, Dimensioning, Limits Fits and
Tolerances, Review of graphic interface of the software. Commands and navigational
commands. Starting a new drawing sheet. Sheet sizes. Naming a drawing, Drawing units, grid
and snap.
2 Hours
PART-A
UNIT - 1
Sections of Solids: Sections of Pyramids, Prisms, Cubes, Tetrahedrons, Cones and

Cylinders resting only on their bases (No problems on axis inclinations, spheres and
hollow solids). True shape of sections.
3 Hours
Orthographic Views: Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic projections of

machine parts, with and without Section views (Bureau of Indian Standards conventions
are to be followed for the drawings) Hidden line conventions. Precedence of lines.
3 Hours
UNIT - 2
Thread Forms: Thread terminology, sectional views of threads. ISO Metric (Internal &
External) BSW (Internal & External) square and Acme. Sellers thread, American
Standard thread.
3 Hours
Fasteners: Hexagonal headed bolt and nut with washer (assembly), square headed bolt
and nut with washer (assembly) simple assembly using stud bolts with nut and lock nut.
Flanged nut, slotted nut, taper and split pin for locking, counter sunk head screw, grub
screw, Allen screw.
3 Hours
PART-B
UNIT - 3
Keys &Joints :Parallel key, Taper key, Feather key, Gibhead key and Woodruff key
Riveted Joints: Single and double riveted lap joints, butt joints with single/double cover
straps (Chain and Zigzag, using snap head rivets).
Cotter joint (socket and spigot), Knuckle joint (pin joint) for two rods.
6 Hours
UNIT - 4
Couplings :Protected type flanged coupling, and universal coupling (Hooks' Joint)
3 Hours
PART - C
Assembly Drawings
(Part drawings should be given)
1. Screw jack (Bottle type)
2. Plummer block (Pedestal Bearing)
3. Machine vice
4. Tailstock of lathe
(4 X 4) = 16 Hours
TEXT BOOKS
1. 'Machine Drawing, K.R. Gopala Krishna, Subhash Publication.
2. 'Machine Drawing', N.D.Bhat&V.M.Panchal
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. 'A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing', S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS
2. 'Machine Drawing with Auto CAD', GoutamPohit & GouthamGhosh, 1st Indian print
Pearson Education,
3. 'Machine Drawing', N. Siddeshwar, P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri, published by Tata McGraw
Hill,2006
Course Outcomes:
C306.1 Students will be able to understand the different steps in producing drawings
according to bureau of Indian standards (B.I.S.)
C306.2 Students will be able to understand the drawings of mechanical components and
their assemblies
C306.3 Students can work effectively with engineering and science teams as well as with
multidisciplinary designs.
C306.4 Students will be able to skilfully use modern engineering tools and techniques
such as CAD- CAM softwares for mechanical engineering design, analysis and
application
Co Po Mapping
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
C306.1
C306.2
C306.3
C306.4
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
PO6
PO7
PO8
3
2
PO9
PO10
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
PO11
PO12
2
2
2
2
Practice:
1. Student should follow standard conventions for drawing (Projection of views, Lines,
Lettering and Scales, Dimensioning, Limits Fits and Tolerances)
2. Student should draw drawings to the given dimensions, no approximate or rough
sketching is allowed (Students may choose suitable scale factor for drawing)
3. Student need to complete drawings using software and take print in A4 sheet.
4. Student should maintain a file for all drawing sheets and printouts
5. File should contain certificate copy and content sheet
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-I
Sub Code: ME36
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 39
Credits: 3

1
Categorize and demonstrate various casting, Pattern making and sand molding
techniques.
Demonstrate moulding machines and various molding process and Recommend a

suitable design of Gating and Risers to avoid various defects in casting.
Identify and Prioritize the various casting process based on industrial product and
the selection of suitable furnace for melting of metals.
Classify and elaborate various metal joining process adapted in various industrial
sectors and examine the defects using Non-destructive testing.
MODULE -1
Casting Process -Introduction: Concept of Manufacturing process. Classification of
Manufacturing processes. Introduction to Casting process &steps involved. Advantages &
Limitations of casting process. Patterns: Definition, functions, Materials used for pattern,
various pattern allowances and their importance. Classification of Patterns.
Binder: Definition, Types of binder used in moulding sand. Additives: Need, Types of additives
used.
SELF STUDY: BIS color coding of Patterns
08 Hours
MODULE - 2
Sand Moulding: Types of base sand, requirement of base sand. Moulding sand mixture
ingredients for different sand mixtures. Method used for sand Moulding - Green sand, dry sand
moulds.
Cores: Definition, Need, Types. Method of making cores, Binders used, core sand moulding.
Concept of Gating & Risers. Principle and types. Basic steps, casting defects, Causes, features
and remedies.
SELF STUDY: skin dried moulds, Thixocasting
08 Hours
MODULE - 3
Moulding Machines: Jolt type, Squeeze type, Jolt & Squeeze type and Sand slinger.
Special moulding Process: Study of important moulding processes, No bake moulds, Flaskless
moulds, Sweep mould, CO2 mould, Shell mould, Investment mould.
Metal moulds: Gravity die-casting, Pressure die casting, Centrifugal casting, Squeeze Casting,
Slush casting, Thixo-casting and Continuous Casting Processes.
Melting Furnaces: Classification of furnaces. Constructional features &working Resistance
furnace, Electric Arc Furnace, Cupola furnace.
SELF STUDY: Constructional features &working principle of coke fired, oil fired and Gas fired
pit furnace.
08 Hours
MODULE - 4
Welding process: Definition, Principles, Classification, Application, Advantages & limitations
of welding. Arc Welding: Principle, Metal Arc welding (MAW), Flux Shielded Metal arc
Welding (FSMAW), Inert Gas Welding (TIG & MIG) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW).
Gas Welding: Principle, Oxy Acetylene welding, Chemical Reaction in Gas welding, Flame
characteristics. Gas torch construction & working, forward and backward welding.
Special types of welding: Resistance welding - principles, Seam welding, Spot welding and
Explosive welding. Thermit welding, Laser welding and Electron beam welding.
SELF STUDY: Friction welding, Projection welding,
08 Hours
MODULE - 5
Metallurgical aspect, in welding: Structure of welds, Formation of different zones during
welding. Heat affected zone (HAZ). Parameters affecting HAZ
Welding defects Detection causes & remedy. Shrinkage in welds & Residual stresses. Concept
of electrodes, Filler rod and fluxes.
Inspection Methods Methods used for Inspection of casting and welding. Fluorescent particle,
Ultrasonic, Radiography, Eddy current, Holography methods of Inspection.
SELF STUDY: Magnetic particle in inspection methods.
07 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Process-I, Dr.K.Radhakrishna, Sapna Book House,5th Revised Edition 2009.
2. Manufacturing & Technology: Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Manufacturing Process-I, Kestoor Praveen, Suggi Publishing, 4 th Revised Edition, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Process and Materials of Manufacturing, Roy A Lindberg, 4th Edition. Pearson Education
Asia, 2006.
2. Manufacturing Technology, Serope Kalpakjian, Steuen. R. Schmidt, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education Asia, 2006.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1
2
3
4
Understand and convey knowledge of fundamental concepts of various casting and pattern
making techniques
Analyze the design principles of Gating and Risers
Apply the knowledge of various melting furnaces in industries
Apply the concept of detection of defects during casting using NDT methods
CO-PO Mapping
CO
C305.1
C305.2
C305.3
C305.4
PO1
3
3
3
3
PO2
3
3
3
3
PO3
3
3
PO4
3
3
3
PO5
3
PO6
3
3
3
3
PO7
3
3
PO8
PO9
3
3
PO10 PO11 PO12

3
3
3
3
3
MATERIAL TESTING LAB

Sub Code: MEL37
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 30
Credits: 2

1
To Determine the mechanical properties of different material specimen
To give the basic knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of the
material from heat treatment process.
To gain the basic knowledge about wear characteristics of ferrous, nonferrous and
composite materials.
To gain the practical knowledge about Non-destructive testing
PART A
1. Preparation of specimen for Metallographic examination of different engineering materials.
Identification of microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I, SG iron, Brass, Bronze
& composites.
2. Heat treatment: Annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering of steel. Hardness studies of
heat-treated samples.
3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for different
parameters.
(a). Ultrasonic flaw detection
(b). Magnetic crack detection
(c). Dye penetration testing. To study the defects of Cast and Welded Specimens
PART B
1. Tensile, shear and compression tests of metallic and non metallic specimens using Universal
Testing Machine
2. Torsion Test
3. Bending Test on metallic and non-metallic specimens.
4. Izod and Charpy Tests on M.S, C.I Specimen.
5. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickerss Hardness test.
6. Fatigue Test.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1
Demonstrate the knowledge and skills to conduct and analyzing the results w.r.t. Hardness
testing, Tensile testing, Shear, Compression, Bending test, Fracture testing, Fatigue testing and
Impact testing.
Acquire the basic knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of the material from
heat treatment process.
Analyze the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for different
parameters.
Apply the knowledge of Non-destructive testing in industrial sectors
3
4
CO
PO1 PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12
FOUNDRY AND FORGING LAB

Sub Code: MEL38
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 30
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 2
1
2
3
4
Illustrate the preparation of sand specimens

Demonstrate the technique of mould making using the moulding tools
Evaluate the properties of mould subjecting the specimen to mechanical
testing
Summarize the principles and methodology of carrying out the forging
operation
PART A
1. Testing of Moulding sand and Core sand Preparation of sand specimens and conduction of
the following tests:
1 Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.
2 Permeability test
3 Core hardness & Mould hardness tests.
4 Sieve Analysis to find Grain Fineness number of Base Sand
5 Clay content determination in Base Sand
PART B
2. Foundry Practice
Use of foundry tools and other equipments.
Preparation of moulds using two moulding boxes using patterns or without Patterns. (Split
pattern, Match plate pattern and Core boxes).
Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or cast iron-Demonstration only)
PART C
3. Forging Operations:
Calculation of length of the raw material required to do the model.
Preparing minimum three forged models involving upsetting, drawing and bending
operations.
Out of these three models, at least one model is to be prepared by using Power Hammer.
3.1.1. Course Outcomes (COs)
1
2
3
4
Interpret results of sand testing for preparing sand mixture properties for
mould making
Develop skills for mould making using mould making tools
Demonstrate open die forging skills through use of forging tools
Analyze casting parameters which requires engineering knowledge , design,
production and environment aspects
3.1.2. CO-PO matrices
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
C308.1
3
3
2
2
2
2
C308.2
3
3
3
2
2
C308.3
3
2
3
2
C308.4
3
3
3
2
2
3

AN AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION AFFILIATED TO VTU, BELAGAVI

B.E. Mechanical Engineering
IV SEMESTER
Sl. No
Subject Code
Teaching Hours
/Week
Practical/
Theory
Drawing
04
Title
Examination
Credits
CIE Marks
SEE Marks
03
50
50
Total
Marks
100
04
03
50
50
100
03
03
50
50
100
04
03
50
50
100
Duration
MAT41
ME42
Applied Thermodynamics
IM33/IM43
ME44
Mechanical Measurements
Metrology
Kinematics of Machine
ME45
Manufacturing Process-II
03
03
50
50
100
ME46
Fluid Mechanics
03
03
50
50
100
MEL47
Machine Shop Lab
1I+2P
03
50
50
100
MEL48
Mechanical Measurements
Metrology Lab
TOTAL
1I+2P
03
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
and
and
IV Semester B.E
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Sub Code: ME42
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 04
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 52
Credits: 4
Course Learning Objectives:

Students are expected
1
Understand various thermodynamic cycles, their working and distinguishing them
Interpret the behaviour of IC engines performance and emissions
Examine the working of steam and gas turbine power plants and thermodynamic cycles involved
Analyze the working of different Refrigeration systems and Psychrometric process involved
practically
MODULE-I
Air Standard cycles: Carnot, Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, P-V and T-S diagrams, description,
efficiencies and mean effective pressures (no derivations), Comparison of Otto, Diesel and dual
cycles. Numerical problems
I.C. Engine: Testing of two stroke and four stroke SI and CI engines for performance Related
numerical problems, heat balance, Motoring Method, Willans line method, swinging field
dynamometer, Morse test. Numerical problems
Self Study: Combustion Equation, A/F mixtures, Basic definitions.
11 Hours
MODULE-II
Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot vapour power cycles, drawbacks as a reference cycle, Simple
Rankine cycle, description, T- S diagram, analysis for performance. Comparison of Carnot and
Rankine cycles. Effects of pressure and temperature on Rankine cycle performance. Actual
vapour power cycles. Reheat Rankine cycle. Numerical problems
Self Study: Ideal Regenerative Rankine cycle, open and closed feed water heaters. 11 Hours
MODULE-III
Gas Turbines: Classification of Gas turbines, Analysis of open cycle gas turbine cycle.
Advantages and disadvantages of closed cycle. Methods to improve thermal efficiency. Gas
Turbine with Intercooler, Gas Turbine with Reheaters, Gas Turbine with combination of both,
Gas Turbine with regenerators. Numerical problems.
Self Study: Jet Propulsion and Rocket Propulsion. No Numericals.
10 Hours
MODULE-IV
Refrigeration: Vapour compression refrigeration system; description, analysis, refrigerating
effect, capacity, power required, units of refrigeration, COP, Refrigerants and their desirable
properties. Air cycle refrigeration; reversed Carnot cycle, reversed Brayton cycle, Numerical
problems.
Self Study: Vapour absorption refrigeration system, steam jet refrigeration. No Numericals.
10 Hours
MODULE-V
Psychrometry: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties; Dry bulb temperature, wet bulb
temperature, dew point temperature; partial pressures, specific and relative humidities and the
relation between the two enthalpy and adiabatic saturation temperature. Construction and use of
psychrometric chart. .
Self Study: Construction and use of psychometric chart. Analysis of various processes; Summer
and winter air conditioning. No Numericals.
10 Hours
Data Handbooks:
1. Thermodynamic data hand book, B.T. Nijaguna & Samaga, Sudha Publications, 2015.
2. Steam Tables with Mollier Diagram in S.I. units by R.S.Khurmi, S.Chand Publishers, 2012.
3. Refrigeration Tables with charts in S.I.Units, by R.S.Khurmi and J.K.Gupta, S.Chand
Publishers. 2012.
TEXT BOOKS:
3. A course in Thermal Engineering by Domakundwar.s and C.P.Kothandaraman, Dhanpat
Rai & Co, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thermodynamics, An engineering approach, Yunus, A. Cengel and Michael A.Boies, 6th
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill pub. Co., 2002,
2. Fundamental of Classical Thermodynamics, G.J. Van Wylen and R.E.Sontang Wiley
eastern, 2006.
3. A course in Thermal Engineering by Rajput, Laxmi Publication, 2012.
4. Applied Thermodynamics, B.K. Venkanna, Swati B. Wadavadagi, PHI, New Delhi, 2010
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
1
Summarize and apply the thermodynamic cycles learnt to various engineering systems
2
Solve real time problems pertaining to Internal Combustion engines
3
Analyze the thermodynamic problems arising in power plants and to come out with a
feasible solutions
4
Combine various issues involved in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Systems and
recommend problem solving solutions
CO-PO matrices of courses selected

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1
2
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Sub Code: IM33/IM43
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 39
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 3

1
Define metrology, classify standards, comparators, experiment with slip gauges and
demonstrate the working principles of comparators
Design different types of gauges using the concept of limits, fits and tolerances
Explain the concept of measuring Screw thread, gear and angular measurement by
choosing metrological instruments like micrometer, bevel protractor and Sine bars
Outline the characteristics of generalized measurement system and demonstrate the

working principle of measuring force, pressure, temperature and strain
MODULE -1
Standards of measurement: Definition and Objectives of metrology. Wave length standard,
Slip gauges, Wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-81, M-12).
Comparators: Introduction to comparators, characteristics, classification of comparators,
mechanical comparators-Johnson Mikrokator, Zeiss ultra optimeter, LVDT.
SELF STUDY: Subdivision of standards, line and
standard, calibration of end bars
(Numerical), sigma comparators, dial indicator, optical comparators, and solex comparators
08 Hours
MODULE - 2
System of Limits, Fits, Tolerance and Gauging: Definition of tolerance, Specification in
assembly, Principle of interchangeability and selective assembly limits of size, Indian standards,
concept of limits of size and tolerances, definition of fits, types of fits and their designation (IS
919-1963), geometrical tolerance, hole basis system, shaft basis system, classification of gauges,
brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles).
SELF STUDY: Compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances, Wear allowance on gauges,
08 Hours
MODULE - 3
Screw thread, gear measurement and Angular measurement
Measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of screw
threads by 2-wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire. Tool maker's microscope, use of gear
tooth vernier, Angular measurements, sine principle and use of sine bars,
SELF STUDY: Interferometer, interferometry, autocollimator. Optical flats. Terminology of

screw threads, gear tooth terminology, gear tooth micrometer. Use of angle gauges (numericals
on building of angles), clinometers.
08 Hours
MODULE - 4
Measurement systems: Definition, significance of measurement, generalized measurement
system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration, threshold, sensitivity,
hysteresis, repeatability, linearity, Errors in measurement, classification of errors. Transducers
(PZT, Capacitive-3 types).
SELF STUDY: Loading effect, system response-times delay. Transfer efficiency, primary and
secondary transducers,
08 Hours
MODULE - 5
Measurement of force, torque, temperature and strain measurement:
Principle, platform balance, proving ring. Torque measurement, hydraulic dynamometer.
Thermocouple, law of thermo couple, materials used for construction, pyrometer, optical
pyrometer. Strain measurements, strain gauge, preparation and mounting of strain gauges, gauge
factor, methods of strain measurement
SELF STUDY: Pressure measurement, Prony brake,. Pressure measurements, principle, use of
elastic members, McLeod gauge, Pirani gauge.
07 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechanical Measurements, Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6th Ed.,
2006.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Metrology, I.C. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi, 7th Edition
2. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers, 12th edition
4. Measurement Systems Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doebelin, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill
Book Co.
5. Metrology & Measurement, Anand K. Bewoor & Vinay A. Kulkarni, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt.
Ltd., New-Delhi, Ist edition
COURSE OUTCOME
1
Understand the concept of metrology and Analyze the working principles of comparators
Analyze the basics of gauges and its applications
Understand the concept of measuring systems, signal conditioning and transducers and
apply the concept in industrial systems
Utilize the concept of measuring techniques in real time applications
CO-PO Mapping
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
C402.1
C402.2
C402.3
C402.4
Sub Code: ME44
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 52
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objective:
Understand the relative motion between mechanical elements such as linkages,
gears, and cams also learn to design such elements to accomplish desired motions or
tasks.
To plot velocity and acceleration diagrams of various types of mechanism.
To make students understand about concept of spur gear and calculation of velocity
of epicyclic gear train.
UNIT - 1
Introduction:Definitions: Link or Element, Kinematic Pairs, Degrees of Freedom, Grubler's
Criterion (without derivation), Kinematic Chain, Mechanism, Structure, Mobility of Mechanism,
Inversion, Machine.Kinematic Chains and Inversions: Inversions of Four Bar Chain; Single
Slider Crank Chain and Double Slider Crank Chain .Mechanisms: Quick Return Motion
Mechanisms:- Drag Link Mechanism, Crank & Slotted Lever Mechanism. Straight Line Motion
Mechanisms:-Peaucellier's Mechanism and Robert's Mechanism. Intermittent Motion
Mechanisms: - Geneva Wheel Mechanism and Ratchet & Pawl Mechanism,
10 Hours
SELF STUDY:- Whitworth Mechanism, Toggle Mechanism, Pantograph
UNIT - 2
Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms(Graphical Method & Analytical
Method) :Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Four Bar Mechanism, Slider Crank Mechanism
and Simple Mechanisms by Vector Polygons: Relative Velocity, and Acceleration of Particles in
a Common Link, Relative Velocity and Accelerations of Coincident Particles on Separate links Coriolis Component of Acceleration(Derivation and application only, no numerical on Coriolis
Component of Acceleration). Angular Velocity and Angular Acceleration of Links, Velocity
Analysis by Instantaneous Center Method: Definition, Kennedy's Theorem, Determination of
Linear and Angular Velocity Using Instantaneous Center Method. Analysis of four bar chain
using analytical expressions(for Analytical Method Use Complex Algebra).
SELF STUDY:- . Analysis of
slider crank chain using analytical expressions
12
Hours
UNIT-3
Spur Gears:Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Characteristics of Involute Action, Path of
Contact, Arc of Contact, Contact Ratio of Spur, Interference in Involute Gears. Methods of
Avoiding Interference, Comparison of Involute & Cycloidal Teeth.
SELF STUDY:- Methods of Avoiding Interference, Comparison of Involute & Cycloidal Teeth
10 Hours
UNIT - 4
Gear Trains:Simple Gear Trains, Compound Gear Trains for Large Speed. Reduction, Epicyclic
Gear Trains, Tabular Methods of Finding Velocity Ratio of Epicyclic Gear Trains. Tooth Load
and Torque Calculations in Epicyclic Gear Trains.
10 Hours
SELF STUDY:- Algebraic method of Finding Velocity Ratio of Epicyclic Gear Trains.
UNIT - 5
Cams:Types of Cams, Types of Followers. Displacement, Velocity & Acceleration Time Curves
for Cam Profiles. Disc Cam with Reciprocating Follower Having Knife-Edge, Roller Follower
&, Disc Cam With Oscillating Roller Follower. Follower Motions including, SHM, Uniform
Velocity, Uniform Acceleration and Retardation and Cycloidal Motion.
10 Hours
SELF STUDY:- Disc Cam with Reciprocating Follower Having Flat-Face Follower
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
The student should be able to understand the construction, working and design of
different types of mechanisms.
The student should be able to analyze and synthesize mechanisms for velocity and
acceleration.
The student should be able to analyze different types of gears and gear trains.
The student should be able to understand and design cam profiles for different
applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. "Theory of Machines, Rattan S.S, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi,
and 3rd edition -2009.
2. "Theory of Machines, Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd, Indian Branch
New Delhi, 2nd Edi. 2006
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines & Mechanisms", J.J. Uicker, , G.R. Pennock, J.E. Shigley. OXFORD
3rd Ed. 2009.
2. Mechanism and Machine theory, Ambekar, PHI, 2007
3. JagdishLal, Theory of Mechanisms & Machines, Metropolitan Book Co.
4. V.P. Singh, Theory of Machines DhanpatRai.

Note: Graphical Solutions may be obtained either on the Graph Sheets or on the Answer Book
itself.
CO-PO matrices of courses selected in 3.1.1

CO
C404.1
PO1
3
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12 PSO1 PSO2

3
1
C404.2
C404.3
C404.4
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II
Sub Code: ME45
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 39
Credits: 3
Course Objective:
In this course students will be learning:
The fundamentals of metal cutting and machinability, Cutting Tool Materials and Heat
generation in metal cutting.
Working of lathes, CNC machines, parts of lathe and work holding devices, drilling
machines and operations.
Parts and operations on broaching, shaping and planing machines.
About Milling, grinding, honing, lapping, super finishing processes.
UNIT - 1
Theory of metal cutting: Single point cutting tool nomenclature , orthogonal and oblique cutting,
types of chips, Analysis of Merchants circle diagram, shear angle relationships, tool wear, tool
failure and tool life. Effect of cutting parameters on tool life Taylors tool life equation. Different
types of tool failures. Simple numerical problems.
Cutting Tool Materials: Desired properties and types of cutting tool materials HSS, carbide,
coated carbides, ceramics.
Self Study : Cutting fluids. Desired properties, types and selection.
8 Hours
UNIT 2
Heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting heat generation. Heat distribution in tool and
work piece and chip. Measurement of tool tip temperature and cutting forces.
Turret and Capstan lathe: Classification, constructional features and tool layout.
Shaping and planing machines: Constructional features, driving mechanism, calculation of
machining time. Simple numerical problems.
Self study: different operations performed on Shaping and Planing machines.

8 Hours
UNIT 3
Drilling Machines: Classification, constructional features, drilling and related operations. Types
of drill and drill bit nomenclature.
Milling Machines: Classification, constructional features, milling cutters nomenclature, milling
operations.
Indexing: Simple, compound, differential and angular indexing calculations. Simple problems on
simple and compound indexing.
Self study :
Drill materials, up milling and down milling concepts.

8 Hours
UNIT 4
Grinding Machines: Types of abrasives, grain size, bonding process, grade and structure of
grinding wheels, grinding wheel types. Classification, constructional features of grinding
machines (Centerless, cylindrical and surface grinding). Selection of grinding wheel. Grinding
process parameters.
Finishing and other Processes: Lapping and Honing operations Principles, arrangement of set
up and application. Super finishing process, buffing operation and application.
Self study : Dressing and truing of grinding wheels, polishing.
8 Hours
UNIT - 5
Broaching process- Principle of broaching. Details of a broach. Types of broaching machinesconstructional details. Advantages and Limitations.
Introduction to CNC machines Principles of operation. Axes of NC machine- Co-ordinate
systems. Basics of Manual part programming methods.
Self study : Applications of broaching process,
7 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Workshop Technology, Hazara Choudhry, Vol-II, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt.
Ltd. 2004
2. Production technology, R K Jain, Khanna Publicaitons, 2003.
3. Production technology, HMT, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
2. Fundamentals of metal Mechining and Machine Tools, G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill,
2000.
3. Manufacturing Process-II, Dr.P.C. Sharma, S.Chand & Company Pvt Ltd.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, the students would have learnt:
The fundamentals of metal cutting, merchant circle diagram, tool life, types of tool wear,
temperature at tool-tip.
The working of capstan and turret lathe and operations.
Types and operations of drilling machine, boring and reaming, broaching, shaping
operations.
Planing, grinding, honing, lapping and super finishing operations.
CO-PO matrices
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
C405.1
C405.2
C405.3
C405.4
FLUID MECHANICS
Sub Code: ME46
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 39
Credits: 3
Understand properties of fluids; acquire various pressure measurement technique

and its analysis in different cases.
Examine the stability of a body during both stationary and floating cases and also
recognize various types of fluid flow and its analysis especially during motion.
Recognize various flow measurement devices, conduct model studies using

dimensional analysis technique and demonstrate its application in research fields.
Experiment the various types of losses in pipe flow by considering the laminar
and viscous effects and also demonstrate the compressible flow analysis and
boundary layer concept.
MODULE -1
Properties of Fluids: Introduction, Types of fluid, Properties of fluids, viscosity, surface
tension, capillarity, vapour pressure and cavitations.
Fluid Statistics: Fluid Pressure at a point, Pascals law, pressure variation in a static fluid,
absolute, gauge, atmospheric and vacuum pressures, simple manometers and differential
manometers.
Self Study:
Properties of Fluids: Thermodynamic properties.
Fluid Statistics: Total pressure and centre of pressure on submerged plane surfaces; horizontal,
vertical and inclined plane surfaces, curved surface submerged in liquid.
8 Hours
MODULE - 2
Buoyancy and Fluid Kinematics: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, conditions of equilibrium of
floating and submerged bodies.
Kinematics: Types of fluid flow, continuity equation in 2D and 3D (Cartesian Co-ordinates
only), velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and stream functions.
Self Study: Buoyancy and Fluid Kinematics: Determination of Metacentric height

experimentally and theoretically, Meta center and metacentric height.
7 Hours
MODULE - 3
Fluid Dynamics: Equation of motion, Eulers equation of motion, Bernoullis equation from
first principles and also from Eulers equation, limitations of Bernoullis equation.
Fluid Flow Measurements: Venturi meter, orifice meter, pitot-tube and rectangular notch.
Dimensional Analysis: Derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities, dimensional
homogeneity, Buckingham
theorem, dimensionless numbers, similitude, types of similitudes.
Self Study: Dimensional Analysis: Introduction, Rayleighs method.
8 Hours
MODULE - 4
Flow through pipes: Loss of Head due to Friction in Pipe Flow-Darcys and Chezys equation
for loss of head due to friction in pipes, Minor losses through pipes.
Laminar flow and viscous effects: Laminar flow through circular pipe-Hagen Poiseilles
equation.( No derivations) Numericals only.
Self Study: Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynolds number, critical Reynolds number,
Laminar flow between parallel and stationary plates.
8 Hours
MODULE - 5
Flow past immersed bodies: Drag, Lift, boundary layer concept, displacement, momentum and
energy thickness.
Introduction to compressible flow: Velocity of sound in fluid, Mach number, Mach cone.
Self Study: Flow past immersed bodies: Expression for lift and drag. propagation of pressure
waves in a compressible fluid.
8 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
2.
3.
A Text book of Fluid Mechanics, R.K. Rajaput, S.Chand and Company Ltd., 2013.
A Text book of Fluid Mechanics, R.K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications,2013.
Engineering Fluid mechanics, P. Balachandran, PHI Learning private Ltd., 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics, D.S. Kumar, Kataria and Sons, 2004.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.P Kothandaraman, R. Rudramoorthy, New Age

International Publishers, 2012.
3. Fluid Mechanics, Frank M White, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd.2013.
4. Fluid Mechanics,Yunus A. Cenegal, and John M. Cimbala, second edition, Mc Graw
Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2013
5. Fluid Mechanics, John F.Douglas, Janul and M.Gasiosek and john A.Swaffield, Pearson
Education Asia, 5th ed., 2013.
COURSE OUTCOME:
Summarize the various fluid property and pressure measurement devices.
Analyze the kinematic behavior of fluid.
Demonstrate the flow measurement devices and dimensional analysis.
Differentiate between boundary layer concept and compressible flow analysis.
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12
MACHINE SHOP
Sub Code: MEL47
CIE: 50
Hrs/Week: 03
SEE: 50
Total Hrs: 30
Credits: 2

1
2
3
4
To Provide an insight into different kinds of machine tools

To provide training to students to enrich their practical skills
To inculcate team qualities among the students
To train the students based on ethical, environmental and safety issues
PART A
Preparation of three models on lathe involving Plain turning, Taper turning, Step turning, Thread
cutting, Facing, Knurling, Drilling, Boring, Internal Thread cutting and Eccentric turning.
PART B
Cutting of V Groove/ dovetail / Rectangular groove using a shaper.
Cutting of Gear Teeth using Milling Machine.
Course Outcomes:
1
Will be able to demonstrate the various skills of Turning, facing, knurling,

thread cutting
Will be able to operate lathe machine, milling machine, shaping machines
safely
Will be able to work effectively with the others as a team.
Conduct themselves ethically and responsibly in machine shop
2
3
4
Matching COs with POs :

CO
C308.1
C308.2
C308.3
C308.4
PO1
3
3
3
3
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

3
2
2
3
2
3
3
2
3
PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY LABORATORY

Sub Code: MEL48
Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 30
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 2

1
2
3
Define metrology, classify standards, comparators, experiment with slip gauges

and demonstrate the working principles of comparators
Design different types of gauges using the concept of limits, fits and tolerances
Explain the concept of measuring Screw thread, gear and angular measurement
by choosing metrological instruments like micrometer, bevel protractor and Sine
bars
Outline the characteristics of generalized measurement system and demonstrate
the working principle of measuring force, pressure, temperature and strain
PART-A: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS

5. Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges.
PART-B: METROLOGY
a) Lathe tool Dynamometer
b) Drill tool Dynamometer.
5. Measurement of Screw thread Parameters using Two wire or Three-wire method.
6. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/Mechanical Comparator
7. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier /Gear tooth micrometer
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1
Use of Micrometer and bevel protractor for measurement of linear dimension and angle of a
given specimen
Measure the thread parameters using two wire method using floating carriage micrometer
Use tool makers microscope for measurement of the thread parameters
Demonstrate calibration of pressure gauge, thermocouple, load cells, strain gauge and
LVDT
2
3
4
CO-PO Mapping
CO
PO1
C402.1
C402.2
C402.3
C402.4
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12

(AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION AFFILIATED TO VTU, BELGAUM)

B.E. Medical Electronics
III SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week
Sl.
Subject
No
Code
MAT31
Title
L
04
EE32
Network Analysis
04
ML33
Sensors and Measurements
04
EC34
Analog Electronic Circuits
EC35
Logic Design
ML36
Anatomy and Physiology for

Engineers
Examination
SEE
Credits
CIE
SEE
Total
03
50
50
100
03
50
50
100
03
50
50
100
03
03
50
50
100
03
03
50
50
100
03
03
50
50
100
HOURS
MLL37
Analog Electronic Circuits Lab
03
50
50
100
MLL38
Logic Design Lab
03
50
50
100
TOTAL
23
02
04
24
400
400
800
25
1. Core subject: This is the course, which has to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core subject to complete the requirement of a program in a said discipline of study.
2a. Foundation Course: The course is based on the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from a pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/enabling an exposure to some other
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
B E IN MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
III SEMESTER
Sub Code: MAT31
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. Generalize a periodic function as a sum of series of trigonometric functions using Fourier
series.
(continuous).
numerical methods.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Peiodi futios, Diihlets oditios, Fouie seies of peiodi futios of period and with
Infinite Series: Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive terms (p-series Ratio test,
Comparison test) (Self-Learning).
8 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
transforms, Inverse Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof)
and problems. Properties of Fourier transforms (without proof) (Self-Learning)
8 hours
MODULE 3
Curve fitting: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, fitting of the curves of the form
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, RegulaFalsi method, Newton-Raphson method. Fixed point iteration method (Self-Learning)
8 hours
MODULE 4
FINITE DIFFERENCES: Fo ad ad Bak ad diffeees, Ne tos fo ad ad backward

itepolatio foulae. Ne tos di ided diffeee foula, Lagages itepolatio foula
and inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th ule, Weddles ules (all formulae/rules without
proof). Trapezoidal rule (Self-Learning).
8 hours
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
equations. Region of convergence (Self-Learning).
8 hours
Note: NO questions from Self-Learning.
Text Books:
. B.. Ge al, Highe Egieeig Matheatis Khaa Pulishes, rd Edition, 2014 June,
ISBN: 9788174091955.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B. V. aaa, Highe Egieeig Matheatis, Tata MGa -Hill, 2006,
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar ad . K. Jai N
ueial Methods: Fo ietifi ad Egieeig
Coputatio, Ne Age Iteatioal Puliatios, th Edition, 2012, ISBN: 9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, hau's Outlie of Ad aed Matheatis fo Egiees ad ietists
McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
4.te e C. Chapa ad aod Caale, N
ueial ethods fo Egiees, MGa -Hill
th
Education, 7 Edition, 2014, ISBN: 007339792X.
Course outcomes:

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
NETWORK ANALYSIS
Sub Code: EE32
CIE:50
Exam Hours: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To explain basic concepts of electrical networks and various simplification techniques.

To teach various network theorems.
To discuss transient behavior of electrical components and circuits.
To provide the knowledge about the application of Laplace transforms to electrical
circuits.
Course Content:
MODULE-1
Basic Concepts: Basic definitions. Practical sources, Source transformations, Network reduction
using Star Delta transformation, Loop and node analysis with linearly dependent and
independent sources for DC and AC networks, Concepts of super node and super mesh.
10Hours
MODULE-2
Networks Theorem-1: upepositio theoe, eipoit theoe, Millas theoe.
10Hours
MODULE-3
Network Theorems-2:
The eis ad Notos theoes, Maiu Po e tasfe theoe, ueial poles
based on all mentioned theorems.
Self Study: Network Topology: Graph of a network, Concept of tree and co-tree, incidence
10Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MODULE-4
condition and their representation, evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL, RC and RLC
circuits for AC excitations and RL, RC for DC excitations.
Self Study : Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RLC circuits for DC excitations.
10 Hours
MODULE-5
with these parameters, relationship between parameters sets (only with independent sources.
Self Study: Initial and final value theorem
10 Hours
Text Books:
2. Networks and systems, Roy Choudhury, New Age International Publications.,2nd edition,
2006 re-print
Reference Books:
1. Electric Circuits, haus Outlies,M Nah i & J A Ediiste,TMH,th Editio,9.
3. Analysis of Linear Systems, David K. Cheng, Narosa Publishing House, 11th reprint, 2002
Course outcomes:

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
SENSORS AND MEASUREMENTS

Sub Code: ML33
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Impart the knowledge of general measurement systems and their errors

Study the design and implementation of various bridge circuits
Understand the working of different transducers based on their applications
Basic processing and analysis of transducer outputs
Course Content:
Module 1
Science of Measurement: Measurement System Instrumentation Classification and

Characteristics of Transducers: Static and Dynamic, Errors in Measurements, Calibration,
Primary and secondary standards
8 Hours
Module 2
Displacement, Pressure, Temperature Sensors: Strain Gauge: Gauge factor, sensing elements,
configuration, unbounded strain gage, biomedical applications; LVDT, Passive types: RTD
materials & range, relative resistance vs. temperature characteristics, Thermistor
characteristics, biomedical applications of Temperature sensors. Active types: Thermocouple
characteristics
7 Hours
Module 3
Photoelectric and Piezo Electric Sensors: Phototube, Photo Multiplier Tube (PMT),
photovoltaic, phototransistor, spectrophotometric applications of photo electric transducers.
Piezoelectric active transducer and biomedical applications as pressure & Ultrasound
transducer
7 Hours
Module 4
Signal Conditioning & Signal Analyzer: AC and DC Bridges wheat stone bridge, Kelvin,
Maxwell, Pre-amplifier impedance matching circuits isolation amplifier. Spectrum analyzer
7 Hours
Module 5
Display and Recording Devices : Digital voltmeter Multi meter CRO block diagram, CRT
vertical & horizontal deflection system, DSO, LCD monitor, photographic recorder, magnetic
tape recorder, thermal recorder
7 Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Course Outcomes:
Understand and build the basic blocks of measurement systems
Students will be able to apply the various transducer characteristics and techniques of
measurements to find the behavior of systems.
Students will have a comprehensive knowledge of the transducer/sensor basics and its
applications
Students will have the ability to select appropriate methods of measurement
Students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the techniques and to use
them in medical applications
Text Books:
1. Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation L.A Geddas and L.E.Baker John Wiley
and sons
2. Albert D. Helfrick and William D. Cooper. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and
Measueet Tehiues, Petie Hall of Idia, .
Reference Books:
1. Ernest o Doebelin and dhanesh N manik, Measurement systems, Application and design
,5th edition ,McGraw-Hill, 2007
2. Khadpu ., Hadook of Bioedial Istuetatio, Tata MGa -Hill, New
Delhi, 2007.
3. Leslie Co ell, Bioedial Istuetatio ad easueet, Petie hall of Idia,
New Delhi, 2007.
4. Joh G. Weste, Medial Istuetatio Appliatio ad Desig, Joh Wile ad
sons, New York, 2004

7/28/2016 12:09 PM

Sub Code: EC34
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE:50
SEE:50
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Define, demonstrate and analyze Power amplifier circuits in different modes of
operation.
Course Content:
Module-1
8 Hours
Module-2
BJT AC Analysis: BJT modeling, re transistor model: Common Emitter Configuration, VoltageDivider Bias, CE Emitter-Bias Configuration (Excluding PSpice Analysis), Emitter Follower
Configuration and Darlington Connection( Relevant problems). The Hybrid Equivalent Model,
Hybrid pi model.
Self study: Effect of RL and RS, Cascaded Systems, Cascode Connection.
8 Hours
Module-3
Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer Characteristics- Derivation,
depletion type MOSFET: Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Enhancement
Type MOSFET Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Relevant problems.
Self-stud: Applig hokles Euatio, P-Channel Depletion Type MOSFET and Symbols,
P Channel Enhancement Type MOSFET and Symbols, CMOS
FET Biasing
Relevant problems.
8 Hours
Module-4
BJT frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency considerations,
RC- Coupled BJT Amplifier, low frequency analysis BJT low frequency response, miller effect
capacitance, BJT high frequency response, multistage frequency effects.
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Oscillators: Oscillator operation, Phase shift Oscillator, Wien bridge Oscillator, Tuned Oscillator
circuits, Crystal Oscillator. (BJT Version Only)
Self-study: FET version
8 Hours
Module-5
Self-study: Four Basic Feedback Topologies-Series-Shunt, Series-Series, Shunt-Shunt & ShuntSeries Amplifier (Qualitative Analysis).
Transformer Coupled Push-PullCircuits, Complementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier
Distortion, Relevant Problems
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Transistor
Response and Oscillators.
Oscillators.
Text Books:
1. E letoi De ies ad Ciuit Theo, Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,

2. Aalog Eletois Ciuits: A iplified Appoah, U.B. Mahadevaswamy,
3. J. Nagath, Eletois: Aalog ad Digital, PHI
Reference Books:
1. Itegated Eletois, Jacob Millman & Christos C. Halkias, Tata - McGraw Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2010
2. Eletoi De ies ad Ciuits, David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition, 2004
3. Mioeletoi Ciuits, Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University
Press, International Version, 2009.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
LOGIC DESIGN
Sub Code: EC35
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Binary comparators
Course Content:
Module 1
Iopletel speified futios Dot Cae tes, iplifig Ma te euatios. QuieMcCluskey minimization technique.
8 Hours
Module 2
8 Hours
Module 3
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: Basic Bistable Element, Latches, SR Latch, Application of SR
Latch, A Switch Debouncer, The Clocked SR Flip Flop, JK Flip Flop, The Master-Slave JK Flip-flop,
Edge Triggered Flip-Flops. Characteristic equation and Timing diagram of Flip-Flop circuits.
8 Hours
Module 4
8 Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Module 5
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Techniques.
Multiplexers.
Text books:
Reference Books:
2001.
3. Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, Ronald J Tocci, Neal S.Wildmer, and Gregory
L. Moss, Pearson, 9th Edition.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS

Sub Code: ML36
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 30
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Develop a vocabulary of appropriate terminology to effectively communicate

information related to anatomy and physiology
Recognize and explain the structure & function of cell, blood & tissues in the human
body
Recognize and explain the principle of homeostasis and the use of feedback loops to
control physiological systems in the human body
Recognize the anatomical structures and explain the physiological functions of body
systems viz. cardiovascular system, digestive system & respiratory system
Have fundamental knowledge of functions of organ system
Course Content:
MODULE 1:
GENERAL ANATOMY: Subdivision of anatomy, language of anatomy; Terms & terminologies;
Cell: introduction, structure of cell, cell membrane composition of cell membrane, structure
of cell membrane, function of cell membrane, cytoplasm, nucleus, transport through cell
membrane, internal environment & homeostasis,
6 Hours
MODULE 2:
TISSUES & BLOOD: Tissues: Epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue,
cell regeneration, membranes; Blood: Composition of blood, plasma, cellular content of blood,
erythrocytes, thrombocytes, leukocytes, hemoglobin
6 Hours
MODULE 3:
CARDIO VASCULAR SYSTEM: Blood vessels, internal respiration, Heart Position, structure,
flow of blood to heart, conducting system of heart, cardiac cycle, cardiac output, blood
pressure, pulse, heart rate, Electrocardiogram (ECG)
6 Hours
MODULE 4:
DIGESTIVE SYSTEM: organs of digestive system, alimentary canal, structure & function of
mouth, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, rectum, anal canal, pancreas, liver,
metabolism
6 Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MODULE 5:
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM: Nose & nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi & bronchioles,
respiratory bronchioles & alveoli, Lungs, Respiration muscles of respiration, cycle of
respiration, lung volume & capacities
6 Hours
Course outcomes:
The students will be familiar with the basic structure of human body & its functioning
The students will be able to understand the physiological functioning of cell, blood &
different organ system viz. cardiovascular system, digestive system & respiratory system
The students will be familiar with the anatomical structure and functions of different
organ systems of the human body viz. cardiovascular system, digestive system &
respiratory system
Understand the integrity of complex organ systems of the body and homeostatic
processes
Ability to analyze physiologic processes and problems
Text Books:
1) oss ad Wilsos Aato ad Phsiolog i Health ad Illess, Ae Waugh ad Alliso

Grant, 3rd Edition, Churchill Livingstone Publication
2)
K euliga & Pea euliga ,Essetials of Medial Phsiolog, Japee
Publications, 2004
Reference books:
1) Hadook of Geeal Aato, B.D.Chauasia, th Edition, CBS Publisher
2) Aato of Uppe Li & Thoa, B.D.Chauasia Vol I ,Else ie, st edition reprinted 2008.
3) Aato of Lo e Li & Adoe Vol II, B.D.Chauasia, Else ie, edition reprinted
2008
4) Hua Aato ad Phsiolog, Nellie D. Millad, Ba G. Kig & Ma Jae ho es, th
Edition, W. B. Sunders company

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB

Sub Code: MLL37
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 30
Credits: 2
Course Objectives:
To make familiarize with Electronic circuitry.
To build and test working of power supply and amplifier circuits using BJT.
To build and test high input amplifier circuits.
To construct and verify three oscillator circuits.
To construct & test the waveform shaping circuits.
Course Content:
1. Testing of Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifier circuits with and without Capacitor
filter. Determination of ripple factor, regulation and efficiency
detection.
3. Wiring of RC coupled Single stage BJT amplifier and determination of the gain-frequency
response, input and output impedances.
Experiment).
5. Wiring of a two stage BJT Voltage series feed back amplifier and determination of the
gain, Frequency response, input and output impedances with and without feedback
(One experiment)
6. Wiring and Testing for the performance of BJT-C Phase shift Osillato fo f KHz
7. Testing for the performance of BJT Hartley & Colpitts Oscillators for RF range f0
KHz.
8. Testing for the performance of BJT -Crystal Oscillator for f0 > 100 KHz
9. Testing of a transformer less Class B push pull power amplifier and determination of
its conversion efficiency.
10. Veifiatio of The iis Theoe ad Maiu Po e Tasfe theoe fo DC
Circuits.
Course Outcomes:
A thorough knowledge about the operation and application of various basic analog
electronic components and circuits.
Students will be able to design, construct, measure and successfully troubleshoot
circuits by taking accurate data and analyse the results.
An ability to think logically and laterally.
Ability to work in group and communicate effectively

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
LOGIC DESIGN LAB

Sub Code: MLL38
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 30
Credits: 2
Course Objectives:
Simplify& realize Boolean expressions using logic gates/Universal gates.
Realization of Half &Full adder, Half & Full Subtractors using logic gates, Parallel
adder/Subtractors using 7483,7485
Verification and use of IC 74153, 74139, flip flops, counters and shift registers.
Course Content:
9. Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter design (7476,
7490, 74192, 74193).
Course Outcomes:
Students will have a knowledge of simplifying the Boolean expressions using K-maps
and other tabulation methods by using the laboratory equipments
Students will develop the ability to construct, analyze and troubleshoot the
simple sequential and combinational circuits
Students will be able to record the experimental
data, analyses the results and will correlate them
with the real world biomedical application


(AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION AFFILIATED TO VTU, BELGAUM)

B.E. Medical Electronics
IV SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week
Sl. No
Subject
Examination
SEE
Title
Code
HOURS
CIE
SEE
Total
04
03
50
50
100
MAT41
EC42
Signals and Systems
04
03
50
50
100
ML43
Control Systems
04
03
50
50
100
03
03
50
50
100
EC44
Engineering Maths-IV
Credits
Linear Integrated Circuits & its

Applications
ML45
Microcontrollers
03
03
50
50
100
ML46
Medical Science for Engineers
03
03
50
50
100
MLL47
Integrated Circuits Lab
03
50
50
100
MLL48
Microcontrollers Lab
03
50
50
100
23
02
04
24
400
400
800
25
TOTAL
1. Core subject: This is the course, which has to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core subject to complete the requirement of a program in a said discipline of study.
2a. Foundation Course: The course is based on the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement.
3. Elective: This is the course, which can be chosen from a pool of papers. It may be supportive to the discipline/providing extended scope/enabling an exposure to some other
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
IV SEMESTER
Sub Code: MAT41
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
integration.
MODULE 1
Nueial solutio of Odia Diffeetial Euatios of fist ode ad fist degee: Piads
ethod, Talos seies ethod, Modified Eules ethod, uge-Kutta method of fourth order,
Pedito ad Coeto ethod: Mile s Method No dei atios of foulae. Adas
Bashforth Method (No derivations of formula)(Self-Learning).
8 hours
MODULE 2
Numerical solution of two-diesioal Laplaes euatio elf-Learning).
8 hours
MODULE 3
ad z , Biliea tasfoatios. `
Transformation (Self-Learning)
8 hours
MODULE 4
Singularities, Poles and residues (Self-Learning).
8 hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:
eas, ofidee liits fo eas, tudets
t-distribution-illustrative
examples.
Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit (Self-Learning).
8 hours
Note: NO questions from illustrative examples and from Self-Learning.
Text Books:
1. B.. Ge al, Highe Egieeig Matheatis Khaa Pulishes, rd Edition, 2014 June,
ISBN: 9788174091956.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.aaa, Highe Egieeig Matheatis, Tata M Ga -Hill, 2006;
ISBN: 9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar ad . K. Jai N
ueial Methods: Fo ietifi ad Egieeig
Coputatio, Ne Age Iteatioal Puliatios, th Edition, 2012, ISBN: 9788122433234.
3.Murray Speigel, hau's Outlie of Ad aed Matheatis fo Egiees ad ietists
McGraw-Hill, 1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4.Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education (India)
Course outcomes:
2. Practice Numerical methods examine analytical functions; employ probability distribution for
real life problem.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Sub Code: EC42
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
Acquaint the students with basics of signals and systems (continuous time and
discrete time)
Analyze properties of LTI systems
Study the time and frequency domain characteristics of signals using Fourier
transforms and Z transforms
Course Content:
Module 1
Introduction: Definitions of a signal and a system, classification of signals, basic Operations on
signals, elementary signals, Systems viewed as Interconnections of operations, properties of
systems.
10 Hours
Module 2
Time-domain representations for LTI systems: Impulse response representation, Convolution
integral, Convolution Sum, Differential and difference equation Representations, Block diagram
representations.
12 Hours
Module 3
Properties of impulse response: Representation of LTI systems, Computational Structures for
implementing Discrete-Time systems: Direct form I, Direct form II, cascade and parallel forms.
8 Hours
Module 4
Fourier representation for signals: Discrete time, continuous time Fourier series and examples
Continuous Fourier transforms (derivations of transforms are excluded) and Discrete Fourier
transforms and their properties and examples
10 Hours
Module 5
Z-Transforms: Introduction, Z transform, properties of ROC, properties of Z transforms,

inversion of Z transforms.
Transform analysis of LTI Systems, unilateral Z- Transform and its application to solve difference
equations.
10 Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Course Outcomes:
Students will have a comprehensive knowledge of various forms of signals and systems
Ability to transform signals into different domains and analyze their properties
Given a system, the students will acquire the mathematical skills to determine the
response and analyze the same
Students will be able to acknowledge and apply the theoretical knowledge on real time
signals and systems
Text Books:
1. "Signals and Systems", Simon Haykin & Barry Van Veen, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
Reprint 2002.
Reference Books:
1. "Signals and Systems", Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S, Willsky and A Hamid Nawab, Pearson
Education Asia / PHI, 2nd edition, 1997. Indian Reprint 2002.
2. "Signals and Systems", has outlies, H. P Hsu, . aja, TMH,

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
CONTROL SYSTEMS
Sub Code: ML43
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
To understand the differential equations of physical systems

To study the representation of physical systems in terms of block diagrams and signal
flow graphs
To learn the time response specifications of feedback control systems
To learn the concept of stability analysis
Course Content:
Module 1
Modeling of systems: The control system, mathematical models of physical systems
introduction, differential equations of physical systems mechanical systems, friction,
translational systems (mechanical accelerometer, levered systems excluded), rotational
systems, electrical systems and analogous systems, Problems
10 Hours
Module 2
Block diagrams and signal flow graphs: Transfer functions, block diagram algebra, signal
flow graphs (state variable formulation excluded), Problems
08 Hours
Module 3
Time response of feedback control systems: Standard test signals, unit step response of first
and second order systems, time response specifications, time response specifications of
second order systems, steady state errors and error constants, Problems
8 Hours
Module 4
Stability analysis: Concepts of stability, necessary conditions for stability, Routh stability
criterion, relative stability analysis, Problems
7 Hours
Module 5
Root locus techniques: Introduction, the root locus concepts, construction of root loci,
Problems
7 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Students will have a knowledge of representing systems mathematically

Design and analyze control systems using their electrical and mechanical analogues
Formulate control systems for solving real world issues
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Work in a team to identify the existence and use of control systems in biomedical
applications
Text Books:
1. Cotol sstes egieeig, J. Nagaath ad M. Gopal, Ne age Iteatioal P
limited, publishers, fourth edition - 2005.
Reference Books:
1.
Mode otol egieeig K. Ogata, Peaso eduatio asia/ PHI, fouth
edition
2.
Coepts of otol sstes, P. . ataaaaa, Daa pulishes,
Bangalore, 2001.
3.
Cotol systems piiples ad desig, M. Gopal, TMH, 999.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM

Sub Code: EC44
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Course Content:
Module-1
impedances ,Op-Amps as DC Amplifiers: Biasing Op-Amps, Direct coupled Voltage Followers,
Non-inverting Amplifiers, Inverting amplifiers
Self study: Summing amplifiers, Difference amplifier.
8 Hours
Module-2
Capacitor coupled Difference amplifier, setting the upper cut-off
frequency, Op-Amps
frequency response and compensation
Self study: Bandwidth, Slew rate effects, Zin Mod compensation
8 Hours
Module-3
Self study: V to I and I to V converters, Multiplier and divider.
8Hours
Module-4
purpose regulator.
Self study: Switching regulators
8 Hours

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Module-5
Other Linear IC applications: Basic 555 timer circuit, 555 timer used as Astable and Monostable
Multivibrator, PLL-operating principles, VCO; Basic DAC Techniques- weighted resistor DAC , R2R ladder DAC, A/D converters- counter type ADC, Servo Tracking ADC, Successive
Approximation converter
Self study: Phase detector / comparator, dual slope ADC
8 hours
Course Outcomes:
Text Books:
. O
peatioal Aplifies ad Liea ICs, Da id A. Bell, d editio,PHI/Peaso, .
. Liea Itegated Ciuits, D. o Choudhu ad hail B. Jai, ndedition, Reprint 2006,
. Opeatioal Aplifies ad Liea ICs , Da id A. Bell,d editio, PHI/Ofod.
Reference Books:
1. Opeatioal Aplifies ad Liea Itegated Ciuits, oet. F.Coughli &
Fred.F.Driscoll, PHI/Pearson, 2006.
2. Opeatioal Aplifies, Geoge Clato ad te e Wider, Elsever3. 5th ed., 2008.
3. Op-Aps ad liea itegated iuits aakat A Gaak ad, PHI, e
4. Desig ith Opeatioal Aplifies ad Aalog Itegated Ciuits, egio Fao,
TMH, 3e, 2005.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MICROCONTROLLERS
Sub Code: ML45
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Provide a knowledge foundation which will enable students to pursue subsequent
courses in real-time embedded systems software and computer design.
Understand the differences between microcontrollers and microprocessors, different
CPU architectures, & describe the features of a typical microcontroller.
Use the 8051 addressing modes and instruction set to perform - arithmetic & logic
operations, data & control transfer operations, input & output operations.
Comprehend the architectures of 8051 Microcontroller, & understand the operation of
parts of this controller, and be able to apply this knowledge in simple programs.
Understand 8051 assembly language and C programs for time delays, I/O operations,
and for Serial communication.
Course Content:
Module 1
Microprocessors and microcontroller: Introduction, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, The
8051 Architecture: Introduction, Architecture of 8051, Pin diagram of 8051, Memory
organization, External Memory interfacing, stacks.
06 Hours
SELF STUDY : RISC & CISC CPU Architectures, Harvard & Von-Neumann CPU architecture,
Computer software.
Module 2
Addressing Modes: Introduction, Instruction syntax, Data types, Subroutines, Addressing
modes: Immediate addressing, Register addressing, Direct addressing, Indirect addressing,
relative addressing, Absolute addressing, Long addressing, Indexed addressing, Bit inherent
addressing, bit direct addressing.
06 Hours
SELF STUDY : Instruction set: Instruction timings, 8051 instructions: Data transfer instructions,
Arithmetic instructions, Logical instructions, Branch instructions, Subroutine instructions, and
Bit manipulation instruction.
Module 3
8051 programming: Assembler directives, Assembly language programs and Time delay
calculations.
06 Hours
SELF STUDY : 8051 Interfacing and Applications: Basics of I/O concepts, I/O Port Operation,
Interfacing 8051 to LCD, Keyboard, parallel and serial ADC, DAC, Stepper motor interfacing and
DC motor interfacing and programming
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Module 4
8051 Interrupts and Timers/counters: Basics of interrupts, 8051 interrupt structure, Timers and
Counters, 8051 timers/counters.
06 Hours
SELF STUDY : Programming 8051 timers in assembly and C
Module 5
8051 Serial Communication: Data communication, Basics of Serial Data Communication, 8051
Serial Communication, connections to RS-232.
06 Hours
SELF STUDY :Serial communication Programming in assembly and C.
Course Outcomes:
Understand the differences between microcontrollers and microprocessors, different

CPU architectures, & describe the features of a typical microcontroller
Use commands/instructions that place data in internal memory, external memory, get
data from ROM addresses, exchange data, predict the ranges of Jump.
Comprehend the architectures of 8051 and MSP430 Microcontrollers, & understand the
operation of parts of these controllers, and be able to apply this knowledge in simple
programs.
Capable of utilizing embedded programming skills for Hardware Design and
development of medical applications.
Text Books:
1. The 85 Mirootroller ad Eedded ystes usig asselyad C -,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D.McKinlay; PHI, 2006 /
Pearson, 2006
Reference Books:
1. The 85 Mirootroller Arhiteture, Prograig & Appliatios, 2e Kenneth J.
Ayala ;, Penram International, 1996 / Thomson Learning 2005.
2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Hardware, software and applications, V. Udaashakaa
and Malikarjuna Swamy, TMH, 2009

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MEDICAL SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERS

Sub Code: ML46
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Introduction to human physiology emphasizing on quantitative physiological principles .
Have fundamental knowledge of functions of organs.
Understand the physical and physiological principles of several organs like brain, Glands,
kidney, and Urinary system.
Course Content:
Module 1
General Physiology: The internal environment and homeostasis, movement of substances
within the body, body fluids, action potential, propagation of action potential. Cardiovascular
System: Introduction, Blood vessels- Arteries and Arterioles, Veins and Venules, capillaries and
sinusoids, control of blood vessel diameter, blood supply- internal respiration, cell nutrition.
factors affecting heart rate, the Cardiac cycle, cardiac output, blood pressure, control of blood
pressure, pulse and factors affecting the pulse rate.
06 Hours
Module 2
Respiratory System: Introduction, Nose and Nasal cavity- functions, pharynx- functions. Larynx:
functions, trachea, bronchi, bronchioles-functions, Lungs- pleura and pleural cavity, cycle of
respiration, variables affecting respiration, lung volumes and capacity.
06 Hours
Module 3
Digestive System: Introduction, Organs of the digestive system- mouth: tongue, teeth, salivary
glands, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, gastric juice- functions, functions of stomach small
intestine: chemical digestion in small intestine, large intestine: functions of the large intestine,
rectum and anal canal, Pancreas, Liver.
06 Hours
Module 4
Nervous System: Neurons: Properties of neurons, Cell bodies, Axon and Dendrites, Types of
nerves, Synapse and neurotransmitters, neuromuscular junction. Central nervous system,
Peripheral nervous system, Autonomic nervous system (in brief)- functions and effects.
06 Hours
Module 5
Endocrine, Urinary and Reproductive System: Functions of Pituitary gland, thyroid gland,
parathyroid gland, adrenal gland, functions of the kidneys, urinary bladder micturition.
06 Hours
7/28/2016 12:09 PM
Course Outcomes:
Understand basics of Tissues, cartilage, propagation of action potential homeostatic

processes
The students will be familiar with the structure and functions of different organ systems
of the human body (CNS, Cardiovascular, Renal etc.).
Understand the integrity of complex organ systems of the body and homeostatic
Processes
Ability to analyze physiologic processes and problems.
Text Books:
1. R
oss & Wilso's Aatoy ad Physiology i Health ad Illess by Anne Waugh and
Allison Grant, 9 Edition, Churchill Livingstone Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Essentials of Medical Physiology - by K. Sembulingam and PremaSembulingam, 3rd
Edition, Jaypee Publications.
2. Arthur. C. Guyton, John E Hall, Tetook of Medial Phsiolog, W.B. Saunders
Company, 2000.

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB

Sub Code: MLL47
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 2
Course Objectives:
To introduce students to the concepts of design and development of linear
circuits
Design and construct the oscillator and triggering circuits using op-amp
Elucidate and design the working of multivibrators using special application IC
555 and general purpose op-amp
To gain the knowledge about the working of voltage regulator IC and DAC
Course Content:
1. Measurement of op-amp parameters (Input offset current, Input bias current, Input
offset voltage, Slew rate)
2. Designing of Inverting amplifier & attenuator, non inverting amplifier & voltage
follower, Adder, Subtractor, Integrator and Differentiator using 741 IC
3. Design of Precision rectifiers
4. Design of wein bridge oscillator using op-amp
5. Schmitt trigger design and test a Schmitt trigger circuit for the given values of UTP and
LTP
6. Astable Multivibrator using op-amp
7. Monostable multivibrator using op-amp
8. Frequency response of active second order Low pass and High pass filters
9. Astable Multivibrator using 555 timer
10. Monostable multivibrator using 555 timer
11. Voltage regulator using 723 IC
12. Design and test R-2R DAC using op-amp
Course Outcomes:
The students will be capable to customize the design of various op-amp applications
circuit
Students will be able to design active filtering circuits for applications in signal
processing
Students will be able to construct and troubleshoot circuits containing linear integrated
circuits

7/28/2016 12:09 PM
MICROCONTROLLER LAB
Sub Code: MLL48
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 4
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 2
Course Outcomes
Understand assembly level programming of 8051, & write 8051 assembly language programs
using Kiel development software.
Illustrate the various modes of 8051 timers, and program the 8051 timers/counters in assembly.
Understand what occurs within the 8051 on an interruptand write programs for 8051 using
interrupts.
Interface application circuits like LCD, keyboard, ADC, DAC and stepper motor with 8051
microcontroller & develop application programs using 8051 C.
Course Content:
I. PROGRAMMING
1. Data Transfer - Block move, Exchange, Sorting, Finding largest element in an Array
2. Arithmetic Instructions - Addition/subtraction, multiplication and division, Square, Cube (16
bits Arithmetic operations bit addressable).
3. Counters.
4. Boolean & Logical Instructions (Bit manipulations).
5. Conditional CALL & RETURN.
6. Code conversion: BCD ASCII; ASCII Decimal; Decimal - ASCII; HEX - Decimal and Decimal HEX.
7. Programs to generate delay, Programs using serial port and on-Chip timer / Counter.
II. INTERFACING:
Write C programs to interface 8051 chip to Interfacing modules to develop single
Chip solutions.
8. Simple Calculator using 6 digit seven segment display and Hex Keyboard Interface to 8051.
9. Alphanumeric LCD panel and Hex keypad input interface to 8051.
10. External ADC and Temperature control interface to 8051.
11. Generate different waveforms Sine, Square, Triangular, Ramp etc. using DAC Interface to 8051;
change the frequency and amplitude.
12. Stepper and DC motor control interface to 8051.
13. Elevator interface to 8051.
Course Outcomes
Familiarity with hardware and software development and debugging tools

Develop, simulate and debug 8051 assembly language and C programs for time delays, I/O
operations, logic and arithmetic operations, data conversion using Keil software development
tools.
Write C programs to interface 8051 chip to Interfacing modules and Design low power
embedded applications using MSP430.
Ability to work in group and communicate effectively.



B.E. TELECOMMINICATION ENGINEERING

III SEMESTER
Sl.
No.
Subje
ct
Code
1
2
MAT31
EC33
4
5
6
7
8
Subject Title
Teaching
Department
Board
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
Examination
P
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
BS
EEE
Maths
TCE
Maths
EC
4
4
0
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
4
4
ELECTRO MAGNATIC FIELD THEORY (C)
EC
TCE
EC
50
50
100
EC34
EC35
TE36
TEL37
ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS (FC)*

LOGIC DESIGN (FC)*
PRINCIPLES OF DATA CABLING &
ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS LAB
EC
EC
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
EC
EC
TCE
TCE
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
3
3
3
2
TEL38
LOGIC DESIGN LAB
TCE
TCE
TCE
50
50
100
400
400
800
25
TE32
ENGINEERING MATHS-III (CORE)
Course
Type
NETWORK ANALYSIS AND

CONTROLSYSTEMSV(CORE)
Total
Hrs./ Week: 4
SEE: 50
Total Hrs.: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1. Generalize a periodic function as a sum of series of trigonometric functions using Fourier series.
(continuous).
numerical methods.
MODULE 1
FOURIER SERIES:
Periodic functions, Dirichlets conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and with
Self Study Component: Infinite Series-Convergence, Divergence of infinite series of positive terms (pseries Ratio test, Comparison test).
10 hours
MODULE 2
FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Inverse Fourier transforms, Inverse
Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof) and problems.
10 hours
MODULE 3
+ , = , = .
, = 2+
Numerical Methods: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations, Regula-Falsi

method, Newton-Raphson method.
10 hours
MODULE 4
FINITE DIFFERENCES: Forward and Backward differences, Newtons forward and Backward
interpolation formulae. Newtons divided difference formula, Lagranges interpolation formula and
inverse interpolation formula (without proofs).
Numerical Integration: Simpsons 1/3rd, 3/8th rule, Weddles rule (all formulae/rules without proof).
10 hours
MODULE 5
Z-TRANSFORMS:
Z-Transforms, Standard Z-transforms, Damping rule, Shifting rule, Initial value and final value theorems
(without proof), Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve difference equations.
10 hours
Text Books:
ISBN: 9788174091955.
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006,
ISBN: 9780070634190.
McGraw-Hill, 1971, ISBN: 9780070602168.
Course outcomes:
1. Explain Fourier series, reproduce Fourier transforms & Z- transform and list numerical methods for
various analytical problem.
2. Expand a function using Fourier series, operate Fourier transform, Z-transform and practice
numerical methods.
3. Rewrite a function using Fourier series, summarize Fourier and Z-transforms and compare numerical
solution with analytical solution.

Sub Code: EC34
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Course Content:
Module-1
Transistor Biasing: Operating point, Fixed bias circuits, Emitter stabilized biased circuits, Voltage
divider biased, Transistor switching networks, BJT as a Switch, Bias stabilization.
8 Hours
Module-2
BJT AC Analysis: BJT modeling, re transistor model: Common Emitter Configuration, Voltage-Divider
Bias, CE Emitter-Bias Configuration (Excluding PSpice Analysis), Emitter Follower Configuration and
Darlington Connection( Relevant problems). The Hybrid Equivalent Model, Hybrid pi model.
Self study: Effect of RL and RS, Cascaded Systems, Cascode Connection.
8 Hours
Module-3
Introduction, Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer Characteristics- Derivation, depletion
type MOSFET: Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Enhancement Type MOSFET
Basic Construction, Basic Operation and Characteristics, Relevant problems.
Self-study: Applying Shockleys Equation, P-Channel Depletion Type MOSFET and Symbols, P Channel
Enhancement Type MOSFET and Symbols, CMOS
FET Biasing
Introduction, Fixed-Bias Configuration, Self-Bias Configuration, Voltage-Divider Biasing, Relevant
problems.
8 Hours
Module-4
BJT frequency response: Introduction, logarithms, decibels, general frequency considerations, RCCoupled BJT Amplifier, low frequency analysis BJT low frequency response, miller effect capacitance,
BJT high frequency response, multistage frequency effects.
Oscillators: Oscillator operation, Phase shift Oscillator, Wien bridge Oscillator, Tuned Oscillator
circuits, Crystal Oscillator. (BJT Version Only)
Self-study: FET version
8 Hours
Module-5
Self-study: Four Basic Feedback Topologies-Series-Shunt, Series-Series, Shunt-Shunt & Shunt-Series
Amplifier (Qualitative Analysis).
transformer coupled class A amplifier, class B amplifier operation, class B amplifier circuits: Transformer
Coupled Push-PullCircuits, Complementary Symmetry Circuits, Amplifier Distortion, Relevant
Problems
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
3. To attain the concept of feedback amplifier, oscillator and power amplifier using Transistor
4. Interpretation of performance characteristics of transistors amplifiers, frequency Response and
Oscillators.
6. Apply the knowledge gained in the design of transistorized circuits, amplifiers and Oscillators.
Text Books:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, PHI/Pearson
Education. 10th Edition.ISBN:9788131727003
2. Analog Electronics Circuits: A Simplified Approach, U.B. Mahadevaswamy,
3. J. Nagrath, Electronics: Analog and Digital, PHI
Reference Books:
1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman & Christos C. Halkias, Tata - McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition,
2010
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edition, 2004
3. Microelectronic Circuits, Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press,
International Version, 2009.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELD THEORY

Sub Code: EC33
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 04
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits:4
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the concepts of electric and magnetic fields that will help students to visualize real
time effects and applications of field theory.
2. To derive Maxwell equations both in electric and magnetic fields and identify their importance in
the field of electronics and communication engineering
Course Content:
Module-1
Vector Analysis, Coordinate Systems: three dimensional Coordinate systems-Cartesian, cylindrical and
Spherical coordinate systems, and conversion from one coordinate system to other.
Coulombs Law and Electric field intensity: Coulombs law of charges, Electric field intensity, Field
due to line, area and volume charge distributions.
Self study: Review of vectors and vector algebra-simple problems
(5 +5) Hours
Module-2
Electric flux density, Gauss law and divergence: Electric flux density, Gauss law, Divergence,
Maxwells First equation (Electrostatics), vector operator and divergence theorem.
Energy and potential : Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field, The line integral,
Definition of potential difference and Potential, The potential field of a point charge and system of
charges, Potential gradient , Energy density in an electrostatic field.
Self study: Application of Gauss law
(5 +5) Hours
Module-3
Conductors, dielectrics and capacitance: Current and current density, Continuity of current, boundary
conditions for perfect Dielectrics, capacitance.
Poissons and Laplaces equations: Poissons and Laplaces Equations, Uniqueness theorem, Examples
of the solutions to Laplaces and Poissons equations (One dimensional only).
Self Study: Metallic conductors, Conductor properties and boundary conditions
(5+5) Hours
Module-4
The steady magnetic field: Biot-Savart law, Amperes circuital law, Curl, Stokes theorem, magnetic
flux and flux density, scalar and Vector magnetic potentials. Magnetic forces: Force on a moving charge
and differential current element, Force between differential current elements, Force and torque on a
closed circuit.
Self study: Nature and classification of magnetic materials
10 Hours
Module-5
Magnetic materials and inductance: Magnetization and permeability, Magnetic boundary conditions,
Magnetic circuit, Potential energy and forces on magnetic materials, Inductance and Mutual Inductance.
Time varying fields and Maxwells equations: Faradays law, displacement current, Maxwells
equation in point and Integral form, retarded potentials.
Self study: Applications of static and dynamic fields
(5+5) Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of Electromagnetic Field Theory
2. Apply knowledge of Poissons and Laplaces equations to boundary value problems
3. Apply Maxwells Equations to solve problems in electronics and communication field
4. Analyze the Boundary conditions for different mediums i.e. Dielectric to Dielectric, Dielectric to
conductor interfaces and give solution.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Electromagnetics, William H Hayt Jr. and John A Buck,Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th
edition, 2006.
2. Electromagnetics with Applications, John Krauss and Daniel A Fleisch, McGraw-Hill, 5th
edition, 1999.
3. Electromagnetics B. B. Laud, New Age International(p) Ltd N Delhi (1987)
Reference Books:
Elements of Electromagnetic Mathew N.O Sadiku, New York Oxford University Press,
Fourth Edition,2007
2. Field and Wave Electromagnetics, David K Cheng, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd edition, 1989, Indian Reprint 2001.
3. Fundamentals of Electromagnetics with MATLAB, Karl Lonngen,Sava V.Savov,Randy J.Jost,
PHI-second Edition-2012
1.
LOGIC DESIGN
Total Hrs: 40
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Binary comparators
Course Content:
Module 1
I co pletel specified fu ctio s Do t Ca e te s , Si plif i g Ma te
e uatio s. Qui eMcCluskey minimization technique.
8 Hours
Module 2
8 Hours
Module 3
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: Basic Bistable Element, Latches, SR Latch, Application of SR
Latch, A Switch Debouncer, The Clocked SR Flip Flop, JK Flip Flop, The Master-Slave JK Flip-flop,
Edge Triggered Flip-Flops. Characteristic equation and Timing diagram of Flip-Flop circuits.
8 Hours
Module 4
8 Hours
Module 5
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Techniques.
Multiplexers.
Text books:
Reference Books:
2001.
3. Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, Ronald J Tocci, Neal S.Wildmer, and Gregory
L. Moss, Pearson, 9th Edition.
Principles of data cabling and Networking

Sub Code: TE36 CIE:50
Total Hrs: 40
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
Understand various cabling specifications and standards from installation and manufacturability
perspective.
Comprehend various cabling components from domestic and corporate installation perspective.
Diagnose faults, defects in cable installation and their rectification through standard testing
methodologies.
Course Content:
Module 1:
Introduction to data cabling: The importance of Reliable cabling, Cabling and the need for speed, Cable
design, Data Communications, Speed Bumps, Types of cross talk, structured cabling and
standardizations, Topologies, Network applications.
Cabling Specification and standardization: Structured cabling and standardization, Standards and
Specification Organizations.
Cabling system Components: The cable, Wall plates and connectors, Cabling pathways,
Telecommunications Rooms, Enclosures, and Equipment Rooms. TIA/EI A Recommendations for
Telecommunications Rooms.[Various standards and specifications organizations-self-study]
8 Hours
Module 2:
Copper Cable Media:Types of copper cabling, Best practices for copper Installation, Coaxial Cable,
Hybrid or Composite Cable, Best Practices for Copper Installation, Installing Copper Cable, Avoiding
Electromagnetic Interference, Copper Cable for Data Applications, Copper Cable for Voice Applications,
Testing.
Fiber-optic media:Introducing fiber-optic transmission, Advantages of fiber optic cabling, Disadvantages
of fiber optic cabling, Types of fiber optic cables, Fiber installation issues, the advantage of optical fiber
over copper, basic fiber optic system considerations Link performance analysis.[Basic principles of light,
optical fiber construction and theory-self-study]
8 Hours
Module 3
Wall Plates:Wall plate design and installation issues, Fixed-design wall plates, Modular wall plates,
Biscuit Jacks.
Connectors:Twisted pair cable connectors, coaxial cable connectors, Fiber optic cable connectors.
Network Equipment: Network Connectivity Devices, Workstation Ports, Repeaters and Hubs, Bridges,
Switches, Servers, and Routers.
Wireless networks:Infra transmissions, Advantages of Infrared, RF systems, Microwave communication
8 Hours
Module 4
Cable system design and installation:Elements of a successful cabling installation, Cabling topologies,
cabling plant uses, Choice of Media, Telecommunications rooms, Cabling Management, Data and
Cabling Security, Cabling Installation Procedures.
Cable Connector Installation:Twisted-pair cable connector installation, Coaxial Cable Connector
Installation, Fiber-Optic Cable Connector Installation.[Home cabling and overview of IEEE 1394 and USB
networking self-study]
8 Hours
Module 5
Cable System testing and troubleshooting:Installation testing, Cable Plant Certification, Cable Testing
Tools, Troubleshooting Cabling Problems,
Cabling at Work: Experiencefrom the Field, Hints and Guidelines, Work Safely, and Case Studies.
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to comprehend the cabling specifications due to various standards organizations.
2. Able to understand technicalities behind various cabling components and procedure behind
cabling process.
3. Able to understand various installation topologies and testing procedures.
4. Able to understand the power levels, data rates in the cable networks with the awareness to
adequate security, safety and cross talk.
Text books:
1. Andre Oli iero and Bill Wood ard, Cabling - The Complete Guide to Copper and FiberOptic Networking , 4th Edition, Wiley publisher, 2014.
CO-PO MAPPING
COS
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12
CO 1
CO 2
CO 3
CO 4
NETWORK ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Sub Code: TE33
Exam Hours: 03
Total Hrs: 50
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To comprehend basic concepts of electrical networks with various simplification
techniques and also to various network theorems.
3. To describe and analyse control systems using Block diagram representation, Signal flow
graph techniques and to determine their transfer function.
4. To determine the time domain response of first and second order systems to various types
of inputs.
5. To define and describe stability in control systems, analysis of stability using Routh
Hurwitz criterion and evaluate stability of systems using Root-locus techniques.
COURSE CONTENTS:
MODULE 1:
Basic Concepts: Basic definitions. Practical sources, Source transformations, Loop and
node analysis with linearly dependent and independent sources for DC and AC networks,
Concepts of super node and super mesh.
Self Study:Network reduction using Star Delta transformation.
Hours
10
MODULE 2:
Network Theorems: Superposition theorem, Thevinins theorem, Nortons theorem and
Maximum Power transfer theorem
with these parameters, and relationship between parameters sets.
Self Study: Reciprocity theorem and Millmans theorem.
10 Hours
MODULE 3:
Resonance circuits, Transient behavior and initial conditions: Series and parallel resonance,
frequency response of series and Parallel circuits, Q factor, Bandwidth.
Behavior of circuit elements under switching condition and their Representation, evaluation of
initial and final conditions in RL, RC and RLC circuits for AC and DC excitations 10 Hours
MODULE 4:
Introduction: Introduction to Control Systems, Types of ControlSystems, Effect of Feedback
Systems.
Block diagrams and Signal flow graphs:Introduction to block diagram and Signal Flow Graph,
finding Transfer Function for Signal flow graph using Masons Gain Formula.
Time Response of feedback Control Systems: Standard test signals, Unit step response of First
and second order systems, Time response specifications, Time response specifications of second
order systems, steady state errors and error constants.
Self Study:Block diagram reduction Techniques.
10 Hours
MODULE 5:
Stability analysis: Concepts of stability, Necessary and Sufficient conditions for Stability,
Routh- stability criterion and problems.
RootLocus Techniques: Introduction, Root locus concepts and Rules, Construction of root
loci, gain and phase margins, gain and phase cross over frequency with problems.(excluding
complex poles and zeroes)
Self Study: Frequency domain Analysis:Introduction, Gain Margin, Phase Margin,Bode Plots.
10 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to acquire knowledge of:
1. Network Theorems and Electrical laws to reduce circuit complexities and to arrive at
feasible solutions.
2. Various Two-Port Parameters and their Relationship for finding Network Solutions.
3. Series and parallel combination of passive components, source transformation and
source shifting.
4. Acquire knowledge ofBasic Concepts of Control Systems and determine its transfer
function.
5. Analyse whether the system is of first order or second order for a given input for a
system.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, PHI / Pearson Education, 3rd Edition. Reprint
2002.
2. Networks and systems, Roy Choudhury, 2nd edition, 2006 re-print, New Age
International Publications.
3. J. Nagarath and M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, New Age International (P)
Limited, Publishers, Fourth edition 2005.
4. D. Roy Choudhury, Modern Control Engineering, PHI, 2015. ISBN: 9788 1203 21960.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, Hayt, Kemmerly and DurbinTMH 7th Edition, 2010
2. Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis, J. David Irwin / R. Mark Nelms, John Wiley, 8th ed,
2006.
3. Automatic Control Systems Benjamin C Kuo and FaridGolnaagi, Wiley Student 8th
Edition.
4.Modern Control Engineering K. Ogata Pearson Education Asia / PHI.
Logic Design Lab
Sub Code: TEL38
CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Credits: 2
Discrete components are used to test and verify the logic gates.
9. Realization of 3 bit counters as a sequential circuit and MOD N counter design (7476, 7490,
74192, 74193).


B.E. TELECOMMINICATION ENGINEERING
IV SEMESTER
Subject
Sl.
Code
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MAT41
EC42
TE43
EC 44
EC 45
TE46
TEL47
TEL48
Course
Type
Subject Title
ENGINEERING MATHS-IV (CORE)

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (CORE)
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VERILOG (CORE)
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (FC)
MICRO PROCESSORS &MICROCONTROLLERS (FC)
DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEMS
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB
MICRO PROCESSORS &MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
Total
BS
EC
TCE
EC
EC
TCE
TCE
TCE
Teaching
Departmen
t
Board
MAT
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
TCE
Maths
EC
EC
TCE
EC
TCE
TCE
TCE
Teaching
Hours/Week
L
T
4
4
4
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Examination
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
CIE
SEE
Credits
Total
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
400
400
800
25
1. Core subject: This is the course, which is to be compulsorily studied by a student as a core requirement to complete the requirement of a programme in a said discipline of study.
Sub. Code: MAT41
Hrs./ Week: 4
Total Hrs.: 50
CIE: 50
SEE: 50
Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
1.
2.
3.
Apply Numerical techniques to solve ordinary and partial differential equations.

Explain the concepts of function of complex variable, analytic functions and complex integration.
Applications of Probability theory.
MODULE 1
Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations of first order and first degree: Picards method, Taylors
series method, Modified Eulers method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Predictor and Corrector method:
Milnes Method (No derivations of formulae).
10 hours
MODULE 2
Numerical solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference approximations to derivatives, Numerical
solution of one-dimensional heat equation by Schmidt method and by Crank-Nicholson Method, Numerical solution
of one-dimensional wave equation.
Self Study Component: Numerical solution of two-dimensional Laplaces equation.
10 hours
MODULE 3
Complex Variables-I: Functions of complex variables, Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann Equations in cartesian
and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations, Construction of analytic functions.
Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z 2, w = ez and = +
0), Bilinear transformations. `

Self Study Component: Transformation = .
(z
10 hours
MODULE 4
Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula. Taylor & Laurent series (statements only). Cauchy
residue theorem (statement only).
10 hours
MODULE 5
PROBABILITY THEORY:
Introduction to probability, Random variables (discrete and continuous), Probability mass function, Probability
density function, Cumulative density function, Probability distributions: Geometric and Poisson distributions,
Exponential and Normal distributions.
Sampling distribution: Samples, Central limit theorem (statement only), Hypothesis testing for means, confidence
limits for means, Students t-distribution-illustrative examples.
10 hours
Text Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43 rd Edition, 2014 June, ISBN:
9788174091956.
2. Erwin Kreyszig; Advanced Engineering Mathematics; John Wiley & Sons, 9 th Edition, 2007,
ISBN: 9788126531356.
References:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006;

ISBN: 9780070634190.
2. M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain Numerical Methods: For Scientific and Engineering Computation,
New Age International Publications, 6th Edition, 2012, ISBN: 9788122433234.
3. Murray Speigel, Schaum's Outline of Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists McGraw-Hill,
1971; ISBN: 9780070602168.
4. Schaum's Outline: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited (1
September 2005); ISBN-13: 978-0070605015.
Course outcomes:
1.
2.
3.
List the numerical methods for solving differential equations, define analytical functions and reproduce
concepts of Probability distribution.
Practice Numerical methods, examine analytical functions, employ probability distribution for real life problem.
Evaluate differential equation using Numerical methods and predict solutions using probability distribution.
Digital system design using Verilog

Sub Code: TE43 CIE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Exam Hours: 03
Course Objectives:
Appreciate the importance of Verilog in digital designs.
Design combinational and sequential circuits.
Discuss different memory types and design synchronous sequential circuits.
Course Content:
Module 1:
Introduction and Methodology: Digital Systems and Embedded Systems, Binary
representation and Circuit Elements, Real-World Circuits, Models
10hrs
Self Study: Design Methodology.
Module 2: Combinational Basics: Verilog Models of Boolean equations, Binary Coding, Combinational
Components and Circuits, Verification of Combinational Circuits.
10hrs
Self Study: Boolean Functions and Boolean Algebra
Module 3:
Number Basics: Unsigned and Signed Integers, Fixed and Floating-point Numbers.
Self Study: Combinational Multiplier
10hrs
Module 4: Sequential Basics: Storage elements, Counters, Sequential Datapaths and Control
Self Study: Clocked Synchronous Timing Methodology.
Module 5: Memories:
10hrs
Concepts, Memory Types, Error Detection and Correction. Implementation
Fabrics: ICs, PLDs, Packaging and Circuit Boards, Interconnection and Signal Integrity.
Self Study: Synthesis and Physical Design of ASICs and FPGA, Design Optimization
Course Outcomes:
Demonstrate the basic knowledge of Verilog.
Demonstrate the ability to design combinational and sequential circuits.
Use EDA tools in digital circuit modeling, simulation, functional verification.
10hrs
Target a VERILOG design to FPGA board. Design state machines to control complex
systems
Text books:
1.
Digital Desig : A Embedded Syte s Approach Usi g VERILOG , Peter J. Ashe de , Elesvier,
2010.
Reference Books:
1. Stephen Brown, ZvonkoVranesic ,Fundamentals of Digital logic with VERILOG design, TMH.
2. Samir Palnitkar, VERILOG HDL-A Guide to digital design and synthesis, 2nd edition,Pearson
education.2003.
DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEMS

Subject Code : TE461 CIE : 50
Hrs/Week : 03
Total Hrs. : 40
SEE : 50
Exam hours:03
Course Objectives:
The main objective of Digital Switching System is to provide fundamentals, evolution
and analytical solutions essential for the study of switching systems
Course Content:
Module 1
FUNDAMENTALS OF SWITCHING SYSTEMS: Introduction to telecommunications transmission, Power
levels, Four wire circuits, Digital transmission, FDM, TDM, PDH and SDH, Transmission performance.
8 Hours
Module 2
EVOLUTION OF DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEMS: Functions of switching systems, Distribution systems,
Basics of crossbar systems, Electronic switching, Digital switching system, Digital switching system
fundamentals, Switching system hierarchy, Evolution of digital switching systems, Stored program
control switching systems, Building blocks of a digital switching system, Basic call processing.
Self Study - Message switching, Circuit switching
8 Hours
Module 3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS TRAFFIC: Introduction, Unit of traffic, Congestion, Traffic measurement,
Mathematical model, Lost Call systems, Queuing systems.
8 Hours
Module 4
SWITCHING NETWORKS: Introduction, Single stage networks, Grindings, Link Systems, GOS of Linked
systems. Time division switching: Introduction, space and time switching, Time switching networks,
Synchronization.
8 Hours
Module 5
SWITCHING SYSTEM SOFTWARE AND A GENERIC MODEL: Basic software architecture, Call models,
Software linkages during a call, Call features, Feature flow diagram, Hardware architecture, Software
architecture, Recovery strategy, A simple call flow through DSS
Self Study -MAINTENANCE OF DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEM: Introduction, Scope, Software

maintenance
8 Hours
Course Outcomes:
Understand the fundamentals of switching system, signaling and traffic in context of
telecommunications networks.
Able to determine grade of service considering lost call and queuing.
Able to design mathematical model considering analytical solutions to tele-traffic
problems
Able to analyze hardware and software architectures of DSS
TEXT BOOKS:
1.
2.
Telecommunication and Switching, Traffic and Networks - J E

Flood: Pearson Education, 2002.
Digital Switching Systems, Syed R. Ali, TMH Ed 2002.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Digital Telephony - John C Bellamy: John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 5th
Ed, 2008.

Sub Code: EC44
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 40
CIE:50
SEE:50
Credits: 3
Course Objectives:
Course Content:
Module-1
impedances ,Op-Amps as DC Amplifiers: Biasing Op-Amps, Direct coupled Voltage Followers,
Non-inverting Amplifiers, Inverting amplifiers
Self study: Summing amplifiers, Difference amplifier.
8 Hours
Module-2
Capacitor coupled Difference amplifier, setting the upper cut-off frequency, Op-Amps
frequency response and compensation
8 Hours
Self study: Bandwidth, Slew rate effects, Zin Mod compensation
Module-3
Self study: V to I and I to V converters , Multiplier and divider.
8Hours
Module-4
purpose regulator.
Self study: Switching regulators
8 Hours
Module-5
Other Linear IC applications: Basic 555 timer circuit, 555 timer used as Astable and Monostable
Multivibrator, PLL-operating principles, VCO; Basic DAC Techniques- weighted resistor DAC , R-
2R ladder DAC, A/D converters- counter type ADC, Servo Tracking ADC, Successive
Approximation converter
Self study: Phase detector / comparator, dual slope ADC
8 hours
Course Outcomes:
Text Books:
. Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear ICs , Da id A. Bell, d editio ,PHI/Pearso ,
.
nd
. Li ear I tegrated Cir uits , D. Ro Choudhur a d hail B. Jai ,
edition, Reprint 2006,
3. Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear ICs , Da id A. Bell, rd editio , PHI/O ford.
Reference Books:
. Operatio al A plifiers a d Li ear I tegrated Cir uits , Ro ert. F.Coughli & Fred.F.Dris oll,
PHI/Pearson, 2006.
. Operatio al A plifiers , George Clayton and Steve Winder, Elsever3. 5th ed., 2008.
Op-A ps a d li ear i tegrated ir uits Ra aka t A Ga ak ad, PHI, e
. Desig ith Operatio al A plifiers a d A alog I tegrated Cir uits , ergio Fra o, TMH, e,
2005.
MICROCONTROLLERS & MICROPROCESSORS

Sub Code: EC45
Hrs/ Week: 04
Total Hrs: 40
CIE:50
SEE:50
Exam Hours: 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To give comprehensive coverage of theoretical and programming concepts.
To discussion about the fundamentals of microcontroller with architecture and memory
organization.
To teach different instruction sets and addressing modes, that deals with methods of
accessing memory using instructions.
Provides exposure to assembly language and insight about timers and its operation
along with programming concepts using both C and assembly language.
To disseminate knowledge on serial communication, interrupts and its programming.
To enhance overall programming skills to develop mini projects based on hardware
interfaces.
COURSE CONTENT:
Module 1: Introduction
Overview of microcomputer systems and their building blocks, Introduction to
Microcontrollers: Difference between Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, RISC & CISC
Architectures, Harvard & Von-Neumann memory organizations, concepts of interrupts and
Direct Memory Access.
Self-study: Comparative analysis of microprocessor and microcontroller, RISC & CISC
8Hours
Module 2: 8051 Microcontroller
Architecture, Memory organization, Pin diagram, Addressing modes: Immediate, direct,
Indirect, Register, Indexed, Instruction set: Data transfer, arithmetic and logical, Bit
manipulation, Jump and call instructions. Assembler directives
Self-study: Instruction sets of microprocessors 8086
8 Hours
Module 3: Assembly programming:
Assembly language programs, Software delay calculations, Software delay programming,
Subroutine call, Stack operations with programming.
Self-study: Different types of stack and Stack memory details of different microcontrollers and
microprocessors
8 Hours
Module 4: Timers and serial communication
Timer introduction, Different modes of timer operations, 8051 Serial Communication and
Interrupts: Basics of Serial Communication, RS 232 connections, Assembly and C programming
on Timers and serial communication
Self-study: Programming timers and serial communication in different modes of operations

8Hours
Module 5: Interfacing:
Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog converters with driver circuits, Stepper and DC motor
interface with driver circuits, LCD controller with command words and interface, 7-segment
interfacing with common anode and cathode modes, Keypad module interfacing.
Self-study: Interfacing programs for different combination of hardware peripherals.
8Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Ability to understand the fundamental concept about architecture and memory
organization of 8051 and MSP430.
2. Ability to program various on-chip peripherals for application development.
3. Ability Programme in both C and assembly language.
4. Able to program various hardware peripherals and develop projects.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Penram International Publishing, 1996.
2. John Davis, MSP430 Microcontroller Basics, Newnes publication
3. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and Applications with
the8085/8080A,Penram International Publishing, 1996
4. Douglas Hall, Microprocessors Interfacing, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems usi g asse bly a d C ,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinlay; PHI, 2006
2. 8051 Microcontroller, V Udayshankara and M S Mallikarjunaswamy
3. D A Patterson and J H Hennessy, "Computer Organization and Design The hardware and
software interface.Morgan Kaufman Publishers.
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS

Sub Code: EC42
Hrs./ Week: 04
Total Hrs.: 50
CIE:50
SEE:50
Credits: 4
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of Z-Transforms, differential 1and difference equations.
Course Objectives:
1. To give the basic introduction to the mathematical analysis of signals and systems.
2. To represent inputoutput relationships for Linear Time Invariant systems.
3. To understand Fourier and Z-Transforms and their interrelationships.
4. To analyse time-domain and frequency domain approaches for continuous and discrete
systems.
Course Content:
Module-1
Introduction: Definitions of a signal and system, Classification of signals: CT & DT, Even & Odd,
Periodic & Non-periodic, Deterministic and Random, Energy & Power, Basic Operations on
signals: Operation performed on dependent and independent variable, Impulse Function and its
properties
Self-Study: Elementary signals: Exponential, Sinusoidal, Step, Ramp
10 Hours
Module-2
System: Properties of systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time Invariance and
Linearity.
Time-domain representations for LTI systems: Introduction, Convolution Sum and Evaluation
Procedure, The Convolution Integral, Evaluation Procedure.
Self-Study: Systems viewed as Interconnections of operations
10 Hours
Module-3
Self-Study: Relation between LTI system properties and the impulse response, Step Response,
Block diagram representations
10 Hours
Module-4
series (derivation of series excluded) and their properties (derivation of properties excluded).
Discrete and continuous Fourier transforms (derivations of transforms are excluded) and their
properties (derivation of properties excluded), Problems.
10 Hours
Module-5
Applications of Fourier representations [Qualitative analysis]: Introduction, Convolution and
Multiplication with mixtures of Periodic and Non periodic signals, Sampling: Sampling CT
Signals, Sub sampling: Sampling DT Signals, Reconstruction of continuous time signals from
Self-Study: Fourier transform representation of periodic signals: Relating the FT to the FS,
Relating the FT to the DTFT, Relating the FT to the DTFS
10 Hours
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand and analyze various types of signals, systems and perform different
2. Able to analyze LTI system by different methods.
3. Able to apply Fourier analysis for different signals.
4. Able to validate properties of LTI systems.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin, ig als a d ste s , Joh Wile I dia P t. Ltd., 2 d Ed , 2008.
2. H. P Hsu, R. Ranjan, ig als a d ste s , ha s outli es, TMH, 200 .
Reference Books:
1. Michael Roberts, Fu da e tals of ig als & ste s , 2 d ed, Tata M Gra -Hill,
2010.
2. Ala V Oppe hei , Ala , Willsk a d A Ha id Na a , ig als a d ste s Pearson
Education Asia / PHI, 2nd edition, 1997. Indian Reprint 2002.
3. B. P. Lathi, Li ear ste s a d ig als , O ford U i ersit Press, 200 .
4. Vi a K. I gle a d Joh G. Proakis , Digital ig al Pro essi g Usi g MATLAB , Ce gage
Learning, Third Edition 2012.
Digital System Design Lab

Sub Code: TEL47 CIE:50
Hrs/ Week: 03
SEE:50
Total Hrs: 50
Exam Hours: 03
1. Introduction to CAD tool: Xilinx ISE 9.1i, Simulation using Modelsim: HDL code using
dataflow (operators), for all logic gates.
2. Data flow modeling: (operators) half adder, full adder, multiplexer, decoder,4 bit
comparator, adder/Subtractor. Gate level modeling: full adder, multiplexer, decoder,
3. Structural modeling: full adder using 2 half adders, 16:1 multiplexer using 4:1 multiplexer, bit
parallel adder using full adder
4. Test bench: half adder, full adder, multiplexer, 4 bit parallel adder, Fast adder
5. Behavioral modeling for combinational circuits: full adder, multiplexer, demultiplexer,
binary to gray code converter.
6. Introduction to logic synthesis onto FPGA kit: Logic synthesis of combinational circuits full
adder, multiplexer, decoder, binary to gray code converter
7. Logic synthesis : 4 bit ALU
8. Simulation of Sequential circuits : FFS: SR, JK, D, T FF with synchronous reset, asynchronous
reset
9. Synthesis of Sequential circuits :SR, JK, D, T FF with asynchronous reset & synchronous reset
with clock division
10. Counters: Design 4 bit binary, BCD counters, any sequence counter,
11. Mod-13 counter, Shift Registers, Ring counter, Johnson Counter.
12. Interfacing Experiments : 7 Segment display, stepper motor, waveform generation using
DAC, relay
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Samir Palnitkar, VERILOG HDL-A Guide todigital design and synthesis, 2nd edition,Pearson
education.2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Wayne Wolf, FPGA based System Design , Pearson Education, 2005
2. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
Mc GrawHill,2010.
Tata
MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB

Sub Code: TEL48
Hrs/ Week: 03
Total Hrs: 50
CIE:25
SEE:50
Credits: 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. The course syllabus is designed to provide understanding of assembly language
programming concepts and improve the programming skill.
2. To provide wide variety of examples with reasonable depth.
3. To familiarize students with different sets if instructions available for programming.
4. To give exposure on interfacing concepts using C and ALP language with different
peripherals.
5. To provide foundation for building innovative projects.
COURSE CONTENT:
I. Assembly Language Programming

a. Exchange with and without XCH command
b. Finding largest element in an array
2. Conditional execution of arithmetic operations
3. Boolean & Logical Instructions
a. Conditional execution of logical operations.
4. Bit manipulation : Bitwise logical operations
5. Counters : Hex counters using software delay
6. Conversion : 8086
a. HEX - ASCII
b. ASCII - HEX
a. Block data transfer with and without overlap
b. Bubble Sorting algorithm
2. Arithmetic operation : Square and cube of 8 bit number
3. Boolean & Logical Instructions: Conditional execution of logical operations.
4. Bit manipulation : Bit addressable memory access
5. Counters : BCD counter using software delay
6. Conversion: 8051
a. ASCII Decimal
b. Decimal ASCII
7. Implementation of Mod counters with 1 sec delay using Timer - 8051
8. Serial data transmission with variable baud rate - 8051

II. Interfacing Programming in C
Write ALP programs to interface 8086 chip to Interfacing modules to develop single chip
solutions
1. Implementation of DAC 0808 interface to generate square, triangular, ramp and sine
wave using interrupts to change frequency and amplitude.
2. Stepper motor interface to 8051.
a. Clock wise rotation
b. Counter clockwise rotation
3. DC motor interface to 8051
4. Mod 10 counter implementation on 7 segment display.
solutions
5. Alphanumeric LCD panel interface to 8051
6. 4 level Elevator interface to 8051.
7. ADC interface with potentiometer or temperature sensor.
Note: Application should be developed by student using 8051 OR 8086 with a team
comprising of 3-4 students.
Course Outcomes:
Able to write both assembly as well as embedded C program.
Able to understand the hardware issues related to interfacing process.
Develop a projects based.
Good programming ability.
Improve programming skills and analytical ability

Autonomous 3rd and 4th Sem Scheme and Syllabus 2016 17

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Autonomous 3rd and 4th Sem Scheme and Syllabus 2016 17

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

DAYANANDA SAGAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(An Autonomous Institution affiliated to Visvesvaraya Technological University, Belagavi)

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)

B.E. Aeronautical Engineering

MAT31 Engineering Mathematics-III

Mechanical Measurement and

AE36 Aircraft Production Technology

AEL37 Machine shop

FINITE DIFFERENCES: Forward and Backward differences, Newtons forward and

1) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition,

ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY

and interpret the results

To teach the students, fundamental concepts of thermodynamics.

1) Nag. P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hills Co., Ltd.,

Aircraft Production Technology

To teach the students, various methods of casting process.

1) R.K. Jain, Production Technology Khanna Publications, 2003.

1) P.C. Sharma, A Text Book on Manufacturing Technology -I and II, S.Chand&

MACHINE SHOP LABORATORY

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY

Calibration of Pressure Gauge

11. Measurement of Screw thread Parameters using two wire or Three-wiremethod.

DAYANANDA SAGAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)

SCHEME OF TEACHING AND EXAMINATION 2016-2017

B.E. Aeronautical Engineering

MAT41 Engineering Maths-IV

AE L47 Material Testing and Metallography

(z 0), Bilinear transformations. `

Self Study: Transformation = .

MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY

Determine the static and motion characteristics of a machine.

2. Robert L Norton, Design of Machinery , McGraw Hill, 2001.

High Energy Materials:

METALLOGRAPHY & MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

FLUID MECHANICS LAB

6. Measurement of force and centre of pressure on a plane surface.

7. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in pipes.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE, DSCE

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Introductory Course

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Masonry and Foundations

ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS: Introductory Course

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE: Early Civilization

BUILDING STRUCTURES: Introductory Course

BASIC DESIGN AND VISUAL ARTS

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND PRESENTATION

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE, DSCE

AT2BCM Building Construction and

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

SEE - EXAM Arch

AT1BDS Basic Design - Self and

Architectural DesignMono functional Spaces

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Monofunctional Spaces

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Roof, Foundation and Staircase